Microsoft Dynamics CRM User Guide

2011 User's Guide
Copyright
This document is provided "as-is". Information and views expressed in this document, including URL and other Internet Web site
references, may change without notice. You bear the risk of using it.
Some examples depicted herein are provided for illustration only and are fictitious. No real association or connection is intended or
should be inferred.
This document does not provide you with any legal rights to any intellectual property in any Microsoft product. You may copy and
use this document for your internal, reference purposes.
© 2011 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
Microsoft, Active Directory, Excel, Hyper-V, Internet Explorer, Microsoft Dynamics, Microsoft Dynamics logo, MSDN, Outlook,
Notepad, SharePoint, Silverlight, Visual C++, Windows, Windows Azure, Windows Live, Windows PowerShell, Windows Server,
and Windows Vista are trademarks of the Microsoft group of companies.
All other trademarks are property of their respective owners.
Table of Contents
Getting Started .............................................................................................................. 1
Introduction to Microsoft Dynamics CRM ................................................................... 1
Sales Force Automation ........................................................................................................................... 1
Marketing Automation .............................................................................................................................. 1
Customer Service Management............................................................................................................... 2
Appointment-Based Service Scheduling .................................................................................................. 2
Analyzing Data and Reporting ................................................................................................................. 2
Customization and Solutions.................................................................................................................... 3
Workflow................................................................................................................................................... 3
Goal Management .................................................................................................................................... 3
Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Microsoft Office Outlook ............................................................................ 4
Use Keyboard Shortcuts .......................................................................................................................... 4
Accessibility keyboard shortcuts .............................................................................................................. 6
Dialog box keyboard shortcuts ................................................................................................................. 7
Form keyboard shortcuts ......................................................................................................................... 7
General keyboard shortcuts ..................................................................................................................... 8
i
Find Things .................................................................................................................... 9
Find records in a list ..................................................................................................... 9
Find records while filling out a form ......................................................................... 12
Create, edit, or save an Advanced Find search ........................................................ 13
Work with saved views ............................................................................................... 16
Tips............................................................................................................................... 18
Delete Things .............................................................................................................. 19
Delete records ............................................................................................................. 19
Special Cases .............................................................................................................. 20
Remove an attached file ............................................................................................. 21
Delete imported records ............................................................................................. 22
Print Things ................................................................................................................. 23
Print a list of records .................................................................................................. 24
Print the details of an activity from a calendar ......................................................... 25
Run a Report ............................................................................................................... 25
Manage Activities ........................................................................................................ 31
Create or edit an activity ............................................................................................ 31
Create and send an e-mail activity in the Microsoft Dynamics CRM Web
application ................................................................................................................... 33
Close an activity .......................................................................................................... 35
Convert an activity to an opportunity........................................................................ 36
Convert an activity to a case...................................................................................... 38
Convert an e-mail to another record type ................................................................. 39
Assign to Queue or User Form .................................................................................. 39
ii
Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2011 User’s Guide
Add, edit, or delete a note........................................................................................... 40
Remove an attached file ............................................................................................. 42
Attach a file .................................................................................................................. 43
Edit Multiple Records .................................................................................................. 44
Delete records ............................................................................................................. 45
Using Connect to Define How Records Relate ......................................................... 46
Check for duplicates ................................................................................................... 47
Merge Records ............................................................................................................ 49
View Your User Profile ................................................................................................ 50
Start an On-Demand Workflow ................................................................................... 51
Share or Assign Records and Views ......................................................................... 52
Share a record ............................................................................................................. 52
Share a saved view ..................................................................................................... 54
Unshare or change sharing for a record ................................................................... 55
Assign a record to a user ........................................................................................... 56
Assign a saved view to a user.................................................................................... 57
Assign to Queue or User Form .................................................................................. 58
Assign a case to a user or queue .............................................................................. 59
Make a report available to all Microsoft Dynamics CRM users ............................... 60
Send or Copy a Shortcut ............................................................................................ 61
Assign a case to a user or queue .............................................................................. 62
Export Data to Excel ................................................................................................... 63
Export data to an Excel static worksheet .................................................................. 63
Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2011 User’s Guide
iii
Export data to an Excel PivotTable ........................................................................... 65
Export data to an Excel dynamic worksheet ............................................................ 67
Avoiding Duplicate Records ...................................................................................... 69
Enable and Disable Duplicate Detection ................................................................... 70
Create or edit a duplicate-detection rule................................................................... 71
Publish or unpublish a duplicate-detection rule ...................................................... 73
Check for duplicates ................................................................................................... 74
Resolve potential duplicate records - Procedure ..................................................... 76
Importing Data ............................................................................................................. 77
Importing Your Data Using the Import Data Wizard .............................................................................. 78
If your file uses only ASCII characters, save the file as a comma-delimited values (.csv) file. ............. 81
If your file uses non-ASCII characters, save the file as a Unicode text (.txt) file. .................................. 81
Make sure the first line of the file contains column headings. ............................................................... 82
Make sure the first column heading is not the name of a record type................................................... 82
Make sure data exists for all business-required fields........................................................................... 82
Decide how to import drop-down list values in the file. ......................................................................... 83
Example showing sample leads to import ............................................................................................. 83
Example showing sample products to import ........................................................................................ 84
Import records from a file ....................................................................................................................... 84
Enrich data in existing records .............................................................................................................. 89
Download a template for data import..................................................................................................... 91
View the progress and results of an import, and correct errors ............................. 92
Create a data map for use with import .................................................................................................. 93
Export a data map ................................................................................................................................. 94
Import a data map.................................................................................................................................. 94
Running Reports and Analyzing Data ....................................................................... 95
Customizing and Organizing Reports ....................................................................... 95
Report Ownership .................................................................................................................................. 96
Report Types ......................................................................................................................................... 96
iv
Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2011 User’s Guide
Data Security .......................................................................................................................................... 96
Options for Creating New Reports ......................................................................................................... 96
Options for Modifying Existing Reports .................................................................................................. 97
Data Security .......................................................................................................................................... 97
Default Reports ...................................................................................................................................... 97
Sales ...................................................................................................................................................... 97
Account Distribution Report .............................................................................................................. 98
Account Overview Report ................................................................................................................. 99
Account Summary Report ............................................................................................................... 100
Activities Report .............................................................................................................................. 101
Competitor Win Loss Report ........................................................................................................... 101
Invoices Report ............................................................................................................................... 102
Lead Source Effectiveness Report.................................................................................................. 103
Neglected Leads Report ................................................................................................................. 104
Orders Report .................................................................................................................................. 104
Quotes Report ................................................................................................................................. 105
Sales Pipeline Report ...................................................................................................................... 106
Sales History Report ....................................................................................................................... 106
Neglected Accounts Report ..................................................................................... 107
Products by Account Report ........................................................................................................... 108
Products by Contact Report ............................................................................................................ 109
Marketing .............................................................................................................................................. 109
Campaign Activity Status Report .................................................................................................... 109
Campaign Comparison Report ........................................................................................................ 110
Campaign Performance Report ...................................................................................................... 111
Service ................................................................................................................................................. 111
Administrative ....................................................................................................................................... 112
Write a Report Using Report-Writing Tools ..................................................................................... 113
Export Data to Excel........................................................................................................................ 113
Create Customer-Ready Documents and Messages ..................................................................... 113
Create, Edit, or Copy a Report Using the Report Wizard ............................................................... 113
Use Microsoft Office Excel 2003 ..................................................................................................... 119
Use Microsoft Office Excel 2007 ..................................................................................................... 120
Use Microsoft Office Word 2003 ..................................................................................................... 121
Use Microsoft Office Word 2007 ..................................................................................................... 123
Use another report-writing tool ........................................................................................................ 124
Edit a default report or create a SQL-based Reporting Services report ......................................... 125
Create a Custom Fetch-Based Reporting Services Report ............................................................ 128
Run a Report ................................................................................................................................... 132
Edit the default filter for a report ...................................................................................................... 137
Create one-time or scheduled report snapshots ............................................................................. 139
Make a report available for external use ......................................................................................... 140
Report Ownership ................................................................................................................................ 140
Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2011 User’s Guide
v
View charts and analyze data .................................................................................. 142
Assign a user chart .............................................................................................................................. 146
Make a copy of an existing system or user chart................................................... 147
Using dashboards ..................................................................................................... 147
Types of dashboards ........................................................................................................................... 147
Dashboards components ..................................................................................................................... 147
Edit a user dashboard ......................................................................................................................... 153
Delete a user dashboard ..................................................................................................................... 153
Drill down in a chart .................................................................................................. 154
Enlarge a chart .......................................................................................................... 155
View records used for a chart .................................................................................. 155
Apply filter ................................................................................................................. 155
Refresh all components ........................................................................................... 156
Make a copy of an existing user or system dashboard ....................................................................... 156
Make a dashboard your default dashboard ......................................................................................... 157
Share a user dashboard ...................................................................................................................... 157
Auditing data in Microsoft Dynamics CRM ............................................................. 158
Tracking changes for entity relationships .............................................................. 158
Start or stop auditing for an organization ............................................................................................ 160
Enable or disable auditing for entities.................................................................................................. 160
vi
Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2011 User’s Guide
View audit summary of records ............................................................................... 162
View the audit history of individual records ........................................................... 163
Create Customer-Ready Documents and Messages .............................................. 164
Create a Microsoft Office Word mail merge document .......................................... 164
Create a mail merge document with marketing lists .............................................. 167
Print a quote with a mail-merge document ............................................................. 169
Send Direct E-mail to Customers ............................................................................. 171
Manage Activities ...................................................................................................... 172
Create or edit an activity ........................................................................................... 172
Create and send an e-mail activity in the Web application .................................................................. 174
Close an activity ................................................................................................................................... 177
Convert an activity to an opportunity ...................................................................... 178
Convert an activity to a case ................................................................................................................ 179
Convert an e-mail to another record type ............................................................... 180
Assign to Queue or User Form ................................................................................ 181
Work with Integrated Instant Messenging............................................................... 182
Managing E-mail Activities ....................................................................................... 184
Working with E-mail Messages Microsoft Dynamics CRM .................................................................. 184
Working with E-mail Activities in Outlook ............................................................................................. 184
Personal and Organization-wide E-mail Templates ............................................................................. 185
Sending and Receiving E-mail in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook............................................. 185
Managing Incoming E-mail ................................................................................................................... 185
Sending and Replying to E-Mail Messages ......................................................................................... 186
Working with Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook Offline and Synchronizing with Microsoft
Dynamics CRM .................................................................................................................................... 186
Work with E-mail Activities .............................................................................................................. 187
Create an e-mail message in Outlook ............................................................................................. 189
Create a quick campaign to run as activity .......................................................................................... 192
Resolve red text in e-mail message addresses .............................................................................. 194
Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2011 User’s Guide
vii
Set the option to send and receive e-mail from a user or queue ................................................... 194
Convert an e-mail to another record type ....................................................................................... 195
Convert an activity to a case ............................................................................................................... 196
Work with E-mail Templates ........................................................................................................... 197
Create or edit an e-mail template ................................................................................................... 197
Add and edit the data fields in an e-mail template ......................................................................... 199
Configuring Personal Options ................................................................................. 200
Set Personal Options ................................................................................................ 201
View Your User Profile.............................................................................................. 201
Set start page and view options .............................................................................. 202
Set synchronization options in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook................ 204
Set Workplace pane options .................................................................................... 205
View your user profile .......................................................................................................................... 206
Set start page and view options .............................................................................. 207
Set synchronization options in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook................ 208
Set Workplace pane options .................................................................................... 210
Create or edit an e-mail template ............................................................................. 211
Set how your e-mail is tracked ................................................................................ 213
Set address book options in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook .................... 214
Set local data synchronization options in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook215
Set privacy options ................................................................................................... 216
Set Activities options................................................................................................ 217
Set regional options for yourself ............................................................................. 217
Set local data synchronization options in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook218
Set language options ................................................................................................ 219
Requesting User Interface Changes........................................................................ 220
Using Mobile Express .......................................................................................................................... 221
viii
Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2011 User’s Guide
Requirements to access Mobile Express ............................................................................................. 221
Supported browsers and devices ......................................................................................................... 221
Partner Solutions .................................................................................................................................. 223
Find information in articles in the knowledge base ............................................... 223
Work with Published Articles ................................................................................... 223
Find an article in the Knowledge Base .................................................................... 223
Add or delete a comment.......................................................................................... 224
Attach an article to an e-mail message ................................................................... 225
Creating and Using Workflows ................................................................................ 226
Several ways to create workflows ........................................................................................................ 226
Creating workflows by using the Web application ................................................................................ 226
Using workflows ................................................................................................................................... 227
Workflow Lifecycle .................................................................................................... 227
Lesson 1: Workflow structure ............................................................................................................... 227
Work with Workflows ................................................................................................ 229
Create or edit a workflow .......................................................................................... 229
Add or change dynamic values in a workflow ........................................................ 233
Publish or unpublish a workflow ............................................................................. 234
Start an On-Demand Workflow ................................................................................. 235
Creating and Using Dialogs...................................................................................... 235
Understanding dialogs structure ............................................................................. 236
Work with dialogs ...................................................................................................... 236
Create a dialog........................................................................................................... 237
Add or change dynamic values in a dialog .......................................................................................... 242
Activate or deactivate a dialog ............................................................................................................. 243
Assign a process to another user......................................................................................................... 243
Assign a process to yourself ................................................................................................................ 244
Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2011 User’s Guide
ix
Share a process with other users ........................................................................................................ 244
Start a dialog ............................................................................................................. 245
Create or edit a dialog ......................................................................................................................... 245
Add or change dynamic values in a dialog .......................................................................................... 250
Activate or deactivate a dialog............................................................................................................. 251
Assign a process to yourself................................................................................................................ 252
Assign a process to another user ........................................................................................................ 252
Share a process with another user ...................................................................................................... 253
Create or add a location for the first time ............................................................................................ 254
Add or edit a location ........................................................................................................................... 255
Fix a location ............................................................................................................. 256
Use documents stored in SharePoint from Microsoft Dynamics CRM ................................................ 257
Work with Announcements ...................................................................................... 259
View announcements ............................................................................................... 259
Work with Integrated Instant Messaging ................................................................ 260
Send or Copy a Shortcut .......................................................................................... 262
Send or copy a shortcut to a view ....................................................................................................... 263
x
Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2011 User’s Guide
Sales ........................................................................................................................... 265
Managing Accounts and Contacts ........................................................................... 265
Associate an account or contact with an opportunity ........................................... 265
Set customer preferences for a service activity ..................................................... 266
Add or remove a customer record in a marketing list ........................................... 267
View associated campaigns from customer records ............................................. 268
Add or remove a customer relationship for an account or contact ...................... 268
Deactivate or activate an account or contact ......................................................... 270
Work with Accounts .................................................................................................. 271
Managing Accounts and Contacts ........................................................................... 271
Create or edit an account ......................................................................................... 271
Associate an opportunity with an account or contact ........................................... 276
Use the Closed Activity list ...................................................................................... 277
Set customer preferences for a service activity ..................................................... 278
Add or remove a customer record in a marketing list ........................................... 278
View associated campaigns from customer records ............................................. 279
Customer Relationship Form ................................................................................... 280
Deactivate or activate an account or contact ......................................................... 281
Create a quick campaign ..................................................................................................................... 282
Default sales reports ............................................................................................................................ 284
Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2011 User’s Guide
xi
Work with Contacts................................................................................................... 285
Create or edit a contact ............................................................................................ 286
Associate an opportunity with an account or contact ........................................... 289
Use the Closed Activity list ...................................................................................... 290
Set customer preferences for a service activity ..................................................... 291
Add or remove a customer record in a marketing list ........................................... 292
View associated campaigns from customer records............................................. 292
Customer Relationship Form ................................................................................... 293
Deactivate or activate an account or contact ......................................................... 295
Default sales reports ............................................................................................................................ 297
Managing Leads ........................................................................................................ 299
Work with Leads ....................................................................................................... 299
Create or edit a lead .................................................................................................. 299
Qualify and convert a lead to an account, contact, and/or opportunity ............... 303
Qualify or convert multiple records at once ........................................................... 304
Disqualify and close a lead ...................................................................................... 306
Reactivate a closed lead........................................................................................... 306
Add or remove a customer record in a marketing list ........................................... 307
View associated campaigns from customer records............................................. 308
Create a quick campaign ..................................................................................................................... 309
xii
Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2011 User’s Guide
Convert Lead Dialog Box .......................................................................................... 310
Managing Opportunities ........................................................................................... 310
Work with Opportunities ........................................................................................... 310
Create or edit an opportunity ................................................................................... 311
Add or remove a product .......................................................................................... 312
Associate an account or contact with an opportunity ........................................... 314
Add or remove competitors...................................................................................... 315
Recalculate the estimated revenue .......................................................................... 316
Close an opportunity................................................................................................. 316
Reopen an opportunity ............................................................................................. 318
Opportunity Product Form ....................................................................................... 319
Opportunity Relationship Dialog Box ...................................................................... 320
Competing for Customers ........................................................................................ 322
Work with Competitor Records ................................................................................ 322
Create or edit a competitor ................................................................................................................... 324
Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2011 User’s Guide
xiii
Add or remove products for a competitor .............................................................. 325
Add or remove opportunities for a competitor ....................................................... 326
Add or remove sales literature for a competitor .................................................... 327
Add or edit sales literature ....................................................................................... 328
Add or remove products .......................................................................................... 330
Add or remove competitors ..................................................................................... 330
Document Form ........................................................................................................ 331
Add or remove documents ....................................................................................... 331
Remove an attachment from a document ............................................................... 332
About goals ............................................................................................................... 333
Work with Goals ........................................................................................................ 333
Create or edit a goal.................................................................................................. 333
Deactivate a goal ....................................................................................................... 336
Specify targets for a goal ......................................................................................... 337
Roll up data for goals ............................................................................................... 338
Add a child goal to a goal......................................................................................... 338
Work with Goal Metrics ............................................................................................ 340
Work with Rollup Queries ........................................................................................ 340
Completing Sales Transactions ............................................................................... 340
Work with Quotes...................................................................................................... 340
Create or edit a quote ............................................................................................... 341
Add or remove a contact .......................................................................................... 343
Activate a quote ........................................................................................................ 344
Edit an active quote .................................................................................................. 344
xiv
Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2011 User’s Guide
Create an order from a quote ................................................................................... 346
Close an active quote ............................................................................................... 349
Quote Product Form.................................................................................................. 350
Work with Orders ...................................................................................................... 352
Create or edit an order .............................................................................................. 352
Resolve potential duplicate records. .................................................................................................... 354
Add or remove a contact .......................................................................................... 355
Lock or unlock the price for an order or invoice .................................................... 356
Create an invoice from an order .............................................................................. 357
Close an order ...................................................................................................................................... 360
Order Product Form .................................................................................................. 361
Add a product to a queue or order ....................................................................................................... 362
Cancel Order Form ................................................................................................... 363
Work with Invoices .................................................................................................... 364
Use the Closed Activity list ...................................................................................... 364
Create or edit an invoice ........................................................................................... 365
Add or remove a contact .......................................................................................... 368
Lock or unlock the price for an order or invoice .................................................... 369
Close an invoice as paid or canceled ...................................................................... 370
Invoice Product Form................................................................................................ 370
Add a product to an invoice .................................................................................................................. 372
Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2011 User’s Guide
xv
Marketing ................................................................................................................... 375
Planning Campaigns................................................................................................. 375
Work with Campaigns and Campaign Templates .................................................. 375
Create or edit a campaign ........................................................................................ 375
Create or edit a campaign template......................................................................... 376
Add a marketing list, sales literature, or product to a campaign .......................... 377
Add a planning task to a campaign ......................................................................... 378
Add a campaign activity to a campaign or campaign template ............................ 379
Create or edit a campaign response ....................................................................... 380
Default marketing reports ........................................................................................ 381
Understanding Quick Campaigns............................................................................ 382
Work with Quick Campaigns .................................................................................... 382
Understanding Campaign Responses .................................................................... 383
Work with Campaign Responses ............................................................................ 383
Create or edit a campaign response ....................................................................... 383
Reactivate a campaign response ............................................................................ 385
Copy a campaign response ..................................................................................... 385
Convert campaign responses to leads or opportunities ....................................... 386
Close a campaign response..................................................................................... 387
Default marketing reports ........................................................................................ 387
Creating and Managing Marketing Lists ................................................................. 388
Work with Marketing Lists........................................................................................ 389
Create or edit a marketing list - Proc....................................................................... 389
Activate a marketing list ........................................................................................... 389
xvi
Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2011 User’s Guide
Add members to a marketing list.......................................................................................................... 390
Add or edit members of a static marketing list....................................................... 391
Add or edit members of a dynamic marketing list ................................................. 393
Add members from one marketing list to another marketing list ......................... 394
Merge marketing lists ............................................................................................... 394
Add members to a marketing list ............................................................................. 395
Evaluate and remove members in a marketing list ................................................ 396
Qualify or convert multiple records at once ........................................................... 397
Change the columns displayed for marketing list members ................................. 398
Managing Leads ........................................................................................................ 399
Work with Leads ........................................................................................................ 400
Create or edit a lead .................................................................................................. 400
Resolve potential duplicate records. .................................................................................................... 403
Qualify and convert a lead to an account, contact, and/or opportunity ............... 403
Disqualify and close a lead....................................................................................... 405
Reactivate a closed lead ........................................................................................... 405
Add or remove a customer record in a marketing list ........................................... 406
View associated campaigns from customer records ............................................. 407
Use the Closed Activity list ...................................................................................... 408
Default sales reports ............................................................................................................................ 408
Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2011 User’s Guide
xvii
Convert Lead Dialog Box ......................................................................................... 410
Managing Accounts and Contacts .......................................................................... 410
Work with Accounts.................................................................................................. 411
Create or edit an account ......................................................................................... 411
Work with Contacts................................................................................................... 416
Create or edit a contact ............................................................................................ 416
Resolve potential duplicate records..................................................................................................... 418
Associate an opportunity with an account or contact ........................................... 419
Use the Closed Activity list ...................................................................................... 420
Set customer preferences for a service activity ..................................................... 421
Add or remove a customer record in a marketing list ........................................... 422
View associated campaigns from customer records............................................. 423
Deactivate or activate an account or contact ......................................................... 423
Service ....................................................................................................................... 427
Scheduling Services for Your Customers ............................................................................................ 427
Navigating the Service Calendar ............................................................................. 427
Service Calendar ....................................................................................................... 427
View the Service Calendar ....................................................................................... 428
Schedule a service activity .................................................................................................................. 429
Find the next available time within a specific time period ................................................................... 431
Find an available time with specific criteria ......................................................................................... 433
View a list of resources ............................................................................................ 435
Create a service activity without checking for conflicts ....................................................................... 435
Find and view the work schedule for an individual resource ............................... 437
Reschedule a service activity .............................................................................................................. 438
xviii
Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2011 User’s Guide
Schedule Service Activity ......................................................................................... 439
Work with Service Activities..................................................................................... 440
Work with the Workplace Calendar ......................................................................... 440
View the calendar in the Workplace area ................................................................ 440
Print the details of an activity from a calendar ....................................................... 441
Create or edit an appointment.................................................................................. 441
Work with Appointments .......................................................................................... 443
Creating Contracts .................................................................................................... 444
Work with Contracts.................................................................................................. 444
Create or edit a contract ........................................................................................... 444
Add or edit a contract line ........................................................................................ 446
Invoice and activate a contract ................................................................................ 448
Cancel or delete a contract....................................................................................... 448
Renew a contract....................................................................................................... 449
Use the Closed Activity list ...................................................................................... 450
Work with Contract Lines ......................................................................................... 450
Supporting Customer Service with Microsoft Dynamics CRM .............................. 451
Work with Cases ........................................................................................................ 451
How to assign a case to the queue .......................................................................... 451
Work on a queue item ............................................................................................... 452
Release a work item .................................................................................................. 452
Create and Publish Articles ...................................................................................... 453
View unpublished articles ........................................................................................ 453
Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2011 User’s Guide
xix
Create an article ........................................................................................................ 454
Edit an article ............................................................................................................ 455
Submit an article for approval ................................................................................. 456
Approve and publish, or reject an article................................................................ 456
Unpublish an article .................................................................................................. 457
Work with Published Articles ................................................................................... 457
Using Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook .......................................................... 459
Doing CRM Work in Outlook .................................................................................... 459
Working with E-mail Activities in Outlook ............................................................................................ 460
Create a Record in Outlook ...................................................................................... 460
Create or edit a contact in Outlook.......................................................................... 460
Save Outlook contacts as Microsoft CRM contacts ............................................................................ 462
Resolve potential duplicate records..................................................................................................... 463
Create a new contact in Microsoft Dynamics CRM ............................................................................. 464
Create an Activity in Outlook ................................................................................... 465
Create or edit a task or appointment in Outlook .................................................... 465
Create a new activity ........................................................................................................................... 468
Create and send e-mail activities ........................................................................................................ 469
xx
Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2011 User’s Guide
Create an e-mail message in Outlook ...................................................................... 472
Save Outlook Contacts, Tasks, and E-mail Messages as Microsoft Dynamics CRM
Records ...................................................................................................................... 475
Save and link Outlook tasks and appointments in Microsoft Dynamics CRM ..... 477
Save and link Outlook e-mail messages as Microsoft Dynamics CRM e-mail
activities ..................................................................................................................... 479
Automatically track and save incoming Outlook e-mail as Microsoft Dynamics
CRM e-mail activities................................................................................................. 480
Automatically create Microsoft Dynamics CRM contact and lead records from email messages and meeting requests ..................................................................... 482
Connect to Another Organization in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook ........ 483
Synchronizing Information ....................................................................................... 484
Synchronizing and Tracking Microsoft Dynamics CRM Data with Outlook ......................................... 485
Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2011 User’s Guide
xxi
Tracking Records in Outlook ................................................................................... 485
Working Offline ......................................................................................................... 486
Customizing Microsoft Dynamics CRM .................................................................. 489
Customization Capabilities ...................................................................................... 489
Find the Microsoft Dynamics CRM SDK ................................................................. 490
Customization Permissions ..................................................................................... 490
Permissions required for customization tasks ...................................................... 490
View Your User Profile.............................................................................................. 498
Publish customizations ............................................................................................ 499
Understanding solutions .......................................................................................... 499
Understanding solution dependencies ................................................................... 500
Create a managed solution ...................................................................................... 500
Edit unmanaged solutions ....................................................................................... 501
Add new or existing solution components ............................................................. 502
Edit or view managed properties ............................................................................. 502
Delete or remove solution components .................................................................. 503
Delete a solution ....................................................................................................... 504
Add new or existing solution components ............................................................. 504
Edit or view managed properties ............................................................................. 505
Delete or remove solution components .................................................................. 506
Solution component dependencies ..................................................................................................... 506
Create an unmanaged solution ........................................................................................................... 507
Create a managed solution ................................................................................................................. 509
xxii
Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2011 User’s Guide
Default solution information..................................................................................... 509
Managed solution information ................................................................................. 510
Unmanaged solution information ............................................................................ 511
Exporting customizations ..................................................................................................................... 512
Import a solution ....................................................................................................... 513
Add a solution publisher .......................................................................................... 515
Edit a solution publisher........................................................................................... 516
Understanding Entities ............................................................................................. 517
Understanding Microsoft Dynamics CRM Entities ............................................................................... 517
Entity Customization Terminology........................................................................................................ 517
Activity Entities ..................................................................................................................................... 518
Adding a Custom Entity ........................................................................................................................ 518
Saving and Publishing Customizations ................................................................................................ 518
Importing and Exporting Customizations and Settings ........................................................................ 518
Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2011 User’s Guide
xxiii
Understanding Activity Entities ............................................................................... 519
Understanding entity security ................................................................................. 519
Delete a custom entity .............................................................................................. 519
Create a new entity ................................................................................................... 520
Rename an entity ...................................................................................................... 523
Edit the messages the entity displays to users to use the new entity name. ...... 524
Edit the existing reports to use the new entity name. ........................................... 524
Edit the online Help files that refer to this entity. ................................................... 524
Icon in Web application ............................................................................................ 531
Shortcut icon in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Microsoft Office Outlook ............ 531
Icon in Entity forms................................................................................................... 531
Import Translations................................................................................................... 532
Export translations ................................................................................................... 532
Add or edit event scripts for fields and forms ........................................................ 532
Add or edit a form web resource ............................................................................. 532
Add event handlers for form events ........................................................................ 533
Add event handlers for field events ........................................................................ 534
Form Scripting .......................................................................................................... 536
Associating Scripts with Events ........................................................................................................... 536
Developing Scripts ............................................................................................................................... 536
Adding Scripts...................................................................................................................................... 537
xxiv
Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2011 User’s Guide
Test an event script ................................................................................................... 537
Understanding entity fields ...................................................................................... 538
Mapping Entity Fields ............................................................................................... 538
Create or edit attributes for an entity....................................................................... 538
Edit form field properties .......................................................................................... 542
Create and Configure Views Links .......................................................................... 543
Create or edit a public view for an entity................................................................. 544
Change the appointments view ............................................................................................................ 546
Customize the entity view .................................................................................................................... 547
Edit the Quick Find view ........................................................................................... 547
Set the default view for an entity ............................................................................. 550
Edit the advanced find view ..................................................................................... 551
Edit the filter criteria for a view ............................................................................................................. 553
Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2011 User’s Guide
xxv
Edit the lookup view ................................................................................................. 554
Edit the associated view........................................................................................... 556
Delete a view ............................................................................................................. 559
Understanding entity forms ..................................................................................... 560
Understanding entity security ................................................................................. 560
Edit the main form for an entity ............................................................................... 560
Create a new form for an entity ............................................................................... 568
Create a new form based on an existing form ........................................................ 576
Add a tab to a form ................................................................................................... 583
Add a section to a form ............................................................................................ 584
Control which forms are available to users ............................................................ 584
Edit form headers and footers ................................................................................. 585
Edit section properties ............................................................................................. 586
Edit tab properties .................................................................................................... 587
Add or edit form navigation for related entities ..................................................... 587
Set non-event dependencies for a form .................................................................. 588
Add a field to a form ................................................................................................. 589
Add or edit form navigation for related entities ..................................................... 590
Add or edit a sub-grid ............................................................................................... 591
Add or Edit a Web Resource .................................................................................... 592
Entity Relationships.................................................................................................. 592
Hierarchical Relationships ................................................................................................................... 592
N:N (Many-to-Many) Relationships ..................................................................................................... 592
Self-Referential Relationships ............................................................................................................. 593
xxvi
Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2011 User’s Guide
Understanding Hierarchical Entity Relationships .................................................. 593
Data Integrity ........................................................................................................................................ 593
Defining Relationships ......................................................................................................................... 593
Relationship Behavior .......................................................................................................................... 594
Limitations for Hierarchical Relationships ............................................................................................ 595
Mapping ................................................................................................................................................ 595
Create or edit 1:N relationships between entities .................................................. 595
Create or edit N:1 relationships between entities .................................................. 598
Create or edit N:N relationships between entities .................................................. 600
Add form navigation for related entities................................................................................................ 601
Edit entity messages ................................................................................................. 602
Edit a global option set ............................................................................................. 603
Create a new global option set................................................................................. 604
Add or Edit a Web Resource .................................................................................... 605
Add or edit a form web resource ............................................................................. 606
Add or edit a text Web resource .............................................................................. 608
Add or edit a Silverlight Web resource.................................................................... 609
Edit the Site Map ....................................................................................................... 609
Edit ribbons ............................................................................................................... 611
View or Download Developer Resources ................................................................ 611
Managing System Dashboards ................................................................................ 613
Using dashboards ..................................................................................................... 613
Types of dashboards ............................................................................................................................ 613
Dashboards components ..................................................................................................................... 613
Can I do this task?................................................................................................................................ 613
Can I do this task?--System Dashboard .............................................................................................. 614
Delete a dashboard .............................................................................................................................. 618
Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2011 User’s Guide
xxvii
Use a dashboard ....................................................................................................... 619
Drill down in a chart ............................................................................................................................. 620
Enlarge a chart .................................................................................................................................... 620
View records used for a chart .............................................................................................................. 621
Apply filter ............................................................................................................................................ 621
Refresh all components ....................................................................................................................... 621
Make a copy of an existing user or system dashboard ......................................... 621
Make a dashboard your default dashboard ............................................................ 622
Share a user dashboard ........................................................................................... 622
Assign a user dashboard ......................................................................................... 623
Create a system dashboard ..................................................................................... 624
Edit a dashboard.................................................................................................................................. 629
Make a copy of an existing system dashboard ...................................................... 632
Make a copy of an existing user or system dashboard ......................................... 633
Make a dashboard the default dashboard for the organization ............................ 633
Make a dashboard your default dashboard ............................................................ 634
Manage System Charts............................................................................................. 635
Delete a system chart ............................................................................................... 637
Export a system chart............................................................................................... 637
Import system charts ................................................................................................ 638
Reference................................................................................................................... 639
Troubleshooting ........................................................................................................ 639
Troubleshooting Configuring and Starting Data Migration Manager ................................................... 639
File Upload Errors ................................................................................................................................ 640
Data Upload Errors - Wizard Page ...................................................................................................... 640
Turning on Trace ................................................................................................................................. 641
Common Error Messages .................................................................................................................... 642
xxviii
Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2011 User’s Guide
Conversion Errors - Wizard Page ........................................................................................................ 643
Troubleshooting Importing a Data Map ................................................................................................ 643
Troubleshooting Bulk Deletion ............................................................................................................. 644
Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2011 User’s Guide
xxix
Getting Started
Introduction to Microsoft Dynamics CRM
You can perform and automate many business tasks with Microsoft Dynamics CRM, including:
•
Keep and use all your customer information from one place.
•
Schedule and track activities, and send e-mail messages.
•
Analyze data using charts and dashboards.
•
Generate reports.
•
Manage marketing lists.
•
Track advertising and marketing campaigns.
•
Analyze customer responses to your sales and marketing initiatives.
•
Keep detailed notes and an activity history for each business record.
•
Run Microsoft Dynamics CRM from within Microsoft Office Outlook.
Sales Force Automation
Using Sales Force Automation, you can:
•
Qualify leads and manage opportunities.
•
Manage contacts and accounts.
•
Track quotes, orders, and invoices.
•
Manage and track e-mail, phone call, and other communication activities with customers.
•
Run direct e-mail campaigns and measure their success.
•
Create and access a database of products that your organization sells.
More information:
•
Managing Accounts and Contacts (on page 265)
•
Completing Sales Transactions (on page 340)
•
Creating the Product Catalog
Marketing Automation
Using Marketing Automation, you can:
•
Create targeted marketing lists.
•
Plan and run campaigns.
•
Track each campaign response and lead generated from campaigns.
1
2011 User's Guide: Introduction to Microsoft Dynamics CRM
More information:
•
Planning Campaigns (on page 375)
•
Managing Campaign Activities and Planning Tasks
•
Creating and Managing Marketing Lists (on page 387)
Customer Service Management
Using the Customer Service area, you can:
•
Track individual cases and manage services.
•
Track and share common problems and solutions in a knowledge base.
•
Manage customer contracts.
More information:
•
Publishing Articles in the Knowledge Base
•
Creating Contracts (on page 444)
•
Supporting Customer Service with Microsoft Dynamics CRM (on page 451)
Appointment-Based Service Scheduling
Using Service Scheduling, you can:
•
Define the services you offer.
•
Identify available resources and equipment for service activities.
•
Define work schedules for individual resources, as well as their locations.
•
Navigating the Service Calendar (on page 427)
•
Booking Service Activities in the Service Calendar
•
Configuring Service Scheduling
•
Scheduling Users and Other Resources
Analyzing Data and Reporting
Microsoft Dynamics CRM has several features to help you analyze data and generate reports:
•
Create a chart.
•
Create a dashboard.
•
Run a default report.
•
Create an Advanced Find query to find a filtered set of records and then export the list for analysis.
•
Create a custom report using Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services or other reporting tools.
More information:
•
Understanding Charts (on page 140)
•
Using dashboards (on page 147)
2
2011 User's Guide: Introduction to Microsoft Dynamics CRM
•
Running Reports and Analyzing Data (on page 95)
•
Default Reports (on page 97)
•
Customizing and Organizing Reports (on page 95)
Customization and Solutions
By using the customization capabilities of Microsoft Dynamics CRM, you can:
•
Create new Microsoft Dynamics CRM forms, entities, and fields without custom programming. The tools
to create these are in the application.
•
Customize forms and views for enhanced integration with other Web applications, portals, and business
systems.
•
Apply form validation and add client-side business logic through scripting.
A Microsoft Dynamics CRM solution is a software package made up of one or more components that extends
the user interface or functionality of Microsoft Dynamics CRM. A solution component must come with
Microsoft Dynamics CRM (native to Microsoft Dynamics CRM).
You can customize a solution component only if you can customize the component by default, or if the
solution developer made the component available for customization.
Solution components include custom entities, processes defined in workflows or plugins, form
customizations, Web resources, and templates.
More information:
•
Understanding solutions (on page 499)
•
Understanding entity forms (on page 560)
•
Customizing Entities (see "Understanding Entities" on page 517)
•
Permissions required for customization (see "Permissions required for customization tasks" on page 490)
Workflow
Beyond the business automation included in Microsoft Dynamics CRM, you can define processes, workflows,
and dialogs to automate your organization's business logic and to ensure consistent customer interactions.
Then, make your processes available as an on-demand process or, for workflows, an automatic workflow.
More information: Work with processes
Goal Management
Using Goal Management, you can:
•
Track goals at every level of your goal hierarchy.
•
Create child goals that roll up into parent goals.
•
Define rollup fields for your goal metrics that identify the performance that you are tracking.
•
View actual and in-progress data when you want it and at scheduled rollup times.
More information:
3
2011 User's Guide: Introduction to Microsoft Dynamics CRM
•
Work with goals (on page 333)
•
Work with goal metrics (on page 333)
•
Work with rollup queries (on page 340)
Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Microsoft Office Outlook
Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook is add-on program for Outlook that provides Microsoft Dynamics CRM
functionality within Outlook. The information is kept in synchronization automatically between Outlook and
Microsoft Dynamics CRM. When you run Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook, you can work either in online
or offline mode.
More information:
•
Doing CRM Work in Outlook (on page 459)
•
Working Offline (on page 486)
•
Synchronizing Information (on page 484)
Use Keyboard Shortcuts
The shortcut keys described in this section refer to the U.S. keyboard layout. Keys on other layouts might not
correspond exactly to the keys on a U.S. keyboard.
General keyboard shortcuts
Action
Press
Copy text
Ctrl+C
Paste text
Ctrl+V
Undo previous text change
Ctrl+Z
Save a record
Ctrl+S
Close a record
Esc
Cut text
Ctrl+X
Delete text
Delete
Delete selected text immediately without putting it on the
Clipboard
Shift+Delete
Move to the first tab on the ribbon
Ctrl+[
Move to the last tab on the ribbon
Ctrl+]
Move the insertion point to the start of the next word
Ctrl+Right Arrow
Move the insertion point to the start of the previous word
Ctrl+Left Arrow
Select all text in the current field
Ctrl+A
Display the System menu for the active window
Alt+Spacebar
4
2011 User's Guide: Introduction to Microsoft Dynamics CRM
Action
Press
Display the shortcut menu for the selected item
Shift+F10
Cancel the current task or command, or close a selected list or
dialog box
Esc
Move up through a list of records
Up Arrow
Move down through a list of records
Down Arrow
Open the selected record
Enter
Select all records on the current page
Ctrl+A
Jump to the sitemap
Ctrl+Shift+3
Open the recently viewed pages and view menu
Ctrl+Shift+7
Select multiple rows in a list sequentially
Shift+Up Arrow or Shift+Down Arrow
Select multiple rows in a list non-sequentially
Tab to the check box and Spacebar
Publish Form Editor customization
Ctrl+Enter
Dialog box keyboard shortcuts
To
Press
Move to the next option or option group
Tab
Move to the previous option or option group
Shift+Tab
Complete the command for the active option or button
Enter
Move between options in an open list, or between options in a
group of options
Arrow keys
Cancel a command, or close a selected list or dialog box
Esc
Form keyboard shortcuts
Action
Press
Save
Ctrl+S or Shift+F12
Save and close
Alt+S
Cancel edits and close (Close)
Esc
Open search
Spacebar or Enter
Delete text from search field
Backspace
5
2011 User's Guide: Introduction to Microsoft Dynamics CRM
Action
Press
Delete the record
Ctrl+D
Save and then open a new form (Save and New)
Ctrl+Shift+S
Move forward through the form's fields
Tab
Move backward through the form's fields
Shift+Tab
Open the lookup menu with the most recently used items in
alphabetical order
Alt+Down Arrow
Open the list menu
Ctrl+Shift+2
Navigate to the next item on the list
Ctrl+>
Navigate to the previous item on the list
Ctrl+<
Accessibility keyboard shortcuts
In a computer running on Microsoft Windows, you can set system accessibility options to change the way you
work. For example, you can use Windows Sticky Keys if you have difficulty holding down two or more keys at
a time, such as Ctrl+P. Sticky Keys enable you to press the Ctrl key and have it remain active until you press
the P.
To
Press
Switch Sticky Keys on and off
Shift five times
Switch Filter Keys on and off
Right Shift for eight seconds
Switch Toggle Keys on and off
Num Lock for five seconds
Switch High Contrast on and off
Left Alt+Left Shift+Print Screen
Switch Mouse Keys on and off
Left Alt+Left Shift+Num Lock
Accessibility keyboard shortcuts
In a computer running on Microsoft Windows, you can set system accessibility options to change the way you
work. For example, you can use Windows Sticky Keys if you have difficulty holding down two or more keys at
a time, such as Ctrl+P. Sticky Keys enable you to press the Ctrl key and have it remain active until you press
the P.
To
Press
Switch Sticky Keys on and off
Shift five times
Switch Filter Keys on and off
Right Shift for eight seconds
Switch Toggle Keys on and off
Num Lock for five seconds
6
2011 User's Guide: Introduction to Microsoft Dynamics CRM
To
Press
Switch High Contrast on and off
Left Alt+Left Shift+Print Screen
Switch Mouse Keys on and off
Left Alt+Left Shift+Num Lock
Dialog box keyboard shortcuts
To
Press
Move to the next option or option group
Tab
Move to the previous option or option group
Shift+Tab
Complete the command for the active option or button
Enter
Move between options in an open list, or between options in a
group of options
Arrow keys
Cancel a command, or close a selected list or dialog box
Esc
Form keyboard shortcuts
Action
Press
Save
Ctrl+S or Shift+F12
Save and close
Alt+S
Cancel edits and close (Close)
Esc
Open search
Spacebar or Enter
Delete text from search field
Backspace
Delete the record
Ctrl+D
Save and then open a new form (Save and New)
Ctrl+Shift+S
Move forward through the form's fields
Tab
Move backward through the form's fields
Shift+Tab
Open the lookup menu with the most recently used items in
alphabetical order
Alt+Down Arrow
Open the list menu
Ctrl+Shift+2
Navigate to the next item on the list
Ctrl+>
7
2011 User's Guide: Introduction to Microsoft Dynamics CRM
Action
Press
Navigate to the previous item on the list
Ctrl+<
General keyboard shortcuts
Action
Press
Copy text
Ctrl+C
Paste text
Ctrl+V
Undo previous text change
Ctrl+Z
Save a record
Ctrl+S
Close a record
Esc
Cut text
Ctrl+X
Delete text
Delete
Delete selected text immediately without putting it on the
Clipboard
Shift+Delete
Move to the first tab on the ribbon
Ctrl+[
Move to the last tab on the ribbon
Ctrl+]
Move the insertion point to the start of the next word
Ctrl+Right Arrow
Move the insertion point to the start of the previous word
Ctrl+Left Arrow
Select all text in the current field
Ctrl+A
Display the System menu for the active window
Alt+Spacebar
Display the shortcut menu for the selected item
Shift+F10
Cancel the current task or command, or close a selected list or
dialog box
Esc
Move up through a list of records
Up Arrow
Move down through a list of records
Down Arrow
Open the selected record
Enter
Select all records on the current page
Ctrl+A
Jump to the sitemap
Ctrl+Shift+3
Open the recently viewed pages and view menu
Ctrl+Shift+7
Select multiple rows in a list sequentially
Shift+Up Arrow or Shift+Down Arrow
Select multiple rows in a list non-sequentially
Tab to the check box and Spacebar
8
2011 User's Guide: Find Things
Action
Press
Publish Form Editor customization
Ctrl+Enter
Find Things
There are several ways to locate a specific record when you are working with a list of records, or when you
are filling out a form. With Advanced Find, you can also save your search as a saved view to use again later.
Find records in a list
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
•
Use one of the following methods to find records in a list:
Filter a list
Select a view from the View drop-down list at the top of any list of records. Some lists, such as Activities
and Closed Activities, provide additional choices to help filter a list.
The View list includes two types of views: System Views and My Views.
Search for a text string
In the Search box, type a few letters to narrow your search, and then click the Lookup button
.
Use an asterisk ( * ) as a wildcard if the text you're looking for is not at the beginning of a field. For example,
to find all records that contain the word "advanced" in the searched columns, enter *advanced.
Important
The search is not related to the view currently selected in the View menu. Only active records are
returned.
Tip
For each record type, which fields are searched can be customized. By default, the following fields are
searched:
•
Account: Account Name, Account Number, E-mail
•
Activity and individual activity types including Appointment, E-mail, Letter, Fax, and Phone Call: Subject
•
Campaign: Campaign Code, Name
•
Case: Title, Case Number
•
Contact: Full Name, First Name, Middle Name, Last Name, E-mail, Case Number
•
Contract: Contract Name
9
2011 User's Guide: Find records in a list
•
Lead: Company Name, First Name, Last Name, Name, Topic
•
Marketing List: Name
•
Opportunity: Topic
•
Quote, Order, Invoice: Name
•
Product: Product Name, ID
•
Sales Literature: Title
More information: Work with Entities.
Sort a list
•
To sort a list of records, click a column heading. To reverse the sort order, click the column heading
again.
An arrow icon in the column heading shows that the list is sorted: the Ascending Sort icon
ascending, and the Descending Sort icon indicates descending.
•
indicates
To sort by an additional column, press SHIFT while you click the additional column heading.
You cannot sort by columns that display data from a related record type.
Use Advanced Find to filter the list
1. To start an Advanced Find search:
In the View box, select the view that is closest to what you want, and then on the Standard toolbar, click
Advanced Find.
- OR On the Actions toolbar, click Advanced Find.
2. Specify criteria for your search and the columns to display.
More information: Work with Advanced Find
Create your own view
3. To start an Advanced Find search:
In the View box, select the view that is closest to what you want, and then on the Standard toolbar, click
Advanced Find.
- OR On the Actions toolbar, click Advanced Find.
4. Specify criteria for your search and the columns to display.
More information: Work with Advanced Find
5. Click Save As.
In the Query Properties dialog box, in the Name field, type a name for the search.
In the Description box, type a brief description, and then click OK.
10
2011 User's Guide: Find records in a list
This saves the search as a view. The new view appears on the Saved Views tab of the Advanced Find
form. This new view is available also from the list page for the record type in the View box, in the My
Views section.
Go to the next page of records
If there is more than one page of records available to view in the list of records, use the Page arrows at
the bottom of the list to view the additional pages.
Use the alphabetical index
For lists that include an Index at the bottom of the list:
To view records with the information in the sorted column that begin with a specific letter, click the
letter.
To view records with the information in the sorted column that begin with 0-9, click #.
To view all records, click All.
Tips
, or right-
•
To make sure a list of records is current, at the top of the list, click the Refresh button
click any record and then click Refresh list.
•
To preview a record, click the Preview button
the Close Preview button
•
To see the exact criteria used for any saved view and most system views, select the view, on the
Standard toolbar click Advanced Find, and then click Show Details.
•
It is not possible to find or retrieve deleted records.
•
In any list, select multiple records:
next to the record. To close the preview, click
Select several records by pressing the CTRL key while you click each record.
Select a sequence of records by clicking the first record that you want, and then press the
SHIFT key while you select the last record that you want.
Select all records on the page by selecting the Select/clear all records on this page
check box at the top of the list.
By default, the Microsoft Dynamics CRM Web application displays 50 records per page. You can
increase this up to a maximum of 250 records per page to increase the number of records you can select
at one time. To increase the number of records displayed per page:
1. On the File menu, click Options.
2. On the General tab, in the Records Per Page list, select the number of records to display per page.
3. Click OK.
This changes the number of items that is displayed for all lists, which may slow response time when you
switch record types. Therefore, you might want to set it back to a smaller number when you are done with
this bulk action.
11
2011 User's Guide: Find records while filling out a form
Related Topics
Find Things.................................................................................................................................... 9
Edit Multiple Records .................................................................................................................. 40
Requesting User Interface Changes ......................................................................................... 220
Find records while filling out a form
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
1. When you fill out a form and need to select a record in a field, you can use the Lookup button
some forms, you also can use the Form Assistant pane.
, or in
Use the Lookup button
2. Click the Lookup button
.
3. In the Look for box, if needed, select a record type, enter some letters to search for, and then click the
Find button
.
4. Select the record, click the Add Selected Records button
, and then click OK.
5. In the Advanced Find page, click Find.
- OR Use the Form Assistant pane:
To show or hide the Form Assistant pane, in the title bar of the pane, click the Expand button
Collapse button
or
.
To collapse or expand an individual section, in the title bar of the section, click the Collapse button
or the Expand button
.
To select a record:
1. Put the insertion point in the text box for which you want to search for a record.
If a suggestion is available, the Form Assistant pane filters and displays the appropriate records.
2. In the Form Assistant pane, click a record.
The appropriate data fills the text box.
To create follow-up activities related to the open record:
1. From an open record, on the Actions toolbar, click Follow Up
12
.
2011 User's Guide: Create, edit, or save an Advanced Find search
The Form Assistant pane displays a partially completed activity.
2. Select the activity type.
You cannot create a follow up task activity for an e-mail activity created with a quick campaign.
Select a phone call, letter, fax, e-mail or appointment activity.
3. Complete the required fields.
4. Click Save or Save and Open.
Related Topics
Find Things ................................................................................................................................... 9
Create, edit, or save an Advanced Find search
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
1. To create a new search, in the Data area, click Advanced Find.
Tip
Advanced Find starts with criteria based on where you are in Microsoft Dynamics CRM. If you click
Advanced Find from a view, Microsoft Dynamics CRM loads the criteria for that view.
- OR To edit a saved search, in the Data area, click Advanced Find. Then, click the Saved Views tab, and
double-click the saved view.
2. Specify the search criteria.
If Show Details is available on the toolbar, click it.
Specify what to search for
a. In the Look for list, select the type of record you want to search for, such as Accounts, Leads, or
Users.
b. Click Select to select criteria for the search, including the field to search on (for example, Account
Name or City), the query relational operator, and the values to locate (for example, "Seattle" or "Email").
You can select fields from the currrent record type, or from related records.
For some values, you can click the Lookup button
and select the value you want.
to open the Select Values dialog box
c. At the bottom of the Select list, the Related section shows related record types. When you select a
related record type, a new Select link appears to select fields from this related record type.
13
2011 User's Guide: Create, edit, or save an Advanced Find search
Clear, delete, or group search criteria clauses
Clear all search criteria to start over.
a. Click Clear to remove all criteria.
d. In the confirmation message, click OK.
Delete a row of search criteria.
a. Click the Options menu button
next to a search criteria row, and then click Delete.
b. In the confirmation message, click OK.
Group criteria.
a. Click the Options menu button
next to a search criteria row, and then click Select Row.
To group search criteria, you must select two or more rows for the same record type. For
example, Sales Stage and Est. Revenue are both field values in the Opportunity record type
and two rows that specify search criteria for these fields can be grouped. However, rows with
field values from Account and Opportunity record types cannot be grouped.
b. On the Filter toolbar, select Group AND or Group OR.
e. Repeat steps a and b to create additional criteria groups.
Select and deselect grouped criteria.
Click the Options menu button
next to a search criteria row that has been selected, and then
click Deselect Row. You can unselect rows from a group or individually.
Click the Options menu button
next to the group, and then click Select Group to select a
group, or click Deselect Group to unselect a group that has been previously selected.
Add a search criteria clause to a criteria group.
i. Click the Options menu button
next to the group, and then click Add Clause.
Add search criteria to the new clause.
Ungroup rows of criteria that you have grouped together using Group AND or Group OR.
i. Click the Options menu button
Ungroup.
next to the group you want to ungroup, and then click
Repeat this step to ungroup additional search criteria groups.
Change a Group AND group to a Group OR group, or a Group OR group to a Group AND
group.
i. Click the Options menu button
Change to AND.
next to the group, and then click Change to OR or
Repeat this step to change additional search criteria groups.
Hide or delete a row in Simple view:
i. To hide a row, click the Options menu button
Hide in Simple Mode.
next to a search criteria row, and then click
To make a hidden row visible, click Show in Simple Mode
14
2011 User's Guide: Create, edit, or save an Advanced Find search
3. Specify the columns to include in the search results.
a. Click Edit Columns, and then click Add Columns.
b. Select the record type that includes the columns you want to add.
c. Select the check box next to the columns you want to add. If a column isn't listed, contact your
system administrator.
d. Click OK.
e. The following options are also available:
f.
To adjust the width of a column, click the column, click Change Properties, select a width, and then
click OK.
g. To reorder columns, select a column, and use the arrow keys to move it to the left or right.
h. To remove a column, select it, and then click Remove.
i.
Click OK.
4. Specify the sort order.
Click Edit Columns, click Configure Sorting, and specify the column to sort on, and the sort order.
Tip: Each view is sorted by only one column. However, after you click Find, you can sort by additional
columns. To sort a search results list by an additional column, press SHIFT while you click the additional
column header.
You can only sort on columns from the primary record record type.
5. Save the search as a saved view.
a. If you're saving an existing saved view, click Save. If you are saving a new view or want to change
the name of the view because you changed the criteria, click Save As.
b. In the Query Properties dialog box, in the Name field, type a name for the search.
In the Description box, type a brief description, and then click OK.
This saves the search as a view. The new view appears on the Saved Views tab of the Advanced Find
form. This new view is available also from the list page for the record type in the View box, in the My
Views section.
6. Click Find.
Tips
•
When you specify search criteria to find activity records, you can either search through all types
of activities or select one type of activity to search, such as Task or Appointment.
•
The columns that are displayed by default are controlled by the Advanced Find View for the
record type. More information: Work with Entities.
•
If you need to search based on the names of people who participated in an activity, in the
Advanced Find criteria, you must search fields in the related activity party. You can search based
on the person's name (Party field), or by their role in the activity, such as sender or recipient
(Participation Type field).
For example, to find e-mail messages sent to a specific contact:
15
2011 User's Guide: Work with saved views
a. In the Activities list, in the Type box, select E-mail.
b. Click Advanced Find, and then click Show Details.
c.
Click Select, and then in the Related section, select Activity Parties (Activity).
d. Under Activity Parties (Activity), click Select.
e. In the Fields section, click Participation Type, click Enter Value, and then click the
Select or change the values for this field button
f.
.
In the Available Values list, select To Recipient, click the Add Selected Records
button
, and then click OK.
g. Under Activity Parties (Activity), click Select.
h. In the Fields section, click Party.
i.
Click the Equals Current User operator, and change it to Equals.
j.
Click Enter Value, and then click the Lookup button
k.
In the Look for box, select Contact, enter some letters to search for, and then click
Start search.
l.
Select the contact, click the Add Selected Records button
.
, and then click OK.
m. In the Advanced Find page, click Find.
Note
You cannot use Advanced Find to find records related to quick campaigns.
Related Topics
Find Things.................................................................................................................................... 9
Export Data to Excel ................................................................................................................... 61
Work with Marketing Lists ......................................................................................................... 389
Work with saved views
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
You can run, share, assign, delete, or deactivate a saved view that you own. If another user has shared a
saved view with you, what you can do will depend on the specific privileges that they have given to you:
Share, Assign, Delete, or Write.
Run a saved view
On any list page in the View box, in the My Views section, select a saved view.
16
2011 User's Guide: Work with saved views
If there is not a My Views section, there are no saved views for this record type.
- OR On the Standard toolbar, click Advanced Find, and then click the Saved Views tab. Double-click a saved
view, and then click Find.
Share a saved view
1. On the Standard toolbar, click Advanced Find, and then click the Saved Views tab.
2. Select the view. On the Actions toolbar, click Actions, and then click Sharing.
3. In the sharing dialog box, under Common Tasks, click Add User/Team.
4. In the Look Up Records dialog box, in the Look for list, select the type of record you want to find.
5. In the Search box, type the first few letters of the name of the record to narrow your search, and then
click the Find button
.
6. In the list of available records, click a user or team to select it, and then click the Add Selected Records
button
to add the user or team to the Selected records list.
7. Click OK.
8. In the sharing dialog box, select the type of share access that you want. The available permissions are:
Read, Write, Delete, Append, Assign, or Share.
9. Click OK.
The saved view will show up in the My Views section of your coworker's View list.
Tips
•
To cancel any changes that you have made and retain the previous permissions settings, click Reset.
•
To select or clear all permissions on a selected item, click Toggle All Permissions of the Selected
Items.
Assign a saved view
1. On the Standard toolbar, click Advanced Find, and then click the Saved Views tab.
2. Select the view, and then on the Actions toolbar, click the Assign button
.
3. In the Assign dialog box, click:
Assign to me
Use this option to assign the record to yourself.
- OR Assign to another user
Click the Lookup button
, type a part of the user's name, click the Find button
the user's name, and then to close Look Up Records dialog box, click OK.
, double-click
4. Click OK.
Deactivate a saved view
17
2011 User's Guide: Tips
1. On the Standard toolbar, click Advanced Find, and then click the Saved Views tab.
2. Select the view, and then on the Actions menu, click Deactivate.
Delete a saved view
1. On the Standard toolbar, click Advanced Find, and then click the Saved Views tab.
2. Select the view, and then on the Actions toolbar, click the Delete button
.
E-mail or copy a link to a saved view
Send a shortcut in an e-mail
a. On the Actions toolbar, click E-mail a Link, and then click Of Current View.
b. Complete the e-mail form and send.
Copy a shortcut
a. On the Actions toolbar, click Copy a Link, and then click Of Current View.
b. Paste the shortcut into any application that supports copy and paste. For example, in Microsoft Office
Word, press CTRL+V. More information: Send or Copy a Shortcut (on page 52)
Tips
•
To make sure a list of records is current, at the top of the list, click the Refresh button
click any record and then click Refresh list.
, or right-
•
To preview a record, click the Preview button
the Close Preview button .
•
To see the exact criteria used for any saved view and most system views, select the view, on the
Standard toolbar click Advanced Find, and then click Show Details.
•
It is not possible to find or retrieve deleted records.
•
In any list, select multiple records:
next to the record. To close the preview, click
Select several records by pressing the CTRL key while you click each record.
Select a sequence of records by clicking the first record that you want, and then press the
SHIFT key while you select the last record that you want.
Select all records on the page by selecting the Select/clear all records on this page
check box at the top of the list.
By default, the Microsoft Dynamics CRM Web application displays 50 records per page. You can
increase this up to a maximum of 250 records per page to increase the number of records you can select
at one time. To increase the number of records displayed per page:
1. On the File menu, click Options.
2. On the General tab, in the Records Per Page list, select the number of records to display per page.
3. Click OK.
18
2011 User's Guide: Delete Things
This changes the number of items that is displayed for all lists, which may slow response time when you
switch record types. Therefore, you might want to set it back to a smaller number when you are done with
this bulk action.
Delete Things
Caution
Once you delete a record, it cannot be retrieved.
Typically you should only delete records that you entered by mistake. For some record types, you can
deactivate or close the record instead. Not all record types can be deleted. For details, select Special cases.
Delete records
Can I do this task?
If the Delete button
is not visible on the toolbar, the security role assigned to your account does not have
permission to delete this type of record. To check your permissions for a specific record, open the record,
click the File menu button
, and then click Properties.
If you are deleting a record that has child records, you can delete it only if you also have permission to delete
any child records.
More information about specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task
Permissions
1. In any list of records, select the record that you want to delete.
- OR In any list, select multiple records:
Select several records by pressing the CTRL key while you click each record.
Select a sequence of records by clicking the first record that you want, and then press the SHIFT key
while you select the last record that you want.
Select all records on the page by selecting the Select/clear all records on this page check box at
the top of the list.
Tip
By default, the Microsoft Dynamics CRM Web application displays 50 records per page. You can
increase this up to a maximum of 250 records per page to increase the number of records you can select
at one time. To increase the number of records displayed per page:
1. On the File menu, click Options.
2. On the General tab, in the Records Per Page list, select the number of records to display per page.
3. Click OK.
19
2011 User's Guide: Special Cases
This changes the number of items that is displayed for all lists, which may slow response time when you
switch record types. Therefore, you might want to set it back to a smaller number when you are done with
this bulk action.
2. On the Actions toolbar, click the Delete button
.
3. If you are deleting accounts or contacts, you have the option to deactivate a record instead of deleting it.
In the Delete Confirmation dialog box:
To delete the record, click Delete.
To deactivate the record, click Deactivate.
For other record types, in the Confirm Deletion dialog box, click OK.
Notes
•
When you delete a record, all its relationships to other records are also deleted.
•
If a record has child records, and you have permission to delete the child records, deleting a
record also deletes the child records.
Related Topics
Edit Multiple Records...................................................................................................................40
Delete Things ..............................................................................................................................19
Add a Note or Attach a File .........................................................................................................31
Check Your Permissions for a Record ........................................................................................50
Special Cases
Record type
Notes
More information
Accounts
Can also be deactivated.
Work with Accounts (on page
271)
Activities in Queues
When you delete an e-mail message in a queue, it is
Work with Queues
removed from the queue, but is not deleted as an
active activity. To delete it, you must delete it from the
Activities list.
When you delete other activity types from a queue,
the activity record is deleted both from the queue and
from Microsoft Dynamics CRM.
Articles
20
Articles must be unpublished from the Articles library
before being deleted.
Create and Publish Articles
(on page 453)
2011 User's Guide: Remove an attached file
Record type
Notes
More information
Cases
Can also be canceled.
Work with Campaigns and
Campaign Templates (on
page 375)
Contacts
Can also be deactivated.
Work with Contacts (on page
276)
Leads
Can also be disqualified.
Work with Leads (on page
299)
Marketing Lists
Can also be deactivated.
Work with Marketing Lists (on
page 389)
Opportunities
Can also be closed.
Work with Opportunities (on
page 310)
Orders
Can also be canceled.
Work with Orders (on page
352)
Price Lists
Can also be deactivated.
Work with Price Lists
Quick Campaigns
Work with Quick Campaigns
Deleting a quick campaign record deletes all of the
activities created by the quick campaign, even if those (on page 382)
activities were not yet complete.
Related Topics
Delete Things .............................................................................................................................. 19
Remove an attached file
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
1. Open the record that you want.
2. For most record types, click Notes and Activities:
On the E-mail form, click Attachments.
On the Service Activity form, click Service Activity .
On the Case form, click Notes and Article.
3. Double-click the status row of the note that contains the attachment that you want to remove.
21
2011 User's Guide: Delete imported records
4. Remove the attached file.
To keep the note, but remove the attachment:
In the Note form, in the File Attachment area, click Remove, click OK, and then click OK again.
- OR To remove the note and the attachment:
On the Actions
menu, click Delete Note, and then click OK.
5. Click Save or Save and Close.
Note
You cannot update an attached file. Instead, save the file on your computer and edit the file, delete
the attachment, and then attach the edited file.
Related Topics
Add a Note or Attach a File ......................................................................................................... 31
Manage Activities ........................................................................................................................ 23
Delete Things .............................................................................................................................. 19
Delete imported records
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Workplace, and then under My Work, click Imports.
2. Select the record that you want to delete, followed by one of the following actions:
22
Tasks
Required Steps
Delete the import job that was created
for the source file uploaded during an
import
In the Records group, click Delete, and then click Delete Import
Source File. In the Confirm Deletion dialog box, click OK.
2011 User's Guide: Print Things
Delete records that were imported to a
record type during an import
In the Records group, click Delete, and then click All Records
Imported to This Entity During This Import. In the Delete Imported
Records dialog box, specify whether you want to delete the import job
history, and then click OK.
Caution
If your .zip file contains two .csv files, Accounts1.csv and
Accounts2.csv, then Microsoft Dynamics CRM makes one
import of data from these files to only the Accounts record
type. While deleting imported records, if you select
Accounts1.csv from the Imports list and choose All Records
Imported to This Entity During This Import, then Microsoft
Dynamics CRM deletes all the imported records from
Accounts1.csv and Accounts2.csv because of the import to one
record type. If the .zip file had a file with records for a different
record type, then Microsoft Dynamics CRM only deletes the
records for the one record type.
Delete all records that were imported
from a .zip file during an import
In the Records group, click Delete, and then click All Imported
Records from the .zip File. In the Delete Imported Records dialog
box, specify whether you want to delete the import job history, and then
click OK.
Related Topics
Delete Things .............................................................................................................................. 19
Print Things
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
1. In the list of records, open the record that you want.
2. On the File tab, click Print Preview.
3. In the Preview form, click Print.
4. In the Print dialog box, select the print options you want, and then click Print.
5. On the Standard toolbar of the Preview form, click Close.
Note
To print a note, open the record, click the Notes and Activities tab, right-click the note that you want,
and then click Print.
23
2011 User's Guide: Print a list of records
Related Topics
Manage Activities ........................................................................................................................ 23
Add a Note or Attach a File ......................................................................................................... 31
Run a Report ............................................................................................................................. 132
Print a list of records
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
1. On the File tab, click Print Preview.
2. If the records in the list extend beyond the current view, you will see the Print List dialog box.
To print a list that is limited to the items listed on the current page, click All records on current page,
and then click OK.
- OR To print a list of all items that are on all pages for that view, click All records on all pages, and then
click OK.
3. In the Preview form, click Print.
4. In the Print dialog box, select the print options you want, and then click Print.
5. On the Standard toolbar of the Preview form, click Close.
Tips
By default, the Microsoft Dynamics CRM Web application displays 50 records per page. You can
increase this up to a maximum of 250 records per page to increase the number of records you can select
at one time. To increase the number of records displayed per page:
1. On the File menu, click Options.
2. On the General tab, in the Records Per Page list, select the number of records to display per page.
3. Click OK. This changes the number of items that is displayed for all lists, which may slow response
time when you switch record types. Therefore, you might want to set it back to a smaller number
when you are done with this bulk action.
24
•
If you need to print other columns than the ones in the list, use Advanced Find to create a new
view that includes all the columns you need. More information: Work with Advanced Find
•
If you want to format the list before printing it, export the list to Microsoft Office Excel, and format
it there. More information: Export Data to Excel (on page 61)
•
When you print a list, a title describing the list is not included. If you need a title on your printout,
export the list to Microsoft Office Excel, add a title, and then print the worksheet.
2011 User's Guide: Print the details of an activity from a calendar
Related Topics
Export Data to Excel ................................................................................................................... 61
Find Things ................................................................................................................................... 9
Run a Report ............................................................................................................................. 132
Print the details of an activity from a calendar
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
You can print the details of an appointment or service activity from the Workplace calendar or the Service
calendar.
1. Locate and open the appointment or service activity you want to print.
2. On the File tab, click Print Preview.
3. In the Preview dialog box, click Print.
4. In the Print dialog box, set the printing options you want, and then click Print.
5. On the Standard toolbar, click Close.
Note
To print the entire calendar as you see it in the window, click Print in Microsoft Internet Explorer.
Related Topics
Work with the Workplace Calendar .......................................................................................... 440
Print Things ................................................................................................................................. 19
Run a Report
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Report Permissions
1. Find and open a report:
From the Reports area
a. In the Workplace, under My Work, click Reports.
25
2011 User's Guide: Run a Report
b. To narrow the list, enter the first few letters of the report name, or use the asterisk (*) wildcard in the
Search box and then click the Find button
. You can also select a view.
c. In the reports list, double-click the report that you want to run.
d. If the report has a default filter, the default filter will be displayed. Follow step 2 to change the filter.
Tip: To run a report without seeing the default filter, select the report, and then on the Actions toolbar,
click Actions, and then click Run Report.
From a list of records, including the results of an Advanced Find search
Only reports that relate to the current record type will be available.
You can run some reports on all records in the list, up to ten selected records, or without limiting the
records as if you were running the report from the Reports area.
To run a report on all records on the list:
a. On the Actions toolbar, click Reports
.
e. Under Run on Selected Records, click the name of the report.
f.
In the Select Records dialog box, click All records on all pages in the current view, and then
click Run Report.
To run a report on up to ten selected records from the list:
a. Select the records to include. Select several records by pressing the CTRL key while you click
each record.
g. On the Actions toolbar, click Reports.
h. Under Run on Selected Records, click the name of the report.
i.
In the Select Records dialog box, click The selected records, and then click Run Report.
To run a report without limiting records to items on the list:
a. On the Actions toolbar, click Reports.
j.
If the report is listed under Run on All Records, select the report.
- OR Under Run on Selected Records, click the name of the report. In the Select Records dialog
box, click All applicable records, and then click Run Report.
- OR If the report you want to run is not listed, you must go to the Reports area to run the report.
From a record
Only reports that relate to the current record type will be available.
To run a report including data from just one record:
a. On the second tab, in the Data group, click Run Report.
k. Under Run on Current Record, click the name of the report.
26
2011 User's Guide: Run a Report
From Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook
All reports can be run when you are online.
To run a report while you are offline, you must first create a local data group that includes the report, as
well as a local data group that includes any data that should be included in the report.
To create a local data group that contains reports, on the CRM menu, click Modify Local Data Groups,
click New, select the the Report record type, and then define the criteria for which reports to include.
More information: Work with Data to Take Offline
To run reports from the Reports area, in the Outlook Navigation Pane, under Microsoft Dynamics
CRM, click Workplace, click My Work, click Reports, and then select a report to run.
To select a report from a record or list, follow the procedures above. These steps work the same way
in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook.
From a report you saved locally
If you have saved a report on your computer or shared file system that reads dynamic data from
Microsoft Dynamics CRM, to open it, browse to the folder that contains your saved report, and
double-click the file.
2. If the report offers filter criteria, if needed, modify the filter criteria and then click Run Report.
The list of existing report filtering criteria is grouped by record types that you can use in the filter, such as
Accounts or Contacts. To edit a parameter in simple mode, click the underlined value and enter a new
value.
- OR To edit the filter criteria in detailed mode:
a. Click Edit Filter.
b. To add a criteria row:
1. Click Select, and specify the field to filter on.
2. Click the query relational operator, and select an operator.
3. Click Enter Value, and enter a value to filter on. For some values, you can click the Select or
change the values for this field button
the value you want.
to open the Select Values dialog box and select
c. To group criteria, you must select two or more rows for the same record type. For example, Sales
Stage and Est. Revenue are both field values in the Opportunity record type and two rows that
specify filter criteria for these fields can be grouped. However, rows with field values from different
record types, such as Account and Opportunity record types, cannot be grouped.
1. For each row you want to group, in detailed mode, click the Options menu button
and then click Select Row.
for that row,
2. On the Filter toolbar, select Group AND or Group OR.
3. To remove a row from a group, click the Options menu button
Delete.
4. To select a group, click the Options menu button
for that row, and then click
for that group, and then click Select Group.
27
2011 User's Guide: Run a Report
5. To add a criteria clause to a group, click the Options menu button
for that group, click Add
Clause, and then select the field, query relational operator, and value.
6. To unselect a group that has been previously selected, click the Options menu button
group, and then click Deselect Group.
7. To ungroup a group, click the Options menu button
for that
for that group, and then click Ungroup.
8. To change a Group AND group to a Group OR group, or a Group OR group to a Group AND
group, click the Options menu button
for that group, and then click Change to OR or
Change to AND.
Tips
To clear all criteria and start over, on the Filter toolbar, click Clear, and then click Confirm.
To delete a row, click the Options menu button
for that row, and then click Delete.
To hide a row in simple mode, while you are in detailed mode, click the Options menu button
for that row, and then click Hide in Simple Mode.
If you have a hidden row when viewing filter criteria in simple mode and you want to show that row
again, then in detailed mode, you must click the Options menu button
for that row, and then
click Show in Simple Mode.
You can set your personal options so that report filters and Advanced Find criteria always open in
simple or detailed mode. More information: Set Personal Options (on page 201)
3. If the report offers parameters, if needed, modify the parameters and then click View Report.
4. Locate data in the report.
To view or change a record, click the first field in the row for the record. A separate Microsoft
Dynamics CRM window will open with the record.
To view all records associated with a summary or chart report, click Show All at the bottom of the
report. To navigate back to the original report, click the Go back to the parent report button
.
To view detailed information about an area in a chart, click an area of the chart. To navigate back to
the original report, click Original Report in the report title area.
To page through the report, on the Report toolbar, use the Page Navigation buttons. To locate a
specific page, type a page number in the box and then press Enter.
To quickly locate specific information in your report, in Find | Next, type a few characters, and then
click Find.
To sort a column, click the column title. The direction of sorting is indicated by the Ascending sort
button
or the Descending sort button .
To view or hide the filter summary, expand or collapse Filter Summary.
To update your report, click the Refresh button
.
To hide or show the report parameters, click the Show / Hide Parameters button
5. Print the report.
On the Report toolbar, click the Print button
28
.
.
2011 User's Guide: Run a Report
If you are working offline using Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook, on the Report toolbar, click the
Export button
Print.
, and select MHTML (web archive) format. Open the file, and on the File menu, click
Tips
If a chart doesn't display the first time you export a report to MHTML (web archive) format, export the
report a second time.
To print reports, you need a Reporting Services Microsoft ActiveX control. The first time you print a
Reporting Services report from either Microsoft Dynamics CRM or Microsoft Dynamics CRM for
Microsoft Office Outlook, you will see a prompt Do you want to install this software?.
To install the required control, click Install.
6. Export the report.
Important
The exported report is temporary. If you need to save the exported report to a local file, use the viewing
program to save the file to disk. The saved exported report is no longer connected to Microsoft Dynamics
CRM. Therefore, it does not change if Microsoft Dynamics CRM data changes.
d. Click the Export button
and select a format to which you want to export the report.
A second browser window is used to display the report, using a viewer associated with the export
format you selected.
The formats that are available are determined by the rendering extensions that are installed on the
Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services report server, and also by whether you are online or offline.
If you are working offline, only the Excel and Acrobat (PDF) file formats are available.
If a viewer is not available for the format you select, you must select a different format or install the
viewer.
The following export formats are included in a default installation when you are online. The list of
export formats available to you may vary from those listed here.
XML file with report data
View the report as an XML file.
CSV (comma delimited)
View the report as a text file, with fields separated by commas. This format includes all the row,
column, and field labels.
To export only the data, instead of using this format, export data from any list in Microsoft
Dynamics CRM, including results of Advanced Find searches, into Microsoft Office Excel, and
then save as a comma-delimited (CSV) file.
Acrobat (PDF) file
View the report using a client-side PDF viewer. You must have Adobe Acrobat Reader to use this
format.
Choose this format for long reports, paginated reports, or reports that are delivered as a file.
29
2011 User's Guide: Run a Report
MHTML (web archive)
View the report in Microsoft Internet Explorer, as a MIME-encoded HTML format that keeps
images and linked content together with a report. For chart reports, if the chart is not displayed
correctly the first time that you export the report, export the report again.
Choose this format to view a report offline or for e-mailing the report.
Excel
View the report in Microsoft Office Excel. This format includes all the row, column, and field labels,
in addition to report formatting.
Large reports and reports with charts might not display with the expected formatting when
exported in this file format. To export only the data, instead of using this format, from any list in
Microsoft Dynamics CRM, including results of Advanced Find searches, export the data into
Microsoft Office Excel, and then save as a comma-delimited (CSV) file. More information: Export
Data to Excel (on page 61)
TIFF file
View the report in the default TIFF viewer. For some Windows clients, this is the Windows
Pictures and Fax Viewer.
Choose this format to a view a report in a page-oriented layout. The TIFF format is the
recommended format for printing reports.
Word
View the report in Microsoft Office Word. This format includes all the row, column, and field labels,
in addition to report formatting.
Tips
•
If there is no report that gives you the information you need, you can either export data to
Microsoft Office Excel, or create your own report. More information: Export Data to Excel (on
page 61), Create and Work with Reports
•
If a snapshot of a Reporting Services report exists, you can view it from the Reports area. To see
if any snapshots exist for a report, click the View Snapshots button next to the report. If a
snapshot exists, click the snapshot link to view the snapshot.
Note
If multiple Language Packs are installed, only reports that are marked for display in the language you
specified in Personal Options will be visible. More information: Set Personal Options (on page 201)
Related Topics
Print Things ................................................................................................................................. 19
Running Reports and Analyzing Data ......................................................................................... 95
Customizing and Organizing Reports ......................................................................................... 95
Export Data to Excel ................................................................................................................... 61
Default Reports ........................................................................................................................... 97
30
2011 User's Guide: Manage Activities
Manage Activities
Create or edit an activity
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
1. Navigate to activity records.
In the Navigation Pane, click Workplace, and then under My Work click Activities.
- OR To work with activities associated with a record, open the record and then click Activities.
2. To add new activities from the Activities list, on the Activities tab in the New group, click the type of
activity you want to add.
- OR 3. To add a new activity from a record, click Add New Activity. Select an activity type, and then click OK.
4. Enter the information that you want. At a minimum, entering information in the following boxes is useful
when you or others in your organization refer to the activity at a later date:
Subject
Enter a meaningful description that can help you easily identify the activity in the Activities list view.
The subject field is required because, by default, most of the Activities views are sorted by it. This
field is not related to Subjects, which are the hierarchical list of categories used to relate and organize
information in Microsoft Dynamics CRM.
Regarding
This field is used to link the activity to another record so that you can view the activity from the record.
If you create a new activity from a record, this is automatically filled out.
Owner
This box represents the user who owns the activity. By default, it is set to the user who creates the
activity.
Duration
If this activity is related to a case, make sure that you record the time you spend on the activity in this
box. If the case is linked to a contract line, the durations of all the activities for this case are tallied and
updated automatically in the related active contract. The total, which includes the totals from any
other cases relating to that contract, can be adjusted manually before billing the customer. The
maximum duration of an appointment or service activity is 10 days.
Due
Enter the date and time that the activity is expected to take place or be completed. You can quickly
sort on the Due field when you view activities.
31
2011 User's Guide: Create or edit an activity
Tip
To automatically update the Regarding field with information from a record, click the Expand button
in the right pane to open the Form Assistant pane, and then select a record.
5. Some activities also have the following optional fields:
Sender
You can use this field to record the user in your organization who initiated an outgoing
communication. Alternatively, if this is an incoming communication from a customer, you can select
the lead, account, or contact who initiates the communication. The sender must be a valid Microsoft
Dynamics CRM account, contact, or lead, but can also be a Microsoft Dynamics CRM user. By
default, this box contains the name of the user who creates the activity.
Recipient
This is the person, typically an account, contact, lead, or Microsoft Dynamics CRM user, that receives
the communication.
Category, Sub-Category
You can use these text fields to categorize tasks so that you can sort or view your tasks by category
and/or sub-category.
6. Click Save or Save and Close.
Tip
If you are using the activity to track something that has already been completed, on the File menu, click
Save as Completed.
When you save an activity as completed, duplicates will not be detected.
Notes
32
•
To create the same activity for multiple records, use a quick campaign. More information: Work
with Quick Campaigns (on page 382)
•
You cannot edit multiple activities at once.
•
You cannot schedule recurring activities.
•
You cannot reactivate or edit a closed activity. However, you can add a note to a closed activity.
•
You cannot change one activity into another type of activity.
•
You cannot set reminders in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Microsoft Office Outlook for faxes,
phone calls, e-mails, letters, or campaign responses activities created in the Web application or
Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook.
•
When the duration of an activity is more than 60 minutes (an hour), the time you enter is
converted into hours. When the activity is saved, the value is rounded up and might change from
the entry that was originally displayed when it was converted from minutes into hours. Note that
rounding is only observed on the hundredth of an hour. The exact value for the duration,
however, is stored in the database in minutes, and this value is used to calculate the total billing
time when resolving cases.
•
The letter and fax activities record when the letter or fax is sent or received. When you create the
activity, you attach the letter or fax document, such as a Microsoft Office Word file, to the record.
2011 User's Guide: Create and send an e-mail activity in the Microsoft Dynamics CRM Web application
With the mail merge feature, you can write your letter and include Microsoft Dynamics CRM data.
More information: Create Customer-Ready Documents and Messages (on page 164)
Related Topics
Manage Activities ........................................................................................................................ 23
Create an Activity in Outlook ..................................................................................................... 460
Send Direct E-mail to Customers.............................................................................................. 171
Create and send an e-mail activity in the Microsoft Dynamics
CRM Web application
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: E-mail Permissions
You can create and send e-mail activities in Microsoft Dynamics CRM from the Activities area. E-mail
messages that are sent from Microsoft Dynamics CRM do not appear in the Microsoft Dynamics CRM mail
folders in Outlook, unless synchronization is set up.
1. Start Microsoft Dynamics CRM.
2. In the Navigation Pane, click Workplace, and then click Activities.
3. On the Activities tab, in the New group, click E-mail.
4. On the E-mail tab, enter the following information:
From
Locate and select the sender's name.
To
Locate and select one or more recipients. You can click the Lookup button
select records.
to search for and
Subject
Type a subject for your e-mail message.
Duration
This field is not required, but if you are tracking the amount of time spent on cases, and this message
is related to a case, enter the amount of time spent on this message.
Due
If you are not sending your e-mail message immediately, enter a date to complete and send the
message. The message is not sent automatically.
Tip
33
2011 User's Guide: Create and send an e-mail activity in the Microsoft Dynamics CRM Web application
You can copy and paste content from Microsoft Office Word. This lets you take advantage of
features such as spelling check and some text formatting. If your text is double-spaced, you can
press SHIFT+ENTER to single-space lines of text.
You can include an image if the file is hosted on a public Web site. Use the copy and paste feature
of Microsoft Internet Explorer to include a link to the image in the message. The image is displayed
as long as the receipient has access to the Web site.
You can also attach an article, template, or file to an e-mail activity.
To attach an article
a. To look up and select an article, on the Formatting toolbar, click Insert Article.
e. Use the Search tab to specify conditions or criteria to locate the article.
f.
In the results list, select the article, and then click OK.
g. The article appears the body of in your e-mail message.
h. Type any additional text, or edit the article.
To attach an e-mail template
a. To look up and select an e-mail template, click Insert Template.
i.
On the Insert Template dialog box, select the template you want to use. You can either use a global
template, or a template specific to the record type you selected as the recipient. For example,
account or customer.
j.
Click OK.
k. The template appears in the body of your e-mail message and the subject line is updated with the
subject line of the template.
l.
Type any additional text or edit the text provided. Editing the text or subject line in the message does
not change the template.
To attach a file
a. Save the activity.
m. On the Attachments tab, click New E-mail Attachment.
n. In the Add Attachment dialog box, in the File Name box, type the name of the file, or click Browse
to locate the file that you want to attach.
o. Click Attach.
5. To send the message immediately, click Send.
The message is sent and the new closed activity appears in Microsoft Dynamics CRM in the Activities
area with an assigned message number appended to the subject. It also appears in Outlook in the Sent
Items folder.
- OR To send the message at a later time, click Save and Close. The new draft activity appears in Microsoft
Dynamics CRM in the Activities area. You can delete draft messages.
34
2011 User's Guide: Close an activity
Important
After you save your e-mail message as a Microsoft Dynamics CRM e-mail activity, the saved
message can be accessed by anyone who has access to your activities in Microsoft Dynamics CRM.
Notes
•
You can view the sent date of an e-mail message on the Activities list. The Actual End Date is
the date the message was sent and closed.
•
You can forward or reply to an e-mail activity, but you cannot resend it.
To reply to only the original sender, open the e-mail message. In the Respond group, click Reply.
To reply to the original sender and to send copies to everyone who originally received the message,
click Reply All.
To forward the e-mail activity to new recipients, click Forward, and then select new recipients.
•
There is no spell check built into Microsoft Dynamics CRM. There might be third-party solutions
available. For more information, visit Microsoft Dynamics CRM Solution Finder (see Microsoft
Dynamics CRM Solution Finder - http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=98752).
Related Topics
Work with E-mail Activities ........................................................................................................ 187
Create an Activity in Outlook ..................................................................................................... 460
Manage Activities ........................................................................................................................ 23
Send Direct E-mail to Customers.............................................................................................. 171
Save Outlook Contacts, Tasks, and E-mail Messages as Microsoft Dynamics CRM Records 465
Sending and Receiving E-mail in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook ................................. 185
Work with E-mail Templates ..................................................................................................... 187
Managing E-mail Activities ........................................................................................................ 184
Close an activity
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
Activity types that can be closed
•
Tasks
•
Faxes
•
Phone Calls
•
Letters
•
Appointments
35
2011 User's Guide: Convert an activity to an opportunity
•
Service Activities
•
Campaign Activities
Unless you have created an activity record by mistake, it is better to close or convert an activity than to delete
it. You can view closed or converted activities at a later date for reference, or run reports to determine the
success rate of your activities.
1. Navigate to activity records.
In the Navigation Pane, click Workplace, and then under My Work click Activities.
- OR To work with activities associated with a record, open the record and then click Activities.
2. Open the activity that you want.
3. On the Actions
Task.
menu, click Close activity type. For example, if you are in a task record, click Close
4. In the confirmation dialog box, select the status that you want from the Status list, such as Completed or
Canceled, and then click OK.
Notes
•
When you close an activity, the activity becomes read-only and cannot be edited or reopened.
•
To view closed activities, do one of the following:
In the Activities list, select the Closed Activities view.
Use Advanced Find, and specify Activity Status in the search criteria.
From an Account, Contact, Lead, or Opportunity record, under Common, click Closed
Activities. In the Filter on and Include lists, select the view options that you want.
•
It is not possible to close multiple activities at once.
•
The only way to close an e-mail activity is to send it. If you do not use Microsoft Dynamics CRM
to send or receive e-mail, click Send. This will close the activity, but no e-mail message will be
sent.
Convert an activity to an opportunity
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
Activity types that can be converted
•
Faxes
•
Phone Calls
•
E-mail Messages
•
Letters
36
2011 User's Guide: Convert an activity to a case
•
Appointments
1. Navigate to activity records.
In the Navigation Pane, click Workplace, and then under My Work click Activities.
- OR To work with activities associated with a record, open the record and then click Activities.
2. Open the activity that you want.
3. On the Actions toolbar, click Convert Activity, and then click To Opportunity.
4. In the Convert Activity to Opportunity dialog box, enter information in the following boxes:
Customer
You must click the Lookup button
to select or create a new customer.
Source Campaign
Click Lookup if you want to associate a source campaign with this activity.
Actions
By default, Microsoft Dynamics CRM automatically completes the following operations during the
conversion.
Close the activity as completed.
Open the new opportunity after the conversion.
Create a campaign response based on the information included in the opportunity.
Important If you are converting an activity to an opportunity that is not associated with a Source
Campaign, you must clear the Record a closed campaign response check box.
To change the conversion operations, clear the associated check boxes.
5. In the Convert Activity to Opportunity dialog box, click OK.
6. Click Save or Save and Close.
Note
The originating activity becomes a related activity for the new opportunity. If the activity is open, it
appears in the Activities list for the opportunity. If the activity is closed, it appears in the Closed
Activities list.
Related Topics
Manage Activities ........................................................................................................................ 23
Managing Opportunities ............................................................................................................ 310
Managing Leads ....................................................................................................................... 289
37
2011 User's Guide: Convert an activity to a case
Convert an activity to a case
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
1. Navigate to activity records.
In the Navigation Pane, click Workplace, and then under My Work click Activities.
- OR To work with activities associated with a record, open the record and then click Activities.
2. Open the activity that you want.
Activity types that can be converted
Faxes
Phone Calls
E-mail Messages
Letters
Appointments
3. On the Actions toolbar, point to Convert Activity and then to Case.
4. In the Convert Activity to Case dialog box, enter information in the following boxes:
Customer
You must click the Lookup button
to select or create a new customer.
By default, Microsoft Dynamics CRM automatically completes the following operations during the
conversion:
Close the activity as completed.
Open the new case after the conversion.
To change the conversion operations, clear the associated check boxes.
5. In the Convert Activity to Case dialog box, click OK.
Note
The originating activity becomes a related activity for the new case. If the activity is open, it appears
in the Activities list for the case. If the activity is closed, it appears in the Closed Activities list.
Related Topics
Work with Appointments ........................................................................................................... 440
Work with E-mail Activities ........................................................................................................ 187
Manage Activities ........................................................................................................................ 23
38
2011 User's Guide: Convert an e-mail to another record type
Convert an e-mail to another record type
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
1. Navigate to activity records.
In the Navigation Pane, click Workplace, and then under My Work click Activities.
- OR To work with activities associated with a record, open the record and then click Activities.
2. Open the e-mail activity that you want to convert.
3. In the Actions toolbar, point to Convert Activity, and then click the record type that you want to convert
to.
4. In the dialog box, type the appropriate information.
5. By default, Microsoft Dynamics CRM is set to perform specific operations when the conversion occurs.
To change the conversion operations, clear the associated check boxes.
6. Click OK.
Related Topics
Work with E-mail Activities ........................................................................................................ 187
Manage Activities ........................................................................................................................ 23
Sending and Receiving E-mail in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook ................................. 185
Assign to Queue or User Form
Use this form to assign an activity to another queue or user.
Can I do this task?
If the Assign button
is not visible on the toolbar, the security role assigned to your account does not have
permission to assign this type of record. To check your permissions for a specific record, open the record,
click the File menu button
, and then click Properties.
More information about specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task
Permissions
1. Navigate to activity records.
In the Navigation Pane, click Workplace, and then under My Work click Activities.
39
2011 User's Guide: Add, edit, or delete a note
- OR To work with activities associated with a record, open the record and then click Activities.
2. In the list of records, select the record that you want.
Or, select multiple records
Select several records by pressing the CTRL key while you click each record.
Select a sequence of records by clicking the first record that you want, and then press the SHIFT key
while you select the last record that you want.
Select all records on the page by selecting the Select/clear all records on this page check box at
the top of the list.
By default, the Microsoft Dynamics CRM Web application displays 50 records per page. You can
increase this up to a maximum of 250 records per page to increase the number of records you can select
at one time. To increase the number of records displayed per page:
1. On the File menu, click Options.
2. On the General tab, in the Records Per Page list, select the number of records to display per page.
3. Click OK.
This changes the number of items that is displayed for all lists, which may slow response time when you
switch record types. Therefore, you might want to set it back to a smaller number when you are done with
this bulk action.
3. In the Collaborate group, click Assign.
4. In the Assign to Team or User dialog box, type all or part of the queue or user name, and then click the
Lookup button
.
5. In the Look Up Records dialog box, in the Look for list, select the type of record you want to find.
6. In the Search box, type the first few letters of the name of the record to narrow your search, and then
click the Find button
.
7. In the list of records, select the check boxes for the records that you want to add, click Add, and then
click OK.
8. On the User or Queues form, click OK.
Related Topics
Share or Assign Records and Views .......................................................................................... 52
Manage Activities ........................................................................................................................ 23
Add, edit, or delete a note
Can I do this task?
40
2011 User's Guide: Add, edit, or delete a note
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
Record types that you can add notes to
•
Accounts
•
Appointments
•
Campaigns
•
Campaign Responses
•
Cases
•
Competitors
•
Contacts
•
Contracts
•
Faxes
•
Leads
•
Letters
•
Marketing Lists
•
Opportunities
•
Phone Calls
•
Products
•
Service Activities
•
Tasks
1. Open the record that you want.
2. For most record types, click Notes and Activities:
On the E-mail form, click Attachments.
On the Service Activity form, click Service Activity .
On the Case form, click Notes and Article.
3. To add a note, click Add a new note.
- OR To open and edit a note, double-click the status row above the note, or right-click the note and then click
Open.
4. In the Note form, you can make changes to the following:
Title
Change the title of the note. Titles must have a length of 64 characters or less. Titles are not
displayed in the notes list.
Note content
Add, remove, or edit the note content.
41
2011 User's Guide: Remove an attached file
Regarding
You can use this item to open and make changes to the activity or record that this note is associated
with.
File Attachment section
Add or remove a file attachment. In the File Name box, type the name of the file, or click Browse to
locate the file that you want to attach, and then click Attach.
Tips
Each note can have only one attached file, so if you need to attach multiple files, create a note for
each file.
The maximum size of the file that you can attach to a record is defined by your system administrator.
More information: System Settings Dialog Box - E-mail Tab
5. Click Save or Save and Close.
Tips
•
To paste text from the Clipboard into a note, open the note, and then press CTRL+V.
•
To use a tab in a note, copy the text from a file that includes the tab, and then use CTRL+V to
paste the text into the note.
Note
To delete a note, double-click the status row of the note to open it, and then on the Actions
menu, click Delete Note. If you do not have appropriate permissions to delete any of the records
associated with the note, you will not be able to delete the note.
Related Topics
Add a Note or Attach a File ......................................................................................................... 31
Remove an attached file
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
1. Open the record that you want.
2. For most record types, click Notes and Activities:
On the E-mail form, click Attachments.
On the Service Activity form, click Service Activity .
On the Case form, click Notes and Article.
3. Double-click the status row of the note that contains the attachment that you want to remove.
42
2011 User's Guide: Attach a file
4. Remove the attached file.
To keep the note, but remove the attachment:
In the Note form, in the File Attachment area, click Remove, click OK, and then click OK again.
- OR To remove the note and the attachment:
On the Actions
menu, click Delete Note, and then click OK.
5. Click Save or Save and Close.
Note
You cannot update an attached file. Instead, save the file on your computer and edit the file, delete
the attachment, and then attach the edited file.
Related Topics
Add a Note or Attach a File......................................................................................................... 31
Manage Activities ........................................................................................................................ 23
Delete Things .............................................................................................................................. 19
Attach a file
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
1. Open the record that you want.
2. On the Add tab, in the Include group, click Attach File.
3. In the Manage Attachment dialog box, type the path and name of the file to attach or click Browse to
locate the file.
4. Click Attach, and then click Close.
The attachment is added as a note.
5. Click Save or Save and Close.
Notes
•
To add multiple files, for each file, repeat steps 2 through 4. Each attachment is added as a new
note.
•
You cannot update an attached file. Instead, save the file on your computer and edit the file,
delete the attachment, and then attach the edited file.
•
To add an attachment to an e-mail activity, first save the activity, and then on the Attachments
tab, click New E-mail Attachment. After selecting or browsing for a file, click Attach.
43
2011 User's Guide: Edit Multiple Records
•
The maximum size of the file that you can attach to a record is defined by your system
administrator. More information: System Settings Dialog Box - E-mail Tab
•
The types of files that can be attached are defined by your system administrator. More
information: Manage System Settings
Related Topics
Add a Note or Attach a File .........................................................................................................31
Managing E-mail Activities ........................................................................................................184
Edit Multiple Records
Caution
When you edit or delete multiple records, you cannot undo the changes.
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
Record types that can be bulk edited
•
Accounts
•
Cases
•
Contacts
•
Leads
•
Marketing Lists
•
Opportunities
1. In any list, select multiple records:
Select several records by pressing the CTRL key while you click each record.
Select a sequence of records by clicking the first record that you want, and then press the SHIFT key
while you select the last record that you want.
Select all records on the page by selecting the Select/clear all records on this page check box at
the top of the list.
Tip
By default, the Microsoft Dynamics CRM Web application displays 50 records per page. You can
increase this up to a maximum of 250 records per page to increase the number of records you can select
at one time. To increase the number of records displayed per page:
1. On the File menu, click Options.
2. On the General tab, in the Records Per Page list, select the number of records to display per page.
3. Click OK.
44
2011 User's Guide: Delete records
This changes the number of items that is displayed for all lists, which may slow response time when you
switch record types. Therefore, you might want to set it back to a smaller number when you are done with
this bulk action.
2. In the Records area, click Edit.
3. In the Edit Multiple Records form, make the changes.
This changes the fields in which you enter data for all selected records. The other fields in the selected
records do not change.
4. Click Save.
Notes
•
You cannot edit multiple records for activities, lookup fields, or notes.
•
You cannot use this method to clear data in a field.
•
You cannot use this form to change the status of records. To change the status for a group of
leads, add them to a marketing list. More information: Work with Marketing Lists (on page 389)
Related Topics
Edit Multiple Records .................................................................................................................. 40
Check for duplicates .................................................................................................................... 47
Find Things ................................................................................................................................... 9
Delete records
Can I do this task?
If the Delete button
is not visible on the toolbar, the security role assigned to your account does not have
permission to delete this type of record. To check your permissions for a specific record, open the record,
click the File menu button
, and then click Properties.
If you are deleting a record that has child records, you can delete it only if you also have permission to delete
any child records.
More information about specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task
Permissions
1. In any list of records, select the record that you want to delete.
- OR In any list, select multiple records:
Select several records by pressing the CTRL key while you click each record.
Select a sequence of records by clicking the first record that you want, and then press the SHIFT key
while you select the last record that you want.
45
2011 User's Guide: Using Connect to Define How Records Relate
Select all records on the page by selecting the Select/clear all records on this page check box at
the top of the list.
Tip
By default, the Microsoft Dynamics CRM Web application displays 50 records per page. You can
increase this up to a maximum of 250 records per page to increase the number of records you can select
at one time. To increase the number of records displayed per page:
1. On the File menu, click Options.
2. On the General tab, in the Records Per Page list, select the number of records to display per page.
3. Click OK.
This changes the number of items that is displayed for all lists, which may slow response time when you
switch record types. Therefore, you might want to set it back to a smaller number when you are done with
this bulk action.
2. On the Actions toolbar, click the Delete button
.
3. If you are deleting accounts or contacts, you have the option to deactivate a record instead of deleting it.
In the Delete Confirmation dialog box:
To delete the record, click Delete.
To deactivate the record, click Deactivate.
For other record types, in the Confirm Deletion dialog box, click OK.
Notes
•
When you delete a record, all its relationships to other records are also deleted.
•
If a record has child records, and you have permission to delete the child records, deleting a
record also deletes the child records.
Related Topics
Edit Multiple Records...................................................................................................................40
Delete Things ..............................................................................................................................19
Add a Note or Attach a File .........................................................................................................31
Check Your Permissions for a Record ........................................................................................50
Using Connect to Define How Records Relate
In Microsoft Dynamics CRM, create and view the relationship between two records by using Connect. When
you open a record, view all of the connections between it and other records by clicking Connections.
Microsoft Dynamics CRM offers several different roles you can use to identify your connection types. The
options are not limited. Your system administrator can add new role types.
46
2011 User's Guide: Check for duplicates
Check for duplicates
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
Duplicate detection can take place only if duplicate detection is enabled in Duplicate Detection Settings and
if at least one duplicate-detection rule exists for the record type.
1. Start duplicate detection.
Start duplicate detection from any list of records, including results of an Advanced Find search
a. In any list, on the Actions menu, click Detect Duplicates.
a. To search selected records, click For Selected Records.
- OR To search all records on all pages of the current view, click For All Records on All Pages.
Start duplicate detection from the Workplace, Tools menu, or Settings area
b. On the Tools menu, click Duplicate Detection.
- OR In the Workplace, in the My Work section, click Duplicate Detection, and then click New.
- OR In the Navigation Pane, click Settings, click Data Management, click Duplicate Detection Jobs,
and then click New.
c. Click Next.
d. In the Look for list, click a record type.
The Look for list includes only record types that have published duplicate-detection rules. More
information: Work with Duplicate-detection Rules
e. Select criteria to define the records that Microsoft Dynamics CRM will use to check for duplicates:
To use criteria from a saved view:
In the Use Saved View list, click a view from the System Views or My Views section.
- OR To use new criteria:
For each criteria to use in the search, click an item in the Select list. More information: Work with
Advanced Find
Tips
To make sure that you have the records you want, click Preview Records.
To change the columns that are displayed in the preview, or the column order, sort order, or column
widths, click Edit Columns.
47
2011 User's Guide: Check for duplicates
To save these criteria to use later, click Save As. This saved view will be available in the My Views
section of the View box.
f.
Click Next.
2. Specify:
The name of the duplicate-detection job.
When you want the duplicate-detection job to start. You also can specify to run the job on a regular
schedule.
Whether you want notification sent to you and to other users when the background duplicate-
detection job completes.
3. Click Next, and then click Submit.
The duplicate detection job processes in the background. If you requested notification, you will receive an
e-mail notification when the job completes, with a link to the page where you can resolve duplicates.
4. To view the potential duplicates, after the duplicate-detection job completes, in Workplace, under My
Work, click Duplicate Detection.
5. Open your duplicate-detection job.
6. Under Related, click View Duplicates.
The top list displays all records that have potential duplicates. When you select a record in the top list, the
bottom list shows all the potential duplicates for that record.
7. In the top list of records that may have duplicates, select a record.
8. In the list of potential duplicate records, for each potential duplicate record found, select the record, and
then do any of the following actions:
Action
Do this
View the contents of a record to
help you decide what to do
Double-click the record.
Edit the record
On the Actions menu, click Edit.
Deactivate the record
a. On the Actions menu, click Deactivate.
b. In the confirmation dialog box, click OK.
Merge record by using the record in a. In the Records group, click Merge.
the top list as the master
b. Click Automatically.
48
2011 User's Guide: Merge Records
Merge record by choosing the
master record
a. In the Records group, click Merge.
b. Click Select Master.
c.
In the Merge Records dialog box, select which record to make
the new master record.
d. Select the fields from each record that you want to include in
the master record. Fields that are shaded will overwrite the
corresponding unshaded field during the merge operation.
e. When you are ready to merge the two records, click OK.
f.
Delete the record
When you receive the message The selected records are
merged and the subordinate record is deactivated, click
OK.
a. On the Actions toolbar, click the Delete button
.
b. In the Select Delete or Deactivate dialog box, click Delete,
and then in the confirmation dialog box, click OK.
9. When you have finished resolving duplicates, click Close.
Notes
•
Your system administrator or system customizer determines the criteria for identifying a record as
a potential duplicate. More information: Requesting User Interface Changes (on page 220)
•
If you enter a duplicate record within a few minutes of entering the first record, Microsoft
Dynamics CRM will not detect the duplicate record. The matchcodes for new and updated
records are created every five minutes, rather than as a record is created.
•
To refresh the list of duplicate records, you must run a new duplicate-detection job:
After a record has been merged or deactivated, the record is still displayed on the bottom
list.
You can use the Modified On column to determine whether a record was modified after
the duplicate-detection job was run.
After a record has been deleted, merged or deactivated, the record is still displayed on the top list.
Related Topics
Enable and Disable Duplicate Detection .................................................................................... 70
Avoiding Duplicate Records ....................................................................................................... 69
Merge Records
Can I do this task?
49
2011 User's Guide: View Your User Profile
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
You can merge two lead, account, or contact records.
1. Select a record. Then, press the Ctrl key while you select the second record.
2. In the Records group, click Merge.
3. In the Merge Records dialog box, select which record to make the new master record.
4. Select the fields from each record that you want to include in the master record. Fields that are shaded
will overwrite the corresponding unshaded field during the merge operation.
5. When you are ready to merge the two records, click OK.
6. When you receive the message The selected records are merged and the subordinate record is
deactivated, click OK.
Note
When you merge two records, duplicates will not be detected.
Related Topics
Check for duplicates ................................................................................................................... 47
Find Things ................................................................................................................................... 9
View Your User Profile
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
Your user profile displays information about you, including general information such as your contact
information and addresses, what teams and resource groups you belong to, which services you can perform,
and your work hours and security roles. This information is visible to the entire organization. Depending on
your security role, you may be able to make changes to your user profile.
If you are working in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook, you can view this information from the User form.
More information: Work with Your User Record and Work Hours
1. Click the File tab, and then click Options.
2. In the Set Personal Options dialog box, click the General tab.
3. At the bottom of the page, click the View your user information link.
The User form with your information opens.
4. To view details or make changes, under Common or Service click any of the following:
Teams
50
2011 User's Guide: Start an On-Demand Workflow
Roles
Quotas
Work Hours
Services
Resource groups
Workflows
5. To close the form, on the File menu, click Close.
6. To close the Set Personal Options dialog box, click OK.
Related Topics
Check Your Permissions for a Record ....................................................................................... 50
Set Personal Options ................................................................................................................ 201
1. In the list of records, open the record that you want.
2. Click the File tab.
3. Click Properties.
Tip
If you do not have permissions that you need to do your job, contact your manager. More information:
Requesting User Interface Changes (on page 220)
Related Topics
Check Your Permissions for a Record ....................................................................................... 50
Start an On-Demand Workflow
If you or your organization have created on-demand workflows, you can apply these workflows to records that
appear in a list.
Concepts:
•
Creating and Using Workflows (on page 223)
•
Monitoring and Managing Workflows
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
51
2011 User's Guide: Share or Assign Records and Views
1. Open the list of records that contains the record to which you want to apply a workflow, such as leads or
cases.
2. Select the record or records to which you want to apply a workflow.
3. In the Process group, click Run Workflow.
4. In the Look Up Record dialog box, select the workflow that you want to run, and then click OK.
In the confirmation message, click OK.
Share or Assign Records and Views
When you share a record with another user, you are giving that user specific permissions, such as Read,
Write, or Delete, to that record.When you assign a record to another user, you are making that user the
owner of the record.
Share a record
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
1. Record types that can be shared
Accounts
Cases
Campaigns
Contacts
Contracts
Invoices
Leads
Marketing Lists
Opportunities
Orders
Quotes
Reports
2. In the list of records, select the record that you want.
3. Or, select multiple records
Select several records by pressing the CTRL key while you click each record.
52
2011 User's Guide: Share a record
Select a sequence of records by clicking the first record that you want, and then press the SHIFT key
while you select the last record that you want.
Select all records on the page by selecting the Select/clear all records on this page check box at
the top of the list.
By default, the Microsoft Dynamics CRM Web application displays 50 records per page. You can
increase this up to a maximum of 250 records per page to increase the number of records you can select
at one time. To increase the number of records displayed per page:
1. On the File menu, click Options.
2. On the General tab, in the Records Per Page list, select the number of records to display per page.
3. Click OK.
This changes the number of items that is displayed for all lists, which may slow response time when you
switch record types. Therefore, you might want to set it back to a smaller number when you are done with
this bulk action.
4. On the Actions toolbar, click Actions, and then click Sharing.
5. In the sharing dialog box, under Common Tasks, click Add User/Team.
6. In the Look Up Records dialog box, in the Look for list, select the type of record you want to find.
7. In the Search box, type the first few letters of the name of the record to narrow your search, and then
click the Find button
.
8. In the list of available records, click a user or team to select it, and then click the Add Selected Records
button
to add the user or team to the Selected records list.
9. Repeat step 6 to add more users or teams.
10. Click OK.
11. In the sharing dialog box, select the type of share access that you want. The available permissions are:
Read, Write, Delete, Append, Assign, or Share.
12. Click OK.
Tips
•
To see records that have been shared with you, use Advanced Find to create a saved view that
includes the owner column. If you can access the record, but are not the owner, it has been
shared with you.
•
If you want to limit the permissions on a record you own, you can share the record with yourself.
Then, you can limit the permissions on the record. For example, if you clear the delete permission
on a record, you will not be able to delete that record.
Notes
To cancel any changes that you have made and retain the previous permissions settings, click Reset.
To select or clear all permissions on a selected item, click Toggle All Permissions of the Selected Items.
•
You cannot create a new contact or account that is shared by default.
•
When you share a record, the user with whom you share the record inherits the privileges on
certain associated records. For example, when you share a contact, the user is also granted the
53
2011 User's Guide: Share a saved view
same privileges on the parent account. To prevent privileges from cascading, a user with the
appropriate security role can change this behavior by customizing the relationship definition for
the record type. More information: Work with Entities
Related Topics
Share or Assign Records and Views ...........................................................................................52
Edit Multiple Records...................................................................................................................40
Share a saved view
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
1. On the Standard toolbar, click Advanced Find, and then click the Saved Views tab.
2. Select the view. On the Actions toolbar, click Actions, and then click Sharing.
3. In the sharing dialog box, under Common Tasks, click Add User/Team.
4. In the Look Up Records dialog box, in the Look for list, select the type of record you want to find.
5. In the Search box, type the first few letters of the name of the record to narrow your search, and then
click the Find button
.
6. In the list of available records, click a user or team to select it, and then click the Add Selected Records
button
to add the user or team to the Selected records list.
7. Click OK.
8. In the sharing dialog box, select the type of share access that you want. The available permissions are:
Read, Write, Delete, Append, Assign, or Share.
9. Click OK.
The saved view will show up in the My Views section of your coworker's View list.
Tips
•
To cancel any changes that you have made and retain the previous permissions settings, click
Reset.
•
To select or clear all permissions on a selected item, click Toggle All Permissions of the
Selected Items.
Related Topics
Share or Assign Records and Views ...........................................................................................52
54
2011 User's Guide: Unshare or change sharing for a record
Unshare or change sharing for a record
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
1. In the list of records, select the record that you want.
Or, select multiple records
Select several records by pressing the CTRL key while you click each record.
Select a sequence of records by clicking the first record that you want, and then press the SHIFT key
while you select the last record that you want.
Select all records on the page by selecting the Select/clear all records on this page check box at
the top of the list.
By default, the Microsoft Dynamics CRM Web application displays 50 records per page. You can
increase this up to a maximum of 250 records per page to increase the number of records you can select
at one time. To increase the number of records displayed per page:
1. On the File menu, click Options.
2. On the General tab, in the Records Per Page list, select the number of records to display per page.
3. Click OK.
This changes the number of items that is displayed for all lists, which may slow response time when you
switch record types. Therefore, you might want to set it back to a smaller number when you are done with
this bulk action.
2. On the Actions toolbar, click Actions, and then click Sharing.
3. To remove a user or team, in the row for the user or team whose rights you want to change, select the
check box, and then under Common Tasks click Remove Selected Items.
- OR To edit permissions on a record for a user or team, select or clear one or more permissions check boxes,
such as Read or Delete.
4. Click OK.
Notes
•
To cancel any changes that you have made and retain the previous permission settings, click
Reset.
•
To select or clear all permissions on a selected item, click Toggle All Permissions of the
Selected Items.
55
2011 User's Guide: Assign a record to a user
Related Topics
Share or Assign Records and Views ...........................................................................................52
Edit Multiple Records...................................................................................................................40
Check Your Permissions for a Record ........................................................................................50
Assign a record to a user
Can I do this task?
If the Assign button
is not visible on the toolbar, the security role assigned to your account does not have
permission to assign this type of record. To check your permissions for a specific record, open the record,
click the File menu button
, and then click Properties.
More information about specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task
Permissions
1. In the list of records, select the record that you want.
Or, select multiple records
Select several records by pressing the CTRL key while you click each record.
Select a sequence of records by clicking the first record that you want, and then press the SHIFT key
while you select the last record that you want.
Select all records on the page by selecting the Select/clear all records on this page check box at
the top of the list.
By default, the Microsoft Dynamics CRM Web application displays 50 records per page. You can
increase this up to a maximum of 250 records per page to increase the number of records you can select
at one time. To increase the number of records displayed per page:
1. On the File menu, click Options.
2. On the General tab, in the Records Per Page list, select the number of records to display per page.
3. Click OK.
This changes the number of items that is displayed for all lists, which may slow response time when you
switch record types. Therefore, you might want to set it back to a smaller number when you are done with
this bulk action.
2. In the Collaborate group, click Assign.
3. In the Assign dialog box, click:
Assign to me
Use this option to assign the record to yourself.
- OR 56
2011 User's Guide: Assign a saved view to a user
Assign to another user
, type a part of the user's name, click the Find button
Click the Lookup button
the user's name, and then to close Look Up Records dialog box, click OK.
, double-click
4. Click OK.
Tips
•
You can create your own Advanced Find view that includes records belonging to users to whom
you normally assign records.
•
If you have a security role with needed permissions, you can reassign all records belonging to
one user to another user.
a. In the Navigation Pane, click Settings, click Administration, and then click Users.
b. Open the record for the user whose records you want to reassign.
c.
On the Actions
another user.
menu, click Reassign Records, and then click Assign to
d. Click the Lookup button
, type a part of the user's name, click the Find button
, double-click the user's name, and then to close Look Up Records dialog box,
click OK.
Notes
•
To assign a report to a different user:
a. Select the report.
b. On the Actions toolbar toolbar, click Edit Report
c.
.
Click the Administration tab, and then select a new owner.
You can only assign a report once it has been saved.
•
You cannot assign records to teams. To give a team access to a record, share the record with the
team.
•
Your system administrator may have enabled reassigned records to be automatically shared with
the original owner. More information: Manage System Settings
Related Topics
Share or Assign Records and Views .......................................................................................... 52
Assign a saved view to a user
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
57
2011 User's Guide: Assign to Queue or User Form
1. On the Standard toolbar, click Advanced Find, and then click the Saved Views tab.
2. Select the view, and then on the Actions toolbar, click the Assign button
.
3. In the Assign dialog box, click:
Assign to me
Use this option to assign the record to yourself.
- OR Assign to another user
, type a part of the user's name, click the Find button
Click the Lookup button
the user's name, and then to close Look Up Records dialog box, click OK.
, double-click
4. Click OK.
Related Topics
Share or Assign Records and Views .......................................................................................... 52
Assign to Queue or User Form
Use this form to assign an activity to another queue or user.
Can I do this task?
If the Assign button is not visible on the toolbar, the security role assigned to your account does not have
permission to assign this type of record. To check your permissions for a specific record, open the record,
click the File menu button
and then click Properties.
More information about specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task
Permissions
1. Navigate to activity records.
In the Navigation Pane, click Workplace, and then under My Work click Activities.
- OR To work with activities associated with a record, open the record and then click Activities.
2. In the list of records, select the record that you want.
Or, select multiple records
Select several records by pressing the CTRL key while you click each record.
Select a sequence of records by clicking the first record that you want, and then press the SHIFT key
while you select the last record that you want.
Select all records on the page by selecting the Select/clear all records on this page check box at
the top of the list.
58
2011 User's Guide: Assign a case to a user or queue
By default, the Microsoft Dynamics CRM Web application displays 50 records per page. You can
increase this up to a maximum of 250 records per page to increase the number of records you can select
at one time. To increase the number of records displayed per page:
1. On the File menu, click Options.
2. On the General tab, in the Records Per Page list, select the number of records to display per page.
3. Click OK.
This changes the number of items that is displayed for all lists, which may slow response time when you
switch record types. Therefore, you might want to set it back to a smaller number when you are done with
this bulk action.
3. In the Collaborate group, click Assign.
4. In the Assign to Team or User dialog box, type all or part of the queue or user name, and then click the
Lookup button
.
5. In the Look Up Records dialog box, in the Look for list, select the type of record you want to find.
6. In the Search box, type the first few letters of the name of the record to narrow your search, and then
click the Find button
.
7. In the list of records, select the check boxes for the records that you want to add, click Add, and then
click OK.
8. On the User or Queues form, click OK.
Related Topics
Share or Assign Records and Views .......................................................................................... 52
Manage Activities ........................................................................................................................ 23
Assign a case to a user or queue
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default service security roles. More information about
specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Service Permissions
After a case is created, it can be assigned to another user or to a team. After accepting a case, the assigned
user can continue working with the customer.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Service, and then click Cases.
2. In the list of cases, select the case that you want to assign.
Or, select multiple records
Select several records by pressing the CTRL key while you click each record.
59
2011 User's Guide: Make a report available to all Microsoft Dynamics CRM users
Select a sequence of records by clicking the first record that you want, and then press the SHIFT key
while you select the last record that you want.
Select all records on the page by selecting the Select/clear all records on this page check box at
the top of the list.
By default, the Microsoft Dynamics CRM Web application displays 50 records per page. You can
increase this up to a maximum of 250 records per page to increase the number of records you can select
at one time. To increase the number of records displayed per page:
1. On the File menu, click Options.
2. On the General tab, in the Records Per Page list, select the number of records to display per page.
3. Click OK.
This changes the number of items that is displayed for all lists, which may slow response time when you
switch record types. Therefore, you might want to set it back to a smaller number when you are done with
this bulk action.
3. In the Collaborate group, click Assign.
4. In the Assign to Team or User dialog box, click Assign to another user or team.
5. Click the Lookup button
and select the record.
6. Click OK.
Note
An assigned case belongs to the user who created it until it is accepted by another user.
Related Topics
Work with Cases ....................................................................................................................... 451
Edit Multiple Records .................................................................................................................. 40
Supporting Customer Service with Microsoft Dynamics CRM .................................................. 451
Make a report available to all Microsoft Dynamics CRM users
Can I do this task?
This task requires the System Administrator or System Customizer security role or equivalent permissions.
More information about specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Report Permissions
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Workplace, and then under My Work, click Reports.
2. Select the report that you created.
3. On the Reports tab, in the Records group, click Edit.
4. On the Actions
60
menu, click Make Report Available to Organization.
2011 User's Guide: Send or Copy a Shortcut
Note
To revert a report back to a personal report, on the Actions
Report.
menu, click Revert to Personal
Related Topics
Share or Assign Records and Views .......................................................................................... 52
Running Reports and Analyzing Data ........................................................................................ 95
Customizing and Organizing Reports ......................................................................................... 95
Send or Copy a Shortcut
Only another Microsoft Dynamics CRM user who has permission to see the view or the record will be able to
open the record.
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
You can send a link to a specific record or group of selected records in Microsoft Dynamics CRM in an e-mail
message to any user.
This feature does not use Microsoft Dynamics CRM e-mail; it uses your default Microsoft Internet Explorer email. If the person receiving the e-mail does not have permissions to the view, they will receive an error. Not
all views are available. No activity is created for this action.
You can also copy the shortcut and paste it into any document.
1. In the list of records, select the record that you want.
Or, select multiple records
Select several records by pressing the CTRL key while you click each record.
Select a sequence of records by clicking the first record that you want, and then press the SHIFT key
while you select the last record that you want.
Select all records on the page by selecting the Select/clear all records on this page check box at
the top of the list.
By default, the Microsoft Dynamics CRM Web application displays 50 records per page. You can
increase this up to a maximum of 250 records per page to increase the number of records you can select
at one time. To increase the number of records displayed per page:
1. On the File menu, click Options.
2. On the General tab, in the Records Per Page list, select the number of records to display per page.
61
2011 User's Guide: Assign a case to a user or queue
3. Click OK. This changes the number of items that is displayed for all lists, which may slow response
time when you switch record types. Therefore, you might want to set it back to a smaller number
when you are done with this bulk action.
2. Do one of the following:
Send a shortcut in an e-mail
a. On the Actions toolbar, click E-mail a Link, and then click Of Selected Item.
b. Complete the e-mail form and send.
Tip
If you are working in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook and you want to track this e-mail, you can
use Track in CRM.
Copy a shortcut
a. On the Actions toolbar, click Copy a Link, and then click Of Selected Item.
g. Paste the shortcut into any application that supports copy and paste. For example, in Microsoft Office
Word, press CTRL+V.
Important
The shortcut is not a snapshot of the data, but a link to the live data.
Related Topics
Find Things.................................................................................................................................... 9
Save Outlook Contacts, Tasks, and E-mail Messages as Microsoft Dynamics CRM Records 465
Assign a case to a user or queue
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
You can send a link to a specific saved view in Microsoft Dynamics CRM in an e-mail message to any user.
This feature does not use Microsoft Dynamics CRM e-mail; it uses your default Microsoft Internet Explorer email. If the person receiving the e-mail does not have permissions to the view, they will receive an error. Not
all views are available. No activity is created for this action.
You can also copy the shortcut and paste it into any document.
Pages that you cannot e-mail or copy
•
Contract Template list
•
Article list
62
2011 User's Guide: Export Data to Excel
1. In any available, saved view, do one of the following:
Send a shortcut in an e-mail
a. On the Actions toolbar, click E-mail a Link, and then click Of Selected Item.
b. Complete the e-mail form and send.
Tip
If you are working in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook and you want to track this e-mail, you can use
Track in CRM.
Copy a shortcut
a. On the Actions toolbar, click Copy a Link, and then click Of Current View.
b. Paste the shortcut into any application that supports copy and paste. For example, in Microsoft Office
Word, press CTRL+V.
Important
The shortcut is not a snapshot of the data, but a link to the live data.
Related Topics
Find Things ................................................................................................................................... 9
Save Outlook Contacts, Tasks, and E-mail Messages as Microsoft Dynamics CRM Records 465
Export Data to Excel
You can export any list to Microsoft Office Excel, including the results of an Advanced Find search.
You can export to a static or dynamic Excel worksheet or to a PivotTable.
Export data to an Excel static worksheet
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
By default, an exported worksheet includes the fields that are displayed in the list, using the same field order,
sorting, and field widths.
To make changes to the columns in an Advanced Find View, click Edit Columns. You can make the
following types of changes:
Change the column order
63
2011 User's Guide: Export data to an Excel static worksheet
To change the column order, select a column heading, such as Account Name, and then under Common
Tasks, click the Move Left button
or the Move Right button
to move the column.
Add columns
a. To add columns to the export list, click Add Columns.
b. To add columns for the main record type, select it, and then in the Add Columns list, click to select fields
that you want to add as columns.
c.
To add columns from related records, first select the related record type, and then in the Add Columns
list, click to select fields that you want to add as columns.
d. Click OK.
Configure sorting
To change the sort order, click Configure Sorting, in the Column list, select the column that you want to
sort, in the Order area, click Ascending Order or click Descending Order, and then click OK.
You cannot sort on columns from related record types.
Change column width
To change the column width that will appear in the Excel worksheet, select a column heading, such as
Account Name, click Change Properties. In the Change Column Properties dialog box, select the width
(in pixels) that you want, and then click OK.
Remove columns
To remove a column, select the column heading that you want to remove, and under Common Tasks, click
Remove, and then in the confirmation message, click OK.
You cannot change the columns for a system view, such as All Active Accounts. You must either customize
the view, which requires the System Administrator or System Customizer security role, or use Advanced Find
to create your own view based on the current view. To create your own view, with the system view open, click
Advanced Find.
1. In the Data group, click Export to Excel.
2. In the Export Data to Excel dialog box, click Static worksheet with records from this page.
- OR In the Export Data to Excel dialog box, click Static worksheet with records from all pages in the
current view.
The second option is visible only when your view includes more than one page of records.
Note:
If you are exporting the data so that you can make changes and import it back into
Microsoft Dynamics CRM, select the Make this data available for re-importing by
including required column headings check box.
3. Click Export.
4. To view the static worksheet, click Open.
64
2011 User's Guide: Export data to an Excel PivotTable
You will see a message that says the file that you are trying to open is in a different format than specified
by the file extension. Click Yes.
5. Save the exported data to a file.
If you are using Microsoft Office Excel 2007, click the Microsoft Office Button
, and then click Save.
If you are using Microsoft Excel 2010, on the File tab, click Save.
Tip
You can e-mail a static exported worksheet to anyone, or store it in a shared file. Anyone who opens
the file will see all the data in the file, whether or not they are a Microsoft Dynamics CRM user or
have privileges to view the data in Microsoft Dynamics CRM.
Notes
•
In Microsoft Dynamics CRM, money values are exported to Microsoft Office Excel as numbers.
After you have completed the export, to format the data as currency, see the Excel Help topic
titled “Display numbers as currency.”
•
By default, in Microsoft Dynamics CRM, you cannot export a list of more than 10,000 records at
a time to a static Excel worksheet.
•
By default, Microsoft Dynamics CRM lists up to 50 records per page. If there is more than one
page of records available to view in the list of records, use the Page arrows at the bottom of the
list to view the additional pages.
Related Topics
Export Data to Excel ................................................................................................................... 61
Create Customer-Ready Documents and Messages ............................................................... 164
Write a Report Using Report-Writing Tools .............................................................................. 112
Running Reports and Analyzing Data ......................................................................................... 95
Export data to an Excel PivotTable
Can I do this task?
Important: To refresh data in a dynamic Excel PivotTable or worksheet, you must have Microsoft Dynamics
CRM for Outlook installed. More information: Install Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
1. In any area with a list of records, on the <Record Type> tab, in the Share Data group, click the Export
to Excel.
2. Click Dynamic PivotTable.
3. To add or remove a column in the report, click Select Columns.
65
2011 User's Guide: Export data to an Excel PivotTable
4. In the Select PivotTable Columns list, select or clear the check boxes for the fields as needed, and then
click OK.
By default, the PivotTable Field List includes only fields that are displayed in the Select PivotTable
Columns list.
5. Click Export.
6. Open the file containing the PivotTable:
a. To view the PivotTable, click Open.
h. If you are using Microsoft Office Excel 2007:
You will see a message that says the file that you are trying to open is in a different format than
specified by the file extension. Click Yes.
If you see the security warning Data connections have been disabled, click Options, click
Enable this content, and then click OK.
If you are using Microsoft Excel 2010:
You will see a message that says the file that you are trying to open is in a different format than
specified by the file extension. Click Yes.
You will see a message that says that the file was opened from a potentially unsafe location. Click
Enable Editing.
If you see the security warning Data connections have been disabled, click Enable Content, and
then click OK.
7. Drag the fields from the PivotTable Field List to the PivotTable. For more information, see Microsoft
Office Excel Help.
8. To refresh data in the file, on the Data tab in the Connections group, click Refresh All.
9. Save the exported data to a file.
If you are using Microsoft Office Excel 2007, click the Microsoft Office Button
, and then click Save.
If you are using Microsoft Excel 2010, on the File tab, click Save.
Each time you open the file, if you have the Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook installed, you will have
the option to refresh data from Microsoft Dynamics CRM.
Tips
66
•
If you export a list to a dynamic worksheet or PivotTable that you think will be useful to other
Microsoft Dynamics CRM users, you can add the list as a report, and then share it with others or
make it available to all Microsoft Dynamics CRM users.
•
If the recipients are in the same domain as you, and are Microsoft Dynamics CRM users, you can
e-mail a dynamic Excel file, or store it as a shared file. When recipients open the dynamic file,
they will see data they have permission to view in Microsoft Dynamics CRM, so the data they see
may be different from what you see.
2011 User's Guide: Export data to an Excel dynamic worksheet
Notes
•
In Microsoft Dynamics CRM, money values are exported to Microsoft Office Excel as numbers.
After you have completed the export, to format the data as currency, see the Excel Help topic
titled “Display numbers as currency.”
•
You must use Excel 2007 or Excel 2010 to export a list to a PivotTable.
•
Some system views, such as Accounts: No Campaign Activities in Last 3 Months, can be
exported only to a static Excel worksheet.
Related Topics
Export Data to Excel ................................................................................................................... 61
Create Customer-Ready Documents and Messages ............................................................... 164
Write a Report Using Report-Writing Tools .............................................................................. 112
Running Reports and Analyzing Data ......................................................................................... 95
Export data to an Excel dynamic worksheet
Can I do this task?
Important: To refresh data in a dynamic Excel PivotTable or worksheet, you must have Microsoft Dynamics
CRM for Outlook installed. More information: Install Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
Export data that is dynamic in nature to an Excel dynamic worksheet so that you can refresh the worksheet
and get the most current data every time you open the worksheet.
1. In any area with a list of records, on the <Record Type> tab, in the Share Data group, click the Export
to Excel.
2. Click Dynamic worksheet.
3. By default, an exported worksheet includes the fields that are displayed in the list, using the same field
order, sorting, and field widths.
To make changes to the columns, click Edit Columns. You can make the following types of changes:
Change the column order
To change the column order, select a column heading, such as Account Name, and then under
Common Tasks, click the Move Left button
or the Move Right button
to move the column.
Add columns
a. To add columns to the export list, click Add Columns.
b. To add columns for the main record type, select it, and then in the Add Columns list, click to select
fields that you want to add as columns.
67
2011 User's Guide: Export data to an Excel dynamic worksheet
c. To add columns from related records, first select the related record type, and then in the Add
Columns list, click to select fields that you want to add as columns.
d. Click OK.
Configure sorting
To change the sort order, click Configure Sorting, in the Column list, select the column that you want to
sort, in the Order area, click Ascending Order or click Descending Order, and then click OK.
You cannot sort on columns from related record types.
Change column width
To change the column width that will appear in the Excel worksheet, select a column heading, such as
Account Name, click Change Properties. In the Change Column Properties dialog box, select the
width (in pixels) that you want, and then click OK.
Remove columns
To remove a column, select the column heading that you want to remove, and under Common Tasks,
click Remove, and then in the confirmation message, click OK.
4. Click OK, and then click Export.
5. View the file containing the dynamic worksheet:
a. To view the worksheet, click Open.
b. If you are using Microsoft Office Excel 2007:
You will see a message that says the file that you are trying to open is in a different format than
specified by the file extension. Click Yes.
If you see the security warning Data connections have been disabled, click Options, click
Enable this content, and then click OK.
If you are using Microsoft Excel 2010:
You will see a message that says the file that you are trying to open is in a different format than
specified by the file extension. Click Yes.
You will see a message that says that the file was opened from a potentially unsafe location. Click
Enable Editing.
If you see the security warning Data connections have been disabled, click Enable Content, and
then click OK.
6. To refresh data in the file, on the Data tab in the Connections group, click Refresh All.
7. To save the exported data to a file, in Excel, on the File menu, click Save.
Each time you open the file, if you have the Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook installed, you will have
the option to refresh data from Microsoft Dynamics CRM.
Tips
•
68
If you export a list to a dynamic worksheet or PivotTable that you think will be useful to other
Microsoft Dynamics CRM users, you can add the list as a report, and then share it with others or
make it available to all Microsoft Dynamics CRM users.
2011 User's Guide: Avoiding Duplicate Records
•
If the recipients are in the same domain as you, and are Microsoft Dynamics CRM users, you can
e-mail a dynamic Excel file, or store it as a shared file. When recipients open the dynamic file,
they will see data they have permission to view in Microsoft Dynamics CRM, so the data they see
may be different from what you see.
Notes
•
In Microsoft Dynamics CRM, money values are exported to Microsoft Office Excel as numbers.
After you have completed the export, to format the data as currency, see the Excel Help topic
titled “Display numbers as currency.”
•
Some system views, such as Accounts: No Campaign Activities in Last 3 Months, can be
exported only to a static Excel worksheet.
Related Topics
Export Data to Excel ................................................................................................................... 61
Create Customer-Ready Documents and Messages ............................................................... 164
Write a Report Using Report-Writing Tools .............................................................................. 112
Running Reports and Analyzing Data ......................................................................................... 95
Avoiding Duplicate Records
To determine whether a record is a potential duplicate, Microsoft Dynamics CRM uses duplicate detection
rules. When publishing a duplicate detection rule, a matchcode is created for each existing record. Every five
minutes, a matchcode is created for any records that have been added or updated. When a record is in the
process of being created or updated, its matchcode can be checked automatically against the matchcodes of
existing records.
By default, Microsoft Dynamics CRM has simple duplicate detection rules set up for accounts, contacts, and
leads that are based upon records with the same e-mail address. More information: Work with duplicate
detection rules
Important
After publishing a duplicate detection rule, increasing the length of fields that are included in the
duplicate detection criteria go undetected. The field length could exceed the matchcode length limit
and not be verified. This could result in duplicates not being detected.
A System Administrator or System Customizer makes duplicate detection available. They also define and
publish duplicate detection rules that make sense for your organization. More information: Enable and
Disable Duplicate Detection (on page 70)
By default, duplicate detection is available:
•
When a record is created or updated. This includes when a record created with the Microsoft Dynamics
CRM for Outlook is tracked in Microsoft Dynamics CRM.
CRM prompts users before saving or importing potential duplicate records.
69
2011 User's Guide: Enable and Disable Duplicate Detection
Note
Duplicates cannot be detected when a user merges two records, converts a lead, or saves an activity
as completed.
•
When the Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook goes from offline to online.
By default, duplicates are not detected during synchronization. More information: Synchronize Data
•
During data import.
Each time you define an import, the choice of checking for duplicates is available. More information: Work
with Imports
It still is possible to create duplicate records. So, you can schedule duplicate detection jobs. A duplicate
detection job runs in the background while you do other things on Microsoft Dynamics CRM. You can request
e-mail notification from CRM upon the completion of duplicate detection job. This informs you when you can
review the results.
Enable and Disable Duplicate Detection
Can I do this task?
This task requires the System Administrator or System Customizer security role or equivalent permissions.
More information about specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Configuration Permissions
Duplicate detection can take place only if duplicate detection is enabled in Duplicate Detection Settings and
if at least one duplicate-detection rule exists for the record type.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Settings, click Data Management, and then click Duplicate Detection
Settings.
2. Select whether duplicate detection should be enabled.
Typically, most organizations use duplicate detection in as many scenarios as possible to ensure that
records are not duplicated. However, if your system has a large number of records, checking for
duplicates can hurt performance.
3. Review the parts of Microsoft Dynamics CRM where duplicate detection can occur, and modify the
settings as needed:
When a record is created or updated
Users will be prompted automatically before saving or importing potential duplicate records of any
record type for which a published duplicate-detection rule exists.
Note
Duplicates cannot be detected when a user merges two records, converts a lead, or saves an activity
as completed.
When Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook goes from offline to online
All users of Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook must select how they want duplicate detection to
work when they synchronize data. By default, duplicates are not detected when Microsoft Dynamics
CRM for Outlook synchronizes records. More information: Synchronize Data
70
2011 User's Guide: Create or edit a duplicate-detection rule
During data import
Each time users define a data import job, the choice of whether to check for duplicates is available.
More information: Work with Imports
4. Click OK.
Tip
To remove duplicate-detection for one record type:
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Settings, click Customizations, and then click Customize the
System.
2. Double-click the record type.
3. In the Duplicate Detection section, clear the Enable Duplicate Detection check box.
4. Click Save and Close.
5. When your customizations are complete, publish your customizations:
To publish customizations for the entity you are currently editing, on the Actions
menu, click Publish.
To publish customizations for all entities at once, open the Customize the System list.
On the Actions menu, click Publish All Customizations.
To publish customizations for specific entities, open the Customize the System list and
select the entities you want to publish. On the Actions toolbar, click Publish.
Related Topics
Check for duplicates .................................................................................................................
Avoiding Duplicate Records .........................................................................................................
Create or edit a duplicate-detection rule
Can I do this task?
This task requires a manager, vice president, CEO-Business Manager, System Administrator, or System
Customizer security role or equivalent permissions. More information about specific permissions and
performing this task while offline: Configuration Permissions
Microsoft Dynamics CRM includes default duplicate-detection rules for accounts, contacts, and leads. No
default rules are provided for other record types.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Settings, click Data Management, and then click Duplicate Detection
Rules.
2. To create a new duplicate-detection rule, click New. Type a name and description.
- OR -
71
2011 User's Guide: Create or edit a duplicate-detection rule
To edit an unpublished existing duplicate-detection rule, double-click the duplicate-detection rule.
- OR To edit a published duplicate-detection rule, select the duplicate-detection rule, on the Actions menu,
click Unpublish, and then double-click the duplicate-detection rule.
3. Select the criteria to be used to identify a record as a duplicate.
a. If you are creating a new rule:
In the Duplicate Detection Rule Criteria section, in the Base Record Type list, click the type of
record that this rule applies to.
In the Matching Record Type box, click the type of record that this rule applies to.
b. If you want the rule to be case-sensitive, select the Case-sensitive check box.
c. If you selected different record types for the base and matching record types, for each new criteria:
1. In the Base Record Field column, click Select, and then click an attribute.
2. In the same row, in the Matching Record Field column, click Select, and then click an attribute.
3. In the same row, in the Criteria column, click Select, and then click an operator.
4. If you specified Same First Characters or Same Last Characters, in the No. of Characters
column, click Enter Value, and then enter the number of characters to compare.
Note
If you are unable to see the No. of Characters column, scroll the to the right of the dialog box.
d. If you selected the same record types for the base and matching record types, for each new criteria:
1. In the Attribute column, click Select, and then click a field.
2. In the same row, in the Criteria column, click Select, and then click an operator.
3. If you specified Same First Characters or Same Last Characters, in the No. of Characters
column, click Enter Value, and then enter the number of characters to compare.
The number of criteria that you can select is limited by the number of characters that can be stored in the
matchcode for the record. As you add criteria, watch the Current matchcode length value shown at the
bottom-left of the Duplicate Detection Rule area.
4. Click Save and Close.
5. To make the new or changed duplicate-detection rule usable, publish it.
If there is no Publish button on the Actions toolbar, ask someone with the System Customizer or
System Administrator security role to publish the rule.
If there is a Publish button, select the new or changed rule, and then click Publish.
When you publish a duplicate-detection rule, a matchcode is created for every record in the matching
record type for that rule. Publishing occurs in the background as a system job.
Important
Microsoft Dynamics CRM sets the value for any empty fields in a record to "NULL." When you create
a duplicate-detection rule with multiple criteria, Microsoft Dynamics CRM sets the value for any
72
2011 User's Guide: Publish or unpublish a duplicate-detection rule
criteria that does not have a specified value to "NULL." During the duplicate-detection job, Microsoft
Dynamics CRM shows all records with the value set to "NULL" as potential duplicates. To avoid the
false potential duplicates, if you are creating a duplicate detection rule with multiple criteria, make
sure that you specify a value for all the criteria.
Note
•
We recommend that you set the duplicate-detection criteria on a field that has unique values. For
example, E-mail.
•
You can have more than one duplicate-detection rule for each record type.
Related Topics
Check for duplicates ................................................................................................................... 47
Avoiding Duplicate Records ........................................................................................................ 69
Publish or unpublish a duplicate-detection rule
Can I do this task?
This task requires the System Administrator or System Customizer security role or equivalent permissions.
More information about specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Configuration Permissions
When you publish a duplicate-detection rule, a matchcode is created for every record in the matching record
type for that rule. Publishing occurs in the background as a system job.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Settings, click Data Management, and then click Duplicate Detection
Rules.
2. Select any duplicate-detection rules that you want to publish, and then on the Actions toolbar, click
Publish, and then click OK.
3. To monitor the status of the duplicate-detection publishing system job, look at the value of the Status
Reason column. For more detailed status information, open the duplicate-detection rule, and then under
Related, click System Jobs.
Use the commands on the Actions menu to cancel, resume, postpone, or pause the system job.
Note
To unpublish a rule, select the rule, and then on the Actions menu, click Unpublish.
Related Topics
Avoiding Duplicate Records ....................................................................................................... 69
Check for duplicates ................................................................................................................... 47
73
2011 User's Guide: Check for duplicates
Check for duplicates
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
Duplicate detection can take place only if duplicate detection is enabled in Duplicate Detection Settings and
if at least one duplicate-detection rule exists for the record type.
1. Start duplicate detection.
Start duplicate detection from any list of records, including results of an Advanced Find search
a. In any list, on the Actions menu, click Detect Duplicates.
b. To search selected records, click For Selected Records.
- OR To search all records on all pages of the current view, click For All Records on All Pages.
Start duplicate detection from the Workplace, Tools menu, or Settings area
c. On the Tools menu, click Duplicate Detection.
- OR In the Workplace, in the My Work section, click Duplicate Detection, and then click New.
- OR In the Navigation Pane, click Settings, click Data Management, click Duplicate Detection Jobs,
and then click New.
d. Click Next.
e. In the Look for list, click a record type.
The Look for list includes only record types that have published duplicate-detection rules. More
information: Work with Duplicate-detection Rules
f.
Select criteria to define the records that Microsoft Dynamics CRM will use to check for duplicates:
To use criteria from a saved view:
In the Use Saved View list, click a view from the System Views or My Views section.
- OR To use new criteria:
For each criteria to use in the search, click an item in the Select list. More information: Work with
Advanced Find
Tips
To make sure that you have the records you want, click Preview Records.
To change the columns that are displayed in the preview, or the column order, sort order, or column
widths, click Edit Columns.
74
2011 User's Guide: Check for duplicates
To save these criteria to use later, click Save As. This saved view will be available in the My Views
section of the View box.
g. Click Next.
2. Specify:
The name of the duplicate-detection job.
When you want the duplicate-detection job to start. You also can specify to run the job on a regular
schedule.
Whether you want notification sent to you and to other users when the background duplicate-
detection job completes.
3. Click Next, and then click Submit.
The duplicate detection job processes in the background. If you requested notification, you will receive an
e-mail notification when the job completes, with a link to the page where you can resolve duplicates.
4. To view the potential duplicates, after the duplicate-detection job completes, in Workplace, under My
Work, click Duplicate Detection.
5. Open your duplicate-detection job.
6. Under Related, click View Duplicates.
The top list displays all records that have potential duplicates. When you select a record in the top list, the
bottom list shows all the potential duplicates for that record.
7. In the top list of records that may have duplicates, select a record.
8. In the list of potential duplicate records, for each potential duplicate record found, select the record, and
then do any of the following actions:
Action
Do this
View the contents of a record to
help you decide what to do
Double-click the record.
Edit the record
On the Actions menu, click Edit.
Deactivate the record
a. On the Actions menu, click Deactivate.
b. In the confirmation dialog box, click OK.
Merge record by using the record in a. In the Records group, click Merge.
the top list as the master
b. Click Automatically.
75
2011 User's Guide: Resolve potential duplicate records - Procedure
Merge record by choosing the
master record
a. In the Records group, click Merge.
b. Click Select Master.
c.
In the Merge Records dialog box, select which record to make
the new master record.
d. Select the fields from each record that you want to include in the
master record. Fields that are shaded will overwrite the
corresponding unshaded field during the merge operation.
e. When you are ready to merge the two records, click OK.
f.
Delete the record
When you receive the message The selected records are
merged and the subordinate record is deactivated, click OK.
a. On the Actions toolbar, click the Delete button
.
b. In the Select Delete or Deactivate dialog box, click Delete, and
then in the confirmation dialog box, click OK.
9. When you have finished resolving duplicates, click Close.
Notes
•
Your system administrator or system customizer determines the criteria for identifying a record as
a potential duplicate. More information: Requesting User Interface Changes (on page 220)
•
If you enter a duplicate record within a few minutes of entering the first record, Microsoft
Dynamics CRM will not detect the duplicate record. The matchcodes for new and updated
records are created every five minutes, rather than as a record is created.
•
To refresh the list of duplicate records, you must run a new duplicate-detection job:
After a record has been merged or deactivated, the record is still displayed on the bottom
list.
You can use the Modified On column to determine whether a record was modified after
the duplicate-detection job was run.
After a record has been deleted, merged or deactivated, the record is still displayed on the top list.
Related Topics
Enable and Disable Duplicate Detection .................................................................................... 70
Avoiding Duplicate Records ........................................................................................................ 69
Resolve potential duplicate records - Procedure
1. To view the potential duplicates, after the duplicate-detection job completes, in Workplace, under My
Work, click Duplicate Detection.
2. Open your duplicate-detection job.
76
2011 User's Guide: Importing Data
3. Under Related, click View Duplicates.
The top list displays all records that have potential duplicates. When you select a record in the top list, the
bottom list shows all the potential duplicates for that record.
4. In the top list of records that may have duplicates, select a record.
5. In the list of potential duplicate records, for each potential duplicate record found, select the record, and
then do any of the following actions:
Action
Do this
View the contents of a record to
help you decide what to do
Double-click the record.
Edit the record
On the Actions menu, click Edit.
Deactivate the record
a. On the Actions menu, click Deactivate.
b. In the confirmation dialog box, click OK.
Merge record by using the record in a. In the Records group, click Merge.
the top list as the master
b. Click Automatically.
Merge record by choosing the
master record
a. In the Records group, click Merge.
b. Click Select Master.
c.
In the Merge Records dialog box, select which record to make
the new master record.
d. Select the fields from each record that you want to include in
the master record. Fields that are shaded will overwrite the
corresponding unshaded field during the merge operation.
e. When you are ready to merge the two records, click OK.
f.
Delete the record
When you receive the message The selected records are
merged and the subordinate record is deactivated, click
OK.
a. On the Actions toolbar, click the Delete button
.
b. In the Select Delete or Deactivate dialog box, click Delete,
and then in the confirmation dialog box, click OK.
6. When you have finished resolving duplicates, click Close.
Importing Data
Microsoft Dynamics CRM provides several tools for assist you to import bulk data:
•
Import Data Wizard
•
Add Contacts Wizard
77
2011 User's Guide: Importing Data
Microsoft Dynamics CRM Software Development Kit http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=191610 To
automate the import process, use the SDK to write a custom import tool.
Importing Your Data Using the Import Data Wizard
The Import Data Wizard is useful for importing data you have stored in a spreadsheet or importing leads that
you have purchased. It can be used for importing data into most record types. The Import Data Wizard is
designed for people in sales, marketing, and customer service to use with their own data. All imported data
will be owned by the user who does the import, or, if the user has permission to create records, all records in
an import can be assigned to another user. The Import Data Wizard can also import:
•
Multiple files containing related record types, such as accounts with related contacts.
•
Records that need to be assigned to different Microsoft Dynamics CRM users.
•
Notes and attachments.
The data must be in a comma-separated value (.csv) file, any other type of delimited text (.txt) file, an XML
Spreadsheet 2003 file, or a compressed (.zip) file. You can export or save data in comma-separated format
from many applications, such as Microsoft Office Excel, Microsoft Office Outlook contacts, and most
databases. If your import file uses column headings that match Microsoft Dynamics CRM display names, the
file automatically maps. If you frequently import data that is in the same format, to save time you can create
and use a data map for your source that maps your data.
Microsoft Dynamics CRM processes imports in the background. After an import completes, you can review
which records succeeded or failed to import. To fix the records that failed to import, export them into a
separate file, fix them, and then try to import them again. You can delete all records associated with an
import.
If your System Administrator or System Customizer has enabled duplicate detection during import, you can
select whether to import potential duplicates. Also, after completing an import job, you can run a duplicatedetection job to detect any potential duplicates.
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
Follow the guidelines in this topic to make sure that your file imports successfully.
1. Put records for each record type in a separate file. More information: Exporting data to delimited text files.
Note
If your exported source file contains data for contacts and accounts, use the Generic Map for
Contact and Account data map. This is one of the default data maps provided with the Import Data
Wizard.
If your source file contains records for two record types other than contacts and accounts, make a
copy of the Generic Map for Contact and Account data map to customize for the records types in
your source file. Import the customized data map into Microsoft Dynamics CRM, and use this data
map to import your data. For more information, see Work with Data Maps.
2. Make sure that the file is in one of the following formats:
Delimited text (.txt) format, with columns separated by commas
78
2011 User's Guide: Importing Data
Comma-separated value (CSV) file (.csv) format
XML Spreadsheet 2003 (XMLSS) file (.xml) format
Compressed file in a .zip format
A .zip file can include files using the .csv, .xml, or .txt formats. All files in a single compressed file must be
of the same format.
3. Make sure that each file is correctly delimited.
You can create delimited a file in the .txt, .csv, or .xml format by using Microsoft Office Excel.
If your file uses only ASCII characters, save the file as a comma-delimited values (.csv) file.
4. In Excel 2007, click the Microsoft Office Button
, and then click Save As.
- OR In Excel 2010, click the File tab, and then click Save As.
5. In the Save as type list, click CSV (Comma delimited (*.csv).
If your file uses non-ASCII characters, save the file as a Unicode text (.txt) file.
If your import file contains non-ASCII characters, the import file must be in a Unicode or UTF-8 format.
a. In Excel, click Save As, and select Unicode text (*.txt).
b. Use Notepad to open the .txt file.
c. Search for commas in the file. Enclose any data that includes commas with double-quotes. For
example:
"23 State Street, Apt 2".
d. Replace all tab characters with commas.
1. In Notepad, select the tab character with the keyboard or mouse and press CTRL+C to copy it to
the Clipboard.
2. On the Edit menu, click Replace.
3. In the Find what box, press CTRL+V to paste the Clipboard contents. This pastes the tab
character.
4. In the Replace with box, type a comma (,).
5. Click Replace All.
6. Click Save As.
7. In the Save as type box, select Text Documents (*.txt), and in the Encoding box, select
Unicode.
6. Make sure you complete the preparation tasks for specific record types.
7. Make sure you complete the preparation tasks for specific data types.
79
2011 User's Guide: Importing Data
If you want to transform data as part of the import process, identify whether the provided transformations
can do the required changes. If not, decide if you need to edit your source data before importing it. For
more information, see Transformation Reference.
8. Make sure the first line of a file is the column headings.
Edit your file and add column headings if they are not already present.
Note
Make sure that the .csv file does not contain:
•
Multiple lines in the first line (header row).
•
Quotation marks in the first line. In Microsoft Dynamics CRM, quotation marks are used as data
delimiters.
•
Data separated with a semicolon (;) or comma (,). In Microsoft Dynamics CRM, semicolons and
commas are used as field delimiters.
Important
To use automatic mapping, which is required for importing data that contains references to existing Microsoft
Dynamics CRM records, column headings must match attribute display name values in Microsoft Dynamics
CRM.
•
To identify display name values, open the form for the record type as if you were creating a new record.
The labels on the form typically match the display names, although it is possible for your system
customizer to have changed the form label values. If you have the appropriate security role, you identify
display names in the Customization area:
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Settings, click Customizations, and then click Customize the System.
2. Open the entity, and then click Attributes.
•
If you are working in a multi-language environment, automatic mapping of columns uses the display
names from the user interface language, set on the Regional Options tab of the Set Personal Options
dialog box. More information: Set Personal Options (on page 201)
1. Make sure data exists for all business-required fields.
A record will only import if all Microsoft Dynamics CRM business-required attributes are mapped, and if
the data exists in each of the source columns that are mapped to the required attributes. You can either
determine the required attributes in advance, or use the Import Data Wizard to identify missing required
mappings. In either case, make sure you have required data in each record. To determine which fields
are business-required, open the form for the record type as if you were creating a new record, and
identify fields that are marked with a red asterisk (*).
The following list shows default business-required fields for commonly imported record types.
Account: Account Name
Contact: Last Name
Lead: Topic, Last Name, Company Name
Product: Default Unit, Unit Group, Decimals Supported Campaign Response: Parent Campaign,
Subject, Owner Example showing sample leads to import.
80
2011 User's Guide: Importing Data
The following lines show what the data might look like for a .csv format file containing leads to import. The
first line contains the field names, and the remaining lines are imported as data.
Company,Last Name,First Name,Topic,Email,Mobile Phone
Designer Bikes,Groth,Brian,Mountain bikes,[email protected],555-555-0112
Major Sporting Goods,Bedecs,Anna,Components,,555-555-0171
Note
By default, the maximum size of the files that you can import is 8 megabytes (MB). This means:
•
Any .csv, .txt, or .xml file must not exceed 8 MB in size.
•
The total size of the .zip file with the attachment folder cannot exceed 32 MB.
The total size of the extracted files must not exceed 200 MB.
Related Topics
Importing Data ............................................................................................................................ 77
If your file uses only ASCII characters, save the file as a
comma-delimited values (.csv) file.
1. In Excel 2007, click the Microsoft Office Button
, and then click Save As.
- OR In Excel 2010, click the File tab, and then click Save As.
2. In the Save as type list, click CSV (Comma delimited (*.csv).
If your file uses non-ASCII characters, save the file as a
Unicode text (.txt) file.
If your import file contains non-ASCII characters, the import file must be in a Unicode or UTF-8 format.
1. In Excel 2007, click the Microsoft Office Button
, and then click Save As.
- OR In Excel 2010, click the File tab, and then click Save As.
2. In the Save as type list, click Unicode text (*.txt).
3. Use Notepad to open the .txt file.
8. Search for commas in the file. Enclose any data that includes commas with quotation marks. For
example, if you have 23 State Street, Apt 2, change it to "23 State Street, Apt 2" in the file.
81
2011 User's Guide: Importing Data
Make sure the first line of the file contains column headings.
Edit your file and add column headings if they are not already present.
Note
Make sure that the .csv file does not contain:
•
Multiple lines in the first line (header row).
•
Quotation marks in the first line. In Microsoft Dynamics CRM, quotation marks are used as data
delimiters.
•
Data separated with a semicolon (;) or comma (,). In Microsoft Dynamics CRM, semicolons and
commas are used as field delimiters.
Important
To use automatic mapping, which is required for importing data that contains references to existing Microsoft
Dynamics CRM records, column headings must match field display name values in Microsoft Dynamics CRM.
•
To identify display name values, open the form for the record type as if you were creating a new record.
The labels on the form typically match the display names, although it is possible for your system
customizer to have changed the form label values. If you have the appropriate security role, you identify
display names in the Customization area:
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Settings, click Customizations, and then click Customize the System.
2. Open the entity, and then click Fields.
•
If you are working in a multi-language environment, automatic mapping of columns uses the display
names from the user interface language, set on the Regional Options tab of the Set Personal Options
dialog box. More information: Set Personal Options (on page 201)
Make sure the first column heading is not the name of a record
type.
The first column heading in your file cannot be the name of another record type. For example, phone call,
task, letter, fax, and appointment records all require a Subject column. As Subject is also the name of a
record type, the Subject column must not be the first column in your file.
Make sure data exists for all business-required fields.
A record will only import if all Microsoft Dynamics CRM business-required fields are mapped, and if the
data exists in each of the source columns that are mapped to the required fields. You can either
determine the required fields in advance, or use the Import Data Wizard to identify missing required
mappings. In either case, make sure you have required data in each record. To determine which fields
are business-required, open the form for the record type as if you were creating a new record, and
identify fields that are marked with a red asterisk (*).
The following list shows default business-required fields for commonly imported record types.
Account: Account Name
Contact: Last Name
82
2011 User's Guide: Importing Data
Lead: Topic, Last Name, Company Name
Product: Default Unit, Unit Group, Decimals Supported
Campaign Response: Parent Campaign, Subject, Owner
Important
You cannot use a data map to import data if your data is connected to existing Microsoft Dynamics CRM
records. You must use automatic mapping, which means your column headings must match Microsoft
Dynamics CRM display names.
•
The value in the column that refers to another record must be unique in the primary attribute for the
related record. The lookup is not case-sensitive.
For example, if you are importing a contact that you want associated with an existing account, you must
have a column in your source file containing the account name for an existing Microsoft Dynamics CRM
account record. Because automatic mapping is required, the column heading for this column must be
Parent Customer.
The Parent Customer attribute can be resolved either to an account or contact. The Import Data Wizard
looks for a unique account or contact record. If there is a contact record and an account record that have
identical values in the Account Name field in the account record and the Full Name field in the contact
record, the record will not be imported.
•
The value in the column can also be a Microsoft Dynamics CRM globally unique identifier (GUID).
•
If the column in your source file that is used to create the relationship contains multiple values, edit the
data to contain just one value.
For example, if you are importing e-mail activities, and your source data has a record with multiple values
in the To column, edit the data to contain just one value.
Decide how to import drop-down list values in the file.
If you have data in columns that will be imported to drop-down lists in Microsoft Dynamics CRM, review the
data in these columns. If the values do not match valid values in Microsoft Dynamics CRM, you will need to
perform one of the following procedures:
•
Use a data map to map each value in your source file to a valid value in Microsoft Dynamics CRM.
•
Do a find-and-replace in your source file and then replace each value that isn't valid in Microsoft
Dynamics CRM, with one that is. This avoids the need to do list-value mapping in the data map.
•
Customize the drop-down list attribute in Microsoft Dynamics CRM by adding each unique value in your
source file. This task requires privileges usually reserved for the System Administrator or System
Customizer security role.
Make sure that values have consistent capitalization.
Example showing sample leads to import
The following lines show what the data might look like for a .csv format file containing leads to import. The
first line contains the field names, and the remaining lines are imported as data.
Company,Last Name,First Name,Topic,Email,Mobile Phone
83
2011 User's Guide: Importing Data
Designer Bikes,Groth,Brian,Mountain bikes,[email protected],555-555-0112
Major Sporting Goods,Bedecs,Anna,Components,,555-555-0171
Example showing sample products to import
The following lines show the minimum amount of data required for a .csv format file containing products to
import. The first line contains the field names, and the remaining lines are imported as data. Because Unit
Group and Default Unit are record types in Microsoft Dynamics CRM, the values for these columns must map
to valid values in Microsoft Dynamics CRM.
Product,Unit Group,Default Unit,Decimals Supported
Front Brakes,Single pair,Unit pair,0
Vest,Clothing,Single article,2
Import records from a file
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
To make sure that the import is successful, be sure to follow the steps in Prepare a file for import (see " " on
page 78).
1. On the File tab, click Tools, and then click Import Data.
The Import Data Wizard opens.
2. Click Browse to upload a file.
Upload a file
a. To locate a file that you want to import, click Browse.
Microsoft Dynamics CRM supports importing data from the following file types:
XML Spreadsheet 2003 (.xml)–Microsoft Excel format stored as an XML file. You can open the XML
spreadsheets with Microsoft Excel.
Comma-separated values (.csv)–Comma-delimited format.
Text (.txt)–Delimited text format with columns separated by commas.
Compressed files (.zip)–Compressed file that contains one or more files of the same supported file
type (.xml, .csv, or .txt).
b. Click Next.
Note
By default, the maximum size of the files that you can import is 8 megabytes (MB). This means:
•
84
Any .csv, .txt, or .xml file must not exceed 8 MB in size.
2011 User's Guide: Importing Data
•
The total size of the .zip file with the attachment folder cannot exceed 32 MB.
•
The total size of the extracted files must not exceed 200 MB.
Important
When the Import Data Wizard extracts .zip files, extracted files are placed on the computer for a
while. During this time, the local administrator of the computer may access the extracted files and
may view the data in these files.
3. Review the file that you have uploaded. If you imported a .zip file, the review also includes a list of all of
the files contained in the .zip file.
4. To change delimiters, click Delimiter Settings on the Review File Upload Summary page. This
displays the delimiters settings. In the Field Delimiter list, click the field delimiter used in the uploaded
data file. In the Data Delimiter list, click the data delimiter used in the uploaded data file.
The default field delimiter is a comma (,). Other field delimiters in the list include the colon (:), semicolon
(;), and tab character (\t).
The default data delimiter is a quotation mark ("). Other data delimiters in the list include the single
quotation mark (') and None.
Note
When importing a .zip file, all files contained in the .zip file must use the same field and data
delimiters.
5. If the first row in your file contains column headings, select the First row contains column headings
check box.
6. Click Next.
7. Select a data map in order to map your source data to Microsoft Dynamics CRM record types and fields.
Select Map Automatically to allow the Import Data Wizard to automatically map the source data with
Microsoft Dynamics CRM record types and fields. The Import Data Wizard tries to identify the
matching Microsoft Dynamics CRM record type and fields by comparing their display names with the
files you have uploaded for import and their column names. If the Import Data Wizard is not able to
map any entity or field, it will show the mapping pages so that you can manually map the unmapped
record types or fields.
Select Use an Existing Data Map: and select a data map to use for the mappings.
The existing data map list includes all the maps that you may have imported or created at the time of
mapping the files manually. By default, Microsoft Dynamics CRM provides a data map for
Salesforce.com.
Select For Full Data Export if you obtained your data from Salesforce.com using the Full-Data
Export.
This is selected by default if you have uploaded a .zip file.
Select For Report Export if you have obtained your data from Salesforce.com using the Report
Export.
For more information about exporting data from Salesforce.com, see Work with Salesforce.com
Data.
85
2011 User's Guide: Importing Data
Select any other maps under Custom Maps if you already have the mappings defined for the type
of data you are importing.
Note
If a map for your source system isn't listed in the Import Data Wizard, check the Resource Center to
see if one is available. If not, you can export a data map to edit it manually and import it back. Or, you
can also save your mappings during an import session as a new data map.
8. Click Next.
If your data does not map automatically, you will be asked to manually map the source data to Microsoft
Dynamics CRM record types and fields.
9. Map the unmapped source files to Microsoft Dynamics CRM record types.
A green check mark appears for each source file that is successfully mapped to a Microsoft Dynamics
CRM record type. An alert symbol appears for each source data file that could not be mapped to a record
type in Microsoft Dynamics CRM automatically.
a. For each unmapped source data file, click the name under Microsoft Dynamics CRM Record
Types, and then click the record type to which it maps in the list.
- OR If no Microsoft Dynamics CRM record type in the list is appropriate for the data in your source file,
create a custom record type clicking Create New in the list.
Create a custom record type
1. Click Create New.
2. Enter the following information:
Record Type Name. Specify the name for the record type in Microsoft Dynamics CRM. By
default, the file name displays here.
Note
If the name that you specified already exists, Microsoft Dynamics CRM prompts you to specify a
new name.
Plural Name of the Record Type. Specify the plural name for Microsoft Dynamics CRM to
use for this record type.
Primary Field. Specify the name of the column that should be used as the primary field for
the record type.
The primary field displays when creating or displaying relationships to this record type, such
as in the Look Up Records dialog box.
Note
You can create a new record type only if you have the privileges to create and publish custom
record types in Microsoft Dynamics CRM.
3. Click OK.
- OR -
86
2011 User's Guide: Importing Data
If you want to skip importing a file, click Ignore in the list for that file.
The Import Data Wizard will not import data from a file that is ignored.
b. Click Next when each file is either mapped or ignored.
10. Map the unmapped source columns to Microsoft Dynamics CRM fields.
The left pane on the Map Fields page shows the record types to which you have mapped your source
data files. The right pane contains two columns: Source Fields and CRM Fields. For each Microsoft
Dynamics CRM record type that has an alert symbol, the Source Fields column shows the various
column headings in your source file. The corresponding boxes in the CRM Fields column contain the
Microsoft Dynamics CRM fields for the record type.
a. For each record type in the left pane that has an alert symbol, click the record type name. Then, in the
right pane:
1. Map Microsoft Dynamics CRM required fields to source columns:
Select a column from your source file that matches the field.
Select Ignore to allow the Import Data Wizard to populate the field by default.
Important
Microsoft Dynamics CRM populates some fields by default, shown as Ignore, and you do not
need to map these fields to continue with your import.
2. Map source column to optional fields:
If you want to map the unmapped columns, select the Microsoft Dynamics CRM field to which
it maps.
If no existing Microsoft Dynamics CRM field is appropriate for the data in the column and you
want to create a new custom Microsoft Dynamics CRM field, create a new field.
To create a new field
For each unmapped column, under Actions, click Create New Field from the corresponding list.
In the Field Name box, type a name for the new field.
If a field with the name that you specified already exists in Microsoft Dynamics CRM, you will be
prompted to specify a new name.
In Type, click the type for the field you want to create in Microsoft Dynamics CRM. The available
items in the list are Text, Picklist, Bit, Integer, Decimal, Datetime, and Lookup.
Create a field of the lookup type
If a record is related to another record, that record has a field that points to a field in the
related record. The field that points to another field is called a lookup field.
Specify the following details for the new field:
Related Record Types. Select a record type that contains the field that the new field
should reference in order to search for the record.
Referred Field. Select an existing Microsoft Dynamics CRM field that the new field should
reference in order to search for the record.
87
2011 User's Guide: Importing Data
Create a field of the option set type
If you clicked Option Set from the list for Type, click a value from the CRM Option
Values list for each column of the source file.
By default, Microsoft Dynamics CRM adds every value in a column from the source file to
the CRM Option Values list, and maps that value automatically. Microsoft Dynamics CRM
creates these values in the CRM Option Values list during the import. If you do not want
to include a particular value from the source file in Microsoft Dynamics CRM, click Ignore
in the CRM Option Values list next to that value from the source file.
For example, a source file contains the column "Rating" containing three values: "Hot,"
"Warm," "Cold." You want to create a custom field in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for the
Rating column including only "Hot" and "Warm" while excluding "Cold." Click "Hot" and
"Warm" in the CRM Option Values list. For "Cold," click Ignore. The completed import
only includes the values "Hot" and "Warm" for the Rating field in Microsoft Dynamics
CRM.
Click OK.
Tip
You can filter the source fields using the filter list. You can choose to show all fields, show
only unmapped fields, or show only mapped fields.
Important
You can create new fields only if the target record type for which you are creating this field
is customizable and if you have the sufficient privileges. More information: Customize and
publish during import in Permissions required for customization tasks.
Note
If you create new custom fields for an existing record type or for a new record type that is
created during the import, the fields are created and published, and the imported data is
added into these fields. However, these fields are not added to the record type form
automatically.
You will not see data imported into these fields on the record type form. If you want to see
the data on the record type form, after the import is complete, you must navigate to
Customizations and add the fields created during the import to their respective record type
forms.
If you want to skip importing data from this column, click Ignore.
You will see a yellow warning message icon for all the columns that are not mapped.
Important
If a field used in a data map for mapping data is no longer available in Microsoft Dynamics
CRM, an error is displayed. You will not be allowed to continue until you either map the
source column to a different field or ignore the column.
b. Click Next when you have mapped each column from the source file to a Microsoft Dynamics CRM
field or have have clicked Ignore in its list under CRM Fields.
The Review Mapping Summary page shows a summary of the mapped files that will be imported.
88
2011 User's Guide: Importing Data
Tip
Click Edit if you want to edit the mappings.
11. Click Next.
12. Review the import settings.
a. Select whether you want the Import Data Wizard to allow importing duplicate records in Microsoft
Dynamics CRM.
to select an owner who will
b. In Select Owner for the Imported Records, click the Lookup button
own the records if the owner mappings are not defined in the data map or the users.csv.
Important
Usually, owners are mapped or created using the owner information in the users.csv file. If the
source data does not contain a users.csv file, the records are still imported with the owner as the
user you specify in Select Owner for the Imported Records. For more information, see How
User Records Are Imported.
c. In Data Map Name, specify a name for the data map.
This data map can be used later for importing data from similar sources.
13. Click Submit.
Note
To view the status of your import, click the Imports link. Microsoft Dynamics CRM always displays
the success and error counts for an import file used to import user records as "0" for the Imports list.
Other files types may display other values for the Imports list.
14. Click Finish.
Important
Because more than one user can submit import jobs at once, the import requests for files that are
larger than 1 MB are queued and processed one at a time. For example, if three users each submit a
.zip file that is larger than 1 MB, then the first file import starts immediately and queues the other two.
When finishing the first import task, Microsoft Dynamics CRM imports the second and third in the
order that they were submitted. Meanwhile, any small file (.zip, .csv, .txt, or .xml) submitted for import
might be imported immediately, depending on the asynchronous service.
Related Topics
Importing Data ............................................................................................................................ 77
Enrich data in existing records
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
89
2011 User's Guide: Importing Data
You can export existing records, add or change data in the exported records, and then import only those
records with changes.
1. Use Advanced Find to select the records that you want to update and the columns to export.
Edit the search query results to add all the columns to the search results list you need to enrich the data.
This includes:
Any columns that you plan to enrich. For example, if you used Advanced Find to identify all leads
missing a business phone number, add the Business Phone column.
All business-required fields. To determine which fields are business-required, open the form for the
record type as if you were creating a new record, and identify fields that are marked with a red
asterisk (*).
The following list shows default business-required fields for commonly imported record types.
Account: Account Name
Contact: Last Name
Lead: Topic, Last Name, Company Name
Product: Default Unit, Unit Group, Decimals Supported
Campaign Response: Parent Campaign, Subject, Owner
More information: Work with Advanced Find
To avoid problems when re-importing data, either do not export the following types of columns, or delete
these columns after you have enriched data in other columns.
Columns from other record types. Although you can use Advanced Find to export data from
related record types, you can enrich data in only one record type.
Calculated columns. For example, the default view of contacts includes a column for Full
Name. Full Name is derived from the First Name, Middle Name, and Last Name values, and
cannot be imported.
Columns containing lookup attributes. Any changes to data in lookup attributes cannot be updated.
2. Export the data to Excel, including columns required for re-import.
3. Click the Export to Excel.
4. Select Static worksheet with records from this page, and select Make this data available for reimporting by including required columns.
5. Click Export, click Save, and then click Save again to save the spreadsheet.
6. Open the Excel spreadsheet.
If you see an error message, The file you are trying to open 'Filename' is in a different format than
specified by the file extension, click Yes.
7. Add new data or change existing data in the spreadsheet.
Important
Do not delete or modify the data in columns that are marked DO NOT MODIFY.
90
2011 User's Guide: Importing Data
Some columns in the spreadsheet are kept hidden on purpose:
Two hidden columns. One column contains the globally unique identifier (GUID) for the record. The
other column contains the date and time the record was modified last.
The column headings.
8. Save the spreadsheet.
9. On the File tab, click Tools, and then click Import Data.
10. Select the spreadsheet file that you saved in step 5. Note that:
You can only update the modified rows or create records from the inserted rows of the exported file.
The Import Data Wizard does not recognize deleted rows from the exported file. That is, if you delete
a row from the exported file and then reimport the file, the corresponding record in Microsoft
Dynamics CRM will not be deleted.
A record will not update if it was changed in Microsoft Dynamics CRM after it was exported.
Make sure that you select the Enrich data by updating records rather than creating new records
check box. The records will not update if you do not select this check box.
11. Click Next.
12. To complete the import, follow the instructions in the Import Data Wizard.
13. If necessary, rename the import job and change the notification options, and then click Import.
An import job is started in the background. You can continue to work in Microsoft Dynamics CRM while
the import runs.
•
•
Notes
By default, in Microsoft Dynamics CRM, you cannot export a list of more than 10,000 records at a time
to a static Excel worksheet. To work around this limitation, use Advanced Find to limit records in each
export to fewer than 10,000 records, and then combine your exported spreadsheets. More information:
Work with Advanced Find.
By default, the maximum size of the files that you can import is 8 megabytes (MB). This means:
Any .csv, .txt, or .xml file must not exceed 8 MB in size.
The total size of the .zip file with the attachment folder cannot exceed 32 MB.
The total size of the extracted files must not exceed 200 MB.
Related Topics
Find Things ....................................................................................................................................9
Export Data to Excel ................................................................................................................... 61
Importing Data ............................................................................................................................ 77
Download a template for data import
Can I do this task?
91
2011 User's Guide: View the progress and results of an import, and correct errors
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Settings, click Data Management, and then click Templates for Data
Import.
- OR On the Get Started pane, click Download the Data Import Template.
2. Select the record type for which you want to download the template, and then click Download.
3. In the File Download box, click Save. Navigate to the location where you want to save the file, and then
click Save.
More information: About the Data Import Template.
Note
If you are using Microsoft Excel 2010, do not click Open. Clicking Open results in the error "The file
is corrupt and cannot be opened." To avoid this, first save the file, and then open it. If the file still
does not open, do the following:
d. Add the Microsoft Dynamics CRM URL to your browser’s Trusted site security zone.
e. Unblock the security in the downloaded Excel file.
a. Right-click the downloaded file, and click Properties.
d. On the General tab, for Security, click Unblock.
a. In Microsoft Excel 2010, enable Protected View for files originating from Internet.
e. Open Microsoft Excel 2010.
f.
Click the File tab, and then click Options.
g. Click Trust Center, and then click Trust Center Settings.
h. Click Protected View, and then select the Enable Protected View for files originating from
Internet option.
View the progress and results of an import, and correct errors
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
You must wait for an import job to complete before you can repair failures.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Workplace, and then under My Work, click Imports.
2. Monitor the progress of the import.
To monitor status for an import, watch the Status Reason column. The values will change from
Submitted to Parsing to Transforming to Importing to Completed.
92
2011 User's Guide: View the progress and results of an import, and correct errors
These values correspond with the three stages of each import: parsing the file, transforming the data, and
importing the data. For detailed information about the progress of the import job, double-click the import
job record, and then under Common, click System Jobs. One system job is created for each import
stage.
Tip: To refresh the status, click the Refresh button
.
3. After the import is complete, view the summary information. It shows the number of records created and
the number of records that contain errors.
4. Do one or more of the following:
Open the import record to view the records that did not import. Double-click the import record.
View records that were successfully imported. Under Related, click <record types> Fully Imported.
View records that were partially imported. Under Related, click <record types> Partially Imported.
View rows that were not imported. Under Related, click Failures.
5. Export rows that failed to import to a new comma-separated value (CSV) file. Click Export Error Rows.
You can correct the errors in this file, and then import it.
Related Topics
Importing Data ............................................................................................................................ 77
Create a data map for use with import
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
In Microsoft Dynamics CRM, you can create data maps by saving the changes to the mappings you did
during an import as a new data map.
1. On the File tab, click Tools, and then click Import Data.
2. Upload a file for import. More information: Import records from a file
3. Review the files that you have uploaded and change the delimiters, if required. More information: Import
records from a file
4. Select Default (Automatic Mapping) or any other existing data map.
If the Import Data Wizard is unable to map your source data automatically, you will be shown the Map
Record Types and Map Fields pages to manually map your data.
- OR If your source files and columns are automatically mapped to Microsoft Dynamics CRM record types and
fields and if you need to change the mapping, on the Review Mapping Summary page, click Edit.
5. Change the record type and field mappings, as required. More information: Import records from a file (on
page 81).
93
2011 User's Guide: View the progress and results of an import, and correct errors
6. On the Review Settings and Import Data page, specify a name for the new data map, and click
Submit.
This data map is added to the existing data map list under Customized Maps on the Select Data Map
page. You can use this data map later for importing data from similar sources.
Export a data map
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Settings, click Data Management, and then click Data Maps.
2. On the Actions toolbar, click Export.
3. In the File Download dialog box, click Open or Save.
Note
Exported XML files containing data maps can be edited manually. The complete syntax can be found
in the Data Map Schema section. More information: Data Map Schema Reference.
Import a data map
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Settings, click Data Management, and then click Data Maps.
2. On the Actions toolbar, click Import.
3. In the Import Data Map dialog box, type the name of the file to import, or click Browse locate the file,
and then click OK.
A data map must be a well-formed and valid XML file.
Note
Exported XML files containing data maps can be edited manually. The complete syntax can be found
in the Data Map Schema section. More information: Data Map Schema Reference.
Tip
If you create a data map that you think will be useful for other users in your organization, you can
share it. More information: Share or Assign Records and Views (on page 52)
You do not have to change a data map when importing data. Before you import your data, export an existing
data map, change the exported data map, and then re-import the changed data map for the data import.
1. Export and rename a data map.
a. Click Data Maps.
b. Select a map, and then click Export.
c. Specify the location in which to save your file, and then click Save.
94
2011 User's Guide: Running Reports and Analyzing Data
2. Open the new data map in your choice of XML editor.
3. Make changes to the data map following the required schema.
More information: Data Map Schema Reference
4. Import the new data map.
a. Click Data Maps.
b. Click IMPORT, click BROWSE, select a file, and then click Open.
5. Test the new data map by importing a limited amount of data before importing large amounts of data.
Running Reports and Analyzing Data
When you want to analyze data or view a report in Microsoft Dynamics CRM, there are several ways to view
the relevant data:
•
Run a default report. More information: Default Reports (on page 97)
•
Use Advanced Find to search for the subset of data you need. Then export the results list to a static or
dynamic Microsoft Office Excel worksheet or a PivotTable for further analysis. Once the data is exported,
you can create your own Microsoft Office Word file and mail-merge the data. More information: Export
Data to Excel (on page 61)
•
Create your own report:
Use the Report Wizard to create a new Reporting Services report. More information: Create, Edit, or
Copy a Report Using the Report Wizard
Add any exported Excel file as a personal report, and share it with your colleagues, if warranted.
Or, ask your system administrator or system customizer to add any exported Excel file as a report
available to everyone in your organization. More information: Customizing and Organizing Reports
(on page 95)
Add any file or link to a Web page as a personal report, and share it with your colleagues, if needed.
More information: Customizing and Organizing Reports (on page 95)
Reports can be used when Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook is offline. More information: Working Offline
(on page 486)
Customizing and Organizing Reports
Microsoft Dynamics CRM includes default reports for many common business needs. However, most
organizations customize the default reports and add custom reports for specific needs. To customize reports,
you need to understand:
•
Report ownership
•
Report types
•
Data security
95
2011 User's Guide: Customizing and Organizing Reports
•
Options for creating new reports
•
Options for modifying existing reports
Report Ownership
System reports are available to all users. Reports owned by individual users can be shared with specific
colleagues or teams, or can be made available to the organization so that all users can use them.
Report Types
Microsoft Dynamics CRM supports two types of Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services report:
•
SQL-based Reporting Services report. These use SQL queries and filtered views to retrieve report
data. Filtered views restrict the report data to what is available to the security role of the person running
the report. Filtered views exist for all record types. Creating a new record type automatically creates a
new filtered view. All the default reports that are shipped with Microsoft Dynamics CRM are SQL-based
reports.
•
Fetch-based Reporting Services report. These reports use Microsoft Dynamics CRM Report Authoring
Extension queries that are proprietary to Microsoft Dynamics CRM instead of filtered views to retrieve
data for reports. Reports that are created using the Report Wizard in Microsoft Dynamics CRM are Fetchbased reports.
These reports can be:
•
Links to Web pages.
•
Static files.
•
Dynamic Microsoft Office Excel files that read data from the Microsoft Dynamics CRM database.
For each report, you can edit the report properties. This includes the following:
•
File name or URL.
•
Display name.
•
Description.
•
Information about where the report displays in the user interface.
Data Security
All reports read Microsoft Dynamics CRM data from filtered views, which filter the data based on the user's
security role. Reports only display data that the person running the report has permission to view.
Options for Creating New Reports
To create a new report, users with appropriate permissions can:
•
Add a file or a link to a Web page as a report.
•
Run the Report Wizard to create a new Reporting Services report. The Report Wizard can create table
and chart reports, including drill-through reports and top N reports.
•
Write a new Fetch-based Reporting Services report. These reports use fetch XML queries that are
proprietary to Microsoft Dynamics CRM in order to retrieve report data. To author custom fetch-based
96
2011 User's Guide: Customizing and Organizing Reports
reports, you must install Microsoft Dynamics CRM Report Authoring Extension. More information: Create
a Custom Fetch-Based Reporting Services Report
Creating a new Reporting Services report requires a report development environment.
You can also use the following built-in reporting tools:
Export Data to Excel (on page 61)
Create Customer-Ready Documents and Messages (on page 164)
Options for Modifying Existing Reports
For existing reports, users with appropriate permissions can:
•
Organize reports into categories to control which views in the Reports area display each report.
•
Determine where a report is visible in the user interface, and edit other properties of the report.
•
Edit a report created with the Report Wizard.
•
Edit the default filter for default reports and reports created with the Report Wizard.
•
Share a personal report with other users, or make it available to everyone in your organization.
Data Security
In Microsoft Dynamics CRM, reports are solution aware. Adding a report as a component to a solution makes
it become a single unit of software that extends Microsoft Dynamics CRM functionality and the user interface.
Only reports that are organization-owned or visible to the organization can be added to solutions.
Note
To find if a report is viewable to the organization:
•
In the Records group, click Edit. Then, on the Administration tab, see if Viewable By is set to
Organization.
Snapshots of reports cannot be added, imported, or exported as part of a solution. In Microsoft Dynamics
CRM, reports, sub reports, report category, report display area, and report-related record type are considered
as components of a report set. When you import a solution update in a non-overwrite mode, any updates by
the solution to a report will be ignored if any component of the report set has been customized.
Default Reports
Microsoft Dynamics CRM has four categories of default reports: sales, marketing, service, and administrative.
This topic shows you how to use the different reports. To find more information, when you generate a report,
click Help, and then click Help on This Page.
Sales
The following default sales reports are available:
•
Account Distribution Report
•
Account Overview Report
•
Account Summary Report
97
2011 User's Guide: Customizing and Organizing Reports
•
Activities Report
•
Competitor Win Loss Report
•
Invoices Report
•
Invoice Status Report
•
Lead Source Effectiveness Report
•
Neglected Leads Report
•
Orders Report
•
Quotes Report
•
Sales Pipeline Report
•
Sales History Report
•
Neglected Accounts Report
•
Products by Account Report
•
Products by Contact Report
•
Progress Against Goals Report
Account Distribution Report
Use this report to identify patterns in your top revenue-generating accounts using two charts. The earned
revenue chart displays the earned revenue grouped by a market facet, such as product, territory, or industry.
The accounts count chart displays the amount of earned revenue using the same grouping as the earned
revenue chart.
Is data missing from the report?
There are several possible reasons why data that you expect to be in a report does not appear:
•
Security. If you don't have permission in Microsoft Dynamics CRM to view a record, it will not appear in
the report.
•
Data is not entered in Microsoft Dynamics CRM. The person entering data might have left fields
empty.
•
Data does not match the criteria for the report. This report is generated from revenue that is based on
opportunity records that are closed as won. Other revenue is not measured in the report.
Where the data in this report comes from in Microsoft Dynamics CRM
•
Account form
Note
This topic documents the default report as it was shipped. To find out if this report has been
customized, contact your report administrator or system administrator.
98
2011 User's Guide: Customizing and Organizing Reports
Related Topics
Run a Report............................................................................................................................. 132
Export Data to Excel ................................................................................................................... 61
Customizing and Organizing Reports ......................................................................................... 95
Account Overview Report
Use this report to obtain a one-page overview of everything occurring with an account. The report displays a
profile of the account, contact information, and summaries of opportunities and case activities.
For opportunities, this report displays two charts. The Active Opportunities by Probability chart displays the
active opportunities grouped by the probability of the opportunities turning into a sale. The Opportunity by
Current State chart displays the state the opportunities are currently in.
For cases, this report displays two charts. The All Closed Cases by Customer Satisfaction displays the closed
cases grouped by customer satisfaction level. The All Cases by Status displays the cases grouped by the
status.
Is data missing from the report?
There are several possible reasons why data that you expect to be in a report does not appear:
•
Security. If you don't have permission in Microsoft Dynamics CRM to view a record, it will not appear in
the report.
•
Data is not entered in Microsoft Dynamics CRM. The person entering data might have left fields
empty.
•
Data does not match the criteria for the report. By default, this report displays only accounts that
have been modified within the last 30 days.
Where the data in this report comes from in Microsoft Dynamics CRM
•
Account form
•
Appointment form
•
Case form
•
Contact form
•
E-mail form
•
Fax form
•
Opportunity form
•
Phone Call form
•
Service Activity form
•
Task form
99
2011 User's Guide: Customizing and Organizing Reports
Note
This topic documents the default report as it was shipped. To find out if this report has been
customized, contact your report administrator or system administrator.
Related Topics
Run a Report ............................................................................................................................. 132
Export Data to Excel ................................................................................................................... 61
Customizing and Organizing Reports ......................................................................................... 95
Account Summary Report
Use this report to determine historically what has occurred with an account. This report also displays what is
scheduled to occur in the future. The report displays a chronological summary for an account, including
sales and service activities, notes, and records.
Is data missing from the report?
There are several possible reasons why data that you expect to be in a report does not appear:
•
Security. If you don't have permission in Microsoft Dynamics CRM to view a record, it will not appear in
the report.
•
Data is not entered in Microsoft Dynamics CRM. The person entering data might have left fields
empty.
•
Data does not match the criteria for the report. This report cannot display more than 10 accounts at a
time.
Where the data in this report comes from in Microsoft Dynamics CRM
•
Activity form
•
Case form
•
Contact form
•
Contract form
•
Invoice form
•
Note form
•
Opportunity form
•
Order form
•
Quote form
Tip
To quickly view the Account Summary report for an account, open the account record. On the
Account tab, in the Data group, click Run Report, and then click Account Summary.
Note
This topic documents the default report as it was shipped. To find out if this report has been
customized, contact your report administrator or system administrator.
100
2011 User's Guide: Customizing and Organizing Reports
Related Topics
Run a Report............................................................................................................................. 132
Export Data to Excel ................................................................................................................... 61
Customizing and Organizing Reports ......................................................................................... 95
Activities Report
Use this report to identify patterns in activities. Activities can be grouped by owner or activity type, or by the
record the activity is regarding.
Is data missing from the report?
There are several possible reasons why data that you expect to be in a report does not appear:
•
Security. If you don't have permission in Microsoft Dynamics CRM to view a record, it will not appear in
the report.
•
Data is not entered in Microsoft Dynamics CRM. The person entering data might have left fields
empty.
•
Data does not match the criteria for the report. By default, this report only displays activities created
within the last week. This report considers only the activities that are related to case and opportunity
records.
Where the data in this report comes from in Microsoft Dynamics CRM
•
Activity form
Note
This topic documents the default report as it was shipped. To find out if this report has been
customized, contact your report administrator or system administrator.
Related Topics
Creating and Using Workflows ................................................................................................. 223
Run a Report............................................................................................................................. 132
Export Data to Excel ................................................................................................................... 61
Customizing and Organizing Reports ......................................................................................... 95
Completing Sales Transactions ................................................................................................ 340
Work with Quotes ..................................................................................................................... 340
Competitor Win Loss Report
Use this report to compare how your sales team performs against your competitors. The report displays a list
of competitors, with data on open, closed, won, and lost opportunities for each.
101
2011 User's Guide: Customizing and Organizing Reports
Is data missing from the report?
There are several possible reasons why data that you expect to be in a report does not appear:
•
Security. If you don't have permission in Microsoft Dynamics CRM to view a record, it will not appear in
the report.
•
Data is not entered in Microsoft Dynamics CRM. The person entering data might have left fields
empty.
•
Data does not match the criteria for the report. By default, this report displays only opportunities that
have competitors associated, that the user running the report has permission to view, and that are in the
country or region and time period specified by the person running the report.
Where the data in this report comes from in Microsoft Dynamics CRM
•
Close Opportunity dialog box
•
Competitor form
•
Opportunity form
Note
This topic documents the default report as it was shipped. To find out if this report has been
customized, contact your report administrator or system administrator.
Related Topics
Run a Report ............................................................................................................................. 132
Export Data to Excel ................................................................................................................... 61
Customizing and Organizing Reports ......................................................................................... 95
Invoices Report
Use this report to print invoices.
Is data missing from the report?
There are several possible reasons why data that you expect to be in a report does not appear:
•
Security. If you don't have permission in Microsoft Dynamics CRM to view a record, it will not appear in
the report.
•
Data is not entered in Microsoft Dynamics CRM. The person entering data might have left fields
empty.
•
Data does not match the criteria for the report. If you run this report from a list without selecting any
records, the report generates a customer-ready invoice for each invoice record in the system. If you run
this report from within a specific record, the report generates a customer-ready invoice only for the record
you were working with.
Where the data in this report comes from in Microsoft Dynamics CRM
•
102
Invoice form
2011 User's Guide: Customizing and Organizing Reports
Note
This topic documents the default report as it was shipped. To find out if this report has been
customized, contact your report administrator or system administrator.
Related Topics
Creating and Using Workflows ................................................................................................. 223
Run a Report............................................................................................................................. 132
Export Data to Excel ................................................................................................................... 61
Customizing and Organizing Reports ......................................................................................... 95
Completing Sales Transactions ................................................................................................ 340
Work with Invoices .................................................................................................................... 364
Lead Source Effectiveness Report
Use this report to compare how effective your lead sources are at generating quality opportunities. The
report lists the percentage of qualified leads, and leads that generate revenue for each lead category.
Is data missing from the report?
There are several possible reasons why data that you expect to be in a report does not appear:
•
Security. If you don't have permission in Microsoft Dynamics CRM to view a record, it will not appear in
the report.
•
Data is not entered in Microsoft Dynamics CRM. The person entering data might have left fields
empty.
•
Data does not match the criteria for the report. By default, this report displays all leads.
Where the data in this report comes from in Microsoft Dynamics CRM
•
Lead form
Note
This topic documents the default report as it was shipped. To find out if this report has been
customized, contact your report administrator or system administrator.
Related Topics
Run a Report............................................................................................................................. 132
Export Data to Excel ................................................................................................................... 61
Customizing and Organizing Reports ......................................................................................... 95
103
2011 User's Guide: Customizing and Organizing Reports
Neglected Leads Report
Use this report to identify any leads that have not been contacted. The report displays a chart of leads that
have had no associated activities or notes during a specified time period.
Is data missing from the report?
There are several possible reasons why data that you expect to be in a report does not appear:
•
Security. If you don't have permission in Microsoft Dynamics CRM to view a record, it will not appear in
the report.
•
Data is not entered in Microsoft Dynamics CRM. The person entering data might have left fields
empty.
•
Data does not match the criteria for the report. By default, this report displays only active leads, with
no activities or notes, in the number of days specified by the person running the report.
Where the data in this report comes from in Microsoft Dynamics CRM
•
Lead form
Note
This topic documents the default report as it was shipped. To find out if this report has been
customized, contact your report administrator or system administrator.
Related Topics
Run a Report ............................................................................................................................. 132
Export Data to Excel ................................................................................................................... 61
Customizing and Organizing Reports ......................................................................................... 95
Orders Report
Use this report to print orders.
Is data missing from the report?
There are several possible reasons why data that you expect to be in a report does not appear:
•
Security. If you don't have permission in Microsoft Dynamics CRM to view a record, it will not appear in
the report.
•
Data is not entered in Microsoft Dynamics CRM. The person entering data might have left fields
empty.
•
Data does not match the criteria for the report. If you run this report from a list without selecting any
records, the report generates a customer-ready order for each active order record in the system. If you
run this report from within a specific record, the report generates a customer-ready order only for the
record you were working with.
Where the data in this report comes from in Microsoft Dynamics CRM
•
104
Order form
2011 User's Guide: Customizing and Organizing Reports
Note
This topic documents the default report as it was shipped. To find out if this report has been
customized, contact your report administrator or system administrator.
Related Topics
Customizing and Organizing Reports ......................................................................................... 95
Completing Sales Transactions ................................................................................................ 340
Work with Orders ...................................................................................................................... 352
Quotes Report
Use this report to print quotes.
Is data missing from the report?
There are several possible reasons why data that you expect to be in a report does not appear:
•
Security. If you don't have permission in Microsoft Dynamics CRM to view a record, it will not appear in
the report.
•
Data is not entered in Microsoft Dynamics CRM. The person entering data might have left fields
empty.
•
Data does not match the criteria for the report. If you run this report from a list without selecting any
records, the report generates a customer-ready quote for each quote record in the system. If you run this
report from within a specific record, the report generates a customer-ready quote only for the record you
were working with.
Where the data in this report comes from in Microsoft Dynamics CRM
•
Quote form
Note
This topic documents the default report as it was shipped. To find out if this report has been
customized, contact your report administrator or system administrator.
Related Topics
Creating and Using Workflows ................................................................................................. 223
Run a Report............................................................................................................................. 132
Export Data to Excel ................................................................................................................... 61
Customizing and Organizing Reports ......................................................................................... 95
Completing Sales Transactions ................................................................................................ 340
Work with Quotes ..................................................................................................................... 340
105
2011 User's Guide: Customizing and Organizing Reports
Sales Pipeline Report
Use this report to see anticipated potential sales. The report displays a chart of potential sales grouped by
user, sales territory, customer territory, date, products, rating, or sales stage.
Note
Opportunities (potential sales) can be filtered based on the sales stages the opportunities are in. The
sales process with stages can be implemented using a workflow (process). For more information, see
Creating a sales process with stages using a workflow.
Is data missing from the report?
There are several possible reasons why data that you expect to be in a report does not appear:
•
Security. If you don't have permission in Microsoft Dynamics CRM to view a record, it will not appear in
the report.
•
Data is not entered in Microsoft Dynamics CRM. The person entering data might have left fields
empty.
•
Data does not match the criteria for the report. If you group by product, this report cannot display
user provided revenue from opportunities.
Where the data in this report comes from in Microsoft Dynamics CRM
•
Opportunity form
•
Territory form
Note
This topic documents the default report as it was shipped. To find out if this report has been
customized, contact your report administrator or system administrator.
Related Topics
Creating and Using Workflows .................................................................................................. 223
Customizing and Organizing Reports ......................................................................................... 95
Sales History Report
Use this report to view a history of sales performance by sales representative. The report displays a chart of
both lost and earned revenue. The report uses data only from the closed opportunities, and calculates the
earned revenue from Won opportunities and the lost revenue from the lost opportunities.
Is data missing from the report?
There are several possible reasons why data that you expect to be in a report does not appear:
•
Security. If you don't have permission in Microsoft Dynamics CRM to view a record, it will not appear in
the report.
•
Data is not entered in Microsoft Dynamics CRM. The person entering data might have left fields
empty.
Where the data in this report comes from in Microsoft Dynamics CRM
106
2011 User's Guide: Neglected Accounts Report
•
Account form
•
Contact form
•
Opportunity form
Note
This topic documents the default report as it was shipped. To find out if this report has been
customized, contact your report administrator or system administrator.
Related Topics
Run a Report............................................................................................................................. 132
Export Data to Excel ................................................................................................................... 61
Customizing and Organizing Reports ......................................................................................... 95
Neglected Accounts Report
Use this report to identify accounts that have not been contacted recently. The report displays a chart with
accounts that have had no activities completed in a specified number of days.
Is data missing from the report?
There are several possible reasons why data that you expect to be in a report does not appear:
•
Security. If you don't have permission in Microsoft Dynamics CRM to view a record, it will not appear in
the report.
•
Data is not entered in Microsoft Dynamics CRM. The person entering data might have left fields
empty.
•
Data does not match the criteria for the report. By default, this report displays only active accounts,
with no activities or notes, in the number of days specified by the person running the report.
Where the data in this report comes from in Microsoft Dynamics CRM
•
Account form
•
Task form
•
Phone Call form
•
E-mail form
•
Letter form
•
Appointment form
•
Service Activity form
•
Campaign Response form
•
Account form
107
2011 User's Guide: Neglected Accounts Report
Note
This topic documents the default report as it was shipped. To find out if this report has been
customized, contact your report administrator or system administrator.
Related Topics
Run a Report ............................................................................................................................. 132
Export Data to Excel ................................................................................................................... 61
Customizing and Organizing Reports ......................................................................................... 95
Products by Account Report
Use this report to see which products are used by an account. For each account, the report lists the
associated products.
Is data missing from the report?
There are several possible reasons why data that you expect to be in a report does not appear:
•
Security. If you don't have permission in Microsoft Dynamics CRM to view a record, it will not appear in
the report.
•
Data is not entered in Microsoft Dynamics CRM. The person entering data might have left fields
empty.
•
Data does not match the criteria for the report.By default, this report displays only line items for orders
that don't have a status of Canceled, and line items for opportunities that have a status of Won.
Where the data in this report comes from in Microsoft Dynamics CRM
•
Close Opportunity dialog box
•
Opportunity form
•
Order form
•
Product form
Note
This topic documents the default report as it was shipped. To find out if this report has been
customized, contact your report administrator or system administrator.
Related Topics
Run a Report ............................................................................................................................. 132
Export Data to Excel ................................................................................................................... 61
Customizing and Organizing Reports ......................................................................................... 95
108
2011 User's Guide: Neglected Accounts Report
Products by Contact Report
Use this report to see which products are used by a contact. For each contact, the report lists the associated
products.
Is data missing from the report?
There are several possible reasons why data that you expect to be in a report does not appear:
•
Security. If you don't have permission in Microsoft Dynamics CRM to view a record, it will not appear in
the report.
•
Data is not entered in Microsoft Dynamics CRM. The person entering data might have left fields
empty.
•
Data does not match the criteria for the report.By default, this report displays only line items for orders
that don't have a status of Canceled, and line items for opportunities that have a status of Won.
Where the data in this report comes from in Microsoft Dynamics CRM
•
Close Opportunity dialog box
•
Order form
•
Product form
Note
This topic documents the default report as it was shipped. To find out if this report has been
customized, contact your report administrator or system administrator.
Related Topics
Run a Report............................................................................................................................. 132
Export Data to Excel ................................................................................................................... 61
Customizing and Organizing Reports ......................................................................................... 95
Marketing
The following default marketing reports are available:
•
Campaign Activity Status Report
•
Campaign Comparison Report
•
Campaign Performance Report
Campaign Activity Status Report
Use this report to track a campaign. The report displays a summary for each campaign activity, including
planned and actual time parameters, parent campaign details, and definition status.
Is data missing from the report?
There are several possible reasons why data that you expect to be in a report does not appear:
109
2011 User's Guide: Neglected Accounts Report
•
Security. If you don't have permission in Microsoft Dynamics CRM to view a record, it will not appear in
the report.
•
Data is not entered in Microsoft Dynamics CRM. The person entering data might have left fields
empty.
•
Data does not match the criteria for the report. By default, this report displays only campaigns with
activities or notes that were created within the dates specified by the person running the report.
Where the data in this report comes from in Microsoft Dynamics CRM
•
Campaigns form
•
Campaign Activity form
Note
This topic documents the default report as it was shipped. To find out if this report has been
customized, contact your report administrator or system administrator.
Related Topics
Run a Report ............................................................................................................................. 132
Export Data to Excel ................................................................................................................... 61
Customizing and Organizing Reports ......................................................................................... 95
Campaign Comparison Report
Use this report to identify your most and least successful campaigns. The report compares two campaigns
based on parameters such as cost effectiveness and number of responses.
Is data missing from the report?
There are several possible reasons why data that you expect to be in a report does not appear:
•
Security. If you don't have permission in Microsoft Dynamics CRM to view a record, it will not appear in
the report.
•
Data is not entered in Microsoft Dynamics CRM. The person entering data might have left fields
empty.
•
Data does not match the criteria for the report. By default, this report displays only data available
based on the two reports you select.
Where the data in this report comes from in Microsoft Dynamics CRM
•
Campaigns form
Note
This topic documents the default report as it was shipped. To find out if this report has been
customized, contact your report administrator or system administrator.
110
2011 User's Guide: Neglected Accounts Report
Related Topics
Run a Report............................................................................................................................. 132
Export Data to Excel ................................................................................................................... 61
Customizing and Organizing Reports ......................................................................................... 95
Campaign Performance Report
Use this report to track the progress and status of your campaigns. The report provides a detailed view,
including all the dates, targets, definitions, responses, and financial returns from each campaign.
Is data missing from the report?
There are several possible reasons why data that you expect to be in a report does not appear:
•
Security. If you don't have permission in Microsoft Dynamics CRM to view a record, it will not appear in
the report.
•
Data is not entered in Microsoft Dynamics CRM. The person entering data might have left fields
empty.
•
Data does not match the criteria for the report. By default, this report displays only campaigns
modified in the last 30 days.
Where the data in this report comes from in Microsoft Dynamics CRM
•
Campaign Activity form
•
Campaigns form
•
Marketing List form
•
Product form
•
Sales Literature form
Note
This topic documents the default report as it was shipped. To find out if this report has been
customized, contact your report administrator or system administrator.
Related Topics
Run a Report............................................................................................................................. 132
Export Data to Excel ................................................................................................................... 61
Customizing and Organizing Reports ......................................................................................... 95
Service
The following default service reports are available:
•
Case Summary Table Report
111
2011 User's Guide: Neglected Accounts Report
Use this report to find out what kind of cases are being opened and resolved. You can select how data is
grouped in both the rows and columns in this report. This report provides a chart of cases, organized by
status reason, owner, priority, subject, customer, or product.
•
Neglected Cases Report
Use this report to identify cases that have not been contacted recently. The report displays a chart of
cases that have had no changes to activities, notes, or the case itself in the specified number of days,
and no scheduled activities.
•
Service Activity Volume Report
Use this report to review the patterns in service activity volume. The report displays either the duration of
or number of service activities, grouped by services, resources, time periods, and additional criteria.
•
Top Knowledge Base Articles Report
Use this report to identify the most frequently used articles. The report displays a chart grouped by the
subject of the article or case, or by the product associated with the case.
Administrative
The following default administrative report is available:
•
User Summary Report
Use this report to identify contact information and Microsoft Dynamics CRM security roles for all Microsoft
Dynamics CRM users.
Is data missing from the report?
There are several possible reasons why data that you expect to be in a report does not appear:
•
Security. If you don't have permission in Microsoft Dynamics CRM to view a record, it will not appear in
the report.
•
Data is not entered in Microsoft Dynamics CRM. The person entering data might have left fields
empty.
•
Data does not match the criteria for the report.If data does not match the criteria for the report, it won't
be displayed.
Where the data in this report comes from in Microsoft Dynamics CRM
•
Users form
Note
This topic documents the default report as it was shipped. To find out if this report has been
customized, contact your report administrator or system administrator.
Related Topics
Run a Report ............................................................................................................................. 132
Customizing and Organizing Reports ......................................................................................... 95
112
2011 User's Guide: Neglected Accounts Report
Write a Report Using Report-Writing Tools
You can use any ODBC-compliant application to read data directly from the Microsoft Dynamics CRM
database. When possible, using built-in reporting tools is easier than using the other ways mentioned in this
topic. Recommended alternatives:
•
Export Data to Excel (on page 61)
•
Create Customer-Ready Documents and Messages (on page 164)
•
Create, Edit, or Copy a Report Using the Report Wizard
Export Data to Excel
You can export any list to Microsoft Office Excel, including the results of an Advanced Find search.
You can export to a static or dynamic Excel worksheet or to a PivotTable.
Create Customer-Ready Documents and Messages
There are two main methods of creating customer-ready documents: mail merge and direct e-mail. With mail
merge, you can use Microsoft Office Word and Microsoft Office Word templates to create letters, faxes,
envelopes, and e-mail messages. With direct e-mail, you can send a mass mailing of the same message
using Microsoft Dynamics CRM e-mail templates to multiple e-mail recipients. This is also known as sending
bulk e-mail.
Create, Edit, or Copy a Report Using the Report Wizard
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Report Permissions
How to determine which record types have the data you need
There is one record type for each type of data, such as accounts, contacts, or services.
In addition, there are separate record types for:
•
Notes. Every note and attachment is stored as a separate record in the Notes record type.
•
Close activities. Whenever you close an opportunity, quote or order, an activity is created that tracks the
reason for closing the record. These are stored respectively in the Opportunity Close Activity, Quote
Close Activity, and Order Close Activity record types. When you close a case, the data is stored in the
Case Resolution Activity.
If your report includes data from communication activities, you have two options:
•
If you want data about multiple types of communication activities in one report such as the activity
subjects and due dates for all types of activities, use the Activity record type.
•
If you need specific information about a specific type of activity, such as the recipients, use the Task, Email Message, Fax, Appointment, Letter, or Phone Call record type.
Tip:
113
2011 User's Guide: Neglected Accounts Report
•
While you are creating your report, keep a window open showing a record from the data type you are
including in your report. It will help you determine which columns to include.
All reports that are created using the Report Wizard are Fetch-based reports.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Workplace, and then under My Work, click Reports.
2. To add a new report, on the Reports tab, in the Records group, click New.
3. In the Report: New dialog box, in the Report Type list, click Report Wizard Report, and then click
Report Wizard.
You can only use the Report Wizard to edit reports that were created with the wizard.
4. Select a starting point for your report.
a. To create a new report, select Start a new report.
- OR To start from a copy of an existing report, select Start from an existing report, select the report, and
also clear the Overwrite existing report check box.
- OR To edit an existing report, select Start from an existing report, select the report, and check the
Overwrite existing report check box.
b. If multiple languages are installed, select the language to use for column names, record types, and
wizard-generated text in the report.
c. Click Next.
5. Enter the name of the report, and specify which record types the report will use.
The purpose of this step is to identify where the data in the report comes from. You can include data from
one or two record types, plus data from related records.
a. Enter data in each field:
Report name. This value will be displayed on the Reports
menu and in the Reports area.
Primary record type. Data from all fields in this record type and related record types will be
available when you are defining criteria for which records to include. Data from this record type will
be available when you are selecting fields to display.
Related record type. If you need to display data from a related record type, select an additional
record type here.
Tip: If you don't need data from a related record type, don't select one, as it makes the report take
longer to load.
b. Click Next.
6. Specify which records to include.
The purpose of this step is to determine which records are included in your report. This information is
saved as the default filter for the report.
You can select criteria based on the selected record types or on columns from related records.
114
2011 User's Guide: Neglected Accounts Report
a. To include only records defined by an existing system view or saved view, select a view.
- OR To define which records to include by selecting criteria:
To add a criteria row:
1. Click Select, and specify the field to filter on.
2. Click the query relational operator, and select an operator.
3. Click Enter Value, and enter a value to filter on. For some values, you can click the Select or
change the values for this field button
the value you want.
to open the Select Values dialog box and select
To group criteria, you must select two or more rows for the same record type. For example, Sales
Stage and Est. Revenue are both field values in the Opportunity record type and two rows that
specify filter criteria for these fields can be grouped. However, rows with field values from different
record types, such as Account and Opportunity record types, cannot be grouped.
b. For each row you want to group, click the Select Row button
Row.
for that row, and then click Select
1. On the Filter toolbar, select Group AND or Group OR.
2. To remove a row from a group, click the Options menu button
Delete.
3. To select a group, click the Options menu button
for that row, and then click
for that group, and then click Select Group.
4. To add a criteria clause to a group, click the Options menu button
for that group, click Add
Clause, and then select the field, query relational operator, and value.
5. To unselect a group that has been previously selected, click the Options menu button
group, and then click Deselect Group.
6. To ungroup a group, click the Options menu button
for that
for that group, and then click Ungroup.
7. To change a Group AND group to a Group OR group, or a Group OR group to a Group AND
group, click the Options menu button
for that group, and then click Change to OR or
Change to AND.
c. Click Next.
7. Organize and lay out your data.
The purpose of this step is to determine which columns to include, the order in which they are displayed,
and whether to group data into subcategories. At a minimum, a report just includes columns. By grouping
and summarizing the data, you make it easier to see the patterns.
For example, your report could use one level of grouping to group opportunities by salesperson, or add a
second level of grouping to show each quarter's opportunities, or add a third level to show the percentage
won and lost in each quarter.
To use a chart in your report, if your report has no grouping, you must select at least one numeric
column. If your report uses grouping, you must select at least one numeric column with a summary type
defined.
115
2011 User's Guide: Neglected Accounts Report
a. Define how to organize the report:
To group items so that they are organized together in the report by date or other common properties:
1. For each grouping level you need, click Click here to add a grouping.
2. Define the grouping:
Record type. You can select records from the primary record type you selected, and from any
related record types. If you selected a secondary record type, you can also select records from the
secondary record type and its related records types.
Column. The name of the Microsoft Dynamics CRM field that contains the data to define the
grouping.
Time interval. For datetime fields, group the data by Month, Day, Week, or Year.
Sort order. Sort order for displaying the groups.
Column width. Width of the column heading in pixels.
Summary type. You can group records by a count of matching records.
3. To reorder the grouping levels, use the up and down arrows in the Common Tasks section.
4. Click OK.
To define the sort order within each group, click Configure Sorting, select a column and sort order,
and then click OK.
To limit reports to groups with the highest or lowest values, click Set Top or Bottom Number:
1. Select Top or Bottom.
2. Select the number of groups to display.
3. Click OK.
c. Define which COLUMNS to display in the report. You can display columns that show data from a
record, or columns that show summary information:
1. For each column you want to include, click Click here to add a column:
116
Record type. You can select records from the primary record type you selected, and from
any related record types. If you selected a secondary record type, you can also select
records from the secondary record type and its related records types.
Column. The name of the Microsoft Dynamics CRM field that contains the data to display or
summarize.
Data type. The data type of the column, one of: primarykey, nvarchar, picklist, bit, decimal,
int, float, money, ntext, datetime, owner, lookup.
Name. The name used in the database.
Column width. The width in pixels of the column.
Summary type. The specific type of summaries available depends on the data type of the
column.
None: lookup, datetime, owner, picklist, bit, ntext
2011 User's Guide: Neglected Accounts Report
Average, Maximum, Minimum, Percent of Total, Sum: all numeric record types (decimal,
int, float, money)
Use the left and right arrows to reorganize the columns.
2. Click OK.
d. Click Next.
8. Select whether to use a chart in the report.
The purpose of this step is to determine whether to use a chart, and which type of chart to use.
a. Select whether to include a chart:
Table only. This provides a table grouped and sorted as you specified.
Chart and table. Displays both a chart and table.
Show table below the chart on same page. Clicking on the chart does nothing.
Show chart. To view data for a chart region, click the chart region. Clicking on an area in
the chart will display a table with details for that section of the chart.
b. Click Next.
9. If the report includes a chart, format the chart.
The purpose of this step is to specify the type of chart, and how the data is displayed in the chart.
a. Select the chart type, and then click Next.
The Chart preview area shows how the data will be displayed.
For vertical and horizontal bar charts and line charts, specify which data to display on each axis:
In the Format Column (X) Axis section, select the field to use for the X axis, and the label that is
displayed on the chart for the field.
In the Format Value (Y) Axis section, you can select two fields. For each field, you can specify the
label that is displayed on the chart.
In the Format Labels and Legends section, specify whether or not to show the data labels and a
legend.
For pie charts, specify the slices and values for the chart.
For slices, you must select one of the groupings in your report.
For values, you must select a numeric column with a summary type.
b. Click Next.
10. Review the summary of the report, click Next, and then click Finish.
11. Determine where the report can be run from.
When you finish defining the report, you return to the Report form, where you can update the name and
description of the report, and determine where the report is displayed:
Categories
117
2011 User's Guide: Neglected Accounts Report
To specify the categories to include in this report, click the Select or change the values for this
, and then select the categories. More information: System Settings Dialog Box field button
Reporting Tab
By default, a new report is not put into any category. If you want the report to be included in the category
views in the Reports area, such as the Marketing Reports view, add a category in the Categories box.
Related Record Types
To have the report appear in the Reports list on a page for specific record types, click the Select or
change the values for this field button
, and then select record types.
For example, if your new report includes data from accounts and activities, select Accounts and
Activities.
Display In
To specify where reports should be visible, click the Select or change the values for this field
button
, and then select one or more options:
Reports area
Report will be displayed in the Reports area.
Forms for related record types
Report will be displayed on the form for the record type that you select in Related Record Types.
Lists for related records types
Report will be displayed from specified list view pages.
If no values are selected, the report will not be visible to end-users. To view or manage reports not
visible to end-users, in the Reports area, select the All Reports, Including Sub-Reports view.
Languages
If your Microsoft Dynamics CRM implementation has multiple languages enabled, specify a language.
The report will be displayed for all users who have selected that language in their personal options.
To make this report available to all users, select All Languages.
Note that this does not change the language used inside the report.
Tip: If you use the Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook with Offline Access, by default all reports that
you own will be available when you are offline. More information: Work with Data to Take Offline
12. Test the report, and modify it if needed.
On the Report toolbar, click Run Report
.
If the report needs modifications, start with step 2 and edit the existing report.
13. Determine who can use the report.
By default, the report is a personal report. This means that you are the only one who can use it.
To share this report with other users, in the Reports area, select the report. Then on the Reports tab,
in the Collaborate group, click Share.
118
2011 User's Guide: Neglected Accounts Report
To make this report available to everyone in the organization, in the Reports area, select the report.
On the Reports tab, in the Records group, click Edit. Then, click the Administration tab, and click
Organization.
To change the owner, in the Reports area, select the report. On the Reports tab, in the Records
group, click Edit. Then, click the Administration tab, and select an owner.
If you use the Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook with Offline Access, by default all reports that you own
will be available when you are offline. More information: Work with Data to Take Offline
Notes
•
To edit an existing Report Wizard report, first select the report. Then, in the Records group,
clickEdit. Finally, click Report Wizard.
•
All reports generated with the Report Wizard print in landscape mode.
•
If you need to change data on the General or Administration tabs for a new report, wait until the
report is saved before making the changes. Any changes on these tabs made before a report is
saved will be ignored.
Use Microsoft Office Excel 2003
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Report Permissions
1. To create a PivotTable, in Excel 2003, on the Data menu, click PivotTable and PivotChart Report.
- OR To create a worksheet, in Excel 2003, on the Data menu, click Import External Data, and then click New
Database Query.
2. Create a new data source for the Microsoft Dynamics CRMdatabase, or if you already have a data
source set up that connects to theMicrosoft Dynamics CRMdatabase, connect to it.
To create a new data source:
a. If you are creating a data source for a PivotTable, in the PivotTable and PivotChart Wizard - Step
1 of 3 dialog box, select External Data Source, click Next, and then click Get Data.
b. In the Choose Data Source dialog box, select <New Data Source>, and then click OK.
c. In the Create New Data Source dialog box, type a name for the data source, and then in the driver
list, select SQL Server.
d. Click Connect.
e. In the SQL Server Login dialog box, in the Server list, select the Microsoft SQL Server or server
instance where the Microsoft Dynamics CRM database is installed, and then click Options.
f.
In the Database box, select Organization_MSCRM, and then click OK three times.
The Query Wizard dialog box opens.
To connect to an existing data source that uses the Microsoft Dynamics CRM database:
119
2011 User's Guide: Neglected Accounts Report
a. If you are creating a data source for a PivotTable, in the PivotTable and PivotChart Wizard - Step
1 of 3 dialog box, select External Data Source, click Next, and then click Get Data.
b. Select an existing data source that uses the Microsoft Dynamics CRM database, and then click OK.
3. In the Query Wizard Available tables and columns list dialog box, select filtered views that start with
the prefix Filtered
You can select columns within each filtered view, and select multiple filtered views.
Caution To integrate with built-in security, only include filtered views in your query. If you connect directly
to a database table, the spreadsheet may fail to return data for other users.
4. Continue with the Query Wizard. For more information about the Query Wizard, click the Help button to
open Microsoft Query Help. For more information about importing external data to Excel, search for
"import external data" in Excel Help.
5. For PivotTables, in the PivotTable and PivotChart Wizard - Step 2 of 3 dialog box, click Next, and then
click Finish. Then drag the fields as needed to your PivotTable.
Tip
To share your new file with other users, do one of the following:
•
Add your file as a report in Microsoft Dynamics CRM, and select the report. On the Reports tab,
in the Collaborate group, click Share, and specify users with whom to share the report.
•
If the report would be useful for all users, add your file as a report in Microsoft Dynamics CRM,
and ask your system administrator to make it available to the organization. If you have the
appropriate permissions:
a. In the list of reports, select the report.
b. On the Reports tab, in the Records group, click Edit.
c.
On the Actions
menu, click Make Report Available to Organization.
Put the report in a shared file system.
E-mail the report to other Microsoft Dynamics CRM users in the same domain.
Related Topics
Running Reports and Analyzing Data ......................................................................................... 95
Write a Report Using Report-Writing Tools ............................................................................... 112
Customizing and Organizing Reports.......................................................................................... 95
Use Microsoft Office Excel 2007
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Report Permissions
1. In Excel 2007 or Microsoft Excel 2010, on the Data tab, in the Get External Data group, click From
Other Sources, and then click From Microsoft Query.
120
2011 User's Guide: Neglected Accounts Report
2. In the Choose Data Source dialog box, select <New Data Source>, and then click OK.
3. In the Create New Data Source dialog box, type a name for the data source, and then in the driver list,
select SQL Server.
4. Click Connect.
5. In the SQL Server Login dialog box, in the Server list, select the Microsoft SQL Server or server
instance where the Microsoft Dynamics CRM database is installed, and then click Options.
6. In the Database box, select Organization_MSCRM, and then click OK three times.
The Query Wizard - Choose Columns dialog box opens.
7. In the Query Wizard - Choose Columns dialog box, select filtered views that start with the prefix
Filtered.
You can select columns within each filtered view, and select multiple filtered views.
Caution To integrate with built-in security, only include filtered views in your query. If you connect directly
to a database table, the spreadsheet may fail to return data for other users.
8. Continue with the Query Wizard. For more information about the Query Wizard, click the Help button to
open Microsoft Query Help. For more information about importing external data to Excel, search for
"import external data" in Excel Help.
Tip
To share your new file with other users, do one of the following:
•
Add your file as a report in Microsoft Dynamics CRM, and select the report. On the Reports tab,
in the Collaborate group, click Share, and specify users with whom to share the report.
•
If the report would be useful for all users, add your file as a report in Microsoft Dynamics CRM,
and ask your system administrator to make it available to the organization. If you have the
appropriate permissions:
d. In the list of reports, select the report.
e. On the Reports tab, in the Records group, click Edit.
f.
On the Actions
menu, click Make Report Available to Organization.
Put the report in a shared file system.
E-mail the report to other Microsoft Dynamics CRM users in the same domain.
Related Topics
Running Reports and Analyzing Data ......................................................................................... 95
Write a Report Using Report-Writing Tools............................................................................... 112
Customizing and Organizing Reports ......................................................................................... 95
Use Microsoft Office Word 2003
Can I do this task?
121
2011 User's Guide: Neglected Accounts Report
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Report Permissions
There are several ways you can merge Microsoft Dynamics CRM data into Microsoft Word 2003. If you use
Microsoft Word 2007, you can also use mail merge from Microsoft Dynamics CRM and from Microsoft
Dynamics CRM for Outlook.
•
Export a list, such as the results of an Advanced Find search, into a dynamic or static Microsoft Office
Excel file, and use the Excel file as the data source for a Microsoft Word 2003 mail merge. This does not
create a Microsoft Dynamics CRM activity for each merged record. More information: Export Data to
Excel (on page 61)
•
From Microsoft Word 2003, read data directly from the Microsoft Dynamics CRM database. This does not
create a Microsoft Dynamics CRM activity for each merged record. This method is described in this topic.
1. In Microsoft Office Word, on the Tools menu, point to Letters and Mailings, and then click Mail Merge.
Follow the instructions in steps 1 and 2 of the Mail Merge pane.
2. In step 3 of the Mail Merge instructions, select Use an existing list, and then click Browse.
3. Click New SQL Server connection.odc, and then click Open.
4. In the Server name box, type the name of the server where the Microsoft Dynamics CRM database is
stored, and then click Next.
5. In the database list, select the Organization_MSCRM database.
6. In the Name column, select a filtered view that starts with the prefix Filtered.
7. Click Next, and then click Finish.
8. Complete the mail merge by following the remaining steps in the Microsoft Office Word Mail Merge pane.
Tip
To share your new file with other users, do one of the following:
•
Add your file as a report in Microsoft Dynamics CRM, and select the report. On the Reports tab,
in the Collaborate group, click Share, and specify users with whom to share the report.
•
If the report would be useful for all users, add your file as a report in Microsoft Dynamics CRM,
and ask your system administrator to make it available to the organization. If you have the
appropriate permissions:
g. In the list of reports, select the report.
h. On the Reports tab, in the Records group, click Edit.
i.
On the Actions
menu, click Make Report Available to Organization.
Put the report in a shared file system.
122
E-mail the report to other Microsoft Dynamics CRM users in the same domain.
2011 User's Guide: Neglected Accounts Report
Related Topics
Create Customer-Ready Documents and Messages ............................................................... 164
Running Reports and Analyzing Data ......................................................................................... 95
Write a Report Using Report-Writing Tools............................................................................... 112
Customizing and Organizing Reports ......................................................................................... 95
Use Microsoft Office Word 2007
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Report Permissions
1. In Word, on the Mailings tab, in the Start Mail Merge group, click Start Mail Merge.
2. Click Step by Step Mail Merge Wizard.
3. Follow the instructions in steps 1 and 2 of the Mail Merge pane.
4. In step 3 of the Mail Merge instructions, select Use an existing list, and then click Browse.
5. Click New SQL Server Connection.odc, and then click Open.
6. In the Server name box, type the name of the server where the Microsoft Dynamics CRM database is
stored, and then click Next.
7. In the database list, select the Organization_MSCRM database.
8. In the Name column, select a filtered view that starts with the prefix Filtered.
9. Click Next, and then click Finish.
10. Complete the mail merge by following the remaining steps in the Microsoft Office Word Mail Merge pane.
Here are some other ways you can merge Microsoft Dynamics CRM data into Microsoft Word 2007 or
Microsoft Word 2010.
•
From a list of records, such as the results of an Advanced Find search, use mail merge to merge the data
into Word 2007 or Word 2010. You can create letters or e-mail activities for each record in the list. More
information: Create Customer-Ready Documents and Messages (on page 164)
•
From Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook, mail merge data from a list. You can create letters or e-mail
activities for each record in the list. More information: Create Customer-Ready Documents and Messages
(on page 164)
•
Export a list, such as the results of an Advanced Find search, into a dynamic or static Microsoft Office
Excel file, and use the Excel file as the data source for a Microsoft Word 2007 or Microsoft Word 2010
mail merge. This does not create a Microsoft Dynamics CRM activity for each merged record. More
information: Export Data to Excel (on page 61)
Tip
To share your new file with other users, do one of the following:
123
2011 User's Guide: Neglected Accounts Report
•
Add your file as a report in Microsoft Dynamics CRM, and select the report. On the Reports tab,
in the Collaborate group, click Share, and specify users with whom to share the report.
•
If the report would be useful for all users, add your file as a report in Microsoft Dynamics CRM,
and ask your system administrator to make it available to the organization. If you have the
appropriate permissions:
a. In the list of reports, select the report.
b. On the Reports tab, in the Records group, click Edit.
c.
On the Actions
menu, click Make Report Available to Organization.
Put the report in a shared file system.
E-mail the report to other Microsoft Dynamics CRM users in the same domain.
Related Topics
Create Customer-Ready Documents and Messages ................................................................ 164
Running Reports and Analyzing Data ......................................................................................... 95
Write a Report Using Report-Writing Tools ............................................................................... 112
Customizing and Organizing Reports.......................................................................................... 95
Use another report-writing tool
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Report Permissions
1. Read the online Help for the application that you are using to determine how to read external data from a
Microsoft SQL Server database.
2. When selecting the data source, choose the SQL Server instance used by Microsoft Dynamics CRM and
the Organization_MSCRM database.
3. Select filtered views that start with the prefix Filtered and any fields from the filtered views that you want
in your report.
Tip
To share your new file with other users, do one of the following:
•
Add your file as a report in Microsoft Dynamics CRM, and select the report. On the Reports tab,
in the Collaborate group, click Share, and specify users with whom to share the report.
•
If the report would be useful for all users, add your file as a report in Microsoft Dynamics CRM,
and ask your system administrator to make it available to the organization. If you have the
appropriate permissions:
a. In the list of reports, select the report.
b. On the Reports tab, in the Records group, click Edit.
c.
124
On the Actions
menu, click Make Report Available to Organization.
2011 User's Guide: Neglected Accounts Report
Put the report in a shared file system.
E-mail the report to other Microsoft Dynamics CRM users in the same domain.
Related Topics
Running Reports and Analyzing Data ......................................................................................... 95
Customizing and Organizing Reports ......................................................................................... 95
Write a Report Using Report-Writing Tools............................................................................... 112
Edit a default report or create a SQL-based Reporting Services report
Can I do this task?
This task requires the System Administrator or System Customizer security role or equivalent permissions.
More information about specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Report Permissions
The default reports in Microsoft Dynamics CRM are all SQL-based Reporting Services reports. Default
reports cannot be edited with the Report Wizard. To edit the default reports other than ones created by using
the Report Wizard, you need a report development environment:
How to set up a report development environment
Install the required components on your computer:
Microsoft Visual Studio, or any product that uses the Visual Studio .NET integrated development
environment (such as Microsoft Visual Basic .NET).
Reporting Services Report Designer
Reporting Services Report Designer 2005 can be installed from the Microsoft SQL Server 2005 CD,
and requires Visual Studio .NET 2005.
Make sure a security role assigned to your account includes the Publish Reports and Add Reporting
Services Reports privileges.
In addition to the required components, the following documentation is helpful:
Reporting for Microsoft Dynamics CRM Using Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services section of the
Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2011 Software Development Kit. More information: Writing Reporting
Services Reports (Microsoft Dynamics CRM SDK) (see Reporting Using Microsoft SQL Server
Reporting Services (Microsoft Dynamics CRM SDK) - http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=199502)
Reporting Services Books Online provides help for Reporting Services. More information: SQL Server
2005 Reporting Services Books Online (see <ms_SQL_Server_2008_short> Reporting Services
Books Online - http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=98256)
1. Identify the existing report that is closest in design to your new report.
2. Download the report from Microsoft Dynamics CRM to a computer that is set up with the report
development environment.
a. In the Navigation Pane, click Workplace, and then under My Work, click Reports.
125
2011 User's Guide: Neglected Accounts Report
g. On the Reports tab, in the Records group, click Edit.
h. On the Actions
menu, click Download Report.
The RDL file for the report contains tags that specify whether the report is a Fetch-based report or
an SQL-based report.
i.
Click Save, and specify the location in which to save the file. If you are creating a new report rather
than modifying a report, rename the file.
j.
In the Download Complete dialog box, click Close.
3. In a product using the Visual Studio integrated development environment (IDE), open the report, and
make the required changes.
If you are making major changes, first read Reporting Using Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services
(Microsoft Dynamics CRM SDK) (see Reporting Using Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services
(Microsoft Dynamics CRM SDK) - http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=199502).
4. Add the report to Microsoft Dynamics CRM.
a. In the Microsoft Dynamics CRM Reports area, click New.
k. In the Report Type box, select Existing File.
l.
In the File Location box, click Browse to locate the dynamic or static file, and then click Open.
m. Specify the properties for the report on the General tab:
Name
The name for the report that is shown in the Reports area.
Description
The description that is displayed in the Reports area.
Parent Report
Displays the parent report of the current report, if one exists.
Categories
To specify the categories to include in this report, click the Select or change the values for this
field button
, and then select the categories. More information: System Settings Dialog Box Reporting Tab
Related Record Types
To have the report appear in the Reports list on a page for specific record types, click the Select or
change the values for this field button
, and then select record types.
For example, if your new report includes data from accounts and activities, select Accounts and
Activities.
Display In
To specify where reports should be visible, click the Select or change the values for this field
button
126
, and then select one or more options:
2011 User's Guide: Neglected Accounts Report
Reports area
Report will be displayed in the Reports area.
Forms for related record types
Report will be displayed on the form for the record type that you select in Related Record Types.
If the report is enabled for prefiltering, from the record, users can specify running the report on the
current record.
Lists for related records types
Report will be displayed from specified list view pages.
If the report has prefiltering enabled, from the list view, users can specify running the report on
selected records.
If no values are selected, the report will not be visible to end-users. To view or manage reports not
visible to end-users, in the Reports area, select the All Reports, Including Sub-Reports view.
Languages
If your Microsoft Dynamics CRM implementation has multiple languages enabled, specify a language.
The report will be displayed for all users who have selected that language in their personal options.
To make this report available to all users, select All Languages.
Note that this does not change the language used inside the report.
n. Edit the report ownership information on the Administration tab:
Owner
The owner of the report. This option is only available if you have Assign permission for the report.
Viewable By
Select Individual to make the report viewable only by the owner and anyone the owner shares the
report with. Select Organization to make the report organization-owned, and to make it viewable by
anyone in the organization.
o. Click Save.
p. To modify the filter for the report, on the Actions toolbar, click Actions, and then click Edit Default
Filter.
Tips
To share your new file with other users, do one of the following:
•
Add your file as a report in Microsoft Dynamics CRM, and select the report. On the Reports tab,
in the Collaborate group, click Share, and specify users with whom to share the report.
•
If the report would be useful for all users, add your file as a report in Microsoft Dynamics CRM,
and ask your system administrator to make it available to the organization. If you have the
appropriate permissions:
d. In the list of reports, select the report.
e. On the Reports tab, in the Records group, click Edit.
f.
On the Actions
menu, click Make Report Available to Organization.
127
2011 User's Guide: Neglected Accounts Report
Put the report in a shared file system.
•
E-mail the report to other Microsoft Dynamics CRM users in the same domain.
If you don't want users to run the base report you started from:
a. In the Reports area, select the base report.
b. In the Records group, click Edit.
c.
On the Actions
menu, click Revert to Personal Report.
Related Topics
Running Reports and Analyzing Data ........................................................................................ 95
Customizing and Organizing Reports ......................................................................................... 95
Write a Report Using Report-Writing Tools .............................................................................. 112
Create a Custom Fetch-Based Reporting Services Report
Can I do this task?
This task requires the System Administrator or System Customizer security role or equivalent permissions.
More information about specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Report Permissions
All reports created by using the Report Wizard are Fetch-based reports. These reports provide basic report
authoring capabilities. However, to create complex reports (such as drill-through reports or sub reports) or to
change the layout and formatting of reports, create a custom Fetch-based report using the Business
Intelligence Development Studio. To create a complex report, you need a report development environment:
How to set up a report development environment
Install the required components on your computer:
•
Microsoft Visual Studio, or any product that uses the Visual Studio .NET integrated development
environment (such as Microsoft Visual Basic .NET).
•
Business Intelligence Development Studio. You can install Business Intelligence Development Studio
from the Microsoft SQL Server 2008 CD. Business Intelligence Development Studio requires Visual
Studio .NET 2008.
•
Microsoft Dynamics CRM Report Authoring Extension
Microsoft Dynamics CRM Report Authoring Extension can be installed from the Microsoft Dynamics
CRM Server Setup DVD or from the Download Microsoft Dynamics CRM Report Authoring Extension
page http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=199124. Microsoft Dynamics CRM Report Authoring
Extension is required to author Fetch-based reports by using BI Development Studio. For more
information about installing Microsoft Dynamics CRM Report Authoring Extension, see Download
Microsoft Dynamics CRM Report Authoring Extension http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=199124.
•
128
Microsoft Dynamics CRM Reporting Extensions
2011 User's Guide: Neglected Accounts Report
Microsoft Dynamics CRM Reporting Extensions can be installed from the Microsoft Dynamics CRM
Server Setup DVD. Microsoft Dynamics CRM Reporting Extensions is required to create, run, and
schedule Fetch-based reports in Microsoft Dynamics CRM. For more information about installing
Microsoft Dynamics CRM Reporting Extensions, see the Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2011
Implementation Guide.
•
Make sure a security role assigned to your account includes the Publish Reports and Add Reporting
Services Reports privileges.
In addition to the required components, the following documentation is helpful:
•
Reporting for Microsoft Dynamics CRM Using Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services section of
the Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2011 Software Development Kit. More information: Reporting Using
Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services (Microsoft Dynamics CRM SDK) (see Reporting Using
Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services (Microsoft Dynamics CRM SDK) http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=199502)
•
Reporting Services Books Online provides help for Reporting Services. More information:
<ms_SQL_Server_2008_short> Reporting Services Books Online (see
<ms_SQL_Server_2008_short> Reporting Services Books Online http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=98256)
1. Open Business Intelligence Development Studio.
2. Create a report server project. For more information, see How to: Create a Report Server Project (see
How to: Create a Report Server Project - http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=192208).
3. In Solution Explorer, right-click the Reports folder, and then click Add New Report.
The Report Wizard opens.
4. On the Welcome to the Report Wizard page, click Next.
5. On the Select the Data Source page, click New Data Source, and then specify the following details:
Name. Type a name for the data source.
Type. Select Microsoft Dynamics CRM Fetch as the data source type.
Connection string. Type the connection string for the data source.
The connection string should be: <ServerURL>;<OrganizationUniqueName>;<HomeRealmURL>
In this connection string, only <ServerURL> is mandatory.
Note
To find the organization unique name, in the Navigation Pane, click Settings, click
Customizations, and then click Developer Resources.
If an organization name is not specified, the first organization that the user (who is running this query)
belongs to is used. If the home realm URL is not specified, the value is retrieved from the registry
value "HKLM\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\MSCRMBidsExtensions\HomeRealmUrl".
6. Click Next.
7. Specify the credentials to connect to Microsoft Dynamics CRM Server 2011, and then click OK.
129
2011 User's Guide: Neglected Accounts Report
8. On the Design the Query page, type the Microsoft Dynamics CRM Report Authoring Extension query to
use for the report.
You can either filter records using Advanced Find in Microsoft Dynamics CRM, and use that query here,
or you can write your own query. To obtain a query from Microsoft Dynamics CRM, use Advanced Find to
find the records, and then click Download Fetch XML. Paste the query from the downloaded file in the
query area.
Note
Microsoft Dynamics CRM Report Authoring Extension queries do not support using "Managed
Property" as a data type attribute.
9. Click Next.
10. Select whether you want to create a tabular report or a matrix report.
11. Design the report.
12. Select a style to apply to the report, and then click Next.
13. Verify the the fields that you want will be included in the report, and then name the report.
For more information about creating Fetch-based reports in Microsoft Dynamics CRM, see Create, Edit,
or Copy a Report Using the Report Wizard. For detailed information about using the Report Wizard in
Business Intelligence Development Studio to create reports, see Creating a Report Using Report Wizard
(see Creating Reports with Report Designer - http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=192209) and How to:
Create a Report (Reporting Services) (see How to: Create a Report (Reporting Services) http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=192210).
14. Add the report to Microsoft Dynamics CRM.
a. In the Microsoft Dynamics CRM Reports area, click New.
b. In the Report Type box, select Existing File.
c. In the File Location box, click Browse to locate the dynamic or static file, and then click Open.
d. Specify the properties for the report on the General tab:
Name
The name for the report that is shown in the Reports area.
Description
The description that is displayed in the Reports area.
Parent Report
Displays the parent report of the current report, if one exists.
Categories
To specify the categories to include in this report, click the Select or change the values for this
field button
, and then select the categories. More information: System Settings Dialog Box Reporting Tab
Related Record Types
130
2011 User's Guide: Neglected Accounts Report
To have the report appear in the Reports list on a page for specific record types, click the Select or
change the values for this field button
, and then select record types.
For example, if your new report includes data from accounts and activities, select Accounts and
Activities.
Display In
To specify where reports should be visible, click the Select or change the values for this field
button
, and then select one or more options:
Reports area
Report will be displayed in the Reports area.
Forms for related record types
Report will be displayed on the form for the record type that you select in Related Record Types.
If the report is enabled for prefiltering, from the record, users can specify running the report on the
current record.
Lists for related records types
Report will be displayed from specified list view pages.
If the report has prefiltering enabled, from the list view, users can specify running the report on
selected records.
If no values are selected, the report will not be visible to end-users. To view or manage reports not
visible to end-users, in the Reports area, select the All Reports, Including Sub-Reports view.
Languages
If your Microsoft Dynamics CRM implementation has multiple languages enabled, specify a language.
The report will be displayed for all users who have selected that language in their personal options.
To make this report available to all users, select All Languages.
Note that this does not change the language used inside the report.
e. Edit the report ownership information on the Administration tab:
Owner
The owner of the report. This option is only available if you have Assign permission for the report.
Viewable By
Select Individual to make the report viewable only by the owner and anyone the owner shares the
report with. Select Organization to make the report organization-owned, and to make it viewable by
anyone in the organization.
f.
Click Save.
g. To modify the filter for the report, on the Actions toolbar, click Actions, and then click Edit Default
Filter.
Tips
To share your new file with other users, do one of the following:
131
2011 User's Guide: Neglected Accounts Report
•
Add your file as a report in Microsoft Dynamics CRM, and select the report. On the Reports tab,
in the Collaborate group, click Share, and specify users with whom to share the report.
•
If the report would be useful for all users, add your file as a report in Microsoft Dynamics CRM,
and ask your system administrator to make it available to the organization. If you have the
appropriate permissions:
a. In the list of reports, select the report.
b. On the Reports tab, in the Records group, click Edit.
c.
On the Actions
menu, click Make Report Available to Organization.
Put the report in a shared file system.
•
E-mail the report to other Microsoft Dynamics CRM users in the same domain.
If you don't want users to run the base report you started from:
a. In the Reports area, select the base report.
b. In the Records group, click Edit.
c.
On the Actions
menu, click Revert to Personal Report.
Related Topics
Running Reports and Analyzing Data ......................................................................................... 95
Customizing and Organizing Reports ......................................................................................... 95
Write a Report Using Report-Writing Tools .............................................................................. 112
Run a Report
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Report Permissions
1. Find and open a report:
From the Reports area
In the Workplace, under My Work, click Reports.
To narrow the list, enter the first few letters of the report name, or use the asterisk (*) wildcard in the
Search box and then click the Find button
. You can also select a view.
In the reports list, double-click the report that you want to run.
If the report has a default filter, the default filter will be displayed. Follow step 2 to change the filter.
Tip: To run a report without seeing the default filter, select the report, and then on the Actions toolbar,
click Actions, and then click Run Report.
From a list of records, including the results of an Advanced Find search
132
2011 User's Guide: Neglected Accounts Report
Only reports that relate to the current record type will be available.
You can run some reports on all records in the list, up to ten selected records, or without limiting the
records as if you were running the report from the Reports area.
To run a report on all records on the list:
a. On the Actions toolbar, click Reports
.
b. Under Run on Selected Records, click the name of the report.
c. In the Select Records dialog box, click All records on all pages in the current view, and then
click Run Report.
To run a report on up to ten selected records from the list:
a. Select the records to include. Select several records by pressing the CTRL key while you click each
record.
b. On the Actions toolbar, click Reports.
c. Under Run on Selected Records, click the name of the report.
d. In the Select Records dialog box, click The selected records, and then click Run Report.
To run a report without limiting records to items on the list:
a. On the Actions toolbar, click Reports.
b. If the report is listed under Run on All Records, select the report.
- OR Under Run on Selected Records, click the name of the report. In the Select Records dialog box,
click All applicable records, and then click Run Report.
- OR If the report you want to run is not listed, you must go to the Reports area to run the report.
From a record
Only reports that relate to the current record type will be available.
To run a report including data from just one record:
a. On the second tab, in the Data group, click Run Report.
b. Under Run on Current Record, click the name of the report.
From Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook
All reports can be run when you are online.
To run a report while you are offline, you must first create a local data group that includes the report, as
well as a local data group that includes any data that should be included in the report.
To create a local data group that contains reports, on the CRM menu, click Modify Local Data Groups,
click New, select the the Report record type, and then define the criteria for which reports to include.
More information: Work with Data to Take Offline
133
2011 User's Guide: Neglected Accounts Report
To run reports from the Reports area, in the Outlook Navigation Pane, under Microsoft Dynamics
CRM, click Workplace, click My Work, click Reports, and then select a report to run.
To select a report from a record or list, follow the procedures above. These steps work the same way
in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook.
From a report you saved locally
If you have saved a report on your computer or shared file system that reads dynamic data from
Microsoft Dynamics CRM, to open it, browse to the folder that contains your saved report, and
double-click the file.
2. If the report offers filter criteria, if needed, modify the filter criteria and then click Run Report.
The list of existing report filtering criteria is grouped by record types that you can use in the filter, such as
Accounts or Contacts. To edit a parameter in simple mode, click the underlined value and enter a new
value.
- OR - To edit the filter criteria in detailed mode:
a. Click Edit Filter.
b. To add a criteria row:
1. Click Select, and specify the field to filter on.
2. Click the query relational operator, and select an operator.
3. Click Enter Value, and enter a value to filter on. For some values, you can click the Select or
change the values for this field button
the value you want.
to open the Select Values dialog box and select
c. To group criteria, you must select two or more rows for the same record type. For example, Sales
Stage and Est. Revenue are both field values in the Opportunity record type and two rows that
specify filter criteria for these fields can be grouped. However, rows with field values from different
record types, such as Account and Opportunity record types, cannot be grouped.
1. For each row you want to group, in detailed mode, click the Options menu button
and then click Select Row.
for that row,
2. On the Filter toolbar, select Group AND or Group OR.
3. To remove a row from a group, click the Options menu button
Delete.
4. To select a group, click the Options menu button
for that row, and then click
for that group, and then click Select Group.
5. To add a criteria clause to a group, click the Options menu button
for that group, click Add
Clause, and then select the field, query relational operator, and value.
6. To unselect a group that has been previously selected, click the Options menu button
group, and then click Deselect Group.
7. To ungroup a group, click the Options menu button
for that
for that group, and then click Ungroup.
8. To change a Group AND group to a Group OR group, or a Group OR group to a Group AND
group, click the Options menu button
for that group, and then click Change to OR or
Change to AND.
134
2011 User's Guide: Neglected Accounts Report
Tips
To clear all criteria and start over, on the Filter toolbar, click Clear, and then click Confirm.
for that row, and then click Delete.
To delete a row, click the Options menu button
To hide a row in simple mode, while you are in detailed mode, click the Options menu button
for that row, and then click Hide in Simple Mode.
If you have a hidden row when viewing filter criteria in simple mode and you want to show that row
again, then in detailed mode, you must click the Options menu button
for that row, and then
click Show in Simple Mode.
You can set your personal options so that report filters and Advanced Find criteria always open in
simple or detailed mode. More information: Set Personal Options (on page 201)
3. If the report offers parameters, if needed, modify the parameters and then click View Report.
4. Locate data in the report.
To view or change a record, click the first field in the row for the record. A separate Microsoft
Dynamics CRM window will open with the record.
To view all records associated with a summary or chart report, click Show All at the bottom of the
report. To navigate back to the original report, click the Go back to the parent report button
.
To view detailed information about an area in a chart, click an area of the chart. To navigate back to
the original report, click Original Report in the report title area.
To page through the report, on the Report toolbar, use the Page Navigation buttons. To locate a
specific page, type a page number in the box and then press Enter.
To quickly locate specific information in your report, in Find | Next, type a few characters, and then
click Find.
To sort a column, click the column title. The direction of sorting is indicated by the Ascending sort
button
or the Descending sort button .
To view or hide the filter summary, expand or collapse Filter Summary.
To update your report, click the Refresh button
.
To hide or show the report parameters, click the Show / Hide Parameters button
.
5. Print the report.
On the Report toolbar, click the Print button
.
If you are working offline using Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook, on the Report toolbar, click the
Export button
Print.
, and select MHTML (web archive) format. Open the file, and on the File menu, click
Tips
If a chart doesn't display the first time you export a report to MHTML (web archive) format, export
the report a second time.
135
2011 User's Guide: Neglected Accounts Report
To print reports, you need a Reporting Services Microsoft ActiveX control. The first time you print a
Reporting Services report from either Microsoft Dynamics CRM or Microsoft Dynamics CRM for
Microsoft Office Outlook, you will see a prompt Do you want to install this software?.
To install the required control, click Install.
6. Export the report.
Important
The exported report is temporary. If you need to save the exported report to a local file, use the viewing
program to save the file to disk. The saved exported report is no longer connected to Microsoft Dynamics
CRM. Therefore, it does not change if Microsoft Dynamics CRM data changes.
a. Click the Export button
and select a format to which you want to export the report.
A second browser window is used to display the report, using a viewer associated with the export
format you selected.
The formats that are available are determined by the rendering extensions that are installed on the
Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services report server, and also by whether you are online or offline.
If you are working offline, only the Excel and Acrobat (PDF) file formats are available.
If a viewer is not available for the format you select, you must select a different format or install the
viewer.
The following export formats are included in a default installation when you are online. The list of
export formats available to you may vary from those listed here.
XML file with report data
View the report as an XML file.
CSV (comma delimited)
View the report as a text file, with fields separated by commas. This format includes all the row,
column, and field labels.
To export only the data, instead of using this format, export data from any list in Microsoft
Dynamics CRM, including results of Advanced Find searches, into Microsoft Office Excel, and
then save as a comma-delimited (CSV) file.
Acrobat (PDF) file
View the report using a client-side PDF viewer. You must have Adobe Acrobat Reader to use this
format.
Choose this format for long reports, paginated reports, or reports that are delivered as a file.
MHTML (web archive)
View the report in Microsoft Internet Explorer, as a MIME-encoded HTML format that keeps
images and linked content together with a report. For chart reports, if the chart is not displayed
correctly the first time that you export the report, export the report again.
Choose this format to view a report offline or for e-mailing the report.
Excel
136
2011 User's Guide: Neglected Accounts Report
View the report in Microsoft Office Excel. This format includes all the row, column, and field labels,
in addition to report formatting.
Large reports and reports with charts might not display with the expected formatting when
exported in this file format. To export only the data, instead of using this format, from any list in
Microsoft Dynamics CRM, including results of Advanced Find searches, export the data into
Microsoft Office Excel, and then save as a comma-delimited (CSV) file. More information: Export
Data to Excel (on page 61)
TIFF file
View the report in the default TIFF viewer. For some Windows clients, this is the Windows
Pictures and Fax Viewer.
Choose this format to a view a report in a page-oriented layout. The TIFF format is the
recommended format for printing reports.
Word
View the report in Microsoft Office Word. This format includes all the row, column, and field labels,
in addition to report formatting.
Tips
•
If there is no report that gives you the information you need, you can either export data to
Microsoft Office Excel, or create your own report. More information: Export Data to Excel (on
page 61), Create and Work with Reports
•
If a snapshot of a Reporting Services report exists, you can view it from the Reports area. To see
if any snapshots exist for a report, click the View Snapshots button next to the report. If a
snapshot exists, click the snapshot link to view the snapshot.
Note
If multiple Language Packs are installed, only reports that are marked for display in the language you
specified in Personal Options will be visible. More information: Set Personal Options (on page 201)
Related Topics
Print Things ................................................................................................................................. 19
Running Reports and Analyzing Data ........................................................................................ 95
Customizing and Organizing Reports ......................................................................................... 95
Export Data to Excel ................................................................................................................... 61
Default Reports ........................................................................................................................... 97
Edit the default filter for a report
Can I do this task?
For personal reports, this task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More
information about specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Report Permissions.
137
2011 User's Guide: Neglected Accounts Report
For reports available to everyone in your organization, this task requires the System Administrator security
role, System Customizer security role, or equivalent permissions. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Report Permissions.
If a report is a Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services report, is enabled for prefiltering, and has a default
filter, you can change the default filter that will be used each time any user runs the report.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Workplace, and then under My Work, click Reports.
2. Select a report.
To see all reports, including sub-reports that are not visible in the default view, select the All Reports,
Including Sub-Reports view.
3. In the Actions group, click Edit Default Filter.
4. Modify the filter criteria.
The criteria are grouped by record types that you can use in the filter, such as Accounts or Contacts.
To edit an existing row, click the query relational operator and select an operator, or click the
underlined value and enter a new value.
Click the query relational operator, and select an operator.
To add a criteria row:
a. Click Select, and specify the field to filter on.
b. Click the query relational operator, and select an operator.
c. Click Enter Value, and enter a value to filter on. For some values, you can click the Select or
change the values for this field button
value you want.
to open the Select Values dialog box and select the
To group criteria, you must select two or more rows for the same record type. For example, Sales
Stage and Est. Revenue are both field values in the Opportunity record type and two rows that
specify filter criteria for these fields can be grouped. However, rows with field values from different
record types, such as Account and Opportunity record types, cannot be grouped.
a. For each row you want to group, in detailed mode, click the Options menu button
then click Select Row.
for that row, and
b. On the Filter toolbar, select Group AND or Group OR.
b. To remove a row from a group, click the Options menu button
c. To select a group, click the Options menu button
for that row, and then click Delete.
for that group, and then click Select Group.
d. To add a criteria clause to a group, click the Options menu button
for that group, click Add
Clause, and then select the field, query relational operator, and value.
e. To unselect a group that has been previously selected, click the Options menu button
group, and then click Deselect Group.
f.
138
To ungroup a group, click the Options menu button
for that
for that group, and then click Ungroup.
2011 User's Guide: Neglected Accounts Report
g. To change a Group AND group to a Group OR group, or a Group OR group to a Group AND
for that group, and then click Change to OR or Change to
group, click the Options menu button
AND.
Tips
To clear all criteria and start over, on the Filter toolbar, click Clear, and then click Confirm.
To delete a row, click the Options menu button
for that row, and then click Delete.
5. Click Save Default Filter.
Related Topics
Customizing and Organizing Reports ......................................................................................... 95
Create one-time or scheduled report snapshots
Can I do this task?
For personal reports, this task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More
information about specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Report Permissions.
For reports available to everyone in your organization, this task requires the System Administrator security
role, System Customizer security role, or equivalent permissions. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Report Permissions.
To create a snapshot of a Reporting Services report, you create a snapshot definition, which can be used to
create on-demand snapshots or to schedule snapshots to occur at specific times. Each snapshot definition
can create and store up to eight snapshots. Creating the ninth snapshot automatically deletes first snapshot.
Caution: When you make a snapshot available to other users, all the data in the snapshot is visible, whether
or not the other users have permission to view this data directly in Microsoft Dynamics CRM. Make sure you
do not share information that other users do not have permission to view.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Workplace, and then under My Work, click Reports.
2. Select a report.
3. On the Reports tab, in the Actions group, click Schedule Report, and then complete the steps in the
wizard.
Tips
•
After you create a snapshot definition, rename the snapshot definition so that users can easily
understand the purpose of the snapshot.
a. Select the snapshot definition, and then on the Actions toolbar, click Edit Report
.
b. In the Name box, enter a new name, and then click Save and Close.
•
After you have created snapshots, if you don't want users to be able to run the base report:
a. In the Reports area, select the base report.
b. In the Records group, click Edit.
139
2011 User's Guide: Neglected Accounts Report
c.
On the Actions
menu, click Revert to Personal Report.
Related Topics
Customizing and Organizing Reports ......................................................................................... 95
Make a report available for external use
Can I do this task?
This task requires the System Administrator or System Customizer security role or equivalent permissions.
More information about specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Report Permissions
When you publish a report for external use, it is available for use in a Microsoft SharePoint Web part or in a
custom program. In addition, you can use Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services to work with this report.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Workplace, and then under My Work, click Reports.
2. Select the report that you want to make available for external use.
3. On the Reports tab, in the Records group, click Edit.
4. On the Actions
menu, click Publish Report For External Use.
Related Topics
Customizing and Organizing Reports ......................................................................................... 95
Report Ownership
System reports are available to all users. Reports owned by individual users can be shared with specific
colleagues or teams, or can be made available to the organization so that all users can use them.
Charts present your organization's data graphically. Data presented in charts can quickly give you insight into
large quantities of data that is spread across different areas of your business. This helps you make relevant
and timely decisions.
Microsoft Dynamics CRM associates charts with record types. It generates charts using the data in the list of
records for any record type. For example, if you create a chart from the list of account records, the Chart
Designer shows you only the fields for the Account record type. Multiple charts can be created for a record
type. But, you can see only one chart at a time for a record type.
Because charts are created in the context of a list of records, changing the view of a list also changes the
chart. Filtering a list of records changes the chart to show the filtered data. Similarly, drilling down in a chart
updates the list of records to show the new data.
Creating charts in Microsoft Dynamics CRM
Microsoft Dynamics CRM supports two types of charts.
•
140
System Charts. These are available to all users in the organization.
2011 User's Guide: Neglected Accounts Report
•
User Charts. These are available to those with whom a chart has been shared or assigned. Sharing can
be by users or by teams.
More information: Work with User Charts ./help/ui_viz_work_with_charts.htm, Work with System Charts
The Chart Designer in Microsoft Dynamics CRM helps you create the following different form of charts:
•
Column
•
Bar
•
Line
•
Pie
•
Funnel
To create a chart, specify fields to be displayed on the category and series axes. Typically, the category axis
displays data from numeric or non-numeric fields. The series axis displays data from numeric fields.
The Chart Designer supports creating only single-series charts. To create multi-series charts or comparison
charts, use Microsoft Dynamics CRM SDK.
To change a chart or create a new chart from another chart, export an existing chart, change the chart's
definition file, and then import the changed definition file back to Microsoft Dynamics CRM. More information:
View Data using Charts (Microsoft Dynamics CRM SDK) http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=191610.
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Chart Permissions
1. On the main page of the list of records, on the Charts tab, in the Charts group, click New Chart.
- OR To edit an existing chart, click the charts bar on the right or top of the list of records. Click the arrow next
to the chart name. In the list, click the name of the chart that you want to edit, and then on the Charts
tab, in the Charts group, click Edit Chart.
2. Format the chart.
The purpose of this step is to specify the type of chart, and how the data is displayed in the chart.
1. Select the chart type.
The Chart preview area shows how the data will be displayed.
2. Specify which data to display on each axis:
In Legend Entries (Series), select the field to use for the X axis, and the label that is displayed on
the chart for the field.
In Aggregate, select the option by which you want to group the field you selected in Legend
Entries (Series).
Note
For numeric fields, you can select any aggregate options. For non-numeric fields, Count: All is
selected by default and you cannot change it.
141
2011 User's Guide: View charts and analyze data
In Category, select the field to use for the Y axis and the label that is displayed on the chart for the
field.
For fields that are of datetime type, select the option by which you want to group the field you
selected in Category.
Based on your Legend Entries (Series) and Category selection, the chart name is populated.
3. If you want to specify a different name for the chart, click the chart name to edit it.
4. Type a useful description to identify the purpose of the chart.
5. To save the chart and close the designer, on the Design tab, in the Save group, click Save and Close.
- OR To close the chart without saving it, on the Design tab, in the Close group, click Close Designer.
Note
The chart obtains the data from the view that is selected for a record type. A chart automatically gets
updated every time that you change the view in the list of records. However, if the chart has been idle
for some time, we recommend that you click Refresh Chart on the Charts tab so that the chart and
the list of records show the synchronized data.
Important
You can create and attach charts to only those record types in Microsoft Dynamics CRM that support
the new ribbon interface in the Web application. This is because all of the chart controls are only
present in the ribbon interface of Microsoft Dynamics CRM. For more information, see Charts
(Visualizations) for Microsoft Dynamics CRM in the Microsoft Dynamics CRM Software Development
Kit (see Microsoft Dynamics CRM Software Development Kit http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=97596).
Related Topics
View charts and analyze data ................................................................................................... 142
View charts and analyze data
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Chart Permissions
You can view the charts from the main list of records or from the list of associated records for an individual
record. For example, you can view a chart for a list of account records. Otherwise, you can view a chart for
the Opportunity line item of any account record.
To view a chart for a list of associated records, open a record, click the line item of the associated record
type, on the <record type> tab, click Charts, and then click Right. For example, open an account record, and
under Sales, click Opportunities. On the Opportunities tab, click Charts. If there is an existing chart
142
2011 User's Guide: View charts and analyze data
created for this associated record type, the chart will be displayed to the right of the list of the associated
records.
Note
A chart will not display if you select the Related Regarding Records filter from the Include dropdown box for a list of associated records.
When you are viewing charts in context of the list of records, you can apply filters on the list of records, or you
can drill down in a chart:
1. On the main page of the list of records, click the chart bar on the right or top of the list of records.
2. In the charts area, click the arrow next to the chart name, and then click the name of the chart that you
want to view from the list of charts.
The chart preview changes depending on the view that you selected.
3. Analyze the data in the chart.
You can either apply a filter on the list to view an updated chart of the narrowed down items or you can
drill down in a chart to obtain specific details about an item.
When you drill down in a chart, the data in the list of records is filtered automatically based on the drilldown options you provide:
Apply filter
1. On the main page of any list of records, click the name of the view to use to generate the chart from
the <record type> list.
2. To see a chart for the record type, click the chart bar on the right or top of the list of records.
3. Click the arrow next to the chart name, and then click the name of the chart that you want to see.
4. On the View tab, in the List group, click Filter.
5. On the column on which you want to apply a filter, click the Filter button
default filters for the column or click Custom Filter.
, and then click one of the
If you clicked Custom Filter, specify criteria for the filter.
a. In the Custom Filters dialog box, click one of the default query operators from the first list.
h. In the next box, enter a value for the query operator.
i.
Click one of the default query operators from the second list.
j.
In the box next to the second list, enter a value for the query operator for the second criteria.
k. Depending on whether you want both these criteria to be met, click And or OR.
l.
Click OK.
6. In the chart area, click Refresh Chart.
The chart is refreshed, and the updated data obtained from the view and list is displayed in the chart.
Note
When you change the layout of a chart, all the filters applied on the view are reset. To
retain the filters, save the view as a new view before you change the layout.
143
2011 User's Guide: View charts and analyze data
Drill down in a chart
1. Open the list of records that you want to view a chart. Then, click the chart bar on the right or top of
the list of records.
2. In the chart area, click the arrow next to the chart name, and then click a name of the chart that you
want to see or for drilling down.
3. Click the category area of the chart in which you want to drill down further to see lower level data.
4. In the shortcut menu, click Select Field, and then click the field by which you want to group the
category.
For example, you are viewing a chart that shows opportunities by potential customers. You want to
drill down to see the opportunities for one potential customer, grouped by probability. Click the
potential customer on the chart, click Select Field, and then click Probability. The chart now shows
the opportunities for this customer with the probability of each opportunity.
5. Click the corresponding icon for a chart type that you want use for viewing the data.
6. Click OK.
You can drill down even further on the resulting chart from the drill down on a chart.
Note
To go to the chart from which you drilled down, click Back.
Important
You cannot drill down in a chart if you cannot search on the field that you specified
for the category axis. A quick way to find whether you can search on a field is to
click Advanced Find, click the record type for the chart that you are viewing in the
Look for drop-down box, and then click Select. If a field is not listed in this list, you
cannot search on the field.
You can drill down in only the charts that are of the following type: Bar, Column,
Line, Pie, Funnel. If you imported a custom chart of a different type, you will not be
able to drill down in the chart.
You cannot drill down in chats that you are viewing from a list of associated
records.
Note
•
To place the chart on the right or on top of a list of records, on the Charts tab, in the Layout
group, click Chart Pane, and then click Right or Top. To close the chart pane, on the Charts tab,
in the Layout group, click Chart Pane, and then click Off.
•
In any list of records, to collapse a chart pane that is placed on the right of a list of records, click
the Click here for Collapsed View button . To open the chart pane, click the Click here for
Normal View button
.
Can I do this task?
This task requires the System Administrator or System Customizer security role or equivalent permissions.
Customization tasks can be performed only while you are online. More information: Customization
Permissions (on page 490)
144
2011 User's Guide: View charts and analyze data
You cannot delete a user chart if the chart is assigned to another user or team.
1. On the main page of the list of records, click the chart bar on the right or top of the list of records.
2. Click the arrow next to the chart name, and then in the list, click the name of the chart that you want to
delete.
3. On the Charts tab, in the Charts group, click Delete Chart.
4. In the Confirm Chart Deletion dialog box, click OK.
Can I do this task?
This task requires the System Administrator or System Customizer security role or equivalent permissions.
More information about specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Chart Permissions
You cannot create complex visualizations such as multi-series charts or comparison charts by using the
Microsoft Dynamics CRM Web application. To create complex charts, export the chart, edit the chart
definition file, and then import it back into Microsoft Dynamics CRM.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Settings.
2. Under Customization, click Customizations.
3. In the Customization area, click Customize the System.
4. Expand the name of the entity that has the chart that you want to export, and then click Charts.
5. Select the chart that you want to export and on the Actions toolbar, click Actions, and then click Export
Chart.
6. To open the exported chart definition file, click Open.
- OR To save the file, click Save.
Can I do this task?
This task requires the System Administrator or System Customizer security role or equivalent permissions.
More information about specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Chart Permissions
You cannot create complex visualizations such as multi-series charts or comparison charts by using the
Microsoft Dynamics CRM Web application. To create complex charts, export the chart, edit the chart
definition file, and then import it back into Microsoft Dynamics CRM.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Settings.
2. Under Customization, click Customizations.
3. In the Customization area, click Customize the System.
4. Under Components, expand Entities.
5. Expand the name of the entity to which you want to import the chart, and then click Charts.
6. On the Actions toolbar, click Actions, and then click Import Chart.
7. On the Import Chart dialog box, click Browse to select the definition file of the chart that you want to
import, and then click OK.
145
2011 User's Guide: View charts and analyze data
Note
When you import the definition file, Microsoft Dynamics CRM checks the chart definition file for the
chart ID, chart name, and the file name in the same order.
If a chart with the same ID already exists in Microsoft Dynamics CRM, you are given the option either
to replace the existing chart with a file or to save the chart that you are importing with a new name. If
an ID is not specified in the chart definition file, Microsoft Dynamics CRM checks to see if a chart with
the same name already exists. If a chart exists with the same name, you are given the option either
to replace the existing chart or to save the chart that you are importing with a new name. If both ID
and name are not specified, Microsoft Dynamics CRM checks to see if there is a chart with the name
same as the file name. If a chart exists with the same name, you are given the option either to
replace the existing chart or to save the chart that you are importing with a new name.
If there are two or more existing charts with the same name, you can only import a chart with a new
name.
Assign a user chart
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Chart Permissions
You can assign any user chart to other users or teams in your organization.
1. On the main page of the list of records, click the chart bar on the right or top of the list of records.
2. In the charts area, click the arrow next to the chart name, and then click the name of the chart that you
want to view from the list of charts.
3. On the Charts tab, in the Collaborate group, click Assign.
4. In the Assign User Chart dialog box, click:
Assign to me
Use this option to assign the record to yourself.
- OR Assign to another user or team
1. Click the Lookup button
.
2. In the Look Up Records dialog box, in the Look for box, select User or Team.
3. In the Search box, type all or part of the user's name or team's name and, click the Find button
.
4. Double-click the user's name or team's name, and click OK.
5. Click OK.
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Chart Permissions
146
2011 User's Guide: Make a copy of an existing system or user chart
You can share a user chart with other users or teams in your organization.
1. On the main page of the list of records, click the chart bar on the right or top of the list of records.
2. Click the arrow next to the chart name, and then click the name of the chart that you want to share in the
list.
3. On the Charts tab, in the Collaborate group, click Share.
4. Select a user or team you want to share your chart with. More information: Share a record
Make a copy of an existing system or user chart
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Chart Permissions
To use an existing chart as a base for creating another chart, make a copy of the existing chart. You can
save a user chart and a system chart as a user chart. Also, you can assign or share this chart with other
users or teams in your organization.
1. On the main page of the list of records, click the chart bar on the right or top of the list of records.
2. Click the arrow next to the chart name, and then click the name of the chart that you want to copy in the
list.
3. On the Charts tab, in the Charts group, click Save As.
4. Specify a name and a description for the new chart, and then click OK.
Using dashboards
Dashboards in Microsoft Dynamics CRM provide an overview of business data. Act on information that is
spread across the organization from one place.
Create dashboard components that help you to dig out and analyze important data.
Types of dashboards
You can create two types of dashboard in Microsoft Dynamics CRM:
•
User dashboards. An individual user owns a user dashboard. It can be assigned to other users or
teams. A user dashboard can be set as the default dashboard for individual users. User dashboards
override system dashboards.
•
System dashboards. A system dashboard is available to all users in the organization. It can be set as a
default dashboard for the organization, but could be overridden by a user dashboard. Importing,
exporting, or uninstalling a solution applies, the relevant actions on the dashboards.
Dashboards components
Create new dashboards based on the default layouts in the dashboard designer.
147
2011 User's Guide: Using dashboards
•
Charts. A system (organization-owned) dashboard only contains system charts. A user dashboard can
contain system charts and user charts. More information: Understanding Charts (on page 140), Work with
Charts ./help/ui_viz_work_with_charts.htm, Work with System Charts
•
Lists. A system dashboard only contain lists that use public views to retrieve the data. A user dashboard
can contain a list that uses public views and saved views. More information: Create and Configure Views,
Work with saved views.
•
IFrames. A system dashboard restricts or allows cross-frame scripting for an iFrame. A user dashboard
restricts cross-frame scripting for all iFrames. More information: Add or edit an IFrame.
•
Web Resources. Add the HTML, Silverlight (.xap), and images (.jpeg or .jpg, .png, and .gif) Web
resources. More information: Microsoft Dynamics CRM Software Development Kit
http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=191610.
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Dashboard Permissions
Can I do this task?--System Dashboard
This task requires the System Administrator or System Customizer security role or equivalent permissions.
More information about specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Dashboard Permissions
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Dashboard Permissions
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Workplace. Then, under My Work, click Dashboards.
2. In the Dashboard Management group, click New.
Dashboard Layouts opens.
3. Select a layout as a starting point to design your dashboard.
Dashboard layouts are comprised of one or more tabs. A tab can be expanded or collapsed. Each tab
can contain one or more sections.
Note
All the default layouts, except the 4-Column Overview Dashboard layout and the 3-Column
Overview Dashboard layout, have a single tab and a single section. You cannot add or delete a tab
or a section in a dashboard by using the Dashboard designer. If you want to have multiple tabs or
sections in your dashboard, export the dashboard, customize it, and import it back into Microsoft
Dynamics CRM. For more information, see Microsoft Dynamics CRM Software Development Kit
documentation.
Select one of the six default layouts in order to create your dashboard:
3-Column Regular Dashboard. This has one tab and one section. This layout can accommodate
components across three columns.
3-Column Multi-Focused Dashboard. This has one tab and one section. This layout can
accommodate components across three columns. Use this layout to draw focus on specific
components.
148
2011 User's Guide: Using dashboards
4-Column Overview Dashboard. This has two tabs and two sections. You can expand or collapse
each of the tabs in the dashboard. This layout can accommodate components across four columns.
In this layout, the section in the bottom row spans across four columns, allowing this column to be
used to insert a list of records that has several columns (fields), or to insert a horizontal chart.
2-Column Regular Dashboard. This has one tab and one section. This layout can accommodate
components across two columns.
3-Column Overview Dashboard. This has two tabs and two sections. You can expand or collapse
each of the tabs in the dashboard. This layout can accommodate components across three columns.
In this layout, the column in the bottom row spans across three columns, allowing this column to be
used to insert a list of records that has several columns (fields), or to insert a horizontal chart.
3-Column Focused Dashboard. This has one tab and one section. It accommodates components
across three columns.
Note
•
By default for any layout, you can only add up to six components. This limit can be changed.
•
In any layout, you can increase or decrease the height or width of a component only up to a limit:
You can decrease the width of a component to a minimum of one column.
You can decrease the height of a component to a minimum of six rows.
You can increase the width of a component to the number of columns in that layout. For
example, if you are using the 3-Column Regular Dashboard, you can increase the width
of a component up to three columns (by two more columns).
You can increase the height of a component to a maximum of 250 rows.
The right pane shows the appearance of the new dashboard based on the layout selected in the left
pane.
4. Click Create.
The dashboard designer opens with empty columns based on your layout selection.
5. In the Name box, type a descriptive and useful name for your dashboard.
6. Add different components that you want to be displayed on your dashboard:
Chart
1. In the Insert group, click Chart.
- OR In an empty component area, click the Chart button
.
2. In the Component Designer dialog box, specify the following information:
Record Type. Click the record type to use for the chart that you want to add to the dashboard.
View. Click the view to use for the data in the chart. The View drop-down box has the associated
views for the chosen record type.
Chart. Click the type of chart that you want to insert. The Chart drop-down box has the associated
charts for the chosen record type.
149
2011 User's Guide: Using dashboards
The chart preview changes based on your choice of the record type, view, and chart.
3. Click OK.
Note
You can add only system charts in a system dashboard. A user dashboard can contain system charts
and user charts.
List
1. In the Insert group, click List.
- OR .
In the empty component area, and click the List button
2. In the Component Designer dialog box, specify the following information:
Record Type. Click the record type for the list that you want to add to the dashboard.
View. Click a view to use for the data for the list. Only views that are associated to the selected
record type are in the View drop-down box.
3. Click OK.
IFrame
1. In the Insert group, click IFrame.
- OR In the empty component area, click the IFrame button
.
2. In Add an IFRAME, enter the following information:
Name. Type a unique name for the IFrame. The name can only contain alphanumeric characters and
the underscore character.
URL. Type the full URL for the IFrame. You may select the check box. More information: Passing
Parameters to an IFRAME (Microsoft Dynamics CRM SDK) (see Passing IFRAME parameters
(Microsoft Dynamics CRM SDK) - http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=201317)
Label. Specify a label for the IFrame.
To display this label on the form, select the Display label on the form check box.
Visibility. Select the Visible by default check box if you want the IFrame to be visible in the Web
application and the Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook reading pane.
Caution
Applications can interact with each other through an IFrame. The Restrict cross-frame scripting
check box is selected by default for security purposes. When the check box is selected, it blocks
running scripts in the IFrame.
More information: Add or edit a form IFRAME.
Note
If you are using Microsoft Dynamics CRM 4.0 for Outlook, some URLs added by using an IFrame
may show script errors during dashboard loading. These script errors may also obstruct the charts
150
2011 User's Guide: Using dashboards
from loading. However in Microsoft Dynamics CRM 2011 for Outlook, you can limit the script errors by
selecting the Restrict cross-frame scripting check box.
3. Click OK.
Web resource
1. In the Insert group, click Web Resource.
- OR In the empty component area, click the Web Resource button
.
2. In Add Web Resource, specify the following information:
Web Resource. Click the Lookup button
, and then in the Look Up Record dialog box, select
the Web resource that you want to add to the dashboard, and then click OK.
Note
In a dashboard, you can only add Web resources of the following types: HTML,
Silverlight, PNG, GIF, JPEG, ICO.
Name. Type a unique name for the Web resource. The name can only contain alphanumeric
characters and the underscore character.
Label. Type a label for the Web resource. To display this label on the form, select the Display label
on the form check box.
Visibility. Select the Visible by default check box if you want the Web resource to be visible in the
Web application and the Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook reading pane.
If you want to provide the target application with information about the context of the Web resource,
select the Pass record object-type code and unique identifier as parameters check box. More
information: Passing Parameters to an IFRAME (Microsoft Dynamics CRM SDK) (see Passing
IFRAME parameters (Microsoft Dynamics CRM SDK) http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=201317).
For more information about adding a Web resource, see Add or edit a form Web resource.
3. Click OK.
7. To change the dashboard properties, in the Action group, click Dashboard Properties. Type the name
and description for the dashboard, and then click OK.
8. To make changes to a component that you have added to the dashboard designer, select the
component, and in the Action group, click Edit Component. Verify the details or make changes, as
required.
For an IFrame, see information about editing an IFrame.
For a web resource, see information about editing a web resource.
For a chart or list component, Sub-Grid Properties opens.
For more information about editing a chart or list component, click:
Edit a chart component.
Verify or change the details, as required:
151
2011 User's Guide: Using dashboards
a. Name. This is the name of the chart.
b. Label. This is what displays on the chart component header.
c. Display label on the Dashboard. Select this check box if you want the label to display on the chart
component header.
d. Entity. Click the entity for the chart.
e. Default View. Click the view that will be used to retrieve the data for the chart.
f.
Display Chart Selection. Select this check box if you want the option to select different charts from
the dashboard.
Edit a list component.
Verify or change the information:
a. Name. Name of the chart.
b. Entity. Entity for which you want to insert a list.
c. Default View. View that is used to retrieve the data in the list.
d. Display Search Box. Select this check box if you want a search box to be available with the list. This
lets you search for records in the list.
e. Display Index. Select this check box if you want the alphabetical index to be available with the list.
This lets you jump to records starting with a particular letter or number.
f.
Display View Selection. Select this check box if you want to be able to select a different view for the
list.
9. Click Save.
Tips
•
While designing the dashboard, you can rearrange the components that you have already added.
Click the component header and drag it to an empty area on the dashboard or to the area of an
existing component. When you drag a component over other components, a red line appears on
top of the components to show that if you drop the component here, the existing component will
move down.
•
To undo the last action, in the Action group, click Undo. To repeat an action, in the Action
group, click Redo.
•
To change the width of a component, first select the component. In the Layout group, click
Increase Width or Decrease Width. When you click Increase Width or Decrease Width, the
width increases or decreases by one column.
•
To change the height of a component, first select the component. In the Layout group, click
Increase Height or Decrease Height. When you click Increase Height or Decrease Height, the
height increases or decreases by three rows.
Note
•
152
To remove a component from the dashboard designer, in the Action group, click Remove. When
you remove a component, you cannot add a new component in the same place. A new
component is added in the bottom area of the designer. You can rearrange the components at
any time after you insert it.
2011 User's Guide: Using dashboards
•
By default, you can add only six components to any dashboard layout. This limit is configurable.
For more information, contact your system administrator.
Edit a user dashboard
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Dashboard Permissions
Only the user who created a user dashboard or a user with whom the dashboard is shared can delete a
dashboard. The user with whom a dashboard is shared can delete it only when assigned Delete privileges at
the time of sharing the dashboard.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Workplace. Then, under My Work, click Dashboards.
2. In the Dashboards drop-down box, select the dashboard that you want to delete, and in the Dashboard
Management group, click Delete.
3. In the confirmation message, click OK.
Important
If you delete your default dashboard, the next time you navigate to the Dashboards area, you will
see the default system dashboard.
Related Topics
Delete a user dashboard
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Dashboard Permissions
Dashboards provide a way to combine data from different areas in a single place. The data is formatted to be
easier to understand to provide quick insights. You can use the dashboard components for more in-depth
information about the records.
After you design a dashboard, you can you can perform various actions on the dashboard and its
components.
Drill down in a chart.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Workplace. Then, under My Work, click Dashboards.
2. In the Dashboard list, click the name of the dashboard that you want to open.
3. Click the category area of the chart in which you want to drill down further to see lower level data.
4. In the shortcut menu, click Select Field, and then click the field by which you want to group the category.
153
2011 User's Guide: Drill down in a chart
For example, you are viewing a chart that shows opportunities by potential customers. You want to drill
down to see the opportunities for one potential customer, grouped by probability. Click the potential
customer on the chart, click Select Field, and then click Probability. The chart now shows the
opportunities for this customer with the probability of each opportunity.
5. Click the corresponding icon for a chart type that you want use for viewing the data.
6. Click OK.
You can drill down even further on the resulting chart from the drill down on a chart.
Enlarge a chart.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Workplace. Then, under My Work, click Dashboards.
2. In the Dashboard list, click the name of the dashboard that you want to open.
3. Move the pointer over the chart and pause, and then click the Enlarge the chart button
.
View the records that are used to generate the chart.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Workplace. Then, under My Work, click Dashboards.
2. In the Dashboard list, click the name of the dashboard that you want to open.
3. Move the pointer over the chart and pause, and click the View the records that are used to generate
the chart button .
Apply filters on the list.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Workplace. Then, under My Work, click Dashboards.
2. In the Dashboard list, click the name of the dashboard that you want to open.
3. Click the component area that contains the list of records.
4. In the Current View group, click Filter.
A Filter button
is now available for all the columns in the list.
5. On the column on which you want to apply a filter, click the Filter button
. Then do one of the following:
Click one of the default filters for the column.
- OR Click Custom Filter, choose how to filter the records, and then click OK.
Refresh all components in the dashboard.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Workplace. Then, under My Work, click Dashboards.
2. In the Dashboard list, click the name of the dashboard that you want to refresh.
3. In the Action group, click Refresh All.
Drill down in a chart
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Workplace. Then, under My Work, click Dashboards.
2. In the Dashboard list, click the name of the dashboard that you want to open.
154
2011 User's Guide: Enlarge a chart
3. Click the category area of the chart in which you want to drill down further to see lower level data.
4. In the shortcut menu, click Select Field, and then click the field by which you want to group the category.
For example, you are viewing a chart that shows opportunities by potential customers. You want to drill
down to see the opportunities for one potential customer, grouped by probability. Click the potential
customer on the chart, click Select Field, and then click Probability. The chart now shows the
opportunities for this customer with the probability of each opportunity.
5. Click the corresponding icon for a chart type that you want use for viewing the data.
6. Click OK.
You can drill down even further on the resulting chart from the drill down on a chart.
Enlarge a chart
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Workplace. Then, under My Work, click Dashboards.
2. In the Dashboard list, click the name of the dashboard that you want to open.
3. Move the pointer over the chart and pause, and then click the Enlarge the chart button
.
View records used for a chart
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Workplace. Then, under My Work, click Dashboards.
2. In the Dashboard list, click the name of the dashboard that you want to open.
3. Move the pointer over the chart and pause, and click the View the records that are used to generate
the chart button .
Apply filter
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Workplace. Then, under My Work, click Dashboards.
2. In the Dashboard list, click the name of the dashboard that you want to open.
3. Click the component area that contains the list of records.
4. In the Current View group, click Filter.
A Filter button
is now available for all the columns in the list.
5. On the column on which you want to apply a filter, click the Filter button
. Then do one of the following:
Click one of the default filters for the column.
- OR Click Custom Filter, choose how to filter the records, and then click OK.
155
2011 User's Guide: Refresh all components
Refresh all components
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Workplace. Then, under My Work, click Dashboards.
2. In the Dashboard list, click the name of the dashboard that you want to refresh.
3. In the Action group, click Refresh All.
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Dashboard Permissions
To use an existing user dashboard or an existing system dashboard as a base to create another dashboard,
make a copy of the existing dashboard. You can save a system dashboard as a user dashboard and assign
or share it with users or teams in your organization.
Note
A system dashboard that contains an IFrame with the Restrict cross-frame scripting check box
cleared cannot be saved as a user dashboard.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Workplace. Then, under My Work, click Dashboards.
2. In the Dashboard list, select the system or user dashboard that you want to copy as a new dashboard. In
the Dashboard Management group, click Save As.
3. In the Dashboard Properties dialog box, type a name and a description for the dashboard, and then
click OK.
Related Topics
Make a copy of an existing user or system dashboard
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Dashboard Permissions
You can make a dashboard your default dashboard. Then, you will see this dashboard each time you
navigate to the Dashboards area.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Workplace. Then, under My Work, click Dashboards.
2. In the Dashboard list, select the dashboard that you want to set as the default. Then, in the Dashboard
Management group, click Set As Default.
When you set a dashboard as your default dashboard, it overrides the default system dashboard that has
been set for your organization.
Important
If you delete your default dashboard, the next time you navigate to the Dashboards area, you will
see the default system dashboard.
156
2011 User's Guide: Refresh all components
Related Topics
Make a dashboard your default dashboard
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Dashboard Permissions
You can share any user dashboard with another user or team in your organization:
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Workplace. Then, under My Work, click Dashboards.
2. In the Dashboard list, select the dashboard that you want to share. In the Action group, click Share
Dashboard.
3. In the Who would you like to share the selected user dashboard with? dialog box, under Common
Tasks, click Add User/Team.
4. In the Look Up Records dialog box, in the Look for list, select the type of record you want to find.
5. In the Search box, type the first few letters of the name of the record to narrow your search, and then
click the Find button
.
6. In the list of available records, select the check boxes for the users or teams, and then click Add.
7. Click OK.
8. In the Who would you like to share the selected user dashboard with? dialog box, select the type of
share access that you want. The available permissions are: Read, Write, Delete, Append, Assign, or
Share.
9. Click OK.
10. More information: Share a record.
Related Topics
Share a user dashboard
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Dashboard Permissions
You can assign any user dashboard to other users or teams in your organization.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Workplace. Then, under My Work, click Dashboards.
2. In the Dashboards drop-down box, select the dashboard that you want to assign. In the Action group,
click Assign.
157
2011 User's Guide: Auditing data in Microsoft Dynamics CRM
3. On Assign User Dashboard, click one of the options:
Assign to me.
- OR Assign to another user or team:
1. Click the Lookup button
.
2. In the Look Up Record dialog box, in the Look for list, click User or Team.
3. In the Search box, type a part of a user name or a team name, and then, click the Find button
.
4. Select the user or team name, and then click OK.
4. Click OK.
Related Topics
Auditing data in Microsoft Dynamics CRM
Track changes made to your business data by auditing your data. Use auditing to analyze the history of a
particular record, view a summary of everything that changed, or to comply with regulation standards. Keep
track of the changes done to a record, a field, or by a user. Microsoft Dynamics CRM automatically creates
logs for the changes that are tracked.
Tracking changes for entity relationships
In Microsoft Dynamics CRM, audit tracking for entity relationships is handled differently than audit tracking for
entities or fields. Here are some examples of how they are audited:
Entity
Scenarios
Relationships
What is audited
Summary
1:N
If auditing is enabled for the
Contact entity, the changes to
the parent account reference
is tracked.
In a 1:N relationship between
entities, the change is
reflected only on a single
entity. Only changes to the
entity that changed are
recorded, provided the entity is
enabled for audit.
Contact associated
with a parent account
If auditing is enabled for the
Account entity but not for the
Contact entity, no change will
be tracked for this transaction
because the Account entity did
not change.
158
2011 User's Guide: Tracking changes for entity relationships
N:N
Lead added to a
marketing list
If auditing is enabled for the
Lead entity, the marketing list
it is added to is tracked for
changes.
If auditing is enabled for the
Marketing List entity, the lead
that is added is tracked for
changes.
Special Cases
Lead added to an
activity, such as an email activity
In an N:N relationship between
entities, the change is
captured on both entities,
provided that the entities are
enabled for audit.
If auditing is enabled for one
entity, the association of this
entity with the other entity is
tracked.
If auditing is enabled for the e- When the N:N relationship
mail entity, e-mail activity is
involves certain type of
tracked for changes.
entities, such as an
ActivityPartyBase or a
If auditing is enabled for the
PartyList, the relationship
Lead entity, nothing is tracked
internally is handled as 1:N
because the Lead entity did
and the changes are tracked
not change.
only on the ActivityPartyBase
entity or the PartyList entity,
provided ActivityPartyBase or
PartyList is enabled for audit.
Can I do this task?
This task requires the System Administrator or System Customizer security role or equivalent permissions.
More information about specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Auditing Permissions
Start auditing at the organization level to allow auditing for entities and fields. When you start auditing for the
first time, auditing is started by default on the following entities: Account, Contact, Goal, Goal Metric, Lead,
Marketing List, Product, Quick Campaign, Rollup Query, and Sales Literature.
You may want to stop auditing for maintenance purposes or when the database space is limited. Stopping
auditing at the organization level stops the tracking of changes for the entities or fields for the period for which
auditing is stopped at the organization level. When you start organization level auditing again, the same
entities and fields are selected for auditing that were selected when you stopped auditing for the organization.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Settings. Then under System, click Auditing.
2. In the Audit area, click Global Audit Settings.
3. To start audit tracking, in the System Settings dialog box, click the Auditing tab. Then, select the Start
Auditing check box.
- OR To stop audit tracking, clear the Start Auditing check box.
4. To start or stop auditing on specific business areas, select or clear one of the following the check boxes:
Common Entities. This check box is selected by default when you start auditing for the first time.
159
2011 User's Guide: Tracking changes for entity relationships
Sales Entities. When select or clear this check box, auditing is started or stopped for the following
entities: Competitor, Opportunity, Invoice, Order, and Quote.
Marketing Entities. When select or clear this check box, auditing is started or stopped for the
Campaign entity.
Customer Service Entities. When select or clear this check box, auditing is started or stopped for
the following entities: Case, Contract, and Service.
5. Click OK.
Related Topics
View the audit history of individual records ............................................................................... 163
View audit summary of records ................................................................................................. 162
Start or stop auditing for an organization
Can I do this task?
This task requires the System Administrator or System Customizer security role or equivalent permissions.
More information about specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Auditing Permissions
You must start auditing at an organization level to enable auditing for an entity.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Settings. Then under System, click Auditing.
2. In the Audit area, click Entity and Field Audit Settings.
3. Under Components, expand Entities.
4. Click the entity for which you want to start or stop auditing.
5. To start auditing, on the General tab, in the Options for Entity section, select the Auditing check box.
To stop auditing, clear the Auditing check box.
By default, when you start or stop auditing for an entity, you also start or stop auditing for all the fields of
this entity.
Note
To publish the changes, click Publish.
Related Topics
View the audit history of individual records ............................................................................... 163
View audit summary of records................................................................................................. 162
Enable or disable auditing for entities
Can I do this task?
160
2011 User's Guide: View audit summary of records
This task requires the System Administrator or System Customizer security role or equivalent permissions.
More information about specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Auditing Permissions
By default, when you enable auditing for an entity, auditing is also enabled on all its fields. You can select or
clear fields for which you want to enable auditing.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Settings. Then under System, click Auditing.
2. In the Audit area, click Entity and Field Audit Settings.
3. Under Components, expand Entities.
4. Expand the entity that has the fields for which you want to start or stop auditing, and click Fields.
5. In the field list, to start or stop auditing for a single field, open the field, and in the Auditing field, click
Enabled or Disabled, respectively.
- OR To start or stop auditing for more than one field, select all the fields to be started or stopped. On the
Actions toolbar, click Edit. Then in the Edit Multiple Fields dialog box, in Auditing, click Enabled or
Disabled, respectively.
6. Click Save.
7. Click Publish All Customizations.
Notes
Before you enable field auditing, you must first enable auditing for the organization.
Field auditing only tracks value changes to the field. Field auditing does not track enabling or
disabling Field Level Security for the field.
Not all fields can be audited in Microsoft Dynamics CRM. To know the fields on which you can enable
auditing:
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Settings.
2. Under Customization, click Customizations.
3. In the Customization area, click Customize the System.
4. Under Components, expand Entities, and then expand the entity you want.
5. Click Fields.
6. For each field, see the value in the Audit Status column. Auditing cannot be enabled on any field that
has Non Applicable in the Audit Status column.
Related Topics
View the audit history of individual records ............................................................................... 163
View audit summary of records................................................................................................. 162
161
2011 User's Guide: View audit summary of records
View audit summary of records
Can I do this task?
This task requires the System Administrator or System Customizer security role or equivalent permissions.
More information about specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Auditing Permissions
For each entity for which auditing is enabled, the audit summary shows the change details of all records that
are audited in a chronological order, starting from the recent ones.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Settings. Then under System, click Auditing.
2. In the Audit area, click Audit Summary View.
3. The following table shows various tasks that you can perform on the Audit Summary View page.
Tasks
Required Steps
See the changes made on a
particular date
a. Click Enable/Disable Filters.
b. On the Changed Date column header, click the Filter button
.
c.
Click one of the default date filters, and then click OK.
- OR Click Custom Filter, specify the filter criteria, and then click
OK.
See the records on which a
particular action was performed
a. Click Enable/Disable Filters.
b. On the Action column header, click the Filter button
c.
See the changes done by a
particular user
.
Under Custom Filter, select the check boxes for the actions
that you want to see, and then click OK.
a. Click Enable/Disable Filters.
b. On the Changed By column header, click the Filter button
c.
Click Custom Filter, specify the filter criteria, and then click OK
- OR Click Filter by specific Changed By..., and in the Look Up
Records dialog box, search and select users, and then click
OK.
See all the changes done in a
particular record
In the Record column, double-click the record.
See all the changes made to a
particular entity
a. Click Enable/Disable Filters.
b. On the Entity column header, click the Filter button
c.
162
.
Under Custom Filter, select the check box for the entity, and
then click OK.
2011 User's Guide: View the audit history of individual records
See the records that underwent a
particular operation
a. Click Enable/Disable Filters.
b. On the Operation column header, click the Filter button
c.
.
Under Custom Filter, select the check box for the operation,
and then click OK.
Important
If you share a record with another user, and if that user has the View Audit History privilege on the
shared record, the other user will be able to view the changes to the shared record.
Note
If auditing is stopped and restarted at the organization, entity, or field level, any new values prior to
stopping the audit will not be used in an audit log or audit history. For example, two days ago the
value in the Rating field is Cold when auditing is stopped. Auditing was started today. During the two
days without auditing, the value for the field changed from Cold to Warm to Hot. When restarting the
audit, the audit history has Cold (the value when the auditing stopped), although the New Values
column has a symbol to show you that auditing had been disrupted.
Related Topics
Tracking changes for entity relationships ................................................................................. 158
View the audit history of individual records
Can I do this task?
This task requires a manager, vice president, CEO-Business Manager, System Administrator, or System
Customizer security role or equivalent permissions. More information about specific permissions and
performing this task while offline: Auditing Permissions
You can view the audit history of records only when auditing is enabled for the organization and enabled for
the record types and fields.
1. In any list of records, open the record for which you want to view the changes made.
2. Under Related, click Audit History.
3. In the Filter on drop-down box, click a field for which you want to view the audit history.
- OR To view the audit history of all the fields in the record, click All Fields.
Note
By default, all fields for which auditing is enabled is displayed in the list.
The following details are listed for the audited fields:
The date when the fields were changed.
The user who updated the fields.
163
2011 User's Guide: Create Customer-Ready Documents and Messages
The action performed on the fields, such as Create or Update.
The previous and new value for the changed field.
Note
If auditing is stopped and restarted at the organization, entity, or field level, any new values prior to
stopping the audit will not be used in an audit log or audit history. For example, two days ago the
value in the Rating field is Cold when auditing is stopped. Auditing was started today. During the two
days without auditing, the value for the field changed from Cold to Warm to Hot. When restarting the
audit, the audit history has Cold (the value when the auditing stopped), although the New Values
column has a symbol to show you that auditing had been disrupted.
4. To open the change list for an item, double-click the item.
Note
When a reference for a record to another record is changed or added, the changes for the referenced
record will not be tracked. The changes will be tracked for the referring record. More information:
Tracking changes for entity relationships (on page 158).
Related Topics
Tracking changes for entity relationships ................................................................................. 158
Create Customer-Ready Documents and Messages
There are two main methods of creating customer-ready documents: mail merge and direct e-mail. With mail
merge, you can use Microsoft Office Word and Microsoft Office Word templates to create letters, faxes,
envelopes, and e-mail messages. With direct e-mail, you can send a mass mailing of the same message
using Microsoft Dynamics CRM e-mail templates to multiple e-mail recipients. This is also known as sending
bulk e-mail.
Create a Microsoft Office Word mail merge document
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: E-mail Permissions
In Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook, only one mail merge can be run at a time. If you receive the
message "Microsoft Dynamics CRM Mail Merge is already running" and want to discontinue a mail merge,
close and then reopen Microsoft Office Word or Microsoft Internet Explorer. You can run multiple mail merge
processes at the same time in the Web application.
To use mail merge, your e-mail format must be HTML.
Record types that use mail merge
•
164
Account
2011 User's Guide: Create a Microsoft Office Word mail merge document
•
Campaign
To use mail merge with a campaign, you must first distribute a mail campaign activity to a selected
marketing list.
•
Contact
•
Lead
•
Opportunity
•
List Member in Marketing List
•
Quick Campaign
In Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook, you can create a mail merge, and then at the end of the
process, create a quick campaign.
•
Quote
With mail merge, you can print only one quote at a time.
1. Open the list of records you want.
2. In the list, select the record you want to add to the mail-merge recipient list.
3. On the Add tab, in the Marketing group, click Mail Merge.
After mail merge starts, do not change the mail merge type and do not exit Microsoft Internet Explorer.
4. If you have other languages installed, you can select a language to filter the list of templates.
5. In the Mail Merge dialog box, select the type of document you want to use.
Note
If the E-mail option is not available, the Enable Direct E-mail via Mail Merge option in the System
Settings may be set to No. More information: Manage System Settings
6. Select if you want to start with a blank document or a template. If you select a template option, click the
Lookup button
to select a template.
New mail merge templates are created in the Settings area. More information: Work with Mail Merge
Templates
7. If necessary, you can add or delete data fields.
Microsoft Office Word supports up to 64 data fields, of which Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook
reserves two data fields to store the primary key and the record owner.
8. Click OK.
Microsoft Dynamics CRM automatically opens a Microsoft Office Word document. In the File Download
dialog box, click Open.
This is not your mail-merge document. This is an interim page. Follow the directions in the Word
document, including clicking CRM.
9. In the Mail Merge Recipient dialog box, verify that the list is accurate, and then click OK.
10. To continue the mail merge, follow the instructions provided by the Mail Merge pane. For more
information, see the Microsoft Office Word Help documentation.
165
2011 User's Guide: Create a Microsoft Office Word mail merge document
Tip
To display the information you want and select the format, in the Mail Merge wizard, click Address
Block and then Greeting Line.
To add data fields to display more information, click More Items. You can use up to 64 data fields.
•
To display the information you want and select the format, in the Mail Merge wizard, click
Address Block and then Greeting Line.
•
To add data fields to display more information, click More Items. You can use up to 64 data
fields.
11. If you are working in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook and you have either created a new template or
updated an existing template, you can upload the template.
To save the document as a template, on the Complete the Merge pane, click Upload Template to
CRM.
If you are working in the Web application, you can upload the template in the Settings area. More
information: Work with Mail Merge Templates
12. When you have completed work on the mail merge document, close it, and then delete the interim mailmerge document (Mail_Merge_nnnn.xml) and the associated text file (Mail_Merge_nnnn.txt) with the
same name.
Warning Mail merge may leave sensitive data on your computer.
The mail merge process creates two files in addition to your mail merge documents. These files are the
data sources used by mail merge and contain Microsoft Dynamics CRM data, which may include
sensitive customer data. You should delete these data source files after you complete the mail merge.
Both files have the same name: Mail_Merge[nnnn], where nnnn is a 4-character, randomly generated
number. One file is a .doc file and the other is a .txt file. Unless you moved the files or saved them to
another directory, these files are usually in a temporary files folder on your computer.
13. If you are working in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook, after you print or send the document, you can
choose to create activities for mail-merge items.
1. In the Create Activities dialog box, click Create Microsoft Dynamics CRM activities.
2. If you want to change the default values for the activity, click Activity Details, and then make any
changes. To save the changes, click OK.
3. Under Assign activities to, select to whom the new activities should be assigned.
4. You can choose to have the new activities closed immediately. E-mail activities are closed as soon as
the messages are sent.
5. If you are creating a mail merge from a marketing list, you can also make the mail merge a quick
campaign and include an link in e-mail messages for customers to remove themselves from your
marketing lists.
6. Click OK to save the changes and create the activities.
Closed activities appear in the history list of the customer record. Open activities appear in the activities list of
the customer record and in your list of active activities.
166
2011 User's Guide: Create a mail merge document with marketing lists
NOTE: The following Microsoft Word 2003 toolbar options do not create activities: Merge to New Documents,
Merge to Printer, and Merge to Word.
Note
If an account or contact does not have a valid e-mail address or has the Do Not Allow option set for
Bulk E-mail, the message is not sent to them, and no e-mail activity is created.
Related Topics
Create Customer-Ready Documents and Messages ............................................................... 164
Send Direct E-mail to Customers ............................................................................................. 171
Work with Campaigns and Campaign Templates .................................................................... 375
Create a mail merge document with marketing lists
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: E-mail Permissions
You can create a mail merge for a marketing list that is part of a campaign.
In Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook, only one mail merge can be run at a time. If you receive the
message "Microsoft Dynamics CRM Mail Merge is already running" and want to discontinue a mail merge,
close and then reopen Microsoft Office Word or Microsoft Internet Explorer. You can run multiple mail merge
processes at the same time in the Web application.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Marketing or Sales, and then click Marketing Lists.
You can also open a marketing list from a campaign.
2. On the Actions toolbar, click Mail Merge on List Members
.
3. If you have other languages installed, you can select a language to filter the list of templates.
4. In the Mail Merge dialog box, select the type of document you want to use.
Note
If the E-mail option is not available, the Enable Direct E-mail via Mail Merge option in the System
Settings may be set to No. More information: Manage System Settings
5. Select if you want to start with a blank document or a template. If you select a template option, click the
Lookup button
to select a template.
New mail merge templates are created in the Settings area. More information: Work with Mail Merge
Templates
6. If necessary, you can add or delete data fields.
167
2011 User's Guide: Create a mail merge document with marketing lists
Microsoft Office Word supports up to 64 data fields, of which Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook
reserves two data fields to store the primary key and the record owner.
7. Click OK.
Microsoft Dynamics CRM automatically opens a Microsoft Office Word document. In the File Download
dialog box, click Open.
This is not your mail-merge document. This is an interim page. Follow the directions in the Word
document, including clicking CRM.
8. In the Mail Merge Recipient dialog box, verify that the list is accurate, and then click OK.
9. To continue the mail merge, follow the instructions provided by the Mail Merge pane. For more
information, see the Microsoft Office Word Help documentation.
Tip
To display the information you want and select the format, in the Mail Merge wizard, click Address
Block and then Greeting Line.
To add data fields to display more information, click More Items. You can use up to 64 data fields.
10. If you are working in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook and you have either created a new template or
updated an existing template, you can upload the template.
To save the document as a template, on the Complete the Merge pane, click Upload Template to
CRM.
If you are working in the Web application, you can upload the template in the Settings area. More
information: Work with Mail Merge Templates
11. When you have completed work on the mail merge document, close it, and then delete the interim mailmerge document (Mail_Merge_nnnn.xml) and the associated text file (Mail_Merge_nnnn.txt) with the
same name.
Warning Mail merge may leave sensitive data on your computer.
The mail merge process creates two files in addition to your mail merge documents. These files are the
data sources used by mail merge and contain Microsoft Dynamics CRM data, which may include
sensitive customer data. You should delete these data source files after you complete the mail merge.
Both files have the same name: Mail_Merge[nnnn], where nnnn is a 4-character, randomly generated
number. One file is a .doc file and the other is a .txt file. Unless you moved the files or saved them to
another directory, these files are usually in a temporary files folder on your computer.
12. If you are working in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook, you can choose to create Microsoft Dynamics
CRM activities for mail merge items.
1. In the Create Activities dialog box, click Create Microsoft Dynamics CRM activities.
2. If you want to change the default values for the activity, click Activity Details, and then make any
changes. To save the changes, click OK.
3. Under Assign activities to, select to whom the new activities should be assigned.
4. You can choose to have the new activities closed immediately. E-mail activities are closed as soon as
the messages are sent.
168
2011 User's Guide: Print a quote with a mail-merge document
5. If you are creating a mail merge from a marketing list, you can also make the mail merge a quick
campaign and include an link in e-mail messages for customers to remove themselves from your
marketing lists.
6. Click OK to save the changes and create the activities.
Closed activities appear in the history list of the customer record. Open activities appear in the activities list of
the customer record and in your list of active activities.
NOTE: The following Microsoft Word 2003 toolbar options do not create activities: Merge to New Documents,
Merge to Printer, and Merge to Word.
Note
If an account or contact does not have a valid e-mail address or has the Do Not Allow option set for
Bulk E-mail, the message is not sent to them, and no e-mail activity is created.
Related Topics
Create Customer-Ready Documents and Messages ............................................................... 164
Send Direct E-mail to Customers ............................................................................................. 171
Work with Campaigns and Campaign Templates .................................................................... 375
Print a quote with a mail-merge document
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: E-mail Permissions
You can use a mail-merge template to generate a customer-ready document that displays data from a saved
quote. That document includes a header and a footer.
In Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook, only one mail merge can be run at a time. If you receive the
message "Microsoft Dynamics CRM Mail Merge is already running" and want to discontinue a mail merge,
close and then reopen Microsoft Office Word or Microsoft Internet Explorer. You can run multiple mail merge
processes at the same time in the Web application.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Quotes.
2. Open the quote you want to print. If you want to use mail merge with a new quote, before starting the mail
merge, save the quote first.
3. In the Actions group, click Print Quote for Customer.
4. If you have other languages installed, you can select a language to filter the list of templates.
5. Select if you want to start with a blank document or a template. If you select a template option, click the
Lookup button
to select a template.
New mail merge templates are created in the Settings area. More information: Work with Mail Merge
Templates
169
2011 User's Guide: Print a quote with a mail-merge document
6. If necessary, you can add or delete data fields.
Microsoft Office Word supports up to 64 data fields, of which Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook
reserves two data fields to store the primary key and the record owner.
While working with quotes, removing or re-arranging data fields may cause the quote to not display or
print properly. The footer displays after "LastItem", which marks the end of the quote data fields.
7. Click OK.
Microsoft Dynamics CRM automatically opens a Microsoft Office Word document. In the File Download
dialog box, click Open.
This is not your mail-merge document. This is an interim page. Follow the directions in the Word
document, including clicking CRM.
8. In the Mail Merge Recipient dialog box, verify that the list is accurate, and then click OK.
9. To continue the mail merge, follow the instructions provided by the Mail Merge pane. For more
information, see the Microsoft Office Word Help documentation.
Tip
To display the information you want and select the format, in the Mail Merge wizard, click Address
Block and then Greeting Line.
To add data fields to display more information, click More Items. You can use up to 64 data fields.
10. If you are working in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook and you have either created a new template or
updated an existing template, you can upload the template.
To save the document as a template, on the Complete the Merge pane, click Upload Template to
CRM.
If you are working in the Web application, you can upload the template in the Settings area. More
information: Work with Mail Merge Templates
11. When you have completed work on the mail merge document, close it, and then delete the interim mailmerge document (Mail_Merge_nnnn.xml) and the associated text file (Mail_Merge_nnnn.txt) with the
same name.
Warning Mail merge may leave sensitive data on your computer.
The mail merge process creates two files in addition to your mail merge documents. These files are the
data sources used by mail merge and contain Microsoft Dynamics CRM data, which may include
sensitive customer data. You should delete these data source files after you complete the mail merge.
Both files have the same name: Mail_Merge[nnnn], where nnnn is a 4-character, randomly generated
number. One file is a .doc file and the other is a .txt file. Unless you moved the files or saved them to
another directory, these files are usually in a temporary files folder on your computer.
12. If you are working in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook, after you merge the new document, you can
choose to create Microsoft Dynamics CRM activities for mail-merge items.
1. In the Create Activities dialog box, click Create Microsoft Dynamics CRM activities.
2. If you want to change the default values for the activity, click Activity Details, and then make any
changes. To save the changes, click OK.
170
2011 User's Guide: Send Direct E-mail to Customers
3. Under Assign activities to, select to whom the new activities should be assigned.
4. You can choose to have the new activities closed immediately. E-mail activities are closed as soon as
the messages are sent.
5. If you are creating a mail merge from a marketing list, you can also make the mail merge a quick
campaign and include an link in e-mail messages for customers to remove themselves from your
marketing lists.
6. Click OK to save the changes and create the activities.
Closed activities appear in the history list of the customer record. Open activities appear in the activities list of
the customer record and in your list of active activities.
NOTE: The following Microsoft Word 2003 toolbar options do not create activities: Merge to New Documents,
Merge to Printer, and Merge to Word.
Related Topics
Work with Quotes ..................................................................................................................... 340
Create Customer-Ready Documents and Messages ............................................................... 164
Send Direct E-mail to Customers ............................................................................................. 171
Work with Campaigns and Campaign Templates .................................................................... 375
Send Direct E-mail to Customers
You can send a mass-mailing of the same message using Microsoft Dynamics CRM e-mail templates to
multiple e-mail recipients. This is referred to as direct or bulk e-mailing.
You can also use mail merge with Microsoft Office Word and Microsoft Office Word templates to create the
message. More information: Create Customer-Ready Documents and Messages (on page 164)
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: E-mail Permissions
Notes
Direct e-mail uses Microsoft Dynamics CRM e-mail templates. If you want to use
Microsoft Office Word templates, use the mail merge feature.
To use the Send Direct E-mail option for a custom entity that is enabled for sending email, you must select the Activities check box in the custom entity properties. More
information: Entity Properties
1. In the Navigation Pane, under Sales or Marketing, click the record type you want, for example,
Contacts.
171
2011 User's Guide: Manage Activities
Note
Which panes you see will depend on the security roles you have been assigned.
You can also send direct e-mail to users from the Users list.
2. In the View list, select the filtered view you want.
3. If you want to send direct e-mail to only a few people, select the records you want.
- OR If you want to send direct e-mail to everyone displayed in the current list, go to the next step.
4. On the Actions toolbar, click Send Direct E-mail
.
5. In the Send Direct E-mail dialog box, select the template you want to use. To view a description of the
template, select the template.
6. Click Send.
Note
If an account or contact does not have a valid e-mail address or has the Do Not Allow option set for
Bulk E-mail, the message is not sent to them, and no e-mail activity is created.
Tips
•
You can also select recipients from a search in Advanced Find. When you use Advanced Find,
you can reduce the number of message failures that are due to customers for whom you do not
have e-mail addresses. In a new or saved search, click Select, and select E-mail. Click Equals
and select Contains Data. Enter any other search criteria and then click OK.
•
You can change the sender's contact information. To change contact information, in the User or
Queues box, click the Lookup button
to search for a record.
Related Topics
Create Customer-Ready Documents and Messages ................................................................164
Work with E-mail Templates ......................................................................................................187
Manage Activities
Create or edit an activity
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
1. Navigate to activity records.
In the Navigation Pane, click Workplace, and then under My Work click Activities.
172
2011 User's Guide: Create or edit an activity
- OR To work with activities associated with a record, open the record and then click Activities.
2. To add new activities from the Activities list, on the Activities tab in the New group, click the type of
activity you want to add.
- OR 3. To add a new activity from a record, click Add New Activity. Select an activity type, and then click OK.
4. Enter the information that you want. At a minimum, entering information in the following boxes is useful
when you or others in your organization refer to the activity at a later date:
Subject
Enter a meaningful description that can help you easily identify the activity in the Activities list view.
The subject field is required because, by default, most of the Activities views are sorted by it. This
field is not related to Subjects, which are the hierarchical list of categories used to relate and organize
information in Microsoft Dynamics CRM.
Regarding
This field is used to link the activity to another record so that you can view the activity from the record.
If you create a new activity from a record, this is automatically filled out.
Owner
This box represents the user who owns the activity. By default, it is set to the user who creates the
activity.
Duration
If this activity is related to a case, make sure that you record the time you spend on the activity in this
box. If the case is linked to a contract line, the durations of all the activities for this case are tallied and
updated automatically in the related active contract. The total, which includes the totals from any
other cases relating to that contract, can be adjusted manually before billing the customer. The
maximum duration of an appointment or service activity is 10 days.
Due
Enter the date and time that the activity is expected to take place or be completed. You can quickly
sort on the Due field when you view activities.
Tip
To automatically update the Regarding field with information from a record, click the Expand button
in the right pane to open the Form Assistant pane, and then select a record.
5. Some activities also have the following optional fields:
Sender
You can use this field to record the user in your organization who initiated an outgoing
communication. Alternatively, if this is an incoming communication from a customer, you can select
the lead, account, or contact who initiates the communication. The sender must be a valid Microsoft
Dynamics CRM account, contact, or lead, but can also be a Microsoft Dynamics CRM user. By
default, this box contains the name of the user who creates the activity.
173
2011 User's Guide: Create or edit an activity
Recipient
This is the person, typically an account, contact, lead, or Microsoft Dynamics CRM user, that receives
the communication.
Category, Sub-Category
You can use these text fields to categorize tasks so that you can sort or view your tasks by category
and/or sub-category.
6. Click Save or Save and Close.
Tip
If you are using the activity to track something that has already been completed, on the File menu,
click Save as Completed.
When you save an activity as completed, duplicates will not be detected.
Notes
•
To create the same activity for multiple records, use a quick campaign. More information: Work
with Quick Campaigns (on page 382)
•
You cannot edit multiple activities at once.
•
You cannot schedule recurring activities.
•
You cannot reactivate or edit a closed activity. However, you can add a note to a closed activity.
•
You cannot change one activity into another type of activity.
•
You cannot set reminders in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Microsoft Office Outlook for faxes,
phone calls, e-mails, letters, or campaign responses activities created in the Web application or
Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook.
•
When the duration of an activity is more than 60 minutes (an hour), the time you enter is
converted into hours. When the activity is saved, the value is rounded up and might change from
the entry that was originally displayed when it was converted from minutes into hours. Note that
rounding is only observed on the hundredth of an hour. The exact value for the duration,
however, is stored in the database in minutes, and this value is used to calculate the total billing
time when resolving cases.
•
The letter and fax activities record when the letter or fax is sent or received. When you create the
activity, you attach the letter or fax document, such as a Microsoft Office Word file, to the record.
With the mail merge feature, you can write your letter and include Microsoft Dynamics CRM data.
More information: Create Customer-Ready Documents and Messages (on page 164)
Related Topics
Manage Activities ........................................................................................................................23
Create an Activity in Outlook .....................................................................................................460
Send Direct E-mail to Customers ..............................................................................................171
Create and send an e-mail activity in the Web application
Can I do this task?
174
2011 User's Guide: Create or edit an activity
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: E-mail Permissions
You can create and send e-mail activities in Microsoft Dynamics CRM from the Activities area. E-mail
messages that are sent from Microsoft Dynamics CRM do not appear in the Microsoft Dynamics CRM mail
folders in Outlook, unless synchronization is set up.
1. Start Microsoft Dynamics CRM.
2. In the Navigation Pane, click Workplace, and then click Activities.
3. On the Activities tab, in the New group, click E-mail.
4. On the E-mail tab, enter the following information:
From
Locate and select the sender's name.
To
Locate and select one or more recipients. You can click the Lookup button
select records.
to search for and
Subject
Type a subject for your e-mail message.
Duration
This field is not required, but if you are tracking the amount of time spent on cases, and this message
is related to a case, enter the amount of time spent on this message.
Due
If you are not sending your e-mail message immediately, enter a date to complete and send the
message. The message is not sent automatically.
Tip
You can copy and paste content from Microsoft Office Word. This lets you take advantage of
features such as spelling check and some text formatting. If your text is double-spaced, you can
press SHIFT+ENTER to single-space lines of text.
You can include an image if the file is hosted on a public Web site. Use the copy and paste feature
of Microsoft Internet Explorer to include a link to the image in the message. The image is displayed
as long as the receipient has access to the Web site.
You can also attach an article, template, or file to an e-mail activity.
To attach an article
a. To look up and select an article, on the Formatting toolbar, click Insert Article.
b. Use the Search tab to specify conditions or criteria to locate the article.
c. In the results list, select the article, and then click OK.
The article appears the body of in your e-mail message.
d. Type any additional text, or edit the article.
175
2011 User's Guide: Create or edit an activity
To attach an e-mail template
e. To look up and select an e-mail template, click Insert Template.
f.
On the Insert Template dialog box, select the template you want to use. You can either use a global
template, or a template specific to the record type you selected as the recipient. For example,
account or customer.
g. Click OK.
The template appears in the body of your e-mail message and the subject line is updated with the
subject line of the template.
h. Type any additional text or edit the text provided. Editing the text or subject line in the message does
not change the template.
To attach a file
a. Save the activity.
b. On the Attachments tab, click New E-mail Attachment.
c. In the Add Attachment dialog box, in the File Name box, type the name of the file, or click Browse
to locate the file that you want to attach.
d. Click Attach.
5. To send the message immediately, click Send.
The message is sent and the new closed activity appears in Microsoft Dynamics CRM in the Activities
area with an assigned message number appended to the subject. It also appears in Outlook in the Sent
Items folder.
- OR To send the message at a later time, click Save and Close. The new draft activity appears in Microsoft
Dynamics CRM in the Activities area. You can delete draft messages.
Important
After you save your e-mail message as a Microsoft Dynamics CRM e-mail activity, the saved
message can be accessed by anyone who has access to your activities in Microsoft Dynamics CRM.
Notes
•
You can view the sent date of an e-mail message on the Activities list. The Actual End Date is
the date the message was sent and closed.
•
You can forward or reply to an e-mail activity, but you cannot resend it.
To reply to only the original sender, open the e-mail message. In the Respond group, click Reply.
To reply to the original sender and to send copies to everyone who originally received the message,
click Reply All.
To forward the e-mail activity to new recipients, click Forward, and then select new recipients.
•
176
There is no spell check built into Microsoft Dynamics CRM. There might be third-party solutions
available. For more information, visit Microsoft Dynamics CRM Solution Finder (see Microsoft
Dynamics CRM Solution Finder - http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=98752).
2011 User's Guide: Create or edit an activity
Related Topics
Work with E-mail Activities ........................................................................................................ 187
Create an Activity in Outlook ..................................................................................................... 460
Manage Activities ........................................................................................................................ 23
Send Direct E-mail to Customers.............................................................................................. 171
Save Outlook Contacts, Tasks, and E-mail Messages as Microsoft Dynamics CRM Records 465
Sending and Receiving E-mail in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook ................................. 185
Work with E-mail Templates ..................................................................................................... 187
Managing E-mail Activities ........................................................................................................ 184
Close an activity
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
Activity types that can be closed
•
Tasks
•
Faxes
•
Phone Calls
•
Letters
•
Appointments
•
Service Activities
•
Campaign Activities
Unless you have created an activity record by mistake, it is better to close or convert an activity than to delete
it. You can view closed or converted activities at a later date for reference, or run reports to determine the
success rate of your activities.
1. Navigate to activity records.
In the Navigation Pane, click Workplace, and then under My Work click Activities.
- OR To work with activities associated with a record, open the record and then click Activities.
2. Open the activity that you want.
3. On the Actions
Task.
menu, click Close activity type. For example, if you are in a task record, click Close
4. In the confirmation dialog box, select the status that you want from the Status list, such as Completed or
Canceled, and then click OK.
177
2011 User's Guide: Convert an activity to an opportunity
Notes
•
When you close an activity, the activity becomes read-only and cannot be edited or reopened.
•
To view closed activities, do one of the following:
In the Activities list, select the Closed Activities view.
Use Advanced Find, and specify Activity Status in the search criteria.
From an Account, Contact, Lead, or Opportunity record, under Common, click Closed
Activities. In the Filter on and Include lists, select the view options that you want.
•
It is not possible to close multiple activities at once.
•
The only way to close an e-mail activity is to send it. If you do not use Microsoft Dynamics CRM
to send or receive e-mail, click Send. This will close the activity, but no e-mail message will be
sent.
Convert an activity to an opportunity
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
Activity types that can be converted
•
Faxes
•
Phone Calls
•
E-mail Messages
•
Letters
•
Appointments
1. Navigate to activity records.
In the Navigation Pane, click Workplace, and then under My Work click Activities.
- OR To work with activities associated with a record, open the record and then click Activities.
2. Open the activity that you want.
3. On the Actions toolbar, click Convert Activity, and then click To Opportunity.
4. In the Convert Activity to Opportunity dialog box, enter information in the following boxes:
Customer
You must click the Lookup button
to select or create a new customer.
Source Campaign
Click Lookup if you want to associate a source campaign with this activity.
Actions
178
2011 User's Guide: Convert an activity to an opportunity
By default, Microsoft Dynamics CRM automatically completes the following operations during the
conversion.
Close the activity as completed.
Open the new opportunity after the conversion.
Create a campaign response based on the information included in the opportunity.
Important If you are converting an activity to an opportunity that is not associated with a Source
Campaign, you must clear the Record a closed campaign response check box.
To change the conversion operations, clear the associated check boxes.
5. In the Convert Activity to Opportunity dialog box, click OK.
6. Click Save or Save and Close.
Note
The originating activity becomes a related activity for the new opportunity. If the activity is open, it
appears in the Activities list for the opportunity. If the activity is closed, it appears in the Closed
Activities list.
Related Topics
Manage Activities ........................................................................................................................ 23
Managing Opportunities ............................................................................................................ 310
Managing Leads ....................................................................................................................... 289
Convert an activity to a case
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
1. Navigate to activity records.
In the Navigation Pane, click Workplace, and then under My Work click Activities.
- OR To work with activities associated with a record, open the record and then click Activities.
2. Open the activity that you want.
Activity types that can be converted
Faxes
Phone Calls
E-mail Messages
Letters
179
2011 User's Guide: Convert an e-mail to another record type
Appointments
3. On the Actions toolbar, point to Convert Activity and then to Case.
4. In the Convert Activity to Case dialog box, enter information in the following boxes:
Customer
You must click the Lookup button
to select or create a new customer.
By default, Microsoft Dynamics CRM automatically completes the following operations during the
conversion:
Close the activity as completed.
Open the new case after the conversion.
To change the conversion operations, clear the associated check boxes.
5. In the Convert Activity to Case dialog box, click OK.
Note
The originating activity becomes a related activity for the new case. If the activity is open, it appears
in the Activities list for the case. If the activity is closed, it appears in the Closed Activities list.
Related Topics
Work with Appointments ........................................................................................................... 440
Work with E-mail Activities ........................................................................................................ 187
Manage Activities ........................................................................................................................ 23
Convert an e-mail to another record type
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
1. Navigate to activity records.
In the Navigation Pane, click Workplace, and then under My Work click Activities.
- OR To work with activities associated with a record, open the record and then click Activities.
2. Open the e-mail activity that you want to convert.
3. In the Actions toolbar, point to Convert Activity, and then click the record type that you want to convert
to.
4. In the dialog box, type the appropriate information.
180
2011 User's Guide: Assign to Queue or User Form
5. By default, Microsoft Dynamics CRM is set to perform specific operations when the conversion occurs.
To change the conversion operations, clear the associated check boxes.
6. Click OK.
Related Topics
Work with E-mail Activities ........................................................................................................ 187
Manage Activities ........................................................................................................................ 23
Sending and Receiving E-mail in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook ................................. 185
Assign to Queue or User Form
Use this form to assign an activity to another queue or user.
Can I do this task?
If the Assign button
is not visible on the toolbar, the security role assigned to your account does not have
permission to assign this type of record. To check your permissions for a specific record, open the record,
click the File menu button
, and then click Properties.
More information about specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task
Permissions
1. Navigate to activity records.
In the Navigation Pane, click Workplace, and then under My Work click Activities.
- OR To work with activities associated with a record, open the record and then click Activities.
2. In the list of records, select the record that you want.
Or, select multiple records
Select several records by pressing the CTRL key while you click each record.
Select a sequence of records by clicking the first record that you want, and then press the SHIFT key
while you select the last record that you want.
Select all records on the page by selecting the Select/clear all records on this page check box at
the top of the list.
By default, the Microsoft Dynamics CRM Web application displays 50 records per page. You can
increase this up to a maximum of 250 records per page to increase the number of records you can select
at one time. To increase the number of records displayed per page:
1. On the File menu, click Options.
2. On the General tab, in the Records Per Page list, select the number of records to display per page.
3. Click OK.
181
2011 User's Guide: Work with Integrated Instant Messenging
This changes the number of items that is displayed for all lists, which may slow response time when you
switch record types. Therefore, you might want to set it back to a smaller number when you are done with
this bulk action.
3. In the Collaborate group, click Assign.
4. In the Assign to Team or User dialog box, type all or part of the queue or user name, and then click the
Lookup button
.
5. In the Look Up Records dialog box, in the Look for list, select the type of record you want to find.
6. In the Search box, type the first few letters of the name of the record to narrow your search, and then
click the Find button
.
7. In the list of records, select the check boxes for the records that you want to add, click Add, and then
click OK.
8. On the User or Queues form, click OK.
Related Topics
Share or Assign Records and Views .......................................................................................... 52
Manage Activities ........................................................................................................................ 23
Work with Integrated Instant Messenging
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
If you have Microsoft Office Communicator 2007, MSN Messenger, or Live Messenger installed, you can
send an instant message to any user, contact, opportunity, or lead in Microsoft Dynamics CRM with an e-mail
address and using one of the instant messaging applications listed.
Note
You may need to add the Microsoft Dynamics CRM server URL to the list of Internet Explorer trusted
sites for the online presence to display. See online Help in Internet Explorer for instructions.
Record types and columns that can display online presence
•
Contact records: Full Name
•
Lead records: Primary Contact
•
Opportunity records: Potential Customer
•
All customer records: Users
•
All customer records: Owner
•
All customer records: Modified By
182
2011 User's Guide: Work with Integrated Instant Messenging
To access the menu, click the Online Presence Jewel
.
•
A green jewel indicates the person can receive an instant message and is available.
•
A red jewel indicates the person is busy. You can send a message, but they may not respond
immediately.
•
A yellow jewel indicates the person is away or out of the office.
•
A orange jewel indicates the person's online status is unknown. There are other communication methods
available from the menu.
Enabling online presence
There are two ways to enable the online presence for a personal view. Adding the associated e-mail address
for a user or contact enables online presence on the related column. For example, adding the owner's e-mail
column to a view enables the presence on the owner column.
If you do not want to include the e-mail column, you can also customize the view to enable online presence.
These two example procedures describe how to add a presence to a saved view. If you have the correct
permissions, you can also edit a system view for an entity to enable the presence. More information: Work
with Views
To add an e-mail column to a saved view
a. In the list view you want to add online presence, click Advanced Find.
b. In the Advanced Find form, click Edit Columns.
c.
In Common Tasks, click Add Columns
d. Select one of the e-mail related check boxes. For example, select E-mail.
e. Click OK twice.
f.
In the Advanced Find form, click Find.
To save the view, click Back to Query, and then, on the Actions toolbar, click Save As.
To enable the online presence on a column in a saved view
a. In the Accounts or Contacts area, click Advanced Find.
b. In the Advanced Find form, click Edit Columns.
c.
Do one of the following:
a. Select one of the columns that can display online presence, such as Full Name and then click OK.
b. Select the Full Name column, and then click Change Properties.
c. Select the Enable Presence for this column check box, and then click OK.
d. To save your changes and close the dialog box, click OK.
e. In the Advanced Find form, click Find.
To save the view, click Back to Query, and then on the Actions toolbar, click Save As.
Note
You cannot enable presence on columns for related record types or on deleted columns.
183
2011 User's Guide: Managing E-mail Activities
Related Topics
Understanding Entities .............................................................................................................. 517
Managing E-mail Activities
You can create, preview, track, and save e-mail messages and relate them to the specific accounts, contacts,
cases, and other records. These e-mail messages are tracked as activity records, and can be sent to
customers and other internal users, or saved as drafts for future editing. This helps you create a complete
history of your interaction with your customers.
More information:
•
Managing Communication Activities
•
Understanding Quick Campaigns (on page 382)
•
Creating and Using Workflows (on page 223)
•
Send Direct E-mail to Customers
•
Creating Queues for Incoming Cases
Working with E-mail Messages Microsoft Dynamics CRM
If your System Administrator has set up Microsoft Dynamics CRM to manage your e-mail, you can receive,
read, reply, forward, and attach files and notes to e-mail messages.
•
You cannot resend sent e-mail messages.
•
You cannot use quick campaigns or marketing lists to send e-mail to customers who have opted out of
receiving marketing messages.
•
E-mail messages may be addressed to customers for whom you do not have a valid e-mail address or
who have an e-mail address that is associated with more than one record, but doing so may cause an
alert to appear.
•
Your System Administrator can make settings to manage how Microsoft Dynamics CRM manages e-mail
messages without a valid Microsoft Dynamics CRM customer record.
•
You can attach notes and documents to an e-mail message after you save it.
Working with E-mail Activities in Outlook
If you prefer to work with your e-mail activities in Outlook, you can create and manage e-mail messages
using Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook. By using the Microsoft Dynamics CRM Address Book in Outlook,
you have access to the e-mail addresses of your customers and other users in your organization.
More information: Sending and Receiving E-mail in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook (on page 185)
184
2011 User's Guide: Managing E-mail Activities
You can save all or some of your Outlook e-mail messages as Microsoft Dynamics CRM records. Microsoft
Dynamics CRM for Outlook can check incoming e-mail for messages to save and track. This option can be
set in the Personal Options dialog box. More information: Set Personal Options (on page 201)
Personal and Organization-wide E-mail Templates
Microsoft Dynamics CRM provides e-mail templates for the organization. Organization templates are
available for general use, but only users who have the appropriate administrator privileges can delete or edit
them. Microsoft Dynamics CRM also gives users personal e-mail templates. Even when a personal template
is available for general use, only the person who has ownership rights to a personal template can delete or
edit it.
More information: Work with E-mail Templates (on page 187), Work with Mail Merge Templates
Sending and Receiving E-mail in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for
Outlook
When you are working in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Microsoft Office Outlook, you can use all the familiar
Outlook buttons and toolbars with the Microsoft Dynamics CRM toolbar, menu, or tab to manage e-mail
messages and most other activities.
At any time, you can track an Outlook e-mail message in Microsoft Dynamics CRM. Tracked messages still
appear in the Outlook mail folders. By default, tracked messages display a Microsoft Dynamics CRM
symbol. A copy of the e-mail message is saved as an activity and is available in the Microsoft Dynamics CRM
Activities area. You can link the activity to a record in Microsoft Dynamics CRM. You can also set your
personal options so that all incoming e-mail is tracked in Microsoft Dynamics CRM.
More information: Set Personal Options (on page 201)
Important
Because Microsoft Dynamics CRM shares data between users, many of the default privacy
assumptions of a full e-mail system do not apply. This means that an e-mail activity that is associated
with a Microsoft Dynamics CRM record (for example, a case, account, or contact) has the same
visibility as any other activity associated with that record. Any user who has access to the record and
its associated activities also has access to the e-mail message.
Managing Incoming E-mail
When you use Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook, all the e-mail you receive arrives in your Outlook Inbox.
Only e-mail messages that originated as a Microsoft Dynamics CRM e-mail activity (that is, a response to email message you send from Microsoft Dynamics CRM) or that is marked as tracked in Microsoft Dynamics
CRM, arrives in the Microsoft Dynamics CRM Activities and My Work: Queues area. If you prefer, you can:
•
Track all incoming e-mail messages as Microsoft Dynamics CRM e-mail activities.
•
Track only e-mail messages that originated in Microsoft Dynamics CRM (that is, e-mail sent in response
to a Microsoft Dynamics CRM e-mail activity) into Microsoft Dynamics CRM e-mail activities.
•
Track only e-mail messages related to your accounts, contacts, or leads.
•
Track e-mail messages related to all Microsoft Dynamics CRM and custom record types that contain an
e-mail field.
185
2011 User's Guide: Managing E-mail Activities
Note
More than one custom record type could contain the same e-mail address. When this
happens, Microsoft Dynamics CRM links the e-mail messages that are received from
this e-mail address to the custom record type that was created first. For example, a
Patient record type that was created in January lists the e-mail address
[email protected]. A Doctor record type created in February also lists the
same e-mail address. Microsoft Dynamics CRM links the e-mail messages received
from [email protected] only to the Patient record type. Sending an e-mail
message to [email protected] links the e-mail message to the Patient record
type and the Doctor record type.
If you choose not to track all incoming e-mail messages, you can manually track selected messages in
Outlook as e-mail activities in Microsoft Dynamics CRM.
If you track all your e-mail messages as Microsoft Dynamics CRM e-mail activities, they can be accessed by
anyone who has permission to view or work with your activities. Also, when you track an e-mail message with
attachments to a Microsoft Dynamics CRM activity, the attachments are included in the activity. If you do not
want these attachments to be available to other users, delete them from the e-mail activity.
More information: Save Outlook Contacts, Tasks, and E-mail Messages as Microsoft Dynamics CRM
Records (on page 465)
Sending and Replying to E-Mail Messages
You can link Microsoft Dynamics CRM e-mail activities to active contacts, accounts, leads, facilities,
equipment, queues, or users in Microsoft Dynamics CRM. You can select active Microsoft Dynamics CRM
records with e-mail addresses from the Microsoft Dynamics CRM address book, which is installed
automatically when you install Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook. E-mail activities can also be tracked in
Microsoft Dynamics CRM without being related to another record.
When you send, reply, or forward an e-mail message that is tracked as an e-mail activity, a closed activity is
created for each account and contact referenced and displayed in the Activities area. Closed e-mail activities
cannot be updated except to link them to a related Microsoft Dynamics CRM record. If a related record has
not already been selected, you have the option of select one.
More information: Managing E-mail Activities (on page 184)
Working with Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook Offline and
Synchronizing with Microsoft Dynamics CRM
If you install Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook, you have the option of working offline from the Microsoft
Dynamics CRM server. You can create Microsoft Dynamics CRM e-mail messages that are sent when you go
back online with the Microsoft Dynamics CRM server. If you send Outlook e-mail messages, those are sent
immediately if you have network access for sending e-mail.
More information: Synchronizing Information (on page 484)
When working with Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook offline, a sent e-mail message can fail to be
delivered or can be blocked. This can happen because the recipient does not want to receive the e-mail
message or the mail server is down. If this happens, Outlook saves the e-mail message to your Drafts folder,
186
2011 User's Guide: Managing E-mail Activities
but Microsoft Dynamics CRM creates a closed activity. In Microsoft Dynamics CRM, use the Pending E-mail
view to see unsent messages.
When you are working offline, Microsoft Dynamics CRM e-mail messages that you send are saved to your
Outlook offline queue. When you go online, Microsoft Dynamics CRM automatically tries to send them and
create the activities. If an e-mail message cannot be sent, Microsoft Dynamics CRM saves it as a draft
activity, but it does not appear in your Drafts folder in Outlook.
More information: Working Offline (on page 486)
Using the Microsoft Dynamics CRM Address Book
Use the Microsoft Dynamics CRM address book to select Microsoft Dynamics CRM records in Outlook. The
address book includes accounts, contacts, facilities and equipment, leads, queues, and users. Access and
use the Microsoft Dynamics CRM address book using the same menu as your other Outlook address books.
The address book is used to reconcile e-mail recipients in incoming messages to Microsoft Dynamics CRM
contacts and link them automatically. How the contacts are matched is set in your personal options.
More information: Set Personal Options (on page 201)
Work with E-mail Activities
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: E-mail Permissions
You can create and send e-mail activities in Microsoft Dynamics CRM from the Activities area. E-mail
messages that are sent from Microsoft Dynamics CRM do not appear in the Microsoft Dynamics CRM mail
folders in Outlook, unless synchronization is set up.
1. Start Microsoft Dynamics CRM.
2. In the Navigation Pane, click Workplace, and then click Activities.
3. On the Activities tab, in the New group, click E-mail.
4. On the E-mail tab, enter the following information:
From
Locate and select the sender's name.
To
Locate and select one or more recipients. You can click the Lookup button
select records.
to search for and
Subject
Type a subject for your e-mail message.
Duration
This field is not required, but if you are tracking the amount of time spent on cases, and this message
is related to a case, enter the amount of time spent on this message.
Due
187
2011 User's Guide: Managing E-mail Activities
If you are not sending your e-mail message immediately, enter a date to complete and send the
message. The message is not sent automatically.
Tip
You can copy and paste content from Microsoft Office Word. This lets you take advantage of
features such as spelling check and some text formatting. If your text is double-spaced, you can
press SHIFT+ENTER to single-space lines of text.
You can include an image if the file is hosted on a public Web site. Use the copy and paste feature
of Microsoft Internet Explorer to include a link to the image in the message. The image is displayed
as long as the receipient has access to the Web site.
You can also attach an article, template, or file to an e-mail activity.
To attach an article
a. To look up and select an article, on the Formatting toolbar, click Insert Article.
b. Use the Search tab to specify conditions or criteria to locate the article.
c. In the results list, select the article, and then click OK.
The article appears the body of in your e-mail message.
d. Type any additional text, or edit the article.
To attach an e-mail template
a. To look up and select an e-mail template, click Insert Template.
b. On the Insert Template dialog box, select the template you want to use. You can either use a global
template, or a template specific to the record type you selected as the recipient. For example,
account or customer.
c. Click OK.
The template appears in the body of your e-mail message and the subject line is updated with the
subject line of the template.
d. Type any additional text or edit the text provided. Editing the text or subject line in the message does
not change the template.
To attach a file
a. Save the activity.
b. On the Attachments tab, click New E-mail Attachment.
c. In the Add Attachment dialog box, in the File Name box, type the name of the file, or click Browse
to locate the file that you want to attach.
d. Click Attach.
5. To send the message immediately, click Send.
The message is sent and the new closed activity appears in Microsoft Dynamics CRM in the Activities
area with an assigned message number appended to the subject. It also appears in Outlook in the Sent
Items folder.
- OR 188
2011 User's Guide: Managing E-mail Activities
To send the message at a later time, click Save and Close. The new draft activity appears in Microsoft
Dynamics CRM in the Activities area. You can delete draft messages.
Important
After you save your e-mail message as a Microsoft Dynamics CRM e-mail activity, the saved
message can be accessed by anyone who has access to your activities in Microsoft Dynamics CRM.
Notes
•
You can view the sent date of an e-mail message on the Activities list. The Actual End Date is
the date the message was sent and closed.
•
You can forward or reply to an e-mail activity, but you cannot resend it.
To reply to only the original sender, open the e-mail message. In the Respond group, click Reply.
To reply to the original sender and to send copies to everyone who originally received the message,
click Reply All.
To forward the e-mail activity to new recipients, click Forward, and then select new recipients.
•
There is no spell check built into Microsoft Dynamics CRM. There might be third-party solutions
available. For more information, visit Microsoft Dynamics CRM Solution Finder (see Microsoft
Dynamics CRM Solution Finder - http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=98752).
Related Topics
Work with E-mail Activities ........................................................................................................ 187
Create an Activity in Outlook ..................................................................................................... 460
Manage Activities ........................................................................................................................ 23
Send Direct E-mail to Customers.............................................................................................. 171
Save Outlook Contacts, Tasks, and E-mail Messages as Microsoft Dynamics CRM Records 465
Sending and Receiving E-mail in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook ................................. 185
Work with E-mail Templates ..................................................................................................... 187
Managing E-mail Activities ........................................................................................................ 184
Create an e-mail message in Outlook
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: E-mail Permissions
You can create e-mail messages in Microsoft Office Outlook by using either the Microsoft Dynamics CRM
forms or the Outlook forms. By default, an e-mail message that has been marked for tracking is
synchronized in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook and Microsoft Dynamics CRM, and when you reply to
or forward an e-mail message from it, the Outlook form opens.
1. Start Outlook. (Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook must be installed.)
2. Do one of the following:
189
2011 User's Guide: Managing E-mail Activities
Create an e-mail message in an Outlook form
3. On the Microsoft Office Outlook Standard toolbar, click New.
4. In the New menu, click Mail Message.
5. In the Outlook form, you can use either your Outlook contacts or your Microsoft Dynamics CRM contacts.
For more information, see Microsoft Office Outlook Help.
6. On the Microsoft Dynamics CRM toolbar, click Track in CRM.
After you send the message, the View in CRM button becomes available.
7. Do one of the following to locate and select a parent record to link to this record:
In Microsoft Office Outlook 2003, click Regarding.
In Microsoft Office Outlook 2007, click Set Parent or Set Regarding.
8. On the Outlook toolbar, click Send.
The e-mail message appears in your Microsoft Dynamics CRM folders. The icon changes to the Track in
CRM button . The sent e-mail activity is saved as a Microsoft Dynamics CRM e-mail activity and
appears in the Microsoft Dynamics CRM Activities area.
An e-mail activity is not created until the message is sent.
To view the contact record, on the Microsoft Dynamics CRM toolbar click, View in CRM.
Create an e-mail message in a Microsoft Dynamics CRM form
This procedure does not create an Outlook e-mail message. These e-mail messages only appear in the
Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook folders and do not appear the Outlook Sent Items folder.
You can edit a draft e-mail message by following steps 1 through 2 to navigate to the Activities area in
Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook. Then, open the record you want to edit.
9. In the Outlook Navigation Pane, click the button for your organization, and then expand Workplace.
10. Under Workplace, expand My Work, and then click Activities.
11. In the Activities area, on the Actions
menu, click New.
12. In the New Activity dialog box, click E-mail, and then click OK.
13. On the E-mail tab, enter the following information:
From
Locate and select the sender's name.
To
Locate and select one or more recipients. You can click the Lookup button
select records.
Subject
Type a subject for your e-mail message.
Duration
190
to search for and
2011 User's Guide: Managing E-mail Activities
This field is not required, but if you are tracking the amount of time spent on cases, and this message
is related to a case, enter the amount of time spent on this message.
Due
If you are not sending your e-mail message immediately, enter a date to complete and send the
message. The message is not sent automatically.
Tip
You can copy and paste content from Microsoft Office Word. This lets you take advantage of
features such as spelling check and some text formatting. If your text is double-spaced, you can
press SHIFT+ENTER to single-space lines of text.
You can include an image if the file is hosted on a public Web site. Use the copy and paste feature
of Microsoft Internet Explorer to include a link to the image in the message. The image is displayed
as long as the receipient has access to the Web site.
You can also attach an article, template, or file to an e-mail activity.
To attach an article
e. To look up and select an article, on the Formatting toolbar, click Insert Article.
f.
Use the Search tab to specify conditions or criteria to locate the article.
g. In the results list, select the article, and then click OK.
The article appears the body of in your e-mail message.
h. Type any additional text, or edit the article.
To attach an e-mail template
i.
To look up and select an e-mail template, click Insert Template.
j.
On the Insert Template dialog box, select the template you want to use. You can either use a global
template, or a template specific to the record type you selected as the recipient. For example,
account or customer.
k. Click OK.
The template appears in the body of your e-mail message and the subject line is updated with the
subject line of the template.
l.
Type any additional text or edit the text provided. Editing the text or subject line in the message does
not change the template.
To attach a file
m. Save the activity.
n. On the Attachments tab, click New E-mail Attachment.
o. In the Add Attachment dialog box, in the File Name box, type the name of the file, or click Browse
to locate the file that you want to attach.
p. Click Attach.
14. To send the message immediately, click Send.
191
2011 User's Guide: Managing E-mail Activities
The message is sent and the new closed activity appears in Microsoft Dynamics CRM in the Activities
area with an assigned message number appended to the subject. It also appears in Outlook in the Sent
Items folder.
- OR To send the message at a later time, click Save and Close. The new draft activity appears in Microsoft
Dynamics CRM in the Activities area. You can delete draft messages.
Important: If you are working offline, e-mail messages will not be sent until you go back online. The
status will still be Closed. You can view a list of unsent e-mail from the Activities list, with the My
Pending E-mails view.
Important
After you save your e-mail message as a Microsoft Dynamics CRM e-mail activity, the saved
message can be accessed by anyone who has access to your activities in Microsoft Dynamics CRM.
Notes
•
After a message is sent, the status is changed to Closed and displayed in Microsoft Dynamics
CRM in the Activities pane. You cannot change the status or edit the message, except to link a
record in the Regarding box, if one has not been selected.
•
You can forward or reply to an e-mail activity, but you cannot resend it.
To reply to only the original sender, open the e-mail message. In the Respond group, click Reply.
To reply to the original sender and to send copies to everyone who originally received the message,
click Reply All.
To forward the e-mail activity to new recipients, click Forward, and then select new recipients.
Related Topics
Work with E-mail Activities ........................................................................................................ 187
Create an Activity in Outlook..................................................................................................... 460
Save Outlook Contacts, Tasks, and E-mail Messages as Microsoft Dynamics CRM Records 465
Sending and Receiving E-mail in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook ................................. 185
Managing E-mail Activities ........................................................................................................ 184
Requesting User Interface Changes ......................................................................................... 220
Create a quick campaign to run as activity
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default marketing security roles. More information about
specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Marketing Permissions
You can use quick campaigns to create one type of activity for many accounts, contacts, or leads at once.
192
2011 User's Guide: Managing E-mail Activities
1. Select the records or list that you want to run a quick campaign on, and then start the Create Quick
Campaign Wizard.
From a list of records, including the results of a search
You can run a quick campaign from any list of accounts, contacts, or leads.
a. Select the record or records for which you want to create a quick campaign. If you want to
include all records on the current page or all records on all pages, then skip this step.
q. On the Actions toolbar, click Create Quick Campaign
, and then click one of the following:
For Selected Records
Select this option if you have selected one or more records in the list.
For All Records on Current Page
Select this option to include all records on the page for the quick campaign activity.
For All Records on All Pages
Select this option to include all records on all pages for the quick campaign activity.
From the Marketing Lists list
You can run a quick campaign on one or more marketing lists in the Marketing Lists list.
a. In the Navigation Pane, click Marketing or Sales, and then click Marketing Lists.
r. Select the marketing list or marketing lists for which you want to create a quick campaign.
s. On the Actions toolbar, click Create Quick Campaign, and then click For Selected Records.
From a marketing list
You can run a quick campaign on the accounts, contacts, or leads in any marketing list.
a. In the Navigation Pane, click Marketing or Sales, and then click Marketing Lists.
t.
Double-click the marketing list for which you want to create a quick campaign.
u. On the Actions toolbar, click Create Quick Campaign.
2. In the Create Quick Campaign Wizard, follow the instructions to create the quick campaign.
Notes
•
You cannot add additional records to a quick campaign after you have created it.
•
In the Create Quick Campaign Wizard, you can select who you want Microsoft Dynamics CRM to
assign the activity to and whether Microsoft Dynamics CRM should perform the activity
automatically for appropriate activities (such as sending e-mail messages). For example, if you
are creating a phone call activity for all of the sales representatives, you can select the phone call
activity, and then select The owners of the records that are included in the quick campaign.
Each sales representative can then see the activity and take action on it. However, if you are
creating a large number of e-mail activities that Microsoft Dynamics CRM will perform
automatically, you can assign the e-mail activity to yourself instead of the record owners.
•
Whether or not some activities are performed automatically depends on an option available to
users who have the Organization Settings Write privilege. More information: Manage System
Settings
193
2011 User's Guide: Managing E-mail Activities
Related Topics
Work with Quick Campaigns .....................................................................................................382
Creating and Managing Marketing Lists ....................................................................................387
Planning Campaigns .................................................................................................................375
Understanding Quick Campaigns ..............................................................................................382
Resolve red text in e-mail message addresses
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: E-mail Permissions
cannot be matched to
E-mail messages that appear as red text with the Unresolved Address button
records in Microsoft Dynamics CRM. These messages contain e-mail addresses that are either not related to
a user, account, contact, or lead record, or are related to multiple records. You can match the e-mail address
to an existing record or create a new record.
1. Open the message.
2. Double-click the unresolved e-mail address.
3. In the Resolve Address dialog box, do one of the following procedures:
If the e-mail address belongs to an existing user, account, contact, or lead
Click Resolve to an existing record. Click the Lookup button
to search for records.
If the e-mail address is not in the system
v. Click Resolve to a new record, select a record type, and then click Go.
w. Complete the form, and then click OK
4. Click OK.
Related Topics
Work with E-mail Activities ........................................................................................................ 187
Sending and Receiving E-mail in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook.................................. 185
Set the option to send and receive e-mail from a user or queue
Can I do this task?
This task requires a manager, vice president, CEO-Business Manager, System Administrator, or System
Customizer security role or equivalent permissions. More information about specific permissions and
performing this task while offline: E-mail Permissions
194
2011 User's Guide: Managing E-mail Activities
If this option is not set correctly, e-mail is not sent and a warning message "This message has not been
submitted for delivery" appears.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Settings, click Administration, and then click Users.
- OR In the Navigation Pane, click Settings, click Business Management,
and then click Queues.
2. Open the user or queue you want to modify.
3. Under E-mail Access Configuration, select how e-mail will be accessed for incoming and outgoing mail.
None
E-mail will not be sent or received.
Forward Mailbox
E-mail will be forwarded from another e-mail address.
Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook
E-mail is sent and received with Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook.
E-mail Router
E-mail is sent and received with the Microsoft Dynamics CRM E-mail Router. If this item is selected,
the Allow credentials check box is displayed. To require that credentials be entered, select the
check box.
4. Click Save or Save and Close.
Notes
•
If you have selected an e-mail option, verify that there is a valid e-mail address in the E-mail box.
•
If you select Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook as your e-mail option, you must also allow
Microsoft Dynamics CRM to send mail through Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook.
Related Topics
Work with E-mail Activities ........................................................................................................ 187
Managing E-mail Activities ........................................................................................................ 184
Convert an e-mail to another record type
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
1. Navigate to activity records.
In the Navigation Pane, click Workplace, and then under My Work click Activities.
- OR To work with activities associated with a record, open the record and then click Activities.
195
2011 User's Guide: Managing E-mail Activities
2. Open the e-mail activity that you want to convert.
3. In the Actions toolbar, point to Convert Activity, and then click the record type that you want to convert
to.
4. In the dialog box, type the appropriate information.
5. By default, Microsoft Dynamics CRM is set to perform specific operations when the conversion occurs.
To change the conversion operations, clear the associated check boxes.
6. Click OK.
Related Topics
Work with E-mail Activities ........................................................................................................ 187
Manage Activities ........................................................................................................................ 23
Sending and Receiving E-mail in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook.................................. 185
Convert an activity to a case
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
1. Navigate to activity records.
In the Navigation Pane, click Workplace, and then under My Work click Activities.
- OR To work with activities associated with a record, open the record and then click Activities.
2. Open the activity that you want.
Activity types that can be converted
Faxes
Phone Calls
E-mail Messages
Letters
Appointments
3. On the Actions toolbar, point to Convert Activity and then to Case.
4. In the Convert Activity to Case dialog box, enter information in the following boxes:
Customer
You must click the Lookup button
to select or create a new customer.
By default, Microsoft Dynamics CRM automatically completes the following operations during the
conversion:
196
2011 User's Guide: Managing E-mail Activities
Close the activity as completed.
Open the new case after the conversion.
To change the conversion operations, clear the associated check boxes.
5. In the Convert Activity to Case dialog box, click OK.
Note
The originating activity becomes a related activity for the new case. If the activity is open, it appears
in the Activities list for the case. If the activity is closed, it appears in the Closed Activities list.
Related Topics
Work with Appointments ........................................................................................................... 440
Work with E-mail Activities ........................................................................................................ 187
Manage Activities ........................................................................................................................ 23
Work with E-mail Templates
E-mail templates provide boilerplate text and Microsoft Dynamics CRM data for e-mail messages. These
templates cannot be used with Microsoft Office Word mail merges.
Concepts:
•
Managing E-mail Activities (on page 184)
•
Work with Mail Merge Templates
Create or edit an e-mail template
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: E-mail Permissions
An e-mail template is attached to an e-mail activity after the activity is created. Typically, the template that
can be attached to an e-mail depends on which type of record the template is related to. For example, you
can only attach a case e-mail template to an e-mail activity created from a case record. However, you can
also create global templates that are available for any record type. In addition, you can create personal
templates that are available only to you, or organizational templates that are available to anyone in your
organization.
Notes
•
This feature is not available in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook. Use Microsoft Office Word
mail merge templates instead. More information: Create Customer-Ready Documents and
Messages (on page 164)
•
You can add attachments to an e-mail message template or any e-mail message created with an
e-mail template, such as a direct e-mail or a quick campaign. To add an attachment to an e-mail
template, you must first save the template.
197
2011 User's Guide: Managing E-mail Activities
1. Do one of the following.
To work with organization templates
In the Navigation Pane, click Settings, click Templates, and then click E-mail Templates.
- OR To work with personal templates
On the Tools menu, click Options, and then click the E-mail Templates tab.
2. On the Actions toolbar, click New.
3. In the E-Mail Template Type dialog box, in the Template Type list, select the type, and then click OK.
Important
If you choose a specific record type, such as lead or opportunity, the template is available only for
that record type. This cannot be changed. To use the same content for another record type, create a
new template.
4. On the E-mail Templates form, you must enter the following information:
Title
Type a meaningful and descriptive title for the template. The title displays in the list of templates.
Subject
Type the subject of the e-mail message created with this template. This appears as the Subject line in
the e-mail message and overwrites the existing text.
5. You can type a description of the template. This is not displayed to the recipient.
6. Type the text you want to send in this message. Use the Formatting toolbar to edit the text.
Tips
Although you cannot insert images or HTML directly into Microsoft Dynamics CRM e-mail
messages or e-mail templates, you can use the copy feature in Internet Explorer to copy an image
from a Web site and paste it into the e-mail message or e-mail template. The image is available as
long as the Web site is accessible.
To include a hyperlink in an e-mail template, type the URL including the http://, for example,
http://www.microsoft.com and then press Enter. Do not include a period or comma or a space after
the URL, or the link will break. A link is automatically added to the URL and the text is underlined
and changed to blue.
There is no spell check built into Microsoft Dynamics CRM. There might be third-party solutions
available. For more information, visit Microsoft Dynamics CRM Solution Finder (see Microsoft
Dynamics CRM Solution Finder - http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=98752).
The Formating toolbar has limited fonts and font sizes. However, you can copy and paste content
from Microsoft Office Word. This allows you to take advantage of features such as spell checking
and some advanced text formatting. To single-space a line of text, at the end of the line press
Shift+Enter.
198
2011 User's Guide: Managing E-mail Activities
7. To insert data fields to display information such as a customer's name or data from a quote, from a
Microsoft Dynamics CRM record, click Insert/Update, and then in the Data Field Values dialog box, click
Add.
8. In the Add Data Value dialog box, select the Record type and Field, and then click OK.
9. Click OK again to insert the data.
Tip
Use the Default Text box to define what text is displayed if the record does not have data for the field.
10. Click Save or Save and Close.
11. If necessary, click OK to close the Set Personal Options dialog box.
Notes
•
To change a shared template to a personal one or a personal template to a shared one, on the
menu, click Revert to Personal Template or click Make
template form, on the Actions
Template Available to Organization.
•
If you use an e-mail template as a signature in addition to another template, insert the signature
template first, otherwise, the Subject line will be overwritten.
•
If you need to back up your templates, or export them for use in a different implementation of
Microsoft Dynamics CRM, you can export them as part of exporting customizations. More
information: Export a solution
Related Topics
Work with E-mail Templates ..................................................................................................... 187
Set Personal Options ................................................................................................................ 201
Work with E-mail Activities ........................................................................................................ 187
Managing E-mail Activities ........................................................................................................ 184
Sending and Receiving E-mail in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook ................................. 185
Requesting User Interface Changes ......................................................................................... 220
Add and edit the data fields in an e-mail template
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: E-mail Permissions
Data fields are used with e-mail templates in the Web application. You can use custom fields, attributes, and
entities with e-mail templates.
This procedure does not work for Microsoft Office Word mail merge templates. You can use Microsoft Office
Word templates.
1. In the e-mail template, on the Form toolbar, click Insert/Update.
2. In the Data Field Values dialog box, do one of the following:
199
2011 User's Guide: Configuring Personal Options
To add a field, click Add, and then in the Add Data Value dialog box, select the record type and field
that you want to add, and then click OK.
The field appears in the Data Field Values list.
To change the order in which your data fields appear, select the field, and then click Move Up or
Move Down.
To provide substitute text for a field if there is no data, select the field, and then in the Default Text
box, type the text.
To remove a data field value, select the field, and then click Delete.
To insert the data field values into the e-mail template, click OK.
3. You can change the format for text displayed in a data field. Select the field, double-click the text, then
highlight the yellow text in the field, and then make the changes you want.
4. Click Save or Save and Close.
Important
•
If you want multiple data fields to appear on your template, you must add each data field
individually and for one record type at a time.
•
If you want to include data from different record types, repeat step 2 and select a different record
type.
Related Topics
Work with E-mail Templates ......................................................................................................187
Managing E-mail Activities ........................................................................................................184
Sending and Receiving E-mail in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook ..................................185
Configuring Personal Options
Viewing Your User Information
In Microsoft Dynamics CRM you can view your personal information in your own profile, although you my not
be able to update it. This information includes your name, contact information, working hours, the teams and
resource groups you belong to, as well as the services you can perform. You can also review your security
roles. Understanding your security role is key to knowing what you can and cannot view, create, or edit in
Microsoft Dynamics CRM.
Personalizing Microsoft Dynamics CRM
Every user has the option of configuring his or her personal workspace within Microsoft Dynamics CRM. You
can change how Microsoft Dynamics CRM displays information, including:
•
What links appear in your Workplace.
•
How many records display in lists.
200
2011 User's Guide: Set Personal Options
•
Your language preferences.
•
How to display numbers and dates.
More information: View Your User Profile
Creating Personal Views
You can create personal views of lists by creating custom Advanced Find queries and then saving them as
views.
More information: Find Things (on page 9)
Managing Your E-mail
You can create personal e-mail templates that you can reuse with your e-mail messages. If you are using an
e-mail service other than Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Microsoft Office Outlook, you can update your e-mail
password.
More information: Managing E-mail Activities (on page 184)
Synchronizing with Microsoft Dynamics CRM
If you use Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook, you can change how Microsoft Dynamics CRMlooks for you
as well as what information is synchronized and how often.
More information: Synchronizing Information (on page 484)
Set Personal Options
You can set your personal options for Microsoft Dynamics CRM and Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook.
Not all options are available for both the Web application and Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook.
Although you can use Advanced Find to create personal views, you cannot set a personal view as your
personal default view for a list.
More information: Work with Views and Work with Advanced Find
View Your User Profile
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
Your user profile displays information about you, including general information such as your contact
information and addresses, what teams and resource groups you belong to, which services you can perform,
and your work hours and security roles. This information is visible to the entire organization. Depending on
your security role, you may be able to make changes to your user profile.
201
2011 User's Guide: Set start page and view options
If you are working in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook, you can view this information from the User form.
More information: Work with Your User Record and Work Hours
1. Click the File tab, and then click Options.
2. In the Set Personal Options dialog box, click the General tab.
3. At the bottom of the page, click the View your user information link.
The User form with your information opens.
4. To view details or make changes, under Common or Service click any of the following:
Teams
Roles
Quotas
Work Hours
Services
Resource groups
Workflows
5. To close the form, on the File menu, click Close.
6. To close the Set Personal Options dialog box, click OK.
Related Topics
Check Your Permissions for a Record ........................................................................................ 50
Set Personal Options ................................................................................................................ 201
Set start page and view options
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
You can update the options that determine how Microsoft Dynamics CRM displays information. Not all
settings on this tab are available in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook.
1. Click the File tab, and then click Options.
- OR In Outlook, on the CRM menu, click Options.
2. In the Set Personal Options dialog box, on the General tab, you can set any of the following options:
Select activity forms used by Microsoft CRM client for Outlook
202
2011 User's Guide: Set start page and view options
If you are using Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook, select the forms that you want to use to create
activities.
Default Pane
Select the area that you want to display when you open Microsoft Dynamics CRM. This option is not
available in Outlook.
Default Tab
Select the tab that you want to display when you open Microsoft Dynamics CRM. This option is not
available in Outlook.
Records Per Page
Select the number of records you want to display in a list. The number of records displayed can affect
the performance of Microsoft Dynamics CRM.
Advanced Find Mode
Select the display mode for Advanced Find. This also affects Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook
data groups. The Simple mode only lets you change the values. The Detailed mode displays the
Filter toolbar and lets you add additional criteria.
Time Zone
If you are in a different time zone than the rest of your organization, select the time zone for your
current location. This option is not available in Outlook.
If you are using the Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook, we recommend that the Microsoft
Dynamics CRM time zone be set to the same time zone as Outlook, otherwise issues with
mismatched times and dates could occur.
Currency
Click the Lookup button
to select the currency to display.
Enable high contrast
Select this check box if you have turned on High Contrast settings in either your browser or operating
system. This option improves the display of buttons and icons for accessiblity.
View your user information
Click the View your user information link to view your user record in Microsoft Dynamics CRM. This
option is not available in Outlook.
Always run the Microsoft Dynamics CRM application hoster process
Select this check box if you want Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook to run continuously in the
background, even if Outlook is not running. This will improve how quickly pages are displayed. This
option is not available in the Web application.
3. To save your changes and close the dialog box, click OK.
203
2011 User's Guide: Set synchronization options in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook
Related Topics
Set Personal Options ................................................................................................................ 201
Manage Activities ........................................................................................................................ 23
Requesting User Interface Changes ......................................................................................... 220
Set synchronization options in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for
Outlook
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
You can select the record types that you want to synchronize between Outlook and Microsoft Dynamics CRM
for Outlook and how often you want to synchronize them between applications. Filters enable you to specify
the types of items that are synchronized.
1. Start Outlook. (Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook must be installed.)
2. If you have Outlook 2007 installed, on the CRM menu, click Options.
- OR If you have Outlook 2010 installed, click File. Click the CRM tab, and then click Options.
3. In the Set Personal Options dialog box, click the Synchronization tab.
This tab is not available in the Web application.
4. To choose other record types, such as Accounts, that are synchronized, click the Outlook Filters link,
and then change and add the filters that you want. More information: Choose the types of Microsoft
Dynamics CRM records and other items that synchronize with Outlook
The filters that are provided with Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook synchronize the following items if
you are the owner of the item.
Recurring Appointments
Faxes
Tasks
Service Activities
Appointments. Appointments and service activities in which you are a participant and have accepted
the appointment are synchronized.
Phone Calls
Letters
204
2011 User's Guide: Set Workplace pane options
Contacts
5. If you want to include company names in Outlook contacts, select the Update Company fields with
parent account names check box.
Important: Subsequent changes to the company name field are not synchronized.
6. If you have more than one computer running Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook and this computer is
online most often, select the Set this computer to be the Synchronizing client check box to
automatically synchronize information between Outlook and Microsoft Dynamics CRM.
7. If you want to define how often Microsoft Dynamics CRM items in your Microsoft Dynamics CRM for
Outlook folders are updated, select the Synchronize the CRM items in my Outlook folders every
check box and then enter the number of minutes.
You can increase the amount of time between synchronization of items in your Microsoft Dynamics CRM
for Outlook folders.
Your organization must permit you to change the Synchronize the CRM items in my Outlook folders
every check box. Your administrator sets the minimum time allowed between synchronization.
8. To save your changes and close the dialog box, click OK.
Related Topics
Set Personal Options ................................................................................................................ 201
Doing CRM Work in Outlook..................................................................................................... 459
Synchronizing Information ........................................................................................................ 484
Set Workplace pane options
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
You can select which areas and record types are displayed in the Navigation Pane when you view your
Workplace. By default, the My Work area and the Customers area appear in the Navigation Pane in both
Microsoft Dynamics CRM and Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook.
1. Click the File tab, and then click Options.
- OR In Outlook, on the CRM menu, click Options.
2. In the Set Personal Options dialog box, on the Workplace tab, select the areas you want to display.
The Preview pane displays each area and its sub-areas.
Sales
This area displays marketing lists, orders, invoices, leads, opportunity, and quotes.
205
2011 User's Guide: Set Workplace pane options
Marketing
This area displays marketing lists, campaigns, and quick campaigns.
Service
This area displays cases, contracts, and the knowledge base.
Scheduling
This area displays the Service calendar.
The option to select the Scheduling area is not available in the Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook,
but the area displays.
3. To save your changes and close the dialog box, click OK.
Related Topics
Set Personal Options ................................................................................................................ 201
Manage Activities ........................................................................................................................ 23
View your user profile
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
Your user profile displays information about you, including general information such as your contact
information and addresses, what teams and resource groups you belong to, which services you can perform,
and your work hours and security roles. This information is visible to the entire organization. Depending on
your security role, you may be able to make changes to your user profile.
If you are working in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook, you can view this information from the User form.
More information: Work with Your User Record and Work Hours
1. Click the File tab, and then click Options.
2. In the Set Personal Options dialog box, click the General tab.
3. At the bottom of the page, click the View your user information link.
The User form with your information opens.
4. To view details or make changes, under Common or Service click any of the following:
Teams
Roles
Quotas
Work Hours
Services
206
2011 User's Guide: Set start page and view options
Resource groups
Workflows
5. To close the form, on the File menu, click Close.
6. To close the Set Personal Options dialog box, click OK.
Related Topics
Check Your Permissions for a Record ....................................................................................... 50
Set Personal Options ................................................................................................................ 201
Set start page and view options
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
You can update the options that determine how Microsoft Dynamics CRM displays information. Not all
settings on this tab are available in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook.
1. Click the File tab, and then click Options.
- OR In Outlook, on the CRM menu, click Options.
2. In the Set Personal Options dialog box, on the General tab, you can set any of the following options:
Select activity forms used by Microsoft CRM client for Outlook
If you are using Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook, select the forms that you want to use to create
activities.
Default Pane
Select the area that you want to display when you open Microsoft Dynamics CRM. This option is not
available in Outlook.
Default Tab
Select the tab that you want to display when you open Microsoft Dynamics CRM. This option is not
available in Outlook.
Records Per Page
Select the number of records you want to display in a list. The number of records displayed can affect
the performance of Microsoft Dynamics CRM.
Advanced Find Mode
207
2011 User's Guide: Set synchronization options in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook
Select the display mode for Advanced Find. This also affects Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook
data groups. The Simple mode only lets you change the values. The Detailed mode displays the
Filter toolbar and lets you add additional criteria.
Time Zone
If you are in a different time zone than the rest of your organization, select the time zone for your
current location. This option is not available in Outlook.
If you are using the Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook, we recommend that the Microsoft
Dynamics CRM time zone be set to the same time zone as Outlook, otherwise issues with
mismatched times and dates could occur.
Currency
Click the Lookup button
to select the currency to display.
Enable high contrast
Select this check box if you have turned on High Contrast settings in either your browser or operating
system. This option improves the display of buttons and icons for accessiblity.
View your user information
Click the View your user information link to view your user record in Microsoft Dynamics CRM. This
option is not available in Outlook.
Always run the Microsoft Dynamics CRM application hoster process
Select this check box if you want Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook to run continuously in the
background, even if Outlook is not running. This will improve how quickly pages are displayed. This
option is not available in the Web application.
3. To save your changes and close the dialog box, click OK.
Related Topics
Set Personal Options ................................................................................................................ 201
Manage Activities ........................................................................................................................ 23
Requesting User Interface Changes ......................................................................................... 220
Set synchronization options in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for
Outlook
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
208
2011 User's Guide: Set synchronization options in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook
You can select the record types that you want to synchronize between Outlook and Microsoft Dynamics CRM
for Outlook and how often you want to synchronize them between applications. Filters enable you to specify
the types of items that are synchronized.
1. Start Outlook. (Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook must be installed.)
2. If you have Outlook 2007 installed, on the CRM menu, click Options.
- OR If you have Outlook 2010 installed, click File. Click the CRM tab, and then click Options.
3. In the Set Personal Options dialog box, click the Synchronization tab.
This tab is not available in the Web application.
4. To choose other record types, such as Accounts, that are synchronized, click the Outlook Filters link,
and then change and add the filters that you want. More information: Choose the types of Microsoft
Dynamics CRM records and other items that synchronize with Outlook
The filters that are provided with Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook synchronize the following items if
you are the owner of the item.
Recurring Appointments
Faxes
Tasks
Service Activities
Appointments. Appointments and service activities in which you are a participant and have accepted
the appointment are synchronized.
Phone Calls
Letters
Contacts
5. If you want to include company names in Outlook contacts, select the Update Company fields with
parent account names check box.
Important: Subsequent changes to the company name field are not synchronized.
6. If you have more than one computer running Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook and this computer is
online most often, select the Set this computer to be the Synchronizing client check box to
automatically synchronize information between Outlook and Microsoft Dynamics CRM.
7. If you want to define how often Microsoft Dynamics CRM items in your Microsoft Dynamics CRM for
Outlook folders are updated, select the Synchronize the CRM items in my Outlook folders every
check box and then enter the number of minutes.
You can increase the amount of time between synchronization of items in your Microsoft Dynamics CRM
for Outlook folders.
Your organization must permit you to change the Synchronize the CRM items in my Outlook folders
every check box. Your administrator sets the minimum time allowed between synchronization.
8. To save your changes and close the dialog box, click OK.
209
2011 User's Guide: Set Workplace pane options
Related Topics
Set Personal Options ................................................................................................................ 201
Doing CRM Work in Outlook ..................................................................................................... 459
Synchronizing Information......................................................................................................... 484
Set Workplace pane options
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
You can select which areas and record types are displayed in the Navigation Pane when you view your
Workplace. By default, the My Work area and the Customers area appear in the Navigation Pane in both
Microsoft Dynamics CRM and Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook.
1. Click the File tab, and then click Options.
- OR In Outlook, on the CRM menu, click Options.
2. In the Set Personal Options dialog box, on the Workplace tab, select the areas you want to display.
The Preview pane displays each area and its sub-areas.
Sales
This area displays marketing lists, orders, invoices, leads, opportunity, and quotes.
Marketing
This area displays marketing lists, campaigns, and quick campaigns.
Service
This area displays cases, contracts, and the knowledge base.
Scheduling
This area displays the Service calendar.
The option to select the Scheduling area is not available in the Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook,
but the area displays.
3. To save your changes and close the dialog box, click OK.
Related Topics
Set Personal Options ................................................................................................................ 201
Manage Activities ........................................................................................................................ 23
210
2011 User's Guide: Create or edit an e-mail template
Create or edit an e-mail template
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: E-mail Permissions
An e-mail template is attached to an e-mail activity after the activity is created. Typically, the template that
can be attached to an e-mail depends on which type of record the template is related to. For example, you
can only attach a case e-mail template to an e-mail activity created from a case record. However, you can
also create global templates that are available for any record type. In addition, you can create personal
templates that are available only to you, or organizational templates that are available to anyone in your
organization.
Notes
•
This feature is not available in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook. Use Microsoft Office Word
mail merge templates instead. More information: Create Customer-Ready Documents and
Messages (on page 164)
•
You can add attachments to an e-mail message template or any e-mail message created with an
e-mail template, such as a direct e-mail or a quick campaign. To add an attachment to an e-mail
template, you must first save the template.
1. Do one of the following.
To work with organization templates
In the Navigation Pane, click Settings, click Templates, and then click E-mail Templates.
- OR To work with personal templates
On the Tools menu, click Options, and then click the E-mail Templates tab.
2. On the Actions toolbar, click New.
3. In the E-Mail Template Type dialog box, in the Template Type list, select the type, and then click OK.
Important
If you choose a specific record type, such as lead or opportunity, the template is available only for
that record type. This cannot be changed. To use the same content for another record type, create a
new template.
4. On the E-mail Templates form, you must enter the following information:
Title
Type a meaningful and descriptive title for the template. The title displays in the list of templates.
Subject
Type the subject of the e-mail message created with this template. This appears as the Subject line in
the e-mail message and overwrites the existing text.
5. You can type a description of the template. This is not displayed to the recipient.
211
2011 User's Guide: Create or edit an e-mail template
6. Type the text you want to send in this message. Use the Formatting toolbar to edit the text.
Tips
Although you cannot insert images or HTML directly into Microsoft Dynamics CRM e-mail
messages or e-mail templates, you can use the copy feature in Internet Explorer to copy an image
from a Web site and paste it into the e-mail message or e-mail template. The image is available as
long as the Web site is accessible.
To include a hyperlink in an e-mail template, type the URL including the http://, for example,
http://www.microsoft.com and then press Enter. Do not include a period or comma or a space after
the URL, or the link will break. A link is automatically added to the URL and the text is underlined
and changed to blue.
There is no spell check built into Microsoft Dynamics CRM. There might be third-party solutions
available. For more information, visit Microsoft Dynamics CRM Solution Finder (see Microsoft
Dynamics CRM Solution Finder - http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=98752).
The Formating toolbar has limited fonts and font sizes. However, you can copy and paste content
from Microsoft Office Word. This allows you to take advantage of features such as spell checking
and some advanced text formatting. To single-space a line of text, at the end of the line press
Shift+Enter.
7. To insert data fields to display information such as a customer's name or data from a quote, from a
Microsoft Dynamics CRM record, click Insert/Update, and then in the Data Field Values dialog box, click
Add.
8. In the Add Data Value dialog box, select the Record type and Field, and then click OK.
9. Click OK again to insert the data.
Tip
Use the Default Text box to define what text is displayed if the record does not have data for the field.
10. Click Save or Save and Close.
11. If necessary, click OK to close the Set Personal Options dialog box.
Notes
212
•
To change a shared template to a personal one or a personal template to a shared one, on the
menu, click Revert to Personal Template or click Make
template form, on the Actions
Template Available to Organization.
•
If you use an e-mail template as a signature in addition to another template, insert the signature
template first, otherwise, the Subject line will be overwritten.
•
If you need to back up your templates, or export them for use in a different implementation of
Microsoft Dynamics CRM, you can export them as part of exporting customizations. More
information: Export a solution
2011 User's Guide: Set how your e-mail is tracked
Related Topics
Work with E-mail Templates ..................................................................................................... 187
Set Personal Options ................................................................................................................ 201
Work with E-mail Activities ........................................................................................................ 187
Managing E-mail Activities ........................................................................................................ 184
Sending and Receiving E-mail in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook ................................. 185
Requesting User Interface Changes ......................................................................................... 220
Set how your e-mail is tracked
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
You can set which type of e-mail messages are tracked as activities in Microsoft Dynamics CRM. The tab is
available only in the Web application.
1. Click the File tab, and then click Options.
2. In the Set Personal Options dialog box, on the E-mail tab, you can choose one of the following options:
All e-mail messages
Select this option if you want all of your e-mail messages to be saved as activities in Microsoft
Dynamics CRM.
E-mail messages that contain a Microsoft Dynamics CRM tracking token
Select this option if you want only the replies to the e-mail messages that are already tracked in
Microsoft Dynamics CRM to be saved as e-mail activities.
3. To save your changes and close the dialog box, click OK.
Important
After you save your e-mail message as a Microsoft Dynamics CRM e-mail activity, the saved
message can be accessed by anyone who has access to your activities in Microsoft Dynamics CRM.
Related Topics
Manage Activities ........................................................................................................................ 23
213
2011 User's Guide: Set address book options in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook
Set address book options in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for
Outlook
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
You can link e-mail messages to contacts and other Microsoft Dynamics CRM record types based on the
names and e-mail addresses that are in your Outlook address book.
When you send or receive an e-mail message, the names and e-mail addresses in the From and recipient
fields are compared to the names and e-mail addresses in the Microsoft Dynamics CRM record types that
you select. If there's a match, the e-mail messages are included as an activity for the records.
1. Start Outlook. (Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook must be installed.)
2. If you have Outlook 2007 installed, on the CRM menu, click Options.
- OR If you have Outlook 2010 installed, click File. Click the CRM tab, and then click Options.
3. In the Set Personal Options dialog box, click the Address Book tab.
This tab is not available in the Web application.
4. For Contacts, choose whether names and e-mail addresses from the address book are compared to
some or all of your Microsoft Dynamics CRM contacts.
Match only against contacts synchronized to Microsoft Dynamics CRM
This option is selected by default. If you want to link e-mail messages to the Microsoft Dynamics CRM
contact records that you have chosen to synchronize and also match a name or e-mail address in
your address book, leave this option selected. More information: Choose the types of Microsoft
Dynamics CRM records and other items that synchronize with Outlook
Match all contacts in Microsoft Dynamics CRM
Click this option if you want to link e-mail messages to any Microsoft Dynamics CRM contact record
that also matches a name or e-mail address in the address book.
5. For Other record types, choose whether you want to link e-mail messages to other record types if the
names and e-mail addresses in the other record types match those in the address book. Also choose the
types of records.
a. If you do not want to link e-mail messages to other record types:
Click Do not match.
- OR If you do want to link e-mail messages to other records types:
Click Match only the items I own.
- OR 214
2011 User's Guide: Set local data synchronization options in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook
Click Match all items in Microsoft Dynamics CRM.
b. In the Change the record types being synchronized to your Address book box, click the Select
or change the values for this field button
. Add or remove record types, and then click OK.
6. To save your changes and close the dialog box, click OK.
Note
You can synchronize your address book manually:
If you have Outlook 2007 installed, on the CRM menu, click Synchronize with CRM.
If you have Outlook 2010 installed, click File. Click the CRM tab, and then click
Synchronize with CRM.
Related Topics
Set Personal Options ................................................................................................................ 201
Doing CRM Work in Outlook ..................................................................................................... 459
Synchronizing Information ........................................................................................................ 484
Set local data synchronization options in Microsoft Dynamics
CRM for Outlook
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
If your organization allows it, you can select how frequently information is automatically updated between
Microsoft Dynamics CRM and Outlook.
When information is updated more frequently, you can go offline faster because there is less information to
update during the synchronization process.
1. Start Outlook. (Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook must be installed.)
2. If you have Outlook 2007 installed, on the CRM menu, click Options.
- OR If you have Outlook 2010 installed, click File. Click the CRM tab, and then click Options.
3. In the Set Personal Options dialog box, click the Local Data tab.
This tab is not available in the Web application.
4. To change the interval that data is synchronized, select the Update local data every check box, and
then enter a number between 1 and 60.
215
2011 User's Guide: Set privacy options
By default, the Outlook local data is synchronized with the Microsoft Dynamics CRM address book every
15 minutes. Your administrator sets the minimum time allowed between synchronization.
5. To save your changes and close the dialog box, click OK.
Note
You can synchronize information with Microsoft Dynamics CRM at any time.
•
If you have Outlook 2007 installed, on the CRM menu, click Synchronize with CRM.
•
If you have Outlook 2010 installed, click File. Click the CRM tab, and then click Synchronize
with CRM.
Related Topics
Set Personal Options.................................................................................................................201
Doing CRM Work in Outlook .....................................................................................................459
Synchronizing Information .........................................................................................................484
Set privacy options
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
You can specify whether errors you encounter in Microsoft Dynamics CRM are sent to Microsoft. This data is
used to improve the quality of Microsoft Dynamics CRM.
1. Click the File tab, and then click Options.
- OR In Outlook, on the CRM menu, click Options.
2. Click the Privacy tab, and select when to send an error report to Microsoft Dynamics CRM. For more
information about the program, click the View Privacy Statement link.
3. To save your changes and close the dialog box, click OK.
Important
In the above options, if you chose to never send an error report, but continue to receive notification of
script errors, disable script debugging in Microsoft Internet Explorer. For instructions about how to do
this, see the Microsoft Internet Explorer Help.
Related Topics
Set Personal Options ................................................................................................................ 201
216
2011 User's Guide: Set Activities options
Set Activities options
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
You can set the default view for your Workplace calendar, and set your working hours. This tab is not
available in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook.
1. Click the File tab, and then click Options.
2. In the Set Personal Options dialog box, on the Activities tab, you can make changes to the following
options:
Default Calendar
Select whether you want your default calendar view to be by day, week, or month.
Start Time and End Time
Select the time you start and end your work day. This affects scheduling and your calendars.
3. To save your changes and close the dialog box, click OK.
Related Topics
Set Personal Options ................................................................................................................ 201
Manage Activities ........................................................................................................................ 23
Set regional options for yourself
You can control how Microsoft Dynamics CRM displays numbers, currencies, times, and dates in your
account.
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. This task can be performed only in
the Web application. More information: Common Task Permissions
1. Click the File tab, and then click Options.
- OR In Outlook, on the CRM menu, click Options.
2. Click the Formats tab.
3. From the Current Format list, select the name of the language and country or region that corresponds to
the format you want to use.
4. To save your changes and close the dialog box, click OK.
217
2011 User's Guide: Set local data synchronization options in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook
Tip
In addition to selecting a predefined combination of language and country or region, you can also
personalize number, currency, time, and date formats. To personalize these formats, click
Customize.
Related Topics
Set Personal Options ................................................................................................................ 201
Requesting User Interface Changes ......................................................................................... 220
Set local data synchronization options in Microsoft Dynamics
CRM for Outlook
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
If your organization allows it, you can select how frequently information is automatically updated between
Microsoft Dynamics CRM and Outlook.
When information is updated more frequently, you can go offline faster because there is less information to
update during the synchronization process.
1. Start Outlook. (Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook must be installed.)
2. If you have Outlook 2007 installed, on the CRM menu, click Options.
- OR If you have Outlook 2010 installed, click File. Click the CRM tab, and then click Options.
3. In the Set Personal Options dialog box, click the Local Data tab.
This tab is not available in the Web application.
4. To change the interval that data is synchronized, select the Update local data every check box, and
then enter a number between 1 and 60.
By default, the Outlook local data is synchronized with the Microsoft Dynamics CRM address book every
15 minutes. Your administrator sets the minimum time allowed between synchronization.
5. To save your changes and close the dialog box, click OK.
Note
You can synchronize information with Microsoft Dynamics CRM at any time.
•
218
If you have Outlook 2007 installed, on the CRM menu, click Synchronize with CRM.
2011 User's Guide: Set language options
If you have Outlook 2010 installed, click File. Click the CRM tab, and then click Synchronize
with CRM.
•
Related Topics
Set Personal Options ................................................................................................................ 201
Doing CRM Work in Outlook ..................................................................................................... 459
Synchronizing Information ........................................................................................................ 484
Set language options
You can control the display language for the user interface and Help in Microsoft Dynamics CRM.
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. This task can be performed only in
the Web application. More information: Common Task Permissions
1. Click the File tab, and then click Options.
- OR In Outlook 2007, on the CRM menu, click Options.
- OR In Outlook 2010, click the File tab. Click CRM, and then click Options.
2. Click the Languages tab.
3. From the User Interface Language list, select the language that you want Microsoft Dynamics CRM to
use for display.
4. From the Help Language list, select the language for Microsoft Dynamics CRM Help.
5. To save your changes and close the dialog box, click OK.
Important
If you are running Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Microsoft Office Outlook, before you can enable
additional languages, you must download one or more Language Packs
http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=200478 on the same computer.
Related Topics
Set Personal Options ................................................................................................................ 201
Requesting User Interface Changes ........................................................................................ 220
219
2011 User's Guide: Requesting User Interface Changes
Requesting User Interface Changes
Because customizations affect all users, only a user with the System Administrator or System Customizer
security role, or equivalent permissions, can make customizations. If something would make it easier to do
your job, let your manager or system administrator know.
Common customizations include:
•
Change your permissions, if needed to do your job.
•
Change the choices and the default value for a list. This includes the industry values in accounts and
leads. It also includes the reasons for closing an activity, case, or lead.
•
Change the criteria that determines if there are potential duplicate records.
•
Change the names of record types or the text labels used in forms and views to reflect your
organization's terminology.
•
Link new record types and relationships with other record types to capture information you need.
•
Add new fields on forms to track information that does not fit in existing fields.
•
Hide features that you do not use.
•
Modify reports.
•
Change the columns that are displayed in views, the order the columns are displayed, and how the views
are sorted. For each record type, there are several types of views that can be changed.
220
Using Mobile Express
Mobile solutions for Microsoft Dynamics CRM Online enable companies to enhance the performance of their
business by giving people access to CRM data and information wherever and whenever they need it, while
keeping costs under control. With a choice of mobile solutions, Microsoft Dynamics CRM Online gives
companies the flexibility to achieve rapid return on investment today and innovate for tomorrow.
On This Page
Requirements to access Mobile Express .................................................................................. 221
Supported browsers and devices .............................................................................................. 221
Partner Solutions ....................................................................................................................... 223
Mobile Express for Microsoft Dynamics CRM gives users access to Microsoft Dynamics CRM Online data
through a Web browser on a mobile device. Mobile Express is an easy-to-use extension of Microsoft
Dynamics CRM Online that allows the ability to view, create, and modify CRM data on any Internet-capable
mobile device.
Requirements to access Mobile Express
You must have an Internet or intranet connection to use Mobile Express; you can access it in either of two
ways:
•
To access Microsoft Dynamics CRM from your mobile Web browser, go to the URL for Mobile Express.
Typically this is https://<CRM_server>/m where <CRM_server> is the name of the server you use to
access CRM. Your system administrator will have the appropriate URL.
•
To access Microsoft Dynamics CRM Online from your mobile Web browser, go to
http://crm.dynamics.com and log in.
Supported browsers and devices
Mobile Express for Microsoft Dynamics CRM is available through many mobile devices, operating systems,
and browsers. If your device’s browser supports HTML 4.0 (or newer) and JavaScript, you have met the basic
requirements to use Mobile Express. You do not need to install an application on your mobile device in order
to use Mobile Express. You can access its full functionality by simply logging in through your mobile browser.
As of March, 2011, Mobile Express supports the devices in the following list, among many others. Because
we strive to support the broadest possible audience of mobile users, this list might grow. So, even if you do
not see your device, you should try to access Mobile Express.
221
2011 User's Guide: Requesting User Interface Changes
Supported devices, listed by operating system
Device
Operating System
Browser
All
Windows Phone 7
Internet Explorer
Device
Operating System
Browser
HTC HD2
Windows Mobile 6.5
Internet Explorer, Opera
HTC Fuze
Windows Mobile 6.5
Internet Explorer
Palm Treo
Windows Mobile 6.1
Internet Explorer, Opera
Device
Operating System
Browser
Palm Pre
Palm WebOS
Palm
Device
Operating System
Browser
Nokia N97 mini, Nokia S60
Nokia E71
Nokia
Nokia
Nokia S40
Nokia
Device
Operating System
Browser
Various*
Android
Various*
*Almost all recently manufactured Android devices support HTML 4.0 and newer, as well as JavaScript.
Device
Operating System
Browser
iPhone 3.0
Apple
Safari
iPhone 4.0
Apple
Safari
iPad
Apple
Safari
Device
Operating System
Browser
Storm
Blackberry
Blackberry
Storm 2
Blackberry
Blackberry
Curve
Blackberry
Blackberry, Opera
222
2011 User's Guide: Find information in articles in the knowledge base
Partner Solutions
We have partners that offer solutions to enhance and extend the features and capabilities of Mobile Express.
Visit their Web sites for more information:
CWR Mobility http://www.cwrmobility.com/
TenDigits http://accessdynamicscrm.com/
Yes. You can use a mobile Web browser in your Web-enabled mobile phone to connect to your Microsoft
Dynamics CRM system. For more information, see Getting started with CRM mobility and Using Mobile
Express ./help/ug_mobile_use.htm.
Find information in articles in the knowledge base
The knowledge base is a collection of articles that your organization creates. They can include procedures,
answers to common questions, product sheets, problem solutions, or anything else your organization wants
to share.
You can search for an article by keyword, title, article, number, subject, or use a full-text search. For more
information about searching the knowledge base, click Help on This Page.
•
To search for, and then view, an article, on the Navigation Pane, under My Work, click Articles.
Tip
If an article is outdated, incomplete, or incorrect, you can add comments.
Work with Published Articles
You can search or browse the Articles library for published articles. You can also view articles, print articles,
or e-mail them to customers. More information: Create and Publish Articles (on page 453)
Find an article in the Knowledge Base
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default service security roles. More information about
specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Service Permissions
Search results do not include unpublished articles.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Service, and then click Articles.
2. In the Search list, in the list, select a type of search.
General
This search looks through all of the words in all published articles to find articles that match your
search criteria.
223
2011 User's Guide: Add or delete a comment
Keyword Search
This search compares your search criteria with alternate terminology assigned to an article to find
articles. For example, an article about bicycles might use keywords such as "bike,""cycle," or "trike."
Title Search
This search look at the title of all published articles to find articles that match your search criteria.
Article Number Search
This search looks for the number that is assigned to the article when it is published. If you know the
article number, this is the fastest way to find a specific article.
3. In the Search for box, type a word, phrase, keyword, or article number.
4. To narrow your search by subject, locate and select a subject. You can click the Lookup button
search for a subject. If you want to search the entire database, do not select a subject.
to
5. In the Options list, select Exact Text to search for the exact words that you enter in the Search for box,
or select Use Like Words to search for similar words. For example, if you enter "run," the search would
include "running" and "runs."
6. Click Search to perform the search.
The articles that match your criteria are displayed in the right pane. Double-click an article to open it.
Important
When you add a new article or comment, you cannot search for it until the catalog index is updated.
Microsoft Dynamics CRM updates the catalog index automatically every 15 minutes.
Notes
•
If you want to view the article queues, in the Search list, select Articles, and then select the
queue.
•
If you want to browse the subject tree for articles, in the Search list, select Subject Browse.
When you expand the subject tree, the related articles appear in the right pane.
•
You can also view articles in the Workplace area, under My Work.
Related Topics
Work with Published Articles .....................................................................................................223
Create and Publish Articles .......................................................................................................453
Add or delete a comment
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default service security roles. More information about
specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Service Permissions
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Service, and then click Articles.
224
2011 User's Guide: Attach an article to an e-mail message
2. In the Articles drop-down list, click the Draft Articles, Unapproved Articles, or Published Articles
view to display the list of articles.
3. Double-click the article you want.
4. Under Information, click Add Article Comment.
5. Add a comment.
a. On the Actions toolbar, click New Article Comment.
b. In the Comment on This Article dialog box, in the Comment Title box, type a title for your comment.
c. In the blank box, type your comment, and then click OK.
6. Delete a comment.
a. In the list of comments, select the comment you want to delete.
b. On the Actions toolbar, click the Delete button
, and then click OK.
7. Click Save or Save and Close.
Related Topics
Work with Published Articles .................................................................................................... 223
Create and Publish Articles ...................................................................................................... 453
Attach an article to an e-mail message
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default service security roles. More information about
specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Service Permissions
You can attach or insert a published article to an e-mail message that is created in the Web application. This
procedure does not work for Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook.
1. In the Web application, create an e-mail message.
2. In the E-mail form, in the Include group, click Insert Article.
3. In the list of articles, select the title of the article that you want to send.
To preview the article, click View Article.
4. Click OK.
The full text of the article is inserted into the e-mail.
5. Type any additional text, or edit the article.
6. Click Send.
7. Click Save or Save and Close.
225
2011 User's Guide: Creating and Using Workflows
Related Topics
Work with Published Articles ..................................................................................................... 223
Create and Publish Articles ....................................................................................................... 453
Work with E-mail Activities ........................................................................................................ 187
Creating and Using Workflows
By using workflows to automate your business processes, you can:
•
Ensure consistency in how records are handled.
•
Ensure consistency in the information that is stored in your organization's Microsoft Dynamics CRM
database.
•
Allow people in your organization to focus on growing your business instead of performing repetitive
tasks.
If you have the System Administrator or System Customizer security role, you have the necessary
permissions to create workflows that can affect records throughout your organization's implementation of
Microsoft Dynamics CRM. However, even if you do not have one of these security roles, you can still create
workflows that affect the records that you own.
Several ways to create workflows
There are several ways that you can add workflows to your implementation of Microsoft Dynamics CRM:
•
Create workflows by using the Microsoft Dynamics CRM Web application.
•
Create custom workflows and custom workflow actions by using the information that is available in the
Microsoft Dynamics CRM Software Development Kit. For more information, refer to the Microsoft
Dynamics CRM Software Development Kit http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=208672.
•
Purchase custom workflows or custom workflow actions from third-party vendors who develop solutions
that are compatible with Microsoft Dynamics CRM. For more information about how to integrate a thirdparty workflow or workflow action, contact the vendor.
Creating workflows by using the Web application
There are four basic steps to creating a workflow by using the Web application:
1. Create an empty workflow or use a workflow template to create the workflow.
2. Specify the workflow properties.
3. Add conditions, workflow actions, and other elements that define your workflow logic.
4. Activate the workflow.
226
2011 User's Guide: Workflow Lifecycle
More information:
Work with Workflows (on page 229)
Workflow Structure
Using workflows
You use workflows by either applying an on-demand workflow yourself or by specifying when Microsoft
Dynamics CRM should start an automatic workflow for you.
More information: Start an On-Demand Workflow (on page 50)
Workflow Lifecycle
There are three basic phases to a workflow lifecycle: creating workflows. publishing workflows, and
monitoring workflow jobs.
Lesson 1: Workflow structure
There are two types of processes in Microsoft Dynamics CRM: workflows and dialogs. Both process types
share some process properties and use some of the same process logic. Both types of processes are made
up of process properties and process logic. You start creating workflows dialogs in the same way. However,
the process properties you select define whether the process will be a dialog or a workflow. Once you define
the process as a workflow, the remaining properties and the process logic that is available will be specific to
workflows.
Process properties
At a minimum, each workflow requires the following properties:
•
Process name. A descriptive name makes it easier to find and run the right workflow.
•
Entity. Although a workflow can take action on more than one entity, it is still associated with a single
primary entity.
•
Type. You can select whether the process you create is a new blank process or a process template. A
process template is a type of process that serves exclusively as the basis for creating other process.
Process templates cannot start workflow jobs.
•
Category. Workflows and dialogs are both processes, but there are differences. You must select
Workflow as the category in order to use the properties and logic that is specific to workflows.
•
Scope. A workflow's scope determines the records that the workflow can take action on. The scope is
limited by the permissions that the workflow's owner has, as well as by the access level the owner selects
for the scope when they create the workflow.
Scope options are:
Organization
Parent:Child Business Units
Business Unit
227
2011 User's Guide: Workflow Lifecycle
User
•
How automatic processes are started. You can specify what events in your Microsoft Dynamics CRM
implementation will cause the workflow to take action, such as the creation of a new lead record or a
specific change to a case record.
Available events are:
When a record is created.
When the status of a record changes, such as when it is closed or deactivated.
When a record is assigned to someone else.
When a specified field in the record changes.
When a record is deleted.
•
Availability. In addition to workflows that run automatically when certain events occur, you make the
workflow available as an on-demand process, a child process, or both:
An on-demand process runs only when a user chooses to apply it to records from a toolbar or menu
in Microsoft Dynamics CRM.
A child process runs only when started by another process. It is contained within a parent process
and cannot be run on its own.
Process logic
The process logic you add to your workflow determines the specific actions that the workflow will take on
records.
Process logic for a workflow includes the following elements:
•
Stages. Stages are elements of process logic that group steps. Process rules determine the required
activities for a workflow and the order in which those activities must be performed. By adding stages to
your process logic, you can group the steps in your workflow. Stages make the process logic of the
workflow easier to read, and explain. However, stages do not affect the logic or behavior of workflows.
A system job is a process that Microsoft Dynamics CRM performs independently or in the background.
Stage descriptions appear as headings in system job forms, which display the progress of a workflow job,
a type of system job. Stage descriptions can also appear in reports.
You can use stages to define business processes that your organization uses. For example, one
workflow could use stages to describe the opportunity management process for your sales team, while
another workflow could define the case resolution process for your customer service representatives.
•
Steps. A step is an element of process logic that defines a unit of business logic within a workflow. Steps
can include conditions, actions, other steps, or a combination of these elements. There is no limit to how
deeply you can nest workflow steps.
You can add the following types of steps to workflows:
Check Condition. Defines a specific situation and any actions that should be taken if that situation
occurs. A logical "if-then" statement in a workflow.
Conditional Branch. Defines an alternative condition and action or additional steps, in cases when
the criteria in a check condition element are not met. A logical "else-if-then" statement in a workflow.
228
2011 User's Guide: Work with Workflows
Default Action. Defines an alternative action in all cases that do not match the criteria defined in
check conditions or parallel wait branch elements. A logical "else" statement in a workflow.
Wait Condition. Enables a workflow to pause itself until the criteria defined by the condition have
been met. The workflow starts again automatically when the criteria in the wait condition have been
met.
Parallel Wait Branch. Defines an alternative wait condition with a corresponding set of additional
steps that are performed only when the initial criterion is met. You can use parallel wait branches to
create timeouts in your process logic. They help prevent the workflow from waiting indefinitely until
the criteria defined in a wait condition have been met.
Custom step. Provides extensions to the logical elements available by default in Microsoft Dynamics
CRM. Steps can include conditions, actions, other steps, or a combination of these elements. Custom
workflow steps can be developed by using the information in the Microsoft Dynamics CRM SDK
http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=104332.
•
Actions. Actions are elements of process logic that specify the actions to be performed by workflow jobs
when conditions defined in the workflow have been met. By adding actions to workflow steps, you define
the specific actions you want the workflow to perform.
You can add the following actions to workflows:
Create a record
Update a record
Assign a record
Send an e-mail notification
Start a child workflow
Change the status of a record
Stop the current workflow
Perform a custom workflow action
Work with Workflows
By creating workflows, you can create the business logic necessary to automate some or all of your business
processes.
Create or edit a workflow
Can I do this task?
This task requires the System Administrator or System Customizer security role or equivalent permissions.
Customization tasks can be performed only while you are online. More information: Customization
Permissions (on page 490)
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Settings, and then under Process Center, click Processes.
229
2011 User's Guide: Create or edit a workflow
2. On the Actions toolbar, click New.
3. In the dialog box, set required properties for the workflow.
a. In the Workflow name box, type the name that you want to use for this workflow.
b. From the Entity list, select the primary entity that you want to use with this workflow.
c. In the Type area, select whether you want to create a completely new workflow or whether you want
to use a workflow template.
d. If you want to vew details about the workflow template, select the workflow template and click
Properties.
e. Click OK.
4. In the area in the top half of the Workflow form, set additional properties for the workflow.
a. If you plan to publish this workflow to automate your business processes, from the Publish As list,
select Workflow.
- OR If you plan to publish this workflow as a workflow template, from the PUBLISH AS list, select
WORKFLOW TEMPLATE.
b. Under Available to Run, select how you want to make the workflow available to other users in your
organization:
On demand. If you want to make the workflow available as an on-demand workflow, select this
check box.
As a child workflow. If you want to make the workflow available as a child workflow, select this
check box.
c. If you are creating an automatic workflow, under Options for Automatic Workflows, set options
unique to workflows that run automatically:
Scope. Select the access level that matches the workflow scope that you want to set for this
workflow.
Note: The items available to you in this list depend on the privileges that have been assigned to
your security role for the workflow's primary entity.
Start when. Select the check boxes that correspond to the events in your implementation of
Microsoft Dynamics CRM that you want to start the workflow.
Note: If you select the Record attributes change check box, you must click Select and specify
the attributes of the primary entity that you want the workflow to monitor for changes.
5. Add stages to your workflow logic.
In the lower half of the Workflow form, you can add workflow stages to your workflow logic.
a. Select the line in your workflow logic where you want to add the workflow stage.
b. On the Workflow Logic toolbar, click Add Step and select Stage.
c. Click OK.
230
2011 User's Guide: Create or edit a workflow
d. Click Type a stage description here and replace the default text with a description of what your
workflow stage includes.
Note: If you want to add more stages to your workflow, first click the area to the left of the existing
workflow stage. Next, click the Insert menu and select whether you want to add the stage above or below
the one that you selected. Click Add Step, select Stage, and then click OK.
6. Add steps to your workflow logic.
In the lower half of the Workflow form, you can add workflow steps to your workflow logic.
Tip: You can repeat these steps to add whatever steps you want to include in your workflow logic.
d. Select the line in your workflow logic where you want to add the workflow step.
a. On the Workflow Logic toolbar, click Add Step and select one of the following items:
Check Condition. Adds a check condition to the workflow. You can add a check condition at any
level in your workflow logic.
After you have added a check condition to your workflow, you can add one or more conditional
branches and a default action to the check condition:
Conditional Branch. Adds a conditional branch to the workflow. To add a conditional branch,
you must select the If line in a check condition or the Otherwise, if line in another conditional
branch.
Note that more than six levels of conditional branching are not displayed.
Default Action. Adds a default action to the workflow. You can include only one default action
associated with a check condition. To add a default action, you must select the If line in a
check condition or the Otherwise, if line in a conditional branch.
Wait Condition. Adds a wait condition to the workflow. You can add a wait condition at any level in
your workflow logic.
After you have added a wait condition to your workflow, you can add one or more parallel wait
branches to the wait condition:
Parallel Wait Branch. Adds a parallel wait branch to the workflow. To add a parallel wait
branch, you must select the Wait until line in a wait condition or the Otherwise, wait until
line in another parallel wait branch.
b. Click condition.
c. In the Specify Condition dialog box, select the condition for the step:
Tip: After you specify one condition, move your cursor over the area to the right of the condition you
just specified. New fields appear, in which you can specify additional details about the condition.
1. In the first list, select a primary entity or related entity.
2. In the second list, select a field in the entity you selected in the previous step.
3. In the third list, select the logical operator that best fits the condition you want to specify, such as
Contains or Equals.
4. In the last lists or boxes, enter the values that you want to use as the criteria for your condition.
231
2011 User's Guide: Create or edit a workflow
5. Click Save and Close.
Tip: You can specify multiple conditions for a single process step. After you select an entity from the first
column, a second line appears, where you can specify another condition. The process considers the
conditions to have been met only when an event matches all of the criteria.
d. On the Workflow form, click Type a step description here and replace the default text with a
description of what your workflow step includes.
7. Add actions to your workflow logic.
In the Workflow Logic area in the lower half of the Workflow form, you can add workflow actions to
your workflow logic.
Tip: You can repeat these steps to add whatever actions you want to include in your workflow logic.
a. Select the line in your workflow logic where you want to add an action.
b. On the Workflow Logic toolbar, click Add Step and select one of the following items:
Create Record. Creates a new record. From the Create list, select the entity for which you want to
create individual records.
Update Record. Updates a record. From the Update list, select the record that you want to
update.
Assign Record. Assigns a record from one user to another user. From the Assign list, select the
record that you want to reassign, and then click the Lookup button
want to assign the record to.
and select the user you
Send E-mail. Sends an e-mail notification. From the Send e-mail list, select whether you want to
create a new e-mail message or use an E-mail Template.
Start Child Workflow. Starts a child workflow. From the Start child workflow list, select the
primary entity of the child workflow you want to use, and then click the Lookup button
select the child workflow.
and
Change Status. Changes the status of a record. From the first Change status list, select the
record that you want to change the status of, and then select the status from the second list.
Stop Workflow. Stops the current workflow. From the Stop workflow with status of list, select
the status that you want to set for the stopped workflow.
c. If a Set Properties button appears next to the new action you added, click Set Properties and
specify details about the entity that this step in your workflow is taking action on.
d. Click Type a step description here and replace the default text with a description of what your
workflow step includes.
8. Click Save or Save and Close.
Notes
•
232
If you use a wait condition to wait for a timeout, you cannot change the timeout condition (you
can change individual details for the timeout, but you cannot change the timeout to another type
of condition). If you need to change the conditions, delete the timeout and add a new wait
condition.
2011 User's Guide: Add or change dynamic values in a workflow
•
If you need to back up workflows, or export them for use in a different implementation of Microsoft
Dynamics CRM, you can export them as part of exporting customizations. More information:
Export Customizations and Configurations
Related Topics
Work with Workflows ................................................................................................................. 229
Creating and Using Workflows .................................................................................................. 223
Workflow Lifecycle .................................................................................................................... 227
Add or change dynamic values in a workflow
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. Customization tasks can be
performed only while you are online. More information: Customization Permissions (on page 490)
You can use dynamic values in the entities or records that you use in a workflow, as well as in the conditions
in your workflow logic.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Settings, and then under Process Center, click Processes.
2. Open the workflow that includes fields where you want to use dynamic values.
3. If you want to add dynamic values to fields in a workflow condition, open the condition that includes the
fields.
- OR If you want to add dynamic values to fields in an entity or record that a workflow action uses, click Set
Properties for that entity or record.
4. If the Form Assistant pane is not displayed, click the Expand button
.
5. Click the field where you want to insert a dynamic value.
6. Under Dynamic Values in the Form Assistant pane, from the Operator list, select a logical operator.
7. From the first list under Look for, select the entity or record that includes the fields you want to insert as
dynamic values.
8. From the second list under Look for, select the specific field you want to insert, and then click Add.
9. If you want Microsoft Dynamics CRM to insert alternative values in cases when the field you specified in
steps 4 through 6 is empty, repeat these steps to add additional fields, and then use the Move Up and
Move Down buttons to arrange them in the order that you want Microsoft Dynamics CRM to evaluate
them.
10. If you want Microsoft Dynamics CRM to insert static text when none of the fields you have specified
contain any data, in the Default text box, type the text that you want Microsoft Dynamics CRM to display
instead of a dynamic value.
233
2011 User's Guide: Publish or unpublish a workflow
11. Click OK.
The dynamic values appear as yellow boxes in the fields where you inserted them.
12. In the form for the entity, record, or conditions used in your workflow, click Save and Close.
13. In the Workflow form, click Save or Save and Close.
Note
You cannot edit dynamic values that you have already inserted in a field. To change a dynamic value,
you must remove the old value and add a new one. Select the yellow box in the field for the value you
want to change, press the DELETE key on your keyboard, and then add the dynamic value you want
to use in its place.
Related Topics
Work with Workflows ................................................................................................................. 229
Creating and Using Workflows .................................................................................................. 223
Workflow Lifecycle .................................................................................................................... 227
Publish or unpublish a workflow
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. Customization tasks can be
performed only while you are online. More information: Customization Permissions (on page 490)
Activating a workflow makes it available to use as an automatic workflow, on-demand workflow, or child
workflow. Unactivated workflows that are in a draft state cannot be used.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Settings, and then under Process Center, click Processes.
2. Select the workflow that you want to activate or deactivate.
3. To activate a workflow, on the Actions toolbar, click Activate.
- OR To deactivate a workflow, on the Actions toolbar, click Deactivate.
4. In the confirmation message, click OK.
Note
You cannot deactivate workflows that have active workflow jobs. Before you deactivate a workflow,
check for any active workflow jobs and cancel them. More information: Work with System Jobs
234
2011 User's Guide: Start an On-Demand Workflow
Related Topics
Work with Workflows ................................................................................................................ 229
Creating and Using Workflows ................................................................................................. 223
Workflow Lifecycle .................................................................................................................... 227
Start an On-Demand Workflow
If you or your organization have created on-demand workflows, you can apply these workflows to records that
appear in a list.
Concepts:
•
Creating and Using Workflows (on page 223)
•
Monitoring and Managing Workflows
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
1. Open the list of records that contains the record to which you want to apply a workflow, such as leads or
cases.
2. Select the record or records to which you want to apply a workflow.
3. In the Process group, click Run Workflow.
4. In the Look Up Record dialog box, select the workflow that you want to run, and then click OK.
In the confirmation message, click OK.
Creating and Using Dialogs
Dialogs are interactive scripts. Create them to guide users step-by-step through a defined business process.
Dialogs provide:
•
Consistent customer interactions and interactive user tasks.
•
Consistent information entry into your organization's database.
•
A way for people in your organization to focus on growing your business, instead of performing repetitive
tasks.
If you have the System Administrator or System Customizer security role, you have the necessary
permissions to create dialogs that can be started your organization. If you do not have one of these security
roles, you can create dialogs that can be started for the records that you own.
235
2011 User's Guide: Understanding dialogs structure
Understanding dialogs structure
Dialogs are a combination of:
•
Process properties
•
Input arguments
•
Variables
•
Prompt and response steps
•
Workflow logic
process properties
The basic details of a process, whether a workflow or dialog, including its name and the primary entity that it
acts on (such as Lead or Case).
input argument
A user-defined value that is used to pass data from a parent dialog into a child dialog. An input argument can
be included only in a child dialog.
variables
Data that you can store in a dialog and pass in as values in steps and actions.
prompt and response
A step in a dialog process that prompts customers to make selections from a set of values or to enter values
in fields. The customer’s selection is their response. A prompt and response step may also simply provide
instructions to a user that require no response in the user interface.
workflow logic
All of the conditions, actions, and other logical elements that define when and how a particular workflow takes
action on Microsoft Dynamics CRM records.
Work with dialogs
You can use dialogs to create processes that combine interactive scripts with workflow logic steps.
Create a dialog
Add or change dynamic values in a dialog
Activate or deactivate a dialog
Assign a process to another user
Assign a process to yourself
Share a process with other users
236
2011 User's Guide: Create a dialog
Start a dialog
What else can I do? More tasks...
Create a dialog
Can I do this task?
This task requires the System Administrator or System Customizer security role or equivalent permissions.
Customization tasks can be performed only while you are online. More information: Customization
Permissions (on page 490)
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Settings, and then under Process Center, click Processes.
2. On the Actions toolbar, click New.
3. In the Create Process dialog box, set required properties for the dialog.
a. In the Process name box, type the name that you want to use for this dialog.
b. From the Entity list, select the primary entity that you want to use with this dialog.
c. From the Category list, select Dialog.
d. In the Type area, select whether you want to create a completely new process or whether you want to
use a process template.
If you want to view details about a process template, select the process template, and then click
Properties.
e. Click OK.
4. In the Process Properties area, set additional properties for the dialog.
a. If you plan to publish this dialog to use for your business processes, from the Activate As list, select
Process.
- OR If you plan to publish this dialog as a process template, from the Activate As list, select Process
template.
b. Under Available to Run, select how you want to make the dialog available to other users in your
organization:
As an on-demand process. If you want to be able to start the dialog manually for a specified entity
as an on-demand process, select this check box.
As a child process. If you want use the dialog as a child dialog, which means that it starts only
when it is triggered within another dialog, select this check box.
5. Add input arguments to your dialog.
You can use input arguments to pass data into a dialog that will be used as a child dialog.
a. In the Input Arguments section, click Add to open the Add or Modify Properties dialog box.
237
2011 User's Guide: Create a dialog
b. In the Name field, type a unique name for the input argument. This name is the identifier for the input
argument and it should be clear enough to enable you to identify it later when you want to use it in a
dialog.
c. From the Data type list, select the data type for the input argument:
Text is an alphanumeric value.
Integer is a numeric value.
Float is a floating-point numeric value.
d. In the Default Value field, enter a default value for the input argument. The default value must match
the data type you selected.
e. To save your changes and close the dialog box, click OK.
6. Add variables to your dialog.
You can add variables to store data within a dialog for use later. For example, to insert data in fields for
workflow activities that occur within the dialog:
a. In the Variables section, click Add to open the Add or Modify Properties dialog box.
b. In the Name box, type a unique name for the variable. This name is the identifier for the variable and
it should be clear enough to enable you to identify it later when you want to use it in a dialog.
c. From the Data type list, select the data type for the input argument:
Text is an alphanumeric value.
Integer is a numeric value.
Float is a floating-point numeric value.
d. In the Default Value box, type a default value for the variable. The value must match the data type
you selected.
e. To save your changes and close the dialog box, click OK.
Notes
•
Variables in dialogs have a global scope and can be accessed for any step in your dialog.
•
You can use variables as data slugs in the workflow logic for different action steps in your dialog.
•
You can use variables to maintain a running counter for determining a score based on responses
in prompt and response steps.
•
You can use variables for computational values that can be used in a dialog by using the assign
value step.
7. Add stages to your dialog.
In the Process Logic area in the lower half of the Process form, you can add stages to your dialog.
a. Under Steps, click where you want to add the stage.
b. On the Process Logic toolbar, click Add Step and select Stage.
c. Click OK.
238
2011 User's Guide: Create a dialog
d. Click Type a stage description here and replace the default text with a description of what your
dialog stage includes.
Note: If you add a stage to a dialog, then all steps and pages must be contained within a stage. If
necessary, Microsoft Dynamics CRM will organize steps that already exist into a stage when you add a
new stage.
8. Add pages to your dialog.
You must add at least one page to a dialog. Pages contain the prompt and response steps that make up
the basic structure of a dialog.
e. Under Steps, click where you want to add the page.
f.
On the Process Logic toolbar, click Add Step and select Page.
g. Click Type a description here and replace the default text with a description of the page.
9. Add prompt and response steps to your dialog.
You must add at least one prompt and response step to a page your dialog.
a. Select the line in your dialog page where you want to add the prompt and response step.
b. On the Process Logic toolbar, click Add Step and select Prompt and Response.
c. Under Steps, click Set Properties.
d. In the Define Prompt and Response dialog box, in the Prompt Details section, type the text the
user sees when they use the dialog.
1. In the Prompt Text box, type a question or instructions for the prompt.
2. In the Tip Text box, type an optional tip to help clarify the prompt.
e. In the Response Details section, set the details for the response.
1. From the Response Type list, select a response type.
Select None to have a prompt that allows no response. A prompt with no response may be an
instruction to take some external action, such as calling a contact, before proceeding to the
next prompt.
Select Single Line to provide a response that consists of a single line of text with no more
than 255 characters, including spaces.
Select Option Set (radio buttons) to provide a specified set of responses that are displayed
as radio buttons in the dialog.
Select Option Set (picklist) to provide a specified set of responses that are available from a
picklist in the dialog.
Select Multiple Lines of Text (Text Only) to provide a response that consists of multiple
lines of text with no more than 255 characters, including spaces.
2. From the Data type list, select a data type for the response.
Text is an alphanumeric value.
Integer is a numeric value.
239
2011 User's Guide: Create a dialog
Float is a floating-point numeric value.
3. If you selected Single Line or Multiple Lines (Text Only) as the response type, type a default
value in the Default Value box, and then, next to Log Response, select whether or not to log the
response so that it can be used in another place in the dialog.
4. If you selected Option Set (radio buttons) or Option Set (picklist) as the response type, for
Provide Values, select how you will provide values for the response.
f.
Define Values enables you to define your own values to the response.
Query CRM Data enables you to provide values from a record in Microsoft Dynamics CRM.
Click Save and Close.
g. Click Type a step description here and replace the default text with a description of what your dialog
step includes.
10. Add steps to your dialog.
In the Process Logic area in the lower half of the Process form, you can add a check condition step to
your dialog. This step checks the data in the entity where you are running the dialog and performs an
assigned action.
a. Under Steps, click where you want to add the check condition step.
b. On the Process Logic toolbar, click Add Step, and then select Check Condition. You can add a
check condition at any level in your workflow logic.
After you have added a check condition to your workflow, you can add one or more conditional
branches and assign a default action to the check condition:
Conditional Branch. Adds a conditional branch to the workflow. To add a conditional branch, you
must select the If line in a check condition or the Otherwise, if line in another conditional branch.
Note that more than six levels of conditional branching are not displayed.
Default Action. Adds a default action to the If dialog box. You can include only one default action
associated with a check condition. To add a default action, you must select the If line in a check
condition or the Otherwise, if line in a conditional branch.
c. Click condition.
d. In the Specify Condition dialog box, select the condition for the step:
Tip: After you specify one condition, move your cursor over the area to the right of the condition you
just specified. New fields appear, in which you can specify additional details about the condition.
1. In the first list, select a primary entity or related entity.
2. In the second list, select a field in the entity you selected in the previous step.
3. In the third list, select the logical operator that best fits the condition you want to specify, such as
Contains or Equals.
4. In the last lists or boxes, enter the values that you want to use as the criteria for your condition.
5. Click Save and Close.
240
2011 User's Guide: Create a dialog
Tip: You can specify multiple conditions for a single process step. After you select an entity from the
first column, a second line appears, where you can specify another condition. The process considers
the conditions to have been met only when an event matches all of the criteria.
e. In the Process Logic area, click Type a step description here and replace the default text with a
description of what your check condition step includes.
11. Add actions to your dialog.
In the Process Logic area in the lower half of the Process form, you can add actions to your dialog.
a. Under Steps, click where you want to add an action.
b. On the Process Logic toolbar, click Add Step, and then select one of the following items:
Query CRM Data. Queries a Microsoft Dynamics CRM record to return specified data.
Assign Value. Assigns a specified value to a variable or input argument that you have set up for
the dialog.
Create Record. Creates a new record. From the Create list, select the entity for which you want to
create individual records.
Update Record. Updates a record. From the Update list, select the record that you want to update.
Assign Record. Assigns a record from one user to another user. From the Assign list, select the
record that you want to reassign, and then click the Lookup button
want to assign the record to.
and select the user you
Send E-mail. Sends an e-mail notification. From the Send e-mail list, select whether you want to
create a new e-mail message or use an e-mail template.
Start Child Workflow. Starts a child workflow. From the Start child workflow list, select the
primary entity of the child workflow you want to use, and then click the Lookup button
select the child workflow.
and
Link Child Dialog. Starts a child dialog. From the Link Child Dialog list, select the primary entity
of the child dialog you want to use, and then click the Lookup button
dialog.
and select the child
Note: A link to a child dialog is the last action or step you should have in a dialog. When the
dialog runs, the link to a child dialog takes you away from the parent dialog and you can't return to
it. Any steps that follow the link to a child dialog will be ignored.
Change Status. Changes the status of a record. From the first Change status list. Select the
record that you want to change the status of and then select the status from the second list.
Stop Dialog. Stops the current dialog. From the Stop workflow with status of list, select the
status that you want to set for the stopped dialog.
c. If a Set Properties button appears next to the new action you added, click Set Properties and
specify details about the entity that this step in your dialog is taking action on.
d. Click Type a step description here and replace the default text with a description of what your dialog
step includes.
12. Click Save or Save and Close.
241
2011 User's Guide: Create a dialog
Add or change dynamic values in a dialog
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. Customization tasks can be
performed only while you are online. More information: Customization Permissions (on page 490)
You can use dynamic values in the entities or records that you use in a dialog, as well as in the conditions in
the workflow logic you include in your dialog.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Settings, and then under Process Center, click Processes.
2. Open the dialog that includes fields where you want to use dynamic values.
3. If you want to add dynamic values to fields in a condition, open the condition that includes the fields.
- OR If you want to add dynamic values to fields in an entity or record that a workflow action uses, click Set
Properties for that entity or record.
4. If the Form Assistant pane is not displayed, click the Expand button
.
5. Click the field where you want to insert a dynamic value.
6. Under Dynamic Values in the Form Assistant pane, from the Operator list, select a logical operator.
7. From the first list under Look for, select the entity or record that includes the attributes you want to insert
as dynamic values.
8. From the second list under Look for, select the specific attribute you want to insert, and then click Add.
9. If you want Microsoft Dynamics CRM to insert alternative attribute values in cases when the attribute you
specified in steps 4 through 6 is empty, repeat these steps to add additional attributes, and then use the
Move Up and Move Down buttons to arrange the attributes in the order that you want Microsoft
Dynamics CRM to evaluate them.
10. If you want Microsoft Dynamics CRM to insert static text when none of the attributes you have specified
contain any data, in the Default text box, type the text that you want Microsoft Dynamics CRM to display
instead of a dynamic value.
11. Click OK.
The dynamic values appear as yellow boxes in the field where you inserted them.
12. In the form for the entity, record, or conditions used in your workflow, click Save and Close.
13. In the Process Logic area, click Save or Save and Close.
Note
You cannot edit dynamic values that you have already inserted in a field. To change a dynamic value,
you must remove the old value and add a new one. Select the yellow box in the field for the value you
want to change, press the Delete key on your keyboard, and then add the dynamic value you want to
use in its place.
242
2011 User's Guide: Create a dialog
Related Topics
Work with Workflows ................................................................................................................ 229
Creating and Using Workflows ................................................................................................. 223
Workflow Lifecycle .................................................................................................................... 227
Activate or deactivate a dialog
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. Customization tasks can be
performed only while you are online. More information: Customization Permissions (on page 490)
Activating a dialog makes it available to use as an on-demand process or child process. You cannot use
unactivated dialogs that are in a draft state.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Settings, and then under Process Center, click Processes.
2. Select the dialog that you want to activate or deactivate.
3. To activate a dialog, on the Actions toolbar, click Activate.
- OR To deactivate a dialog, on the Actions toolbar, click Deactivate.
4. In the confirmation message, click OK.
Note
Dialogs cannot be started automatically.
Assign a process to another user
Can I do this task?
This task requires the System Administrator or System Customizer security role or equivalent permissions.
More information about specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Configuration Permissions
You can assign a process (a workflow or dialog) you own, or have assign permissions for, to another user.
The new owner will then have the control needed to edit, activate, deactivate, or delete the process.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Settings, and then under Process Center, click Processes.
2. In the Processes list, select the My Processes view.
3. Double-click the process that you want to assign.
4. On the Actions toolbar, click Actions, and then click Assign.
5. In the Confirm Assignment dialog box, click Assign to another user.
6. In the Assign the selected Process to the following user list, click the Lookup button
.
7. Click OK.
243
2011 User's Guide: Create a dialog
Notes
When you assign a process to another user, Microsoft Dynamics CRM deactivates it. The new
owner of the process must activate it again.
When you assign a process to another user, it will no longer appear in your My Processes view in
the Processes list.
A process can be owned by only one user. To enable multiple users to control a process, share it.
Assign a process to yourself
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. Customization tasks can be
performed only while you are online. More information: Customization Permissions (on page 490)
You can make a process that you own or have share permissions for, available to other users by sharing it.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Settings, and then under Process Center, click Processes.
2. In the Processes list, select the My Processes view.
3. Select the check box next to the process you want to share.
4. On the Actions toolbar, click More Actions, and then click Sharing.
5. In the Who would you like to share the selected contacts with dialog box, click Add User/Team.
6. In the Look Up Records dialog box, add the users whom you want to share the process with, and then
click OK.
7. Select the permissions you want for each user:
Read enables the user to view and run the process.
Write enables a user to edit the process.
Delete enables the user to delete a process.
Append enables a user to add notes to a process.
Assign enables a user to assign the process to another user.
Share enables a user to share the process with other users.
8. Click OK.
Share a process with other users
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. Customization tasks can be
performed only while you are online. More information: Customization Permissions (on page 490)
You can assign a process (a workflow or dialog) that is owned by another user to yourself. You will then have
the control needed to edit, activate, deactivate, or delete the process. A process can be owned by only one
user. To enable multiple users to control a process, share it.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Settings, and then under Process Center, click Processes.
244
2011 User's Guide: Start a dialog
2. In the Processes list, select the All Processes view.
3. In the list, select the process that you want to assign to yourself.
4. On the Actions toolbar, click Assign.
5. In the Assign Process dialog box, click Assign to me.
6. Click OK.
Notes
When you assign a process to yourself, it remains in the same state, activated or deactivated, as it
was before you reassigned it.
When you assign a process to yourself, it will appear under your My Processes in the Processes
list.
Start a dialog
If you or your organization have created dialogs, you can start a dialog for records that appear in a list.
Concepts:
•
Creating and using dialogs
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
1. Open the list of records that contains the record for which you want to start a dialog, such as leads or
cases.
2. Select the record on which you want to run a dialog.
3. In the Process group, click Start Dialog.
4. In the Look Up Record dialog box, select the dialog that you want to run, and then click OK.
5. In the confirmation message, click OK.
Notes
•
A dialog cannot be started on multiple records.
•
The Start Dialog button may not be available if you do not have permission to run dialogs for the
record listed.
In the Look Up Record dialog box, you will see only dialogs that you own or have been given permissions to
use.
Create or edit a dialog
Can I do this task?
245
2011 User's Guide: Start a dialog
This task requires the System Administrator or System Customizer security role or equivalent permissions.
Customization tasks can be performed only while you are online. More information: Customization
Permissions (on page 490)
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Settings, and then under Process Center, click Processes.
2. On the Actions toolbar, click New.
3. In the Create Process dialog box, set required properties for the dialog.
a. In the Process name box, type the name that you want to use for this dialog.
b. From the Entity list, select the primary entity that you want to use with this dialog.
c. From the Category list, select Dialog.
d. In the Type area, select whether you want to create a completely new process or whether you want to
use a process template.
If you want to view details about a process template, select the process template, and then click
Properties.
e. Click OK.
4. In the Process Properties area, set additional properties for the dialog.
a. If you plan to publish this dialog to use for your business processes, from the Activate As list, select
Process.
- OR If you plan to publish this dialog as a process template, from the Activate As list, select Process
template.
b. Under Available to Run, select how you want to make the dialog available to other users in your
organization:
As an on-demand process. If you want to be able to start the dialog manually for a specified entity
as an on-demand process, select this check box.
As a child process. If you want use the dialog as a child dialog, which means that it starts only
when it is triggered within another dialog, select this check box.
5. Add input arguments to your dialog.
You can use input arguments to pass data into a dialog that will be used as a child dialog.
a. In the Input Arguments section, click Add to open the Add or Modify Properties dialog box.
b. In the Name field, type a unique name for the input argument. This name is the identifier for the input
argument and it should be clear enough to enable you to identify it later when you want to use it in a
dialog.
c. From the Data type list, select the data type for the input argument:
Text is an alphanumeric value.
Integer is a numeric value.
Float is a floating-point numeric value.
246
2011 User's Guide: Start a dialog
d. In the Default Value field, enter a default value for the input argument. The default value must match
the data type you selected.
e. To save your changes and close the dialog box, click OK.
6. Add variables to your dialog.
You can add variables to store data within a dialog for use later. For example, to insert data in fields for
workflow activities that occur within the dialog:
a. In the Variables section, click Add to open the Add or Modify Properties dialog box.
b. In the Name box, type a unique name for the variable. This name is the identifier for the variable and
it should be clear enough to enable you to identify it later when you want to use it in a dialog.
c. From the Data type list, select the data type for the input argument:
Text is an alphanumeric value.
Integer is a numeric value.
Float is a floating-point numeric value.
d. In the Default Value box, type a default value for the variable. The value must match the data type
you selected.
e. To save your changes and close the dialog box, click OK.
Notes
•
Variables in dialogs have a global scope and can be accessed for any step in your dialog.
•
You can use variables as data slugs in the workflow logic for different action steps in your dialog.
•
You can use variables to maintain a running counter for determining a score based on responses
in prompt and response steps.
•
You can use variables for computational values that can be used in a dialog by using the assign
value step.
7. Add stages to your dialog.
In the Process Logic area in the lower half of the Process form, you can add stages to your dialog.
a. Under Steps, click where you want to add the stage.
b. On the Process Logic toolbar, click Add Step and select Stage.
c. Click OK.
d. Click Type a stage description here and replace the default text with a description of what your
dialog stage includes.
Note: If you add a stage to a dialog, then all steps and pages must be contained within a stage. If
necessary, Microsoft Dynamics CRM will organize steps that already exist into a stage when you add a
new stage.
8. Add pages to your dialog.
You must add at least one page to a dialog. Pages contain the prompt and response steps that make up
the basic structure of a dialog.
247
2011 User's Guide: Start a dialog
a. Under Steps, click where you want to add the page.
b. On the Process Logic toolbar, click Add Step and select Page.
c. Click Type a description here and replace the default text with a description of the page.
9. Add prompt and response steps to your dialog.
You must add at least one prompt and response step to a page your dialog.
a. Select the line in your dialog page where you want to add the prompt and response step.
b. On the Process Logic toolbar, click Add Step and select Prompt and Response.
c. Under Steps, click Set Properties.
d. In the Define Prompt and Response dialog box, in the Prompt Details section, type the text the
user sees when they use the dialog.
1. In the Prompt Text box, type a question or instructions for the prompt.
2. In the Tip Text box, type an optional tip to help clarify the prompt.
e. In the Response Details section, set the details for the response.
1. From the Response Type list, select a response type.
Select None to have a prompt that allows no response. A prompt with no response may be an
instruction to take some external action, such as calling a contact, before proceeding to the
next prompt.
Select Single Line to provide a response that consists of a single line of text with no more
than 255 characters, including spaces.
Select Option Set (radio buttons) to provide a specified set of responses that are displayed
as radio buttons in the dialog.
Select Option Set (picklist) to provide a specified set of responses that are available from a
picklist in the dialog.
Select Multiple Lines of Text (Text Only) to provide a response that consists of multiple
lines of text with no more than 255 characters, including spaces.
2. From the Data type list, select a data type for the response.
Text is an alphanumeric value.
Integer is a numeric value.
Float is a floating-point numeric value.
3. If you selected Single Line or Multiple Lines (Text Only) as the response type, type a default
value in the Default Value box, and then, next to Log Response, select whether or not to log the
response so that it can be used in another place in the dialog.
4. If you selected Option Set (radio buttons) or Option Set (picklist) as the response type, for
Provide Values, select how you will provide values for the response.
248
Define Values enables you to define your own values to the response.
Query CRM Data enables you to provide values from a record in Microsoft Dynamics CRM.
2011 User's Guide: Start a dialog
f.
Click Save and Close.
g. Click Type a step description here and replace the default text with a description of what your dialog
step includes.
10. Add steps to your dialog.
In the Process Logic area in the lower half of the Process form, you can add a check condition step to
your dialog. This step checks the data in the entity where you are running the dialog and performs an
assigned action.
a. Under Steps, click where you want to add the check condition step.
b. On the Process Logic toolbar, click Add Step, and then select Check Condition. You can add a
check condition at any level in your workflow logic.
After you have added a check condition to your workflow, you can add one or more conditional
branches and assign a default action to the check condition:
Conditional Branch. Adds a conditional branch to the workflow. To add a conditional branch, you
must select the If line in a check condition or the Otherwise, if line in another conditional branch.
Note that more than six levels of conditional branching are not displayed.
Default Action. Adds a default action to the If dialog box. You can include only one default action
associated with a check condition. To add a default action, you must select the If line in a check
condition or the Otherwise, if line in a conditional branch.
c. Click condition.
d. In the Specify Condition dialog box, select the condition for the step:
Tip: After you specify one condition, move your cursor over the area to the right of the condition you
just specified. New fields appear, in which you can specify additional details about the condition.
1. In the first list, select a primary entity or related entity.
2. In the second list, select a field in the entity you selected in the previous step.
3. In the third list, select the logical operator that best fits the condition you want to specify, such as
Contains or Equals.
4. In the last lists or boxes, enter the values that you want to use as the criteria for your condition.
5. Click Save and Close.
Tip: You can specify multiple conditions for a single process step. After you select an entity from the
first column, a second line appears, where you can specify another condition. The process considers
the conditions to have been met only when an event matches all of the criteria.
e. In the Process Logic area, click Type a step description here and replace the default text with a
description of what your check condition step includes.
11. Add actions to your dialog.
In the Process Logic area in the lower half of the Process form, you can add actions to your dialog.
a. Under Steps, click where you want to add an action.
b. On the Process Logic toolbar, click Add Step, and then select one of the following items:
249
2011 User's Guide: Start a dialog
Query CRM Data. Queries a Microsoft Dynamics CRM record to return specified data.
Assign Value. Assigns a specified value to a variable or input argument that you have set up for
the dialog.
Create Record. Creates a new record. From the Create list, select the entity for which you want to
create individual records.
Update Record. Updates a record. From the Update list, select the record that you want to update.
Assign Record. Assigns a record from one user to another user. From the Assign list, select the
record that you want to reassign, and then click the Lookup button
want to assign the record to.
and select the user you
Send E-mail. Sends an e-mail notification. From the Send e-mail list, select whether you want to
create a new e-mail message or use an e-mail template.
Start Child Workflow. Starts a child workflow. From the Start child workflow list, select the
primary entity of the child workflow you want to use, and then click the Lookup button
select the child workflow.
and
Link Child Dialog. Starts a child dialog. From the Link Child Dialog list, select the primary entity
of the child dialog you want to use, and then click the Lookup button
dialog.
and select the child
Note: A link to a child dialog is the last action or step you should have in a dialog. When the
dialog runs, the link to a child dialog takes you away from the parent dialog and you can't return to
it. Any steps that follow the link to a child dialog will be ignored.
Change Status. Changes the status of a record. From the first Change status list. Select the
record that you want to change the status of and then select the status from the second list.
Stop Dialog. Stops the current dialog. From the Stop workflow with status of list, select the
status that you want to set for the stopped dialog.
c. If a Set Properties button appears next to the new action you added, click Set Properties and
specify details about the entity that this step in your dialog is taking action on.
d. Click Type a step description here and replace the default text with a description of what your dialog
step includes.
12. Click Save or Save and Close.
Add or change dynamic values in a dialog
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. Customization tasks can be
performed only while you are online. More information: Customization Permissions (on page 490)
You can use dynamic values in the entities or records that you use in a dialog, as well as in the conditions in
the workflow logic you include in your dialog.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Settings, and then under Process Center, click Processes.
2. Open the dialog that includes fields where you want to use dynamic values.
250
2011 User's Guide: Start a dialog
3. If you want to add dynamic values to fields in a condition, open the condition that includes the fields.
- OR If you want to add dynamic values to fields in an entity or record that a workflow action uses, click Set
Properties for that entity or record.
4. If the Form Assistant pane is not displayed, click the Expand button
.
5. Click the field where you want to insert a dynamic value.
6. Under Dynamic Values in the Form Assistant pane, from the Operator list, select a logical operator.
7. From the first list under Look for, select the entity or record that includes the attributes you want to insert
as dynamic values.
8. From the second list under Look for, select the specific attribute you want to insert, and then click Add.
9. If you want Microsoft Dynamics CRM to insert alternative attribute values in cases when the attribute you
specified in steps 4 through 6 is empty, repeat these steps to add additional attributes, and then use the
Move Up and Move Down buttons to arrange the attributes in the order that you want Microsoft
Dynamics CRM to evaluate them.
10. If you want Microsoft Dynamics CRM to insert static text when none of the attributes you have specified
contain any data, in the Default text box, type the text that you want Microsoft Dynamics CRM to display
instead of a dynamic value.
11. Click OK.
The dynamic values appear as yellow boxes in the field where you inserted them.
12. In the form for the entity, record, or conditions used in your workflow, click Save and Close.
13. In the Process Logic area, click Save or Save and Close.
Note
You cannot edit dynamic values that you have already inserted in a field. To change a dynamic value,
you must remove the old value and add a new one. Select the yellow box in the field for the value you
want to change, press the Delete key on your keyboard, and then add the dynamic value you want to
use in its place.
Related Topics
Work with Workflows ................................................................................................................ 229
Creating and Using Workflows ................................................................................................. 223
Workflow Lifecycle .................................................................................................................... 227
Activate or deactivate a dialog
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. Customization tasks can be
performed only while you are online. More information: Customization Permissions (on page 490)
251
2011 User's Guide: Start a dialog
Activating a dialog makes it available to use as an on-demand process or child process. You cannot use
unactivated dialogs that are in a draft state.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Settings, and then under Process Center, click Processes.
2. Select the dialog that you want to activate or deactivate.
3. To activate a dialog, on the Actions toolbar, click Activate.
- OR To deactivate a dialog, on the Actions toolbar, click Deactivate.
4. In the confirmation message, click OK.
Note
Dialogs cannot be started automatically.
Assign a process to yourself
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. Customization tasks can be
performed only while you are online. More information: Customization Permissions (on page 490)
You can assign a process (a workflow or dialog) that is owned by another user to yourself. You will then have
the control needed to edit, activate, deactivate, or delete the process. A process can be owned by only one
user. To enable multiple users to control a process, share it.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Settings, and then under Process Center, click Processes.
2. In the Processes list, select the All Processes view.
3. In the list, select the process that you want to assign to yourself.
4. On the Actions toolbar, click Assign.
5. In the Assign Process dialog box, click Assign to me.
6. Click OK.
Notes
•
When you assign a process to yourself, it remains in the same state, activated or deactivated, as it was
before you reassigned it.
•
When you assign a process to yourself, it will appear under your My Processes in the Processes list.
Assign a process to another user
Can I do this task?
This task requires the System Administrator or System Customizer security role or equivalent permissions.
More information about specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Configuration Permissions
You can assign a process (a workflow or dialog) you own, or have assign permissions for, to another user.
The new owner will then have the control needed to edit, activate, deactivate, or delete the process.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Settings, and then under Process Center, click Processes.
252
2011 User's Guide: Start a dialog
2. In the Processes list, select the My Processes view.
3. Double-click the process that you want to assign.
4. On the Actions toolbar, click Actions, and then click Assign.
5. In the Confirm Assignment dialog box, click Assign to another user.
6. In the Assign the selected Process to the following user list, click the Lookup button
.
7. Click OK.
Notes
•
When you assign a process to another user, Microsoft Dynamics CRM deactivates it. The new owner of
the process must activate it again.
•
When you assign a process to another user, it will no longer appear in your My Processes view in the
Processes list.
•
A process can be owned by only one user. To enable multiple users to control a process, share it.
Share a process with another user
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. Customization tasks can be
performed only while you are online. More information: Customization Permissions (on page 490)
You can make a process that you own or have share permissions for, available to other users by sharing it.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Settings, and then under Process Center, click Processes.
2. In the Processes list, select the My Processes view.
3. Select the check box next to the process you want to share.
4. On the Actions toolbar, click More Actions, and then click Sharing.
5. In the Who would you like to share the selected contacts with dialog box, click Add User/Team.
6. In the Look Up Records dialog box, add the users whom you want to share the process with, and then
click OK.
7. Select the permissions you want for each user:
Read enables the user to view and run the process.
Write enables a user to edit the process.
Delete enables the user to delete a process.
Append enables a user to add notes to a process.
Assign enables a user to assign the process to another user.
Share enables a user to share the process with other users.
8. Click OK.
253
2011 User's Guide: Start a dialog
Create or add a location for the first time
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default sales security roles. More information about
specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Document Management Permissions
Before you can manage documents for a record from Microsoft Dynamics CRM, you must create a location
record in Microsoft Dynamics CRM that points to libraries and folders on SharePoint where the documents
will be stored.
1. Open the Microsoft Dynamics CRM record that has the documents you want to manage.
2. Under Related, click Documents.
3. If a location is not associated, Microsoft Dynamics CRM will display the Add Document Location dialog
box or Create SharePoint Location dialog box. The following table shows the possible scenarios.
Depending upon what you see, perform the steps in the Next Steps column.
Scenario
What Appears
Next Steps
There is at least one site
record in Microsoft
Dynamics CRM that points
to site collection in
SharePoint, and the site
record has the List
component is installed
check box selected.
Add Document Location
opens with an option to
specify either an absolute
URL or a relative URL.
a. In the Name box, verify or type the name.
The document location record is created in
Microsoft Dynamics CRM with this name.
b. In the Document Location box, enter the
URL of the SharePoint folder to which the
location record points. This location is
associated with the Microsoft Dynamics
CRM record to store the documents.
- OR Click Create a new folder. In the Parent
Site or Location box, click the Lookup
button
to select an existing document
location record under which the folder will
be created on SharePoint. In the Folder
Name box, verify or change the name, and
click OK. A folder with this name is created
in SharePoint.
c.
254
Click Save.
2011 User's Guide: Start a dialog
Scenario
What Appears
There is one site record in Add Document Location
Microsoft Dynamics CRM appears with only the
but the List component
absolute URL option.
is installed check box is
not selected.
Next Steps
a. In the Name box, verify or type a name. The
document location record is created in
Microsoft Dynamics CRM with this name.
b. In the Document Location box, enter the
URL of the SharePoint folder to which the
location record points. This location record
is associated with the Microsoft Dynamics
CRM record to store the documents.
c.
Create SharePoint
There is no existing
Location appears.
location associated with
the record, the URL
specified in the Document
Management Settings
wizard is for a site
collection on SharePoint
Server 2010, and this site
record has the List
component is installed
check box selected.
Click Save.
Microsoft Dynamics CRM tries to automatically
create a folder in SharePoint. If the folder is
created successfully, Microsoft Dynamics CRM
opens Create SharePoint Location with the
URL of the new folder. Microsoft Dynamics
CRM creates a document location record that
contains the URL of this new folder and
associates the document location record with
the Microsoft Dynamics CRM record.
Click OK.
A new document location record is created in Microsoft Dynamics CRM that contains the links to the folders
in SharePoint. The location that you just associated is added to the Document Locations list.
Related Topics
Fix a location ............................................................................................................................. 256
Add or edit a location
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default sales security roles. More information about
specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Document Management Permissions
1. Open the Microsoft Dynamics CRM record that has the documents you want to manage.
2. Under Related, click Documents.
3. In the Document Locations group, click Add Location.
4. In Add Document Location, enter the following information:
Name. Enter a descriptive name that is easy to use for the document location.
Document Location. Specify the URL of the SharePoint folder that you want to use as the location
for this record.
255
2011 User's Guide: Fix a location
Use an existing SharePoint folder. Click Specify the URL of an existing SharePoint folder and
paste the existing URL of the SharePoint folder here.
- OR Create a new SharePoint folder. Click Create a new folder. In the Parent Site or Location box,
and select a parent site. In the Folder Name box, the Microsoft
click the Lookup button
Dynamics CRM record name is added by default. Verify the name.
The option of creating a location under a parent URL is shown only if there is at least one site
record in Microsoft Dynamics CRM with the List component is installed check box selected.
5.
Click Save.
A folder is created in SharePoint. A document location record containing the link to the folder is
created in Microsoft Dynamics CRM.
Note
To update a location that was associated previously, click the location that you want to edit in the
Document Locations. In the Document Locations group, click Edit Location.
Related Topics
Fix a location ............................................................................................................................. 256
Fix a location
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default sales security roles. More information about
specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Document Management Permissions
In Microsoft Dynamics CRM, SharePoint document location records contain links to document libraries and
folders on SharePoint. These document location records are associated with Microsoft Dynamics CRM
records so that the documents for Microsoft Dynamics CRM records could be stored in SharePoint.
Sometimes the links between Microsoft Dynamics CRM and SharePoint break. As an example, a SharePoint
user can change the name of a folder (document location). If this happens, you must fix the folder so that the
Microsoft Dynamics CRM records again point to the correct document location.
1. Open the Microsoft Dynamics CRM record that has the documents you want to manage.
2. Under Related, click Documents.
If the location URL is broken, Local URL Not Found opens.
3. Click Change URL.
4. In Edit Document Location, change or verify the information:
Display Name. Enter a descriptive and easy to use name for the document location. The location is
stored with this name.
256
2011 User's Guide: Fix a location
Specify the URL of an existing SharePoint folder. Use this option if you have an existing location
that you want to add to this record. Specify the URL of an existing folder on SharePoint.
Specify the name of an existing folder or create a new folder. Use this option to specify an
existing folder or create a new folder. In the Parent Site or Location box, click the Lookup button
, and select an existing document location record that points to a document library on SharePoint.
In the Folder Name box, change the name of the location (SharePoint folder) if needed.
5. Click Save.
Related Topics
Use documents stored in SharePoint from Microsoft Dynamics
CRM
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default sales security roles. More information about
specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Document Management Permissions
Before you can store documents for a record in SharePoint, you must do the following:
•
Enable document management for the record type.
•
Make sure that the corresponding folders are created in SharePoint to store the documents.
Important
If the site that you are using to store the documents is on Microsoft SharePoint Server 2010, and if
the site collection under which the site is hosted has the Microsoft Dynamics CRM List component
installed, Microsoft Dynamics CRM delivers the documents similar to other list of records in Microsoft
Dynamics CRM. However, if the site that you are using to store the documents is not on Microsoft
SharePoint Server 2010 or if the site collection under which the site is hosted does not have the
Microsoft Dynamics CRM List component installed, the documents are displayed in an IFrame
instead of a Microsoft Dynamics CRM list. To make it look like a Microsoft Dynamics CRM list, ask
your administrator to install the Microsoft Dynamics CRM List component on the SharePoint site
collection.
1. Open the Microsoft Dynamics CRM record that has the documents you want to manage.
2. Under Related, click Documents.
3. From the Document Locations list, click the location that has the documents that you want to manage or
work on.
4. Perform any of the following tasks.
257
2011 User's Guide: Fix a location
Basic Tasks
Tasks
Do This
Create a document using a
template
On the Actions toolbar, click New, and then click Document.
Create a folder
On the Actions toolbar, click New, and then click Folder.
Add a document from your
computer and store it in the
SharePoint folder
On the Actions toolbar, click Add.
Edit a document
On the Actions toolbar, click Edit.
Delete a document from the
SharePoint site
On the Actions toolbar, click the Delete button
Note
When you create a document using a template and try to
save it, Microsoft Dynamics CRM suggests a location
(SharePoint folder) in Save As when saving the document.
If you save the document to a location other than the one
that is suggested, the document is not visible in the
Documents area.
.
Additional Tasks
Tasks
Do This
Check out a selected document
On the Actions toolbar, click Actions, and then click Check Out.
Check in a document that is
checked out
On the Actions toolbar, click Actions, and then click Check In.
Discard any changes to a checked- On the Actions toolbar, click Actions, and then click Discard.
out document and keep the last
version.
258
Receive a notification when a
document changes
On the Actions toolbar, click Actions, and then click Alert Me.
Download a copy of the selected
document to your local computer
On the Actions toolbar, click Actions, and then click Download a
Copy.
Copy the shortcut of the selected
location where the document is
stored
On the Actions toolbar, click Actions, and then click Copy
Shortcut.
Send the shortcut of the document
location to another user
On the Actions toolbar, click Actions, and then click Send
Shortcut.
2011 User's Guide: Work with Announcements
View the properties of a selected
document
On the Actions toolbar, click Actions, and then click View
Properties.
Edit the properties of a selected
document
On the Actions toolbar, click Actions, and then click Edit
Properties.
View the version history of a
document
On the Actions toolbar, click Actions, and then click Version
History.
Open the document location in
SharePoint in a different browser
window
On the Actions toolbar, click Open SharePoint.
Important
The document actions are available to you based on the permissions you have on the SharePoint
document library.
For more information about the SharePoint Document Management capabilities, see the Microsoft
SharePoint Server 2010 documentation.
Work with Announcements
You can view Announcements in the Workplace area.
View announcements
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Configuration Permissions
•
Under Workplace, click Announcements.
Related Topics
Work with Announcements ....................................................................................................... 259
Can I do this task?
This task requires a manager, vice president, CEO-Business Manager, System Administrator, or System
Customizer security role or equivalent permissions. More information about specific permissions and
performing this task while offline: Configuration Permissions
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Settings, click Administration,
and then click Announcements.
2. On the Actions toolbar, click New.
259
2011 User's Guide: Work with Integrated Instant Messaging
3. On the Announcement tab, enter information or observe any noted restrictions or requirements as
needed:
Title
Enter a title that clearly and unambiguously describes the nature and purpose of the announcement.
Body
Enter the entire text of the announcement. You can cut and paste an announcement text from another
application. However, any formatting will be lost.
4. Under Additional Settings, you can also enter additional information.
More Information URL
Enter a Web address path for a Web site with more details related to the announcement. A Web address
that does not include "http://" is automatically expanded to a full Web address.
In the announcement, the Web address is an active external link.
Expiration Date
Enter the expiration date for the announcement, or click the Select Date button
to select the date.
When an announcement expires, its expiration date cannot be updated. Microsoft Dynamics CRM
removes it from the Announcements area, and you must create a new announcement.
5. Click Save or Save and Close.
Note
You must enter the date in the format your organization has set for dates. For example, 01/01/2006
or 31.12.2005.
If you omit leading zeros in a date, Microsoft Dynamics CRM will add them automatically. For
example, when you type 1/1/06, Microsoft Dynamics CRM will display it as 01/01/2006, if that is the
date format of your organization.
Related Topics
Delete Things .............................................................................................................................. 19
Work with Integrated Instant Messaging
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
If you have Microsoft Office Communicator 2007, MSN Messenger, or Live Messenger installed, you can
send an instant message to any user, contact, opportunity, or lead in Microsoft Dynamics CRM with an e-mail
address and using one of the instant messaging applications listed.
260
2011 User's Guide: Work with Integrated Instant Messaging
Note
You may need to add the Microsoft Dynamics CRM server URL to the list of Internet Explorer trusted
sites for the online presence to display. See online Help in Internet Explorer for instructions.
Record types and columns that can display online presence
•
Contact records: Full Name
•
Lead records: Primary Contact
•
Opportunity records: Potential Customer
•
All customer records: Users
•
All customer records: Owner
•
All customer records: Modified By
To access the menu, click the Online Presence Jewel
.
•
A green jewel indicates the person can receive an instant message and is available.
•
A red jewel indicates the person is busy. You can send a message, but they may not respond
immediately.
•
A yellow jewel indicates the person is away or out of the office.
•
A orange jewel indicates the person's online status is unknown. There are other communication methods
available from the menu.
Enabling online presence
There are two ways to enable the online presence for a personal view. Adding the associated e-mail address
for a user or contact enables online presence on the related column. For example, adding the owner's e-mail
column to a view enables the presence on the owner column.
If you do not want to include the e-mail column, you can also customize the view to enable online presence.
These two example procedures describe how to add a presence to a saved view. If you have the correct
permissions, you can also edit a system view for an entity to enable the presence. More information: Work
with Views
To add an e-mail column to a saved view
a. In the list view you want to add online presence, click Advanced Find.
b. In the Advanced Find form, click Edit Columns.
c.
In Common Tasks, click Add Columns
d. Select one of the e-mail related check boxes. For example, select E-mail.
e. Click OK twice.
f.
In the Advanced Find form, click Find.
To save the view, click Back to Query, and then, on the Actions toolbar, click Save As.
To enable the online presence on a column in a saved view
a. In the Accounts or Contacts area, click Advanced Find.
b. In the Advanced Find form, click Edit Columns.
261
2011 User's Guide: Send or Copy a Shortcut
c.
Do one of the following:
a. Select one of the columns that can display online presence, such as Full Name and then click OK.
b. Select the Full Name column, and then click Change Properties.
c. Select the Enable Presence for this column check box, and then click OK.
d. To save your changes and close the dialog box, click OK.
e. In the Advanced Find form, click Find.
To save the view, click Back to Query, and then on the Actions toolbar, click Save As.
Note
You cannot enable presence on columns for related record types or on deleted columns.
Related Topics
Understanding Entities .............................................................................................................. 517
Send or Copy a Shortcut
Only another Microsoft Dynamics CRM user who has permission to see the view or the record will be able to
open the record.
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
You can send a link to a specific record or group of selected records in Microsoft Dynamics CRM in an e-mail
message to any user.
This feature does not use Microsoft Dynamics CRM e-mail; it uses your default Microsoft Internet Explorer email. If the person receiving the e-mail does not have permissions to the view, they will receive an error. Not
all views are available. No activity is created for this action.
You can also copy the shortcut and paste it into any document.
1. In the list of records, select the record that you want.
Or, select multiple records
Select several records by pressing the CTRL key while you click each record.
Select a sequence of records by clicking the first record that you want, and then press the SHIFT key
while you select the last record that you want.
Select all records on the page by selecting the Select/clear all records on this page check box at
the top of the list.
262
2011 User's Guide: Send or Copy a Shortcut
By default, the Microsoft Dynamics CRM Web application displays 50 records per page. You can
increase this up to a maximum of 250 records per page to increase the number of records you can select
at one time. To increase the number of records displayed per page:
1. On the File menu, click Options.
2. On the General tab, in the Records Per Page list, select the number of records to display per
page.
3. Click OK. This changes the number of items that is displayed for all lists, which may slow
response time when you switch record types. Therefore, you might want to set it back to a
smaller number when you are done with this bulk action.
2. Do one of the following:
Send a shortcut in an e-mail
a. On the Actions toolbar, click E-mail a Link, and then click Of Selected Item.
f.
Complete the e-mail form and send.
Tip
If you are working in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook and you want to track this e-mail, you can
use Track in CRM.
Copy a shortcut
a. On the Actions toolbar, click Copy a Link, and then click Of Selected Item.
g. Paste the shortcut into any application that supports copy and paste. For example, in Microsoft Office
Word, press CTRL+V.
Important
The shortcut is not a snapshot of the data, but a link to the live data.
Related Topics
Find Things ................................................................................................................................... 9
Save Outlook Contacts, Tasks, and E-mail Messages as Microsoft Dynamics CRM Records 465
Send or copy a shortcut to a view
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Common Task Permissions
You can send a link to a specific saved view in Microsoft Dynamics CRM in an e-mail message to any user.
This feature does not use Microsoft Dynamics CRM e-mail; it uses your default Microsoft Internet Explorer email. If the person receiving the e-mail does not have permissions to the view, they will receive an error. Not
all views are available. No activity is created for this action.
You can also copy the shortcut and paste it into any document.
263
2011 User's Guide: Send or Copy a Shortcut
Pages that you cannot e-mail or copy
•
Contract Template list
•
Article list
1. In any available, saved view, do one of the following:
Send a shortcut in an e-mail
a. On the Actions toolbar, click E-mail a Link, and then click Of Selected Item.
b. Complete the e-mail form and send.
Tip
If you are working in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook and you want to track this e-mail, you can
use Track in CRM.
Copy a shortcut
a. On the Actions toolbar, click Copy a Link, and then click Of Selected Item.
b. Paste the shortcut into any application that supports copy and paste. For example, in Microsoft Office
Word, press CTRL+V.
Important
The shortcut is not a snapshot of the data, but a link to the live data.
Related Topics
Find Things.................................................................................................................................... 9
Save Outlook Contacts, Tasks, and E-mail Messages as Microsoft Dynamics CRM Records 465
264
Sales
Managing Accounts and Contacts
In Microsoft Dynamics CRM, you can manage, share, and collaborate on accounts and contacts within your
organization.
You can enter accounts or contacts individually or you can use Microsoft Dynamics CRM to import lists of
these records into the database.
Associate an account or contact with an opportunity
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
You associate opportunities with accounts or contacts by creating an opportunity relationship between them.
The relationship you set up is based on your selections on the Opportunity Relationship form. Therefore, if
you want to create a relationship between an account or contact and an opportunity, be sure that you
complete the form.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Opportunities.
2. In the list of opportunities, open the opportunity to which you want to add a relationship with a customer
record.
3. Click the Add tab. In the Create Relationship group, click Relationship.
4. On the Opportunity Relationship form, enter this information:
Opportunity
This is a required field. If you opened the form from an opportunity record, the opportunity is
automatically listed on the form. Click the Lookup button
to select a different opportunity.
Customer
This is a required field. If you opened the form from an account or contact record, the account or
contact is automatically listed on the form. Click the Lookup button
account or contact.
to search for and select an
Customer Role
Select an option from the list. This field can be customized, so the values will vary.
Your organization might set up relationship roles, to indicate the role of your customers as they relate
to your business. This field is not required.
265
2011 User's Guide: Set customer preferences for a service activity
If there are no relationship roles in the list or the relationship role you want is not listed, contact your
system administrator and ask them to add the relationship role to the Relationship Roles area,
which is located in the Settings area.
Description
Use this field to provide additional information about the relationship.
5. Click Save or Save and Close.
Repeat this step to save the account or contact.
Notes
•
To remove a relationship, open the opportunity, and then under Common, click Relationships.
In the relationships list, click the relationship that you want to delete, and then, on the Actions
toolbar, click the Delete button .
•
You cannot set up duplicate relationships between a customer record and an opportunity. For
example, if you create a relationship between an account and the opportunity, and the
customer's relationship role is set to Distributor, you cannot create a new relationship for the
account that uses the same customer opportunity and relationship role.
Related Topics
Work with Opportunities ............................................................................................................ 310
Managing Opportunities ............................................................................................................ 310
Set customer preferences for a service activity
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default service scheduling security roles.More information
about specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Service Scheduling Permissions
You can provide personalized customer service for your customers by recording their preferences regarding
services and service times. These preferences become the default criteria the next time that a service activity
is scheduled for the customer and shown in the Form Assistant pane.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Workplace, and then under Customers, click either Accounts or
Contacts.
2. In the list, double-click a record.
3. Under Information, click Common.
4. Under Service Preferences, click the customer's preferred time and day for appointments from the lists.
5. Click the Preferred Service, Preferred Facility/Equipment, or Preferred User box to search for the this
information. You can click the Lookup button
6. Click Save or Save and Close.
266
to search for and select records.
2011 User's Guide: Add or remove a customer record in a marketing list
Related Topics
Work with Contacts ................................................................................................................... 276
Work with Accounts .................................................................................................................. 271
Navigating the Service Calendar .............................................................................................. 427
Add or remove a customer record in a marketing list
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
You can add a customer record, such as a lead, account, or contact, to a marketing list. If a customer record
is added to a marketing list from another area within Microsoft Dynamics CRM, the customer record is
updated to reflect this association. Therefore, if you want to add a customer record, such as a lead, to a
marketing list, you might find that the lead is already associated with the list.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Leads, Accounts, or Contacts depending on
which type of record you want to add to a marketing list.
2. In the list, open the record that you want to add to a marketing list.
3. In the Collaborate group, click Add to Marketing List.
4. In the Look Up Record dialog box, locate and select the marketing list you want to add the record to,
and then click OK.
5. Click Save or Save and Close.
Note
To remove a record from a marketing list, open the customer record you want to remove from the
marketing list. In the Navigation Pane, under Marketing, click Marketing Lists. Select the marketing
list that you want to remove, and then, in the Records group, click Remove. In the confirmation
message, click OK.
Tip
If you cannot locate the marketing list you want to add, you might need to create it. To do this, in the
Look Up Records dialog box, click New and then complete the form.
267
2011 User's Guide: View associated campaigns from customer records
Related Topics
Work with Contacts ................................................................................................................... 276
Work with Accounts .................................................................................................................. 271
Managing Accounts and Contacts ............................................................................................ 265
Work with Leads........................................................................................................................ 299
Managing Leads........................................................................................................................ 289
Work with Marketing Lists ......................................................................................................... 389
View associated campaigns from customer records
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
You can view a list of campaigns for a customer from within the Customer Record form. When a customer
record is added to a marketing list and that marketing list is added to a campaign, the customer record is
updated to reflect this association.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Leads, Accounts, or Contacts, depending on
which type of record you want to view associated campaigns for.
2. In the list, open the record that you want to view.
3. Under Marketing, click Campaigns to see the list of campaigns the customer is included in.
Related Topics
Work with Contacts ................................................................................................................... 276
Work with Leads ........................................................................................................................ 299
Managing Leads ........................................................................................................................ 289
Work with Accounts ................................................................................................................... 271
Managing Accounts and Contacts ............................................................................................ 265
Work with Campaigns and Campaign Templates ..................................................................... 375
Add or remove a customer relationship for an account or
contact
Can I do this task?
268
2011 User's Guide: Add or remove a customer relationship for an account or contact
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
In Microsoft Dynamics CRM, you can create relationships between one customer record and one or more
other records. These relationships are defined by their relationship role. The relationship that you set up is
based on your selection on the Customer Relationship form.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click either Accounts or Contacts.
2. In the list of accounts or contacts, open the record that you want.
3. In the record, click the Add tab.
4. In the Create Relationship group, click Relationship, and then select, Customer Relationship.
5. On the Customer Relationship form, enter information in the following boxes:
Party 1
This field automatically displays the name of the customer whose record you opened.
to search for and select a different account or contact
record. If you do so, the new relationship that you set up will not appear in the customer record that
you originally opened.
However, you can click the Lookup button
Party 2
Select the customer record that you want to associate with the Party 1 record. Click the Lookup
button
to search for an account or contact record.
Role 1
Select an option from the list. This field can be customized, so the values will vary.
Your organization might set up relationship roles, to indicate the role of your customers as they relate
to your business. This field is not required.
If there are no relationship roles in the list or the relationship role you want is not listed, contact your
system administrator and ask them to add the relationship role to the Relationship Roles area,
which is located in the Settings area.
Description 1
Use this field to provide additional information about the relationship.
Role 2
In the list, click the relationship role that best describes the relationship of Party 1 to Party 2. The
same items will appear in the list for Role 1 and Role 2.
For example, if you selected Supplier from Role 1, you might select Retailer from Role 2.
Description 2
Use this field to provide additional information about the relationship.
6. Click Save or Save and Close.
7. Close the account or contact record.
269
2011 User's Guide: Deactivate or activate an account or contact
Important
You cannot create duplicate relationships between records. For example, if there is already a
relationship between the account Fabrikam, Inc, with the role of distributor, and the account, Litware,
Inc, with the role of seller, you cannot create the same relationship between the records.
Note
To remove a relationship, open the account or contact, and then in the Navigation Pane, under
Common, click Relationships. In the list of relationships, select the relationship that you want to
delete, and then on the Actions toolbar, click the Delete button
delete the customer records.
. Deleting the relationship does not
Related Topics
Work with Contacts ................................................................................................................... 276
Managing Accounts and Contacts ............................................................................................ 265
Work with Accounts .................................................................................................................. 271
Deactivate or activate an account or contact
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
Instead of deleting an account or contact, you can deactivate it and still have an audit trail for your sales
process. When an account or contact is deactivated, it cannot be edited, and relationships between the
account or contact and other records cannot be created.
The only way to view a deactivated account or contact is to select Inactive Accounts or Inactive Contacts
in the View list. If the representative of the account or the individual contact for the record that you
deactivated contacts you in the future, you have the option of reactivating the account or contact without
reentering all the data.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click either Accounts or Contacts.
2. Select the accounts or contacts that you want to deactivate or activate.
3. In the Records group, click Deactivate.
- OR In the Records group, click Activate.
4. In the confirmation dialog box, click OK.
Note
When you deactivate a record, all relationships created while it was active continue to be available;
however, you cannot create new relationships with a deactivated record.
270
2011 User's Guide: Work with Accounts
Related Topics
Work with Contacts ................................................................................................................... 276
Work with Accounts .................................................................................................................. 271
Managing Accounts and Contacts ............................................................................................ 265
Work with Accounts
Accounts represent companies that your organization may do business with.
Concepts: Managing Accounts and Contacts (on page 265)
Managing Accounts and Contacts
In Microsoft Dynamics CRM, you can manage, share, and collaborate on accounts and contacts within your
organization.
You can enter accounts or contacts individually or you can use Microsoft Dynamics CRM to import lists of
these records into the database.
Create or edit an account
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Accounts.
2. In the Records group, click New or open the record that you want to edit.
3. In the General section, enter or edit information or observe any noted restrictions or requirements as
needed:
Account Name
You can use accent marks when you enter data, for example, in a customer's name. Your ability to
sort and find information is not affected by these accent marks.
Primary Contact
To locate and select a primary contact, click the Lookup button
.
Account Number
You must enter 20 characters or less.
271
2011 User's Guide: Create or edit an account
Parent Account
If the account that you are creating is a sub-account, then you must set up a relationship to its parent
account. To locate and select a parent account, click the Lookup button
.
If the account that you are creating is a parent account, leave this field blank.
E-mail
E-mail addresses must be valid. For example, [email protected]. Although this field is
optional, including an e-mail address allows you to communicate with the account by using e-mail.
ZIP/Postal Code
Enter a code of 20 characters or fewer. Although this field is optional, including a ZIP Code or postal
code can provide basic geographical information about the account that you can use in other areas of
the application, such as reports and workflows.
4. In the Details section, observe any noted restrictions or requirements and enter all the information you
have available in the following fields:
Industry
Select an option from the list. This field can be customized, so the values will vary.
If the account specifies an industry that is not in the list, you can ask your system administrator to add
new industries to the list. This field is used in various reports such as Account Overview.
The lead form also includes the industry field. If your system administrator adds custom industries to
the account form, he or she should also add them to the lead form to keep the two lists synchronized.
Annual Revenue
You must enter numbers between 0.00 and 1,000,000,000.00.
You can use commas and a decimal point. You cannot use a currency symbol, such as the dollar ($),
euro (€), or yen (¥).
No. of Employees
You must enter a whole number between 0 and 1,000,000.
SIC Code
Indicate the Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) code for this account. You can search on SIC for
organizations with a particular code to display all accounts of businesses in that category. Enter a
code of 20 characters or fewer.
Ownership
Select an option that indicates how shares of the company are held. For example, if the company is
held publicly, meaning its stock is traded on the open market, then its ownership is public.
Ticker Symbol
If you enter a ticker symbol for a market outside the United States, you must prefix it with the country
code, for example US:MSFT (country code:ticker symbol). This information is available only for
markets that are currently listed on the MSN Money Web site. In addition to the United States (US),
MSN Money also provides information for markets in Australia (AU), Belgium (BE), Canada (CA),
272
2011 User's Guide: Create or edit an account
France (FR), Germany (DE), Italy (IT), Japan (JP), Netherlands (NL), Spain (ES), Sweden (SE), and
the United Kingdom (UK). For more information, go to the MSN Money Web site (see MSN Money
Web site - http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=95957).
Territory
To locate and select a record, click the Lookup button
.
The Territory field can be customized, so the values will vary. If there are no territories in the list or the
territory that you want is not listed, contact your system administrator and ask him or her to add the
territory to the Sales Territories area, which is located in the Settings area.
Category
Select an option from the list. This field can be customized, so the values will vary.
The default values are Preferred Customer and Standard. Your organization might add other values
to manage territories.
These values help determine how to set up territories so that your organization has roughly an equal
number of highly rated accounts. The values might also reflect the priority of the account.
Relationship Type
Select an option from the list. This field can be customized, so the values will vary.
Your organization might set up relationship roles, to indicate the role of your customers as they relate
to your business. This field is not required.
If there are no relationship roles in the list or the relationship role you want is not listed, contact your
system administrator and ask them to add the relationship role to the Relationship Roles area,
which is located in the Settings area.
Credit Limit
This field is not used as part of the business logic in Microsoft Dynamics CRM; however, your
organization might use it as part of a workflow process.
Credit Hold
This field is not used as part of the business logic in Microsoft Dynamics CRM; however, your
organization might use it as part of a workflow process.
Payment Terms
This field is mapped to any orders that are created for the record.
Price List
If your organization has price lists set up, you can click the Lookup button
select the appropriate price list.
to search for and
This field is mapped to any orders that are created for the record.
5. Under Information, click Notes and Activities. In the Notes section, click Add a new note, and add the
information that applies to your record.
6. In the Preferences section, enter information or observe any noted restrictions or requirements as
needed:
273
2011 User's Guide: Create or edit an account
Owner
This box is filled automatically with the name of the user who is creating the record. You can click the
Lookup button
to search for other records.
Contact Methods
Preferred
Select the option that best describes the preferred method of contact.
E-mail
If you select Allow, Microsoft Dynamics CRM allows all e-mail, including e-mails related to
campaign activities, to be sent to the e-mail address associated with the record. However, if you
select Do Not Allow, Microsoft Dynamics CRM does not allow any e-mail to be sent to the email address associated with the record.
Bulk E-mail
If you select Allow, Microsoft Dynamics CRM allows any e-mail as part of a bulk e-mail process,
including bulk e-mails related to campaign activities, to be sent to the e-mail address associated
with the record. However, if you select Do Not Allow, Microsoft Dynamics CRM does not allow
any bulk e-mail to be sent to the e-mail address associated with the record.
Phone
The selected option simply provides information to anyone who views the record. This field is not
used by Microsoft Dynamics CRM to control initiating or receiving phone calls.
Fax
The selected option simply provides information to anyone who views the record.
Mail
The selected option simply provides information to anyone who views the record. This field is not
used by Microsoft Dynamics CRM to control initiating or receiving mail.
Marketing Information
Originating Lead
If this account was the result of converting a lead, then this field will automatically show the lead
record. You can also enter the originating lead.
To locate and select a lead, click the Lookup button
.
Send Marketing Materials
If you select Send, marketing material corresponding to campaigns is sent to the respective
addresses (e-mail, physical address) for the record. This includes general marketing mailers that
might be sent on a regular basis that are not part of a targeted marketing campaign. If you select
Do Not Send, marketing materials are not sent, nor can activities related to sending marketing
materials be created for the record.
Last Date Included in Campaign
274
2011 User's Guide: Create or edit an account
Microsoft Dynamics CRM automatically sets the date for this field when any marketing
communication is sent to the addresses for the record. You can also manually update this field
and enter a date. This field is used as filter criteria in Marketing Automation. For example, the
Anti-Spam Setting area of a Campaign form uses the date in this field to make sure that you do
not send frequent mailers to a customer.
Service Preferences
Select the customer's preferred time and day for service activities.
in the Preferred Service, Preferred Facility/Equipment, or Preferred
Click the Lookup button
User box to search for the appropriate record.
Click the Preferred Service, Preferred Facility/Equipment, or Preferred User box to search for the
appropriate record.
7. Click Save or Save and Close.
Resolve potential duplicate records.
If the system detects that your record might be a potential duplicate, instead of saving the record, Microsoft
Dynamics CRM displays the Duplicates Detected dialog box.
1. To open a record to make sure it is a potential duplicate, in the Potential duplicate records list, doubleclick the record.
If the duplicate-detection rule identified potential duplicate records in other record types, review
records from each record type listed.
2. If your new or updated record is not a duplicate, to create the new record, click Save Record.
- OR If your new or updated record is a duplicate, to cancel your changes, click Cancel.
Notes
•
If you enter a duplicate record within a few minutes of entering the first record, Microsoft Dynamics CRM
will not detect the duplicate record. The matchcodes for new and updated records are created every five
minutes, rather than as a record is created.
•
Duplicate detection can take place only if duplicate detection is enabled in Duplicate Detection Settings
and if at least one duplicate-detection rule exists for the record type. More information: Avoiding Duplicate
Records (on page 69)
Tips
•
You can add more addresses to handle various locations for a given account or contact. To do
this, under Common, click More Addresses, and then in the Records group, click Add New
Address.
•
When the Look Up Records dialog box is open, if the record you need doesn't exist, click New,
and create the record.
•
If you create both accounts and subaccounts, and create relationships between them, then you
can use the reporting features to get subtotals or total revenue reports for all the related
accounts.
275
2011 User's Guide: Associate an opportunity with an account or contact
Related Topics
Work with Accounts ................................................................................................................... 271
Manage Activities ........................................................................................................................ 23
Managing Accounts and Contacts ............................................................................................ 265
Requesting User Interface Changes ......................................................................................... 220
Associate an opportunity with an account or contact
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
You associate opportunities with accounts or contacts by creating an opportunity relationship between them.
The relationship you set up is based on your selection on the Opportunity Relationship form.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click either Accounts or Contacts.
2. In the list of accounts or contacts, open the record to which you want to add an opportunity relationship.
3. Click the Add tab. In the Create Relationship group, click Relationship, and then click Opportunity.
4. On the Opportunity Relationship form, enter information in the following boxes:
Opportunity
You must select the opportunity that you want to associate with the record. Click the Lookup button
to search for an opportunity.
Customer
Microsoft Dynamics CRM enters the account or contact record automatically.
Customer Role
Select an option from the list. This field can be customized, so the values will vary.
Your organization might set up relationship roles, to indicate the role of your customers as they relate
to your business. This field is not required.
If there are no relationship roles in the list or the relationship role you want is not listed, contact your
system administrator and ask them to add the relationship role to the Relationship Roles area,
which is located in the Settings area.
Description
Use this field to provide additional information about the relationship.
5. Click Save or Save and Close.
6. Click the Account or Contact tab. Click Save or Save and Close.
276
2011 User's Guide: Use the Closed Activity list
Note
You cannot set up duplicate relationships between a customer record and an opportunity. For
example, if you create a relationship between an account and the opportunity, and the customer's
relationship role is set to Distributor, you cannot create a new relationship for the account that uses
the same customer opportunity and relationship role.
Related Topics
Work with Contacts ................................................................................................................... 276
Work with Accounts .................................................................................................................. 271
Work with Opportunities ............................................................................................................ 310
Managing Opportunities ............................................................................................................ 310
Requesting User Interface Changes ........................................................................................ 220
Use the Closed Activity list
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
Many record types allow for activities to be associated with them. For example, an opportunity might have an
associated phone call activity. When you close any associated activity as completed, that activity shows up in
the record history of the associated record. To view the record history, in the record, under Common, click
Closed Activities.
You can do the following in the Closed Activities list:
•
While the record is in draft form, you can create a new activity for this record by clicking the New Activity
button. You can no longer do this when the record is activated. Note that even though you create this
activity from the Closed Activities list, it will be displayed in the Activities list while it is active. It will be
displayed in the Closed Activities list after you set the status to completed.
•
You can also do standard tasks such as printing, exporting data, running a report, or assigning. For
information about doing those tasks, see the topic What else can I do? More tasks...
The Closed Activities list for opportunities, accounts, and contacts includes two lists that help you narrow
down the number of completed activities:
•
To narrow down the list to a certain time period, such as Last 30 days, click Filter on.
•
To see completed activities for one particular record, click Include, and then select This Record Only.
•
To create a list of activities that are related to any record associated with the account or contact, select
Related Regarding Records.
277
2011 User's Guide: Set customer preferences for a service activity
Related Topics
Manage Activities ........................................................................................................................ 23
Set customer preferences for a service activity
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default service scheduling security roles.More information
about specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Service Scheduling Permissions
You can provide personalized customer service for your customers by recording their preferences regarding
services and service times. These preferences become the default criteria the next time that a service activity
is scheduled for the customer and shown in the Form Assistant pane.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Workplace, and then under Customers, click either Accounts or
Contacts.
2. In the list, double-click a record.
3. Under Information, click Common.
4. Under Service Preferences, click the customer's preferred time and day for appointments from the lists.
5. Click the Preferred Service, Preferred Facility/Equipment, or Preferred User box to search for the this
information. You can click the Lookup button
to search for and select records.
6. Click Save or Save and Close.
Related Topics
Work with Contacts ................................................................................................................... 276
Work with Accounts ................................................................................................................... 271
Navigating the Service Calendar............................................................................................... 427
Add or remove a customer record in a marketing list
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
You can add a customer record, such as a lead, account, or contact, to a marketing list. If a customer record
is added to a marketing list from another area within Microsoft Dynamics CRM, the customer record is
updated to reflect this association. Therefore, if you want to add a customer record, such as a lead, to a
marketing list, you might find that the lead is already associated with the list.
278
2011 User's Guide: View associated campaigns from customer records
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Leads, Accounts, or Contacts depending on
which type of record you want to add to a marketing list.
2. In the list, open the record that you want to add to a marketing list.
3. In the Collaborate group, click Add to Marketing List.
4. In the Look Up Record dialog box, locate and select the marketing list you want to add the record to,
and then click OK.
5. Click Save or Save and Close.
Note
To remove a record from a marketing list, open the customer record you want to remove from the
marketing list. In the Navigation Pane, under Marketing, click Marketing Lists. Select the marketing
list that you want to remove, and then, in the Records group, click Remove. In the confirmation
message, click OK.
Tip
If you cannot locate the marketing list you want to add, you might need to create it. To do this, in the
Look Up Records dialog box, click New and then complete the form.
Related Topics
Work with Contacts ................................................................................................................... 276
Work with Accounts .................................................................................................................. 271
Managing Accounts and Contacts ............................................................................................ 265
Work with Leads ....................................................................................................................... 299
Managing Leads ....................................................................................................................... 289
Work with Marketing Lists ......................................................................................................... 389
View associated campaigns from customer records
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
You can view a list of campaigns for a customer from within the Customer Record form. When a customer
record is added to a marketing list and that marketing list is added to a campaign, the customer record is
updated to reflect this association.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Leads, Accounts, or Contacts, depending on
which type of record you want to view associated campaigns for.
2. In the list, open the record that you want to view.
3. Under Marketing, click Campaigns to see the list of campaigns the customer is included in.
279
2011 User's Guide: Customer Relationship Form
Related Topics
Work with Contacts ................................................................................................................... 276
Work with Leads ........................................................................................................................ 299
Managing Leads ........................................................................................................................ 289
Work with Accounts ................................................................................................................... 271
Managing Accounts and Contacts ............................................................................................ 265
Work with Campaigns and Campaign Templates ..................................................................... 375
Customer Relationship Form
Use the Customer Relationship form to specify the type of relationship between accounts and contacts
and the relationship role that they have relative to each other; that is, how they affect, influence, or contribute
to each other.
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
In Microsoft Dynamics CRM, you can create relationships between one customer record and one or more
other records. These relationships are defined by their relationship role. The relationship that you set up is
based on your selection on the Customer Relationship form.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click either Accounts or Contacts.
2. In the list of accounts or contacts, open the record that you want.
3. In the record, click the Add tab.
4. In the Create Relationship group, click Relationship, and then select, Customer Relationship.
5. On the Customer Relationship form, enter information in the following boxes:
Party 1
This field automatically displays the name of the customer whose record you opened.
However, you can click the Lookup button
to search for and select a different account or contact
record. If you do so, the new relationship that you set up will not appear in the customer record that
you originally opened.
Party 2
Select the customer record that you want to associate with the Party 1 record. Click the Lookup
button
Role 1
280
to search for an account or contact record.
2011 User's Guide: Deactivate or activate an account or contact
Select an option from the list. This field can be customized, so the values will vary.
Your organization might set up relationship roles, to indicate the role of your customers as they relate
to your business. This field is not required.
If there are no relationship roles in the list or the relationship role you want is not listed, contact your
system administrator and ask them to add the relationship role to the Relationship Roles area,
which is located in the Settings area.
Description 1
Use this field to provide additional information about the relationship.
Role 2
In the list, click the relationship role that best describes the relationship of Party 1 to Party 2. The
same items will appear in the list for Role 1 and Role 2.
For example, if you selected Supplier from Role 1, you might select Retailer from Role 2.
Description 2
Use this field to provide additional information about the relationship.
6. Click Save or Save and Close.
7. Close the account or contact record.
Important
You cannot create duplicate relationships between records. For example, if there is already a
relationship between the account Fabrikam, Inc, with the role of distributor, and the account, Litware,
Inc, with the role of seller, you cannot create the same relationship between the records.
Note
To remove a relationship, open the account or contact, and then in the Navigation Pane, under
Common, click Relationships. In the list of relationships, select the relationship that you want to
delete, and then on the Actions toolbar, click the Delete button
delete the customer records.
. Deleting the relationship does not
Related Topics
Work with Contacts ................................................................................................................... 276
Managing Accounts and Contacts ............................................................................................ 265
Work with Accounts .................................................................................................................. 271
Deactivate or activate an account or contact
Can I do this task?
281
2011 User's Guide: Deactivate or activate an account or contact
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
Instead of deleting an account or contact, you can deactivate it and still have an audit trail for your sales
process. When an account or contact is deactivated, it cannot be edited, and relationships between the
account or contact and other records cannot be created.
The only way to view a deactivated account or contact is to select Inactive Accounts or Inactive Contacts
in the View list. If the representative of the account or the individual contact for the record that you
deactivated contacts you in the future, you have the option of reactivating the account or contact without
reentering all the data.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click either Accounts or Contacts.
2. Select the accounts or contacts that you want to deactivate or activate.
3. In the Records group, click Deactivate.
- OR In the Records group, click Activate.
4. In the confirmation dialog box, click OK.
Note
When you deactivate a record, all relationships created while it was active continue to be available;
however, you cannot create new relationships with a deactivated record.
Related Topics
Work with Contacts ................................................................................................................... 276
Work with Accounts ................................................................................................................... 271
Managing Accounts and Contacts ............................................................................................ 265
Create a quick campaign
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default marketing security roles. More information about
specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Marketing Permissions
You can use quick campaigns to create one type of activity for many accounts, contacts, or leads at once.
1. Select the records or list that you want to run a quick campaign on, and then start the Create Quick
Campaign Wizard.
From a list of records, including the results of a search
You can run a quick campaign from any list of accounts, contacts, or leads.
c. Select the record or records for which you want to create a quick campaign. If you want to include all
records on the current page or all records on all pages, then skip this step.
d. On the Actions toolbar, click Create Quick Campaign
282
, and then click one of the following:
2011 User's Guide: Deactivate or activate an account or contact
For Selected Records
Select this option if you have selected one or more records in the list.
For All Records on Current Page
Select this option to include all records on the page for the quick campaign activity.
For All Records on All Pages
Select this option to include all records on all pages for the quick campaign activity.
From the Marketing Lists list
You can run a quick campaign on one or more marketing lists in the Marketing Lists list.
a. In the Navigation Pane, click Marketing or Sales, and then click Marketing Lists.
b. Select the marketing list or marketing lists for which you want to create a quick campaign.
c. On the Actions toolbar, click Create Quick Campaign, and then click For Selected Records.
From a marketing list
You can run a quick campaign on the accounts, contacts, or leads in any marketing list.
a. In the Navigation Pane, click Marketing or Sales, and then click Marketing Lists.
b. Double-click the marketing list for which you want to create a quick campaign.
c. On the Actions toolbar, click Create Quick Campaign.
2. In the Create Quick Campaign Wizard, follow the instructions to create the quick campaign.
Notes
•
You cannot add additional records to a quick campaign after you have created it.
•
In the Create Quick Campaign Wizard, you can select who you want Microsoft Dynamics CRM to
assign the activity to and whether Microsoft Dynamics CRM should perform the activity
automatically for appropriate activities (such as sending e-mail messages). For example, if you
are creating a phone call activity for all of the sales representatives, you can select the phone call
activity, and then select The owners of the records that are included in the quick campaign.
Each sales representative can then see the activity and take action on it. However, if you are
creating a large number of e-mail activities that Microsoft Dynamics CRM will perform
automatically, you can assign the e-mail activity to yourself instead of the record owners.
•
Whether or not some activities are performed automatically depends on an option available to
users who have the Organization Settings Write privilege. More information: Manage System
Settings
Related Topics
Work with Quick Campaigns ..................................................................................................... 382
Creating and Managing Marketing Lists ................................................................................... 387
Planning Campaigns ................................................................................................................. 375
Understanding Quick Campaigns ............................................................................................. 382
283
2011 User's Guide: Deactivate or activate an account or contact
Default sales reports
The following sales reports are available:
This topic shows you how to use the different reports. To find more information, when you generate a report,
click Help, and then click Help on This Page.
•
Account Distribution Report (on page Error! Bookmark not defined.)
Use this report to identify patterns in your top revenue-generating accounts using two charts. The earned
revenue chart displays the earned revenue grouped by a market facet, such as product, territory, or
industry. The accounts count chart displays the amount of earned revenue using the same grouping as
the earned revenue chart.
•
Account Overview Report (on page 99)
Use this report to obtain a one-page overview of everything occurring with an account. The report
displays a profile of the account, contact information, and summaries of opportunities and case activities.
•
Account Summary Report (on page 100)
Use this report to determine historically what has occurred with an account. This report also displays
what is scheduled to occur in the future. The report displays a chronological summary for an account,
including sales and service activities, notes, and records.
•
Activities Report (on page 101)
Use this report to identify patterns in activities. Activities can be grouped by owner or activity type, or by
the record the activity is regarding.
•
Competitor Win Loss Report (on page 101)
Use this report to compare how your sales team performs against your competitors. The report displays
a list of competitors, with data on open, closed, won, and lost opportunities for each.
•
Invoices Report (on page 102)
Use this report to print invoices.
•
Invoice Status Report
Use this report to view your accounts receivable. The chart displays the number of invoices grouped by
status with the total amount of invoices in each status.
•
Lead Source Effectiveness Report (on page 103)
Use this report to compare how effective your lead sources are at generating quality opportunities. The
report lists the percentage of qualified leads, and leads that generate revenue for each lead category.
•
Neglected Accounts Report (on page 107)
Use this report to identify accounts that have not been contacted recently. The report displays a chart
with accounts that have had no activities completed in a specified number of days.
•
Neglected Leads Report (on page 104)
Use this report to identify any leads that have not been contacted. The report displays a chart of leads
that have had no associated activities or notes during a specified time period.
•
284
Orders Report (on page 104)
2011 User's Guide: Work with Contacts
Use this report to print orders.
•
Products by Account Report (on page 108)
Use this report to see which products are used by an account. For each account, the report lists the
associated products.
•
Products by Contact Report (on page 109)
Use this report to see which products are used by a contact. For each contact, the report lists the
associated products.
•
Progress Against Goals Report
•
Use this report to view the sales progress against the primary and subordinate goals. This report displays
a chart with the target values and the actual values of the goals.
•
Quotes Report (on page 105)
Use this report to print quotes.
•
Sales History Report (on page 106)
Use this report to view a history of sales performance by sales representative. The report displays a chart
of both lost and earned revenue. The report uses data only from the closed opportunities, and calculates
the earned revenue from Won opportunities and the lost revenue from the lost opportunities.
•
Sales Pipeline Report (on page 106)
Use this report to see anticipated potential sales. The report displays a chart of potential sales grouped
by user, sales territory, customer territory, date, products, rating, or sales stage.
If the default reports don't provide the information you need, try creating an Advanced Find search, and
exporting the results to Microsoft Office Excel.
Note
This topic documents the list of default reports as they were shipped. If this list differs from the
reports that are available to you, contact your report administrator or system administrator for
information about the customized reports.
Related Topics
Work with Opportunities ............................................................................................................ 310
Work with Leads ....................................................................................................................... 299
Work with Contacts ................................................................................................................... 276
Work with Accounts .................................................................................................................. 271
Work with Contacts
Contacts are people who represent customers or potential customers, or someone related to an account. You
can bulk add Microsoft Office Outlook contacts into Microsoft Dynamics CRM with the Add Contacts Wizard.
More information: Resource Center (see Resource Center - http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=208670).
285
2011 User's Guide: Create or edit a contact
Create or edit a contact
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Contacts.
2. In the Records group, click New, or open the record that you want to edit.
3. In the General section, enter or edit information or observe any noted restrictions or requirements as
needed:
First Name
Enter a first name between 1 and 50 characters.You can use accent marks when you enter data, for
example, in a customer's name. Your ability to sort and find information is not affected by these
accent marks.
Last Name
Enter a name between 1 and 50 characters.
Parent Customer
If the contact record that you are creating is a subcontact, you can specify its parent contact or
customer record. To locate and select a parent customer, click the Lookup button
.
If the contact that you are creating is a parent customer, leave this field blank.
E-mail
E-mail addresses must be valid. For example, [email protected].
ZIP/Postal Code
Enter a code of 20 characters or fewer.
4. In the Details section, observe any noted restrictions or requirements and enter all the information you
have available in the following fields:
Birthday
You must enter the date in the format your organization has set for dates. For example, 01/01/2006
or 31.12.2005.
If you omit leading zeros in a date, Microsoft Dynamics CRM will add them automatically. For
example, when you type 1/1/06, Microsoft Dynamics CRM will display it as 01/01/2006, if that is the
date format of your organization.
Anniversary
You must enter the date in the format your organization has set for dates. For example, 01/01/2006
or 31.12.2005.
286
2011 User's Guide: Create or edit a contact
If you omit leading zeros in a date, Microsoft Dynamics CRM will add them automatically. For
example, when you type 1/1/06, Microsoft Dynamics CRM will display it as 01/01/2006, if that is the
date format of your organization.
5. Under Information, click Notes and Activities. In the Notes section, click Add a new note, and add the
information that applies to your record.
6. In the Preferences section, enter information or observe any noted restrictions or requirements as
needed:
Owner
This box is filled automatically with the name of the user who is creating the record. You can click the
Lookup button
to search for other records.
Credit Limit
This field is not used as part of the business logic in Microsoft Dynamics CRM; however, your
organization might use it as part of a workflow process.
Credit Hold
This field is not used as part of the business logic in Microsoft Dynamics CRM; however, your
organization might use it as part of a workflow process.
Payment Terms
This field is mapped to any orders that are created for the record.
Price List
to search for and
If your organization has price lists set up, you can click the Lookup button
select the appropriate price list. This field is mapped to any orders that are created for the record.
Contact Methods
Preferred
Select the option that best describes the preferred method of contact.
E-mail
If you select Allow, Microsoft Dynamics CRM allows all e-mail, including e-mails related to
campaign activities, to be sent to the e-mail address associated with the record. However, if you
select Do Not Allow, Microsoft Dynamics CRM does not allow any e-mail to be sent to the email address associated with the record.
Bulk E-mail
If you select Allow, Microsoft Dynamics CRM allows any e-mail as part of a bulk e-mail process,
including bulk e-mails related to campaign activities, to be sent to the e-mail address associated
with the record. However, if you select Do Not Allow, Microsoft Dynamics CRM does not allow
any bulk e-mail to be sent to the e-mail address associated with the record.
Phone
The selected option simply provides information to anyone who views the record. This field is not
used by Microsoft Dynamics CRM to control initiating or receiving phone calls.
287
2011 User's Guide: Create or edit a contact
Fax
The selected option simply provides information to anyone who views the record.
Mail
The selected option simply provides information to anyone who views the record. This field is not
used by Microsoft Dynamics CRM to control initiating or receiving mail.
Marketing Information
Originating Lead
If this contact was the result of converting a lead, then this field will automatically show the lead
record. You can also enter the originating lead. To locate and select a lead, click the Lookup
button
.
Send Marketing Materials
If you select Send, marketing material corresponding to campaigns is sent to the respective
addresses (e-mail, physical address) for the record. This includes general marketing mailers that
might be sent on a regular basis that are not part of a targeted marketing campaign. If you select
Do Not Send, marketing materials are not sent, nor can activities related to sending marketing
materials be created for the record.
Last Date Included in Campaign
Microsoft Dynamics CRM automatically sets the date for this field when any marketing
communication is sent to the addresses for the record. You can also manually update this field
and enter a date. This field is used as filter criteria in Marketing Automation. For example, the
Anti-Spam Setting area of a Campaign form uses the date in this field to make sure that you do
not send frequent mailers to a customer.
Service Preferences
Select the customer's preferred time and day for service activities.
Click the Lookup button
in the Preferred Service, Preferred Facility/Equipment, or Preferred
User box to search for the appropriate record.
7. Click Save or Save and Close.
Resolve potential duplicate records.
If the system detects that your record might be a potential duplicate, instead of saving the record, Microsoft
Dynamics CRM displays the Duplicates Detected dialog box.
1. To open a record to make sure it is a potential duplicate, in the Potential duplicate records list, doubleclick the record.
If the duplicate-detection rule identified potential duplicate records in other record types, review
records from each record type listed.
2. If your new or updated record is not a duplicate, to create the new record, click Save Record.
- OR If your new or updated record is a duplicate, to cancel your changes, click Cancel.
288
2011 User's Guide: Associate an opportunity with an account or contact
Notes
•
If you enter a duplicate record within a few minutes of entering the first record, Microsoft Dynamics CRM
will not detect the duplicate record. The matchcodes for new and updated records are created every five
minutes, rather than as a record is created.
•
Duplicate detection can take place only if duplicate detection is enabled in Duplicate Detection Settings
and if at least one duplicate-detection rule exists for the record type. More information: Avoiding Duplicate
Records (on page 69)
Note
You can associate multiple contacts with an account, but only one contact can be the primary contact
for an account. If you consolidate contacts and subcontacts, you can create relationships between
them and use the reporting features to generate revenue reports for all the related contacts.
-
Related Topics
Work with Contacts ................................................................................................................... 276
Manage Activities........................................................................................................................ 23
Create Customer-Ready Documents and Messages ............................................................... 164
Requesting User Interface Changes ........................................................................................ 220
Associate an opportunity with an account or contact
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
You associate opportunities with accounts or contacts by creating an opportunity relationship between them.
The relationship you set up is based on your selection on the Opportunity Relationship form.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click either Accounts or Contacts.
2. In the list of accounts or contacts, open the record to which you want to add an opportunity relationship.
3. Click the Add tab. In the Create Relationship group, click Relationship, and then click Opportunity.
4. On the Opportunity Relationship form, enter information in the following boxes:
Opportunity
You must select the opportunity that you want to associate with the record. Click the Lookup button
to search for an opportunity.
Customer
Microsoft Dynamics CRM enters the account or contact record automatically.
Customer Role
289
2011 User's Guide: Use the Closed Activity list
Select an option from the list. This field can be customized, so the values will vary.
Your organization might set up relationship roles, to indicate the role of your customers as they relate
to your business. This field is not required.
If there are no relationship roles in the list or the relationship role you want is not listed, contact your
system administrator and ask them to add the relationship role to the Relationship Roles area,
which is located in the Settings area.
Description
Use this field to provide additional information about the relationship.
5. Click Save or Save and Close.
6. Click the Account or Contact tab. Click Save or Save and Close.
Note
You cannot set up duplicate relationships between a customer record and an opportunity. For
example, if you create a relationship between an account and the opportunity, and the customer's
relationship role is set to Distributor, you cannot create a new relationship for the account that uses
the same customer opportunity and relationship role.
Related Topics
Work with Contacts ................................................................................................................... 276
Work with Accounts ................................................................................................................... 271
Work with Opportunities ............................................................................................................ 310
Managing Opportunities ............................................................................................................ 310
Requesting User Interface Changes ......................................................................................... 220
Use the Closed Activity list
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
Many record types allow for activities to be associated with them. For example, an opportunity might have an
associated phone call activity. When you close any associated activity as completed, that activity shows up in
the record history of the associated record. To view the record history, in the record, under Common, click
Closed Activities.
You can do the following in the Closed Activities list:
•
290
While the record is in draft form, you can create a new activity for this record by clicking the New Activity
button. You can no longer do this when the record is activated. Note that even though you create this
activity from the Closed Activities list, it will be displayed in the Activities list while it is active. It will be
displayed in the Closed Activities list after you set the status to completed.
2011 User's Guide: Set customer preferences for a service activity
•
You can also do standard tasks such as printing, exporting data, running a report, or assigning. For
information about doing those tasks, see the topic What else can I do? More tasks...
The Closed Activities list for opportunities, accounts, and contacts includes two lists that help you narrow
down the number of completed activities:
•
To narrow down the list to a certain time period, such as Last 30 days, click Filter on.
•
To see completed activities for one particular record, click Include, and then select This Record Only.
•
To create a list of activities that are related to any record associated with the account or contact, select
Related Regarding Records.
Related Topics
Manage Activities ........................................................................................................................ 23
Set customer preferences for a service activity
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default service scheduling security roles.More information
about specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Service Scheduling Permissions
You can provide personalized customer service for your customers by recording their preferences regarding
services and service times. These preferences become the default criteria the next time that a service activity
is scheduled for the customer and shown in the Form Assistant pane.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Workplace, and then under Customers, click either Accounts or
Contacts.
2. In the list, double-click a record.
3. Under Information, click Common.
4. Under Service Preferences, click the customer's preferred time and day for appointments from the lists.
5. Click the Preferred Service, Preferred Facility/Equipment, or Preferred User box to search for the this
information. You can click the Lookup button
to search for and select records.
6. Click Save or Save and Close.
Related Topics
Work with Contacts ................................................................................................................... 276
Work with Accounts .................................................................................................................. 271
Navigating the Service Calendar .............................................................................................. 427
291
2011 User's Guide: Add or remove a customer record in a marketing list
Add or remove a customer record in a marketing list
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
You can add a customer record, such as a lead, account, or contact, to a marketing list. If a customer record
is added to a marketing list from another area within Microsoft Dynamics CRM, the customer record is
updated to reflect this association. Therefore, if you want to add a customer record, such as a lead, to a
marketing list, you might find that the lead is already associated with the list.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Leads, Accounts, or Contacts depending on
which type of record you want to add to a marketing list.
2. In the list, open the record that you want to add to a marketing list.
3. In the Collaborate group, click Add to Marketing List.
4. In the Look Up Record dialog box, locate and select the marketing list you want to add the record to,
and then click OK.
5. Click Save or Save and Close.
Note
To remove a record from a marketing list, open the customer record you want to remove from the
marketing list. In the Navigation Pane, under Marketing, click Marketing Lists. Select the marketing
list that you want to remove, and then, in the Records group, click Remove. In the confirmation
message, click OK.
Tip
If you cannot locate the marketing list you want to add, you might need to create it. To do this, in the
Look Up Records dialog box, click New and then complete the form.
Related Topics
Work with Contacts ................................................................................................................... 276
Work with Accounts ................................................................................................................... 271
Managing Accounts and Contacts ............................................................................................ 265
Work with Leads ........................................................................................................................ 299
Managing Leads ........................................................................................................................ 289
Work with Marketing Lists ......................................................................................................... 389
View associated campaigns from customer records
Can I do this task?
292
2011 User's Guide: Customer Relationship Form
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
You can view a list of campaigns for a customer from within the Customer Record form. When a customer
record is added to a marketing list and that marketing list is added to a campaign, the customer record is
updated to reflect this association.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Leads, Accounts, or Contacts, depending on
which type of record you want to view associated campaigns for.
2. In the list, open the record that you want to view.
3. Under Marketing, click Campaigns to see the list of campaigns the customer is included in.
Related Topics
Work with Contacts ................................................................................................................... 276
Work with Leads ....................................................................................................................... 299
Managing Leads ....................................................................................................................... 289
Work with Accounts .................................................................................................................. 271
Managing Accounts and Contacts ............................................................................................ 265
Work with Campaigns and Campaign Templates .................................................................... 375
Customer Relationship Form
Use the Customer Relationship form to specify the type of relationship between accounts and contacts
and the relationship role that they have relative to each other; that is, how they affect, influence, or contribute
to each other.
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
In Microsoft Dynamics CRM, you can create relationships between one customer record and one or more
other records. These relationships are defined by their relationship role. The relationship that you set up is
based on your selection on the Customer Relationship form.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click either Accounts or Contacts.
2. In the list of accounts or contacts, open the record that you want.
3. In the record, click the Add tab.
4. In the Create Relationship group, click Relationship, and then select, Customer Relationship.
5. On the Customer Relationship form, enter information in the following boxes:
Party 1
This field automatically displays the name of the customer whose record you opened.
293
2011 User's Guide: Customer Relationship Form
However, you can click the Lookup button
to search for and select a different account or contact
record. If you do so, the new relationship that you set up will not appear in the customer record that
you originally opened.
Party 2
Select the customer record that you want to associate with the Party 1 record. Click the Lookup
button
to search for an account or contact record.
Role 1
Select an option from the list. This field can be customized, so the values will vary.
Your organization might set up relationship roles, to indicate the role of your customers as they relate
to your business. This field is not required.
If there are no relationship roles in the list or the relationship role you want is not listed, contact your
system administrator and ask them to add the relationship role to the Relationship Roles area,
which is located in the Settings area.
Description 1
Use this field to provide additional information about the relationship.
Role 2
In the list, click the relationship role that best describes the relationship of Party 1 to Party 2. The
same items will appear in the list for Role 1 and Role 2.
For example, if you selected Supplier from Role 1, you might select Retailer from Role 2.
Description 2
Use this field to provide additional information about the relationship.
6. Click Save or Save and Close.
7. Close the account or contact record.
Important
You cannot create duplicate relationships between records. For example, if there is already a
relationship between the account Fabrikam, Inc, with the role of distributor, and the account, Litware,
Inc, with the role of seller, you cannot create the same relationship between the records.
Note
To remove a relationship, open the account or contact, and then in the Navigation Pane, under
Common, click Relationships. In the list of relationships, select the relationship that you want to
delete, and then on the Actions toolbar, click the Delete button
delete the customer records.
294
. Deleting the relationship does not
2011 User's Guide: Deactivate or activate an account or contact
Related Topics
Work with Contacts ................................................................................................................... 276
Managing Accounts and Contacts ............................................................................................ 265
Work with Accounts .................................................................................................................. 271
Deactivate or activate an account or contact
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
Instead of deleting an account or contact, you can deactivate it and still have an audit trail for your sales
process. When an account or contact is deactivated, it cannot be edited, and relationships between the
account or contact and other records cannot be created.
The only way to view a deactivated account or contact is to select Inactive Accounts or Inactive Contacts
in the View list. If the representative of the account or the individual contact for the record that you
deactivated contacts you in the future, you have the option of reactivating the account or contact without
reentering all the data.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click either Accounts or Contacts.
2. Select the accounts or contacts that you want to deactivate or activate.
3. In the Records group, click Deactivate.
- OR In the Records group, click Activate.
4. In the confirmation dialog box, click OK.
Note
When you deactivate a record, all relationships created while it was active continue to be available;
however, you cannot create new relationships with a deactivated record.
Related Topics
Work with Contacts ................................................................................................................... 276
Work with Accounts .................................................................................................................. 271
Managing Accounts and Contacts ............................................................................................ 265
Can I do this task?
295
2011 User's Guide: Deactivate or activate an account or contact
This task requires permissions that are found in all default marketing security roles. More information about
specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Marketing Permissions
You can use quick campaigns to create one type of activity for many accounts, contacts, or leads at once.
1. Select the records or list that you want to run a quick campaign on, and then start the Create Quick
Campaign Wizard.
From a list of records, including the results of a search
You can run a quick campaign from any list of accounts, contacts, or leads.
a. Select the record or records for which you want to create a quick campaign. If you want to include all
records on the current page or all records on all pages, then skip this step.
b. On the Actions toolbar, click Create Quick Campaign
, and then click one of the following:
For Selected Records
Select this option if you have selected one or more records in the list.
For All Records on Current Page
Select this option to include all records on the page for the quick campaign activity.
For All Records on All Pages
Select this option to include all records on all pages for the quick campaign activity.
From the Marketing Lists list
You can run a quick campaign on one or more marketing lists in the Marketing Lists list.
a. In the Navigation Pane, click Marketing or Sales, and then click Marketing Lists.
b. Select the marketing list or marketing lists for which you want to create a quick campaign.
c. On the Actions toolbar, click Create Quick Campaign, and then click For Selected Records.
From a marketing list
You can run a quick campaign on the accounts, contacts, or leads in any marketing list.
a. In the Navigation Pane, click Marketing or Sales, and then click Marketing Lists.
b. Double-click the marketing list for which you want to create a quick campaign.
c. On the Actions toolbar, click Create Quick Campaign.
2. In the Create Quick Campaign Wizard, follow the instructions to create the quick campaign.
Notes
296
•
You cannot add additional records to a quick campaign after you have created it.
•
In the Create Quick Campaign Wizard, you can select who you want Microsoft Dynamics CRM to
assign the activity to and whether Microsoft Dynamics CRM should perform the activity
automatically for appropriate activities (such as sending e-mail messages). For example, if you
are creating a phone call activity for all of the sales representatives, you can select the phone call
activity, and then select The owners of the records that are included in the quick campaign.
Each sales representative can then see the activity and take action on it. However, if you are
creating a large number of e-mail activities that Microsoft Dynamics CRM will perform
automatically, you can assign the e-mail activity to yourself instead of the record owners.
2011 User's Guide: Deactivate or activate an account or contact
•
Whether or not some activities are performed automatically depends on an option available to
users who have the Organization Settings Write privilege. More information: Manage System
Settings
Related Topics
Work with Quick Campaigns ..................................................................................................... 382
Creating and Managing Marketing Lists ................................................................................... 387
Planning Campaigns ................................................................................................................. 375
Understanding Quick Campaigns ............................................................................................. 382
Default sales reports
The following sales reports are available:
This topic shows you how to use the different reports. To find more information, when you generate a report,
click Help, and then click Help on This Page.
•
Account Distribution Report (on page Error! Bookmark not defined.)
Use this report to identify patterns in your top revenue-generating accounts using two charts. The earned
revenue chart displays the earned revenue grouped by a market facet, such as product, territory, or
industry. The accounts count chart displays the amount of earned revenue using the same grouping as
the earned revenue chart.
•
Account Overview Report (on page 99)
Use this report to obtain a one-page overview of everything occurring with an account. The report
displays a profile of the account, contact information, and summaries of opportunities and case activities.
•
Account Summary Report (on page 100)
Use this report to determine historically what has occurred with an account. This report also displays
what is scheduled to occur in the future. The report displays a chronological summary for an account,
including sales and service activities, notes, and records.
•
Activities Report (on page 101)
Use this report to identify patterns in activities. Activities can be grouped by owner or activity type, or by
the record the activity is regarding.
•
Competitor Win Loss Report (on page 101)
Use this report to compare how your sales team performs against your competitors. The report displays
a list of competitors, with data on open, closed, won, and lost opportunities for each.
•
Invoices Report (on page 102)
Use this report to print invoices.
•
Invoice Status Report
Use this report to view your accounts receivable. The chart displays the number of invoices grouped by
status with the total amount of invoices in each status.
297
2011 User's Guide: Deactivate or activate an account or contact
•
Lead Source Effectiveness Report (on page 103)
Use this report to compare how effective your lead sources are at generating quality opportunities. The
report lists the percentage of qualified leads, and leads that generate revenue for each lead category.
•
Neglected Accounts Report (on page 107)
Use this report to identify accounts that have not been contacted recently. The report displays a chart
with accounts that have had no activities completed in a specified number of days.
•
Neglected Leads Report (on page 104)
Use this report to identify any leads that have not been contacted. The report displays a chart of leads
that have had no associated activities or notes during a specified time period.
•
Orders Report (on page 104)
Use this report to print orders.
•
Products by Account Report (on page 108)
Use this report to see which products are used by an account. For each account, the report lists the
associated products.
•
Products by Contact Report (on page 109)
Use this report to see which products are used by a contact. For each contact, the report lists the
associated products.
•
Progress Against Goals Report
•
Use this report to view the sales progress against the primary and subordinate goals. This report displays
a chart with the target values and the actual values of the goals.
•
Quotes Report (on page 105)
Use this report to print quotes.
•
Sales History Report (on page 106)
Use this report to view a history of sales performance by sales representative. The report displays a chart
of both lost and earned revenue. The report uses data only from the closed opportunities, and calculates
the earned revenue from Won opportunities and the lost revenue from the lost opportunities.
•
Sales Pipeline Report (on page 106)
Use this report to see anticipated potential sales. The report displays a chart of potential sales grouped
by user, sales territory, customer territory, date, products, rating, or sales stage.
If the default reports don't provide the information you need, try creating an Advanced Find search, and
exporting the results to Microsoft Office Excel.
Note
This topic documents the list of default reports as they were shipped. If this list differs from the
reports that are available to you, contact your report administrator or system administrator for
information about the customized reports.
298
2011 User's Guide: Managing Leads
Related Topics
Work with Opportunities ............................................................................................................ 310
Work with Leads ....................................................................................................................... 299
Work with Contacts ................................................................................................................... 276
Work with Accounts .................................................................................................................. 271
Managing Leads
In Microsoft Dynamics CRM, you can get lead information in the Sales area. All activities are logged and a
running history of every activity with the lead is kept, once it is completed.
You can enter leads individually. In addition, you can use Microsoft Dynamics CRM to import lead lists into
the database, perform the common qualifying activities, and convert leads to opportunities, if they qualify.
Each disqualified lead is retained in the database for business-reporting purposes.
You can track information about prospective customers, and then qualify and assign inquiries. Because
leads are tracked separately from customers throughout the sales cycle, you can focus on building your
customer base.
Understanding How Accounts, Contacts, Leads, and Opportunities Relate
Account and contact records represent established customers. Leads are potential or prospective
customers. Opportunities are not a specific customer, such as a lead, contact, or account, and therefore
require a customer record to be added to the opportunity.
Work with Leads
Leads represent potential customers who have not yet been qualified by your sales process. As you qualify
leads, you can convert them to other types of records.
Create or edit a lead
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
When you create a lead, you might be tempted to only enter the system-required fields (marked with
asterisks Business-required symbol
) or business-recommended fields (marked with plus signs
Business-recommended symbol ); however, the more data you collect and enter into this form, the more
likely you are to turn those leads into business opportunities. Remember that e-mail addresses, the source of
299
2011 User's Guide: Create or edit a lead
the lead, and specific product interests are key factors in helping your sales staff complete the necessary
follow-up.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Leads.
2. In the Records group, click New, or open the record that you want to edit.
3. In the General section, enter or edit information or observe any noted restrictions or requirements as
needed:
Topic
This information should reflect what the lead is interested in. For example, if a potential customer calls
and asks for details on a product, list the name of the product here.
First Name
Enter a first name between 1 and 50 characters. You can use accent marks when you enter data, for
example, in a customer's name. Your ability to sort and find information is not affected by these
accent marks.
Last Name
Enter a name between 1 and 50 characters.
Company Name
You must enter a name with a length of 100 characters or fewer.
Enter all the contact information you have available for this lead because this information will assist a
salesperson in making future contacts. E-mail addresses must be valid. For example,
[email protected].
Address
Enter the address of the lead.
ZIP/Postal Code
Enter a code of 20 characters or fewer.
4. In the Common section, enter all the information you have available in the following sections:
Lead Information
It is very important to provide the lead source information so that you can determine which marketing
method, such as advertisement or trade shows, generates the most leads for your organization. If you
specify lead information, you can filter on Lead Source to determine how many leads were generated
by a given method.
Company Information
Industry
If the lead specifies an industry that is not in the list, you can work with your system administrator
to get new industries added to the list because this field is customizable. This field is used in
various reports such as Lead Source Effectiveness; which, if used with filtering, can display the
lead source effectiveness by industry. Another form that includes the industry field is the Account
300
2011 User's Guide: Create or edit a lead
form. If your system administrator adds custom industries to the Leads form, they should also add
them to the Account form to keep the two lists in sync.
Annual Revenue
You must enter numbers between 0.00 and 1,000,000,000.00.
You can use commas and a decimal point. You cannot use a currency symbol, such as the dollar ($),
euro (€), or yen (¥).
SIC Code
Indicate the Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) code for this account. You can search on SIC
for organizations with a particular code to display all accounts of businesses in that category.Enter
a code of 20 characters or fewer.
No. of Employees
You must enter a whole number between 0 and 1,000,000.
5. Under Information, click Notes and Activities. In the Notes section, click Add a new note, and add the
information that applies to your record.
6. In the Preferences section, enter information or observe any noted restrictions or requirements as
needed:
Owner
This box is filled automatically with the name of the user who is creating the record. You can click the
Lookup button
to search for other records.
Status Reason
This value appears in the list of leads in the Leads area. You can sort by the Status Reason column
in that area to quickly view new leads or those already contacted.
Contact Methods
Preferred
Select the option that best describes the preferred method of contact.
E-mail
If you select Allow, Microsoft Dynamics CRM allows all e-mail, including e-mails related to
campaign activities, to be sent to the e-mail address associated with the record. However, if you
select Do Not Allow, Microsoft Dynamics CRM does not allow any e-mail to be sent to the email address associated with the record.
Bulk E-mail
If you select Allow, Microsoft Dynamics CRM allows any e-mail as part of a bulk e-mail process,
including bulk e-mails related to campaign activities, to be sent to the e-mail address associated
with the record. However, if you select Do Not Allow, Microsoft Dynamics CRM does not allow
any bulk e-mail to be sent to the e-mail address associated with the record.
Phone
301
2011 User's Guide: Create or edit a lead
The selected option simply provides information to anyone who views the record. This field is not
used by Microsoft Dynamics CRM to control initiating or receiving phone calls.
Fax
The selected option simply provides information to anyone who views the record.
Mail
The selected option simply provides information to anyone who views the record. This field is not
used by Microsoft Dynamics CRM to control initiating or receiving mail.
Marketing Information
Source Campaign
Search for and enter the campaign record if this lead was generated as a result of a campaign
that has been created in Microsoft Dynamics CRM.
Send Marketing Materials
If you select Send, marketing material corresponding to campaigns is sent to the respective
addresses (e-mail, physical address) for the record. This includes general marketing mailers that
might be sent on a regular basis that are not part of a targeted marketing campaign. If you select
Do Not Send, marketing materials are not sent, nor can activities related to sending marketing
materials be created for the record.
Last Date Included in Campaign
Microsoft Dynamics CRM automatically sets the date for this field when any marketing
communication is sent to the addresses for the record. You can also manually update this field
and enter a date. This field is used as filter criteria in Marketing Automation. For example, the
Anti-Spam Setting area of a Campaign form uses the date in this field to make sure that you do
not send frequent mailers to a customer.
7. Click Save or Save and Close.
Resolve potential duplicate records.
If the system detects that your record might be a potential duplicate, instead of saving the record, Microsoft
Dynamics CRM displays the Duplicates Detected dialog box.
1. To open a record to make sure it is a potential duplicate, in the Potential duplicate records list, doubleclick the record.
If the duplicate-detection rule identified potential duplicate records in other record types, review
records from each record type listed.
2. If your new or updated record is not a duplicate, to create the new record, click Save Record.
- OR If your new or updated record is a duplicate, to cancel your changes, click Cancel.
Notes
•
302
If you enter a duplicate record within a few minutes of entering the first record, Microsoft Dynamics CRM
will not detect the duplicate record. The matchcodes for new and updated records are created every five
minutes, rather than as a record is created.
2011 User's Guide: Qualify and convert a lead to an account, contact, and/or opportunity
•
Duplicate detection can take place only if duplicate detection is enabled in Duplicate Detection Settings
and if at least one duplicate-detection rule exists for the record type. More information: Avoiding Duplicate
Records (on page 69)
Tip
To qualify or disqualify a lead, you convert the lead. First, open the lead that you want to convert,
click Convert Lead, select options for how you want to convert the lead, and then click OK.
Related Topics
Work with Leads ....................................................................................................................... 299
Managing Leads ....................................................................................................................... 289
Work with Marketing Lists ......................................................................................................... 389
Requesting User Interface Changes ........................................................................................ 220
Qualify and convert a lead to an account, contact, and/or
opportunity
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
Turning leads into customers, or at least opportunities, is the goal of any organization. After you qualify a lead
based on the metrics used by your organization, use Microsoft Dynamics CRM to create up to three new
records quickly in which the lead is represented as an account, contact, or opportunity.
Only one lead at a time can be converted, unless you add the leads you want to convert to a marketing list.
More information: Work with Marketing Lists (on page 389)
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Leads.
2. In the list of leads, open the lead you want to qualify and convert.
3. On the Lead tab, in the Actions group, click Qualify.
4. In the Convert Lead dialog box, Qualify and convert into the following records is selected by default.
Select one or more of the following:
Account
Select this check box to create an account record. Do this if there is an actual company with which
you are doing business.
Contact
Select this check box to create a contact record. Do this if you are doing business with an specific
individual at a company or just an individual customer (consumer).
Opportunity
303
2011 User's Guide: Qualify or convert multiple records at once
Select this check box to create an opportunity record. If this is the only option you select, then in the
Potential Customer box, you must associate an account or contact with the lead. Click the Lookup
button
to search for an account or contact.
Currency
If you select Opportunity, you must select the currency in which to calculate the opportunity.
Open newly created records
Select this check box to open each record in a new window.
5. Click OK.
6. If you did not select the Open newly created records check box, then you must click the Close button to
close the lead record.
Tip
To view the lead record after it has been converted to an opportunity, open the opportunity, and then
click Originating Lead on the Administration tab.
Notes
•
Based on the security privileges assigned to your user account, you might not be able to qualify
leads that you do not own. If you have to qualify them, you must have the necessary privileges.
Also, regardless of who qualifies the lead and performs the conversion, all the newly created
records are, by default, owned by the user who owned the original lead.
•
Any notes on a lead record do not transfer to the new account, contact, or opportunity record. The
notes remain with the originating lead record.
•
When you convert a lead, the new record that is created will not be checked to see if it is a
duplicate.
Related Topics
Work with Leads ........................................................................................................................ 299
Convert Lead Dialog Box .......................................................................................................... 310
Managing Leads ........................................................................................................................ 289
Work with Marketing Lists ......................................................................................................... 389
Qualify or convert multiple records at once
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
If you need to disqualify a group of leads or if you decide a group of leads are all good, you do not have to
process them one by one. Instead, put the leads into a marketing list, and then disqualify the whole group or
qualify them by converting the whole group into accounts, contacts, or opportunities all in one step.
304
2011 User's Guide: Qualify or convert multiple records at once
1. Create a new marketing list.
a. In the Navigation Pane, click Marketing or Sales, and then click Marketing Lists.
b. On the Actions toolbar, click New.
c. In the Name box, type a name for the list, and in the Member Type box, select Lead.
d. Click Save.
2. Under Related, click Marketing List Members.
3. Under List Tools, on the Marketing List Members tab, in the Actions group, click Manage Members.
4. In the Manage Members dialog box, click Use Advanced Find to add members, and then click OK.
5. Create a query to find the list of leads to disqualify or convert.
a. From the Use Saved View list, select My Open Leads.
b. Add any additional criteria you need to the query.
Tip
If this query is one that you will use again, click Save As, and specify a name for the query.
6. To see the records, click Find.
7. Select one of the option buttons at the bottom of the window either to add all the leads returned by the
search to the list or to add only selected leads to the list, and then click Add to Marketing List.
8. In the marketing list, select multiple lead records:
Select several records by pressing the CTRL key while you click each record.
Select a sequence of records by clicking the first record that you want, and then press the SHIFT key
while you select the last record that you want.
Select all records on the page by selecting the Select/clear all records on this page check box at
the top of the list.
Tip
By default, the Microsoft Dynamics CRM Web application displays 50 records per page. You can
increase this up to a maximum of 250 records per page to increase the number of records you can
select at one time. To increase the number of records displayed per page:
1. On the File menu, click Options.
2. On the General tab, in the Records Per Page list, select the number of records to display per
page.
3. Click OK. This changes the number of items that is displayed for all lists, which may slow
response time when you switch record types. Therefore, you might want to set it back to a
smaller number when you are done with this bulk action.
9. After you select the leads you want to convert, under List Tools, on the Marketing List Members tab,
click Qualify.
305
2011 User's Guide: Disqualify and close a lead
10. In the Convert Lead dialog box, disqualify the leads, or select the record types to convert the leads to,
and then click OK. The leads will still appear on your marketing list, but will no longer appear in your My
Open Leads view.
Related Topics
Work with Leads ........................................................................................................................ 299
Managing Leads ........................................................................................................................ 289
Work with Marketing Lists ......................................................................................................... 389
Disqualify and close a lead
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
When you decide that a lead will not turn into an opportunity or become a customer, you can disqualify it and
still have an audit trail for your sales process. You can reactivate the record, including any attachments and
notes, without having to re-enter all the data if the lead contacts you in the future. Deleting the record also
removes any attachments and notes.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Leads.
2. In the list of leads, open the lead that you want to disqualify.
3. In the Actions group, click Qualify.
4. In the Convert Lead dialog box, select Disqualify, and then in the Status list, click an option.
5. Click OK, and then close the record.
Note
Disqualified leads appear in the Closed Leads view.
Related Topics
Work with Leads........................................................................................................................ 299
Convert Lead Dialog Box .......................................................................................................... 310
Managing Leads........................................................................................................................ 289
Reactivate a closed lead
Can I do this task?
306
2011 User's Guide: Add or remove a customer record in a marketing list
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
You disqualify a lead by closing the lead record. Closed leads can be reactivated. Deleted leads are
permanently removed and cannot be reactivated. When you reactivate a lead, you save time by not having
to re-enter any data and you maintain the original history of the lead.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Leads.
2. In the View list, click Closed Leads.
3. In the list of closed leads, open the lead you want to reactivate.
4. In the Actions group, click Reactivate Lead.
5. In the Confirm Lead Activation dialog box, click OK.
6. Click Save or Save and Close.
Related Topics
Work with Leads ....................................................................................................................... 299
Managing Leads ....................................................................................................................... 289
Add or remove a customer record in a marketing list
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
You can add a customer record, such as a lead, account, or contact, to a marketing list. If a customer record
is added to a marketing list from another area within Microsoft Dynamics CRM, the customer record is
updated to reflect this association. Therefore, if you want to add a customer record, such as a lead, to a
marketing list, you might find that the lead is already associated with the list.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Leads, Accounts, or Contacts depending on
which type of record you want to add to a marketing list.
2. In the list, open the record that you want to add to a marketing list.
3. In the Collaborate group, click Add to Marketing List.
4. In the Look Up Record dialog box, locate and select the marketing list you want to add the record to,
and then click OK.
5. Click Save or Save and Close.
Note
To remove a record from a marketing list, open the customer record you want to remove from the
marketing list. In the Navigation Pane, under Marketing, click Marketing Lists. Select the marketing
307
2011 User's Guide: View associated campaigns from customer records
list that you want to remove, and then, in the Records group, click Remove. In the confirmation
message, click OK.
Tip
If you cannot locate the marketing list you want to add, you might need to create it. To do this, in the
Look Up Records dialog box, click New and then complete the form.
Related Topics
Work with Contacts ................................................................................................................... 276
Work with Accounts .................................................................................................................. 271
Managing Accounts and Contacts ............................................................................................ 265
Work with Leads........................................................................................................................ 299
Managing Leads........................................................................................................................ 289
Work with Marketing Lists ......................................................................................................... 389
View associated campaigns from customer records
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
You can view a list of campaigns for a customer from within the Customer Record form. When a customer
record is added to a marketing list and that marketing list is added to a campaign, the customer record is
updated to reflect this association.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Leads, Accounts, or Contacts, depending on
which type of record you want to view associated campaigns for.
2. In the list, open the record that you want to view.
3. Under Marketing, click Campaigns to see the list of campaigns the customer is included in.
Related Topics
Work with Contacts ................................................................................................................... 276
Work with Leads ........................................................................................................................ 299
Managing Leads ........................................................................................................................ 289
Work with Accounts ................................................................................................................... 271
Managing Accounts and Contacts ............................................................................................ 265
Work with Campaigns and Campaign Templates ..................................................................... 375
308
2011 User's Guide: View associated campaigns from customer records
Create a quick campaign
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default marketing security roles. More information about
specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Marketing Permissions
You can use quick campaigns to create one type of activity for many accounts, contacts, or leads at once.
1. Select the records or list that you want to run a quick campaign on, and then start the Create Quick
Campaign Wizard.
From a list of records, including the results of a search
You can run a quick campaign from any list of accounts, contacts, or leads.
a. Select the record or records for which you want to create a quick campaign. If you want to include all
records on the current page or all records on all pages, then skip this step.
b. On the Actions toolbar, click Create Quick Campaign
, and then click one of the following:
For Selected Records
Select this option if you have selected one or more records in the list.
For All Records on Current Page
Select this option to include all records on the page for the quick campaign activity.
For All Records on All Pages
Select this option to include all records on all pages for the quick campaign activity.
From the Marketing Lists list
You can run a quick campaign on one or more marketing lists in the Marketing Lists list.
a. In the Navigation Pane, click Marketing or Sales, and then click Marketing Lists.
b. Select the marketing list or marketing lists for which you want to create a quick campaign.
c. On the Actions toolbar, click Create Quick Campaign, and then click For Selected Records.
From a marketing list
You can run a quick campaign on the accounts, contacts, or leads in any marketing list.
a. In the Navigation Pane, click Marketing or Sales, and then click Marketing Lists.
b. Double-click the marketing list for which you want to create a quick campaign.
c. On the Actions toolbar, click Create Quick Campaign.
2. In the Create Quick Campaign Wizard, follow the instructions to create the quick campaign.
Notes
•
You cannot add additional records to a quick campaign after you have created it.
•
In the Create Quick Campaign Wizard, you can select who you want Microsoft Dynamics CRM to
assign the activity to and whether Microsoft Dynamics CRM should perform the activity
automatically for appropriate activities (such as sending e-mail messages). For example, if you
are creating a phone call activity for all of the sales representatives, you can select the phone call
309
2011 User's Guide: Convert Lead Dialog Box
activity, and then select The owners of the records that are included in the quick campaign.
Each sales representative can then see the activity and take action on it. However, if you are
creating a large number of e-mail activities that Microsoft Dynamics CRM will perform
automatically, you can assign the e-mail activity to yourself instead of the record owners.
•
Whether or not some activities are performed automatically depends on an option available to
users who have the Organization Settings Write privilege. More information: Manage System
Settings
Related Topics
Work with Quick Campaigns ..................................................................................................... 382
Creating and Managing Marketing Lists .................................................................................... 387
Planning Campaigns ................................................................................................................. 375
Understanding Quick Campaigns ............................................................................................. 382
Convert Lead Dialog Box
Use this dialog box to qualify or disqualify a lead as a potential customer.
To qualify leads, you convert them into opportunities with associated accounts or contacts or into new
accounts or contacts. To disqualify leads, click the Disqualify option which closes the leads without
converting them.
Managing Opportunities
An opportunity is a potential sale, which is similar to a lead. However, the subtle difference is that with an
opportunity you can forecast sales revenue, set a potential close date, and factor in a probability for the sale
to occur.
When you create an opportunity, you must specify an existing account or contact record. Also, an
opportunity requires that you link the record to a particular price list. This is needed for the automated
pricing of the proposed products that the opportunity is interested in purchasing.
Using opportunities in your business process enables you to run pipeline reports to view estimated revenue
flows based on pending new sales.
Work with Opportunities
Opportunities represent a potential sale to an account or contact.
310
2011 User's Guide: Create or edit an opportunity
Create or edit an opportunity
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Opportunities.
2. In the Records group, click New or open the record that you want to edit.
3. In the General section, enter or edit information or observe any noted restrictions or requirements as
needed:
Topic
This information should reflect what the opportunity is interested in. For example, if an existing
customer called and asked for details on a product, then list the name of the product as the topic.
Potential Customer
This customer is the account or contact associated with this opportunity. This value appears in the list
of opportunities on the main opportunities page.
Revenue
If pricing is automated for your company, select System Calculated. If not, select User Provided.
Est. Revenue
Opportunities with products added to them have their estimated revenue value calculated based on
the base price, volume discounts, manual discounts, taxes, and other pricing modifications. When
opportunities are saved, Microsoft Dynamics CRM recalculates the estimated revenue value based
on any changes to the products or product quantities associated with the opportunity. This value
appears in the list of opportunities on the main opportunities page.
Probability
Enter a number from 1 to 100 to indicate the likelihood of a sale occurring.
Est. Close Date
You must enter the date in the format your organization has set for dates. For example, 01/01/2006
or 31.12.2005.
If you omit leading zeros in a date, Microsoft Dynamics CRM will add them automatically. For
example, when you type 1/1/06, Microsoft Dynamics CRM will display it as 01/01/2006, if that is the
date format of your organization. This value appears in the list of opportunities on the main
opportunities page.
Currency
Select the currency in which to calculate the opportunity.
4. In the Line Items section, enter information or observe any noted restrictions or requirements as needed:
Price List
If your company has price lists set up, specify the appropriate price list.
311
2011 User's Guide: Add or remove a product
5. Under Information, click Notes & Activities. In the Notes section, add the information that applies to
your record.
6. Under Preferences, enter information or observe any noted restrictions or requirements as needed:
Owner
This box is filled automatically with the name of the user who is creating the record. You can click the
Lookup button
to search for other records.
Originating Lead
If this opportunity was the result of converting a lead, then this field will automatically show the lead
record.
Source Campaign
If this opportunity was a result of converting a campaign response to a lead, or if this field was set
when the lead was created, then this field will automatically show the campaign record. However, you
cannot set the Source Campaign field for a completely new opportunity record.
7. Click Save or Save and Close.
Note
To convert an opportunity into the originating lead, open the opportunity. In the Preferences section,
click the lead in the Originating Lead box. Then, on the lead form, in the Actions group, click
Reactivate Lead. Close the opportunity that was created when you converted the lead.
Tips
•
When the Look Up Records dialog box is open, if the record you need doesn't exist, click New,
and create the record.
•
To add a related record, on the Add tab, in the Create Relationship group, click Relationship.
Complete the form as needed.
Related Topics
Work with Opportunities ............................................................................................................ 310
Managing Opportunities ............................................................................................................ 310
Requesting User Interface Changes ......................................................................................... 220
Add or remove a product
Can I do this task?
This task requires a manager, vice president, CEO-Business Manager, System Administrator, or System
Customizer security role or equivalent permissions. More information about specific permissions and
performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Opportunities.
312
2011 User's Guide: Add or remove a product
2. In the list of opportunities, open the opportunity to which you want to add a product.
3. Under Line Items, verify that a price list appears in the Price List box. You can click the Lookup button
to search for and select records. You must select a price list before you can add a product.
4. If you added a price list, you must save the opportunity form before you can add a product. Click Save.
5. On the form, under Line Items, click the area under the Price List box.
6. Under List Tools, on the Opportunity Products tab, in the Records group, click Add New Opportunity
Product.
7. On the Opportunity Product form, enter information or observe any noted restrictions or requirements
as needed:
Select Product
To use an existing product, leave the Existing option selected.
If you are using an existing product, click the Lookup button
to search for and add a product.
- OR To create a write-in product, click Write-In, and then type the name of the product.
Note
The available options and fields change depending upon whether you choose an existing or write-in
product.
Unit
Search for and select a unit.
Pricing
Select the pricing option. By default, Microsoft Dynamics CRM will use the price that is listed in the
product catalog. To override the price, click Override Price. If you choose to override the price, you
can specify a price that you want to charge for each unit of the product.
Quantity
You must enter the quantity of the product or service that will be included.
You can enter numbers between 0.00 and 1,000,000,000.00. You can use a comma and a decimal
point. You cannot use a currency symbol, such as the dollar ($), euro (€), or yen (¥).
Manual Discount
If you want, you can enter a discount to the product.
You can enter numbers between 0.00 and 1,000,000,000.00.
You can use a comma and a decimal point. You cannot use a currency symbol, such as the dollar ($),
euro (€), or yen (¥).
Tax
If required, enter the appropriate tax amount.
8. Click Save or Save and Close.
313
2011 User's Guide: Associate an account or contact with an opportunity
Notes
•
You can also remove a product from an opportunity. Open the opportunity, under Line Items,
select the product that you want to remove. Under List Tools, on the Opportunity Products tab,
in the Records group, click Delete Opportunity Product.
•
To add a write-in product, you must create at least one price list in the product catalog. To add a
product from the product catalog, you must create at least one unit group, price list, and product.
More information: Creating the Product Catalog
Related Topics
Work with Opportunities ............................................................................................................ 310
Managing Opportunities ............................................................................................................ 310
Requesting User Interface Changes ......................................................................................... 220
Associate an account or contact with an opportunity
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
You associate opportunities with accounts or contacts by creating an opportunity relationship between them.
The relationship you set up is based on your selections on the Opportunity Relationship form. Therefore, if
you want to create a relationship between an account or contact and an opportunity, be sure that you
complete the form.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Opportunities.
2. In the list of opportunities, open the opportunity to which you want to add a relationship with a customer
record.
3. Click the Add tab. In the Create Relationship group, click Relationship.
4. On the Opportunity Relationship form, enter this information:
Opportunity
This is a required field. If you opened the form from an opportunity record, the opportunity is
automatically listed on the form. Click the Lookup button
to select a different opportunity.
Customer
This is a required field. If you opened the form from an account or contact record, the account or
contact is automatically listed on the form. Click the Lookup button
account or contact.
to search for and select an
Customer Role
Select an option from the list. This field can be customized, so the values will vary.
314
2011 User's Guide: Add or remove competitors
Your organization might set up relationship roles, to indicate the role of your customers as they relate
to your business. This field is not required.
If there are no relationship roles in the list or the relationship role you want is not listed, contact your
system administrator and ask them to add the relationship role to the Relationship Roles area,
which is located in the Settings area.
Description
Use this field to provide additional information about the relationship.
5. Click Save or Save and Close.
Repeat this step to save the account or contact.
Notes
•
To remove a relationship, open the opportunity, and then under Common, click Relationships.
In the relationships list, click the relationship that you want to delete, and then, on the Actions
toolbar, click the Delete button .
•
You cannot set up duplicate relationships between a customer record and an opportunity. For
example, if you create a relationship between an account and the opportunity, and the
customer's relationship role is set to Distributor, you cannot create a new relationship for the
account that uses the same customer opportunity and relationship role.
Related Topics
Work with Opportunities ............................................................................................................ 310
Managing Opportunities ............................................................................................................ 310
Add or remove competitors
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
You can add a known competitor to a sales literature record to help you track other companies who are
competing against you and your products or services. If you determine that the competitor you have
associated with the sales literature is no longer a threat to making the sale, you can disassociate that
competitor from the sales literature without deleting the competitor from Microsoft Dynamics CRM.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Sales Literature.
2. In the list of sales literature, open the sales literature to which you want to add competitors.
3. Under Sales, click Competitors.
4. In the Records group, click Add Existing Competitor.
5. In the Look Up Records dialog box, locate and select the competitors, and then click OK.
6. Click the Sales Literature tab. Click Save or Save and Close.
315
2011 User's Guide: Recalculate the estimated revenue
Notes
•
To remove competitors from sales literature, follow steps 1, 2, and 3 above to navigate to the
appropriate area. Select the competitors you want to remove. In the Records group, click
Remove. In the confirmation message, click OK.
•
When you add or remove a competitor from a sales literature record, both records are updated to
reflect the association between them.
Related Topics
Work with Competitor Records ................................................................................................. 322
Competing for Customers ......................................................................................................... 322
Recalculate the estimated revenue
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Opportunities.
2. In the list of opportunities, open the opportunity for which you want to recalculate the estimated revenue.
3. In the Line Items section, modify the list of products associated with the opportunity. (When
opportunities are saved, Microsoft Dynamics CRM recalculates the estimated revenue value based on
any changes to the products or product quantities associated with the opportunity.)
4. In the Forecast Information section, verify that System Calculated is selected, and then in the
Actions group, click Recalculate Opportunity.
5. Click Save or Save and Close.
Related Topics
Work with Opportunities ............................................................................................................ 310
Work with Quotes ...................................................................................................................... 340
Work with Orders ...................................................................................................................... 352
Work with Invoices .................................................................................................................... 364
Managing Opportunities ............................................................................................................ 310
Close an opportunity
Can I do this task?
316
2011 User's Guide: Close an opportunity
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
Whether you win a sale or lose it, you probably want to close the opportunity. If you have lost the sale, you
can delete the opportunity, but deletions are not recommended because they are permanent. If you delete
the opportunity, related items such as attachments and notes are also deleted, in addition to the audit trail for
your sales organization. Therefore, it is best to close the opportunity. You will have the option to reopen the
opportunity later if it becomes a viable sale.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Opportunities.
2. In the list of opportunities, open the opportunity you want to close.
3. In the Actions group, click Close as Won or Close as Lost.
4.
In the Close Opportunity dialog box, click a Status option.
If you select Won, enter the appropriate information in the following fields:
Status Reason
The status for this field depends on whether the status is Won or Lost. Your systems administrator
can make changes to the default status for your organization if desired.
Actual Revenue
You must enter numbers between 0.00 and 1,000,000,000.00.
You can use commas and a decimal point. You cannot use a currency symbol, such as the dollar ($),
euro (€), or yen (¥).
This value should represent the actual agreed upon price.
Close Date
You must enter the date in the format your organization has set for dates. For example, 01/01/2006
or 31.12.2005.
If you omit leading zeros in a date, Microsoft Dynamics CRM will add them automatically. For
example, when you type 1/1/06, Microsoft Dynamics CRM will display it as 01/01/2006, if that is the
date format of your organization.
Description
Enter the reason for the win.
If you select Lost, enter the appropriate information in the following fields:
Status Reason
Select an option. The default options are Canceled or Out-Sold. Your systems administrator can
change the default status for your organization that you want.
Actual Revenue
You do not have to enter a value. However, it is helpful to know what the deal was worth had it been
achieved.
You must enter numbers between 0.00 and 1,000,000,000.00.
317
2011 User's Guide: Reopen an opportunity
You can use commas and a decimal point. You cannot use a currency symbol, such as the dollar ($),
euro (€), or yen (¥).
Close Date
You must enter the date in the format your organization has set for dates. For example, 01/01/2006
or 31.12.2005.
If you omit leading zeros in a date, Microsoft Dynamics CRM will add them automatically. For
example, when you type 1/1/06, Microsoft Dynamics CRM will display it as 01/01/2006, if that is the
date format of your organization.
Competitor
If you know the competitor you lost the deal to, click the Lookup button
competitor.
to search for a
Description
Enter the reason for the loss.
5. Click OK.
6. Click Save or Save and Close.
Related Topics
Work with Opportunities ............................................................................................................ 310
Delete Things .............................................................................................................................. 19
Managing Opportunities ............................................................................................................ 310
Reopen an opportunity
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
An opportunity you closed previously might become viable again. If this occurs, you can reopen the
opportunity. You cannot reopen a deleted opportunity. You must create a new opportunity if you deleted one
instead of closing it.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Opportunities.
2. In the View list, click Closed Opportunities.
3. In the list of opportunities, open the opportunity you want to reopen.
4. In the Actions group, click Reopen Opportunity.
5. In the Reopen This Opportunity dialog box, click OK.
6. Click Save or Save and Close.
318
2011 User's Guide: Opportunity Product Form
Related Topics
Work with Opportunities ............................................................................................................ 310
Delete Things .............................................................................................................................. 19
Managing Opportunities ............................................................................................................ 310
Opportunity Product Form
Use this form to add a product to an opportunity.
Can I do this task?
This task requires a manager, vice president, CEO-Business Manager, System Administrator, or System
Customizer security role or equivalent permissions. More information about specific permissions and
performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Opportunities.
2. In the list of opportunities, open the opportunity to which you want to add a product.
3. Under Line Items, verify that a price list appears in the Price List box. You can click the Lookup button
to search for and select records. You must select a price list before you can add a product.
4. If you added a price list, you must save the opportunity form before you can add a product. Click Save.
5. On the form, under Line Items, click the area under the Price List box.
6. Under List Tools, on the Opportunity Products tab, in the Records group, click Add New Opportunity
Product.
7. On the Opportunity Product form, enter information or observe any noted restrictions or requirements
as needed:
Select Product
To use an existing product, leave the Existing option selected.
If you are using an existing product, click the Lookup button
to search for and add a product.
- OR To create a write-in product, click Write-In, and then type the name of the product.
Note
The available options and fields change depending upon whether you choose an existing or write-in
product.
Unit
Search for and select a unit.
Pricing
319
2011 User's Guide: Opportunity Relationship Dialog Box
Select the pricing option. By default, Microsoft Dynamics CRM will use the price that is listed in the
product catalog. To override the price, click Override Price. If you choose to override the price, you
can specify a price that you want to charge for each unit of the product.
Quantity
You must enter the quantity of the product or service that will be included.
You can enter numbers between 0.00 and 1,000,000,000.00. You can use a comma and a decimal
point. You cannot use a currency symbol, such as the dollar ($), euro (€), or yen (¥).
Manual Discount
If you want, you can enter a discount to the product.
You can enter numbers between 0.00 and 1,000,000,000.00.
You can use a comma and a decimal point. You cannot use a currency symbol, such as the dollar ($),
euro (€), or yen (¥).
Tax
If required, enter the appropriate tax amount.
8. Click Save or Save and Close.
Notes
•
You can also remove a product from an opportunity. Open the opportunity, under Line Items,
select the product that you want to remove. Under List Tools, on the Opportunity Products tab,
in the Records group, click Delete Opportunity Product.
•
To add a write-in product, you must create at least one price list in the product catalog. To add a
product from the product catalog, you must create at least one unit group, price list, and product.
More information: Creating the Product Catalog
Related Topics
Work with Opportunities ............................................................................................................ 310
Managing Opportunities ............................................................................................................ 310
Requesting User Interface Changes ......................................................................................... 220
Opportunity Relationship Dialog Box
Use this dialog box to specify the type of relationship between opportunities, accounts, and contacts and the
role that they have relative to each other; that is, how they affect, influence, or contribute to each other.
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
You associate opportunities with accounts or contacts by creating an opportunity relationship between them.
The relationship you set up is based on your selections on the Opportunity Relationship form. Therefore, if
320
2011 User's Guide: Opportunity Relationship Dialog Box
you want to create a relationship between an account or contact and an opportunity, be sure that you
complete the form.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Opportunities.
2. In the list of opportunities, open the opportunity to which you want to add a relationship with a customer
record.
3. Click the Add tab. In the Create Relationship group, click Relationship.
4. On the Opportunity Relationship form, enter this information:
Opportunity
This is a required field. If you opened the form from an opportunity record, the opportunity is
automatically listed on the form. Click the Lookup button
to select a different opportunity.
Customer
This is a required field. If you opened the form from an account or contact record, the account or
contact is automatically listed on the form. Click the Lookup button
account or contact.
to search for and select an
Customer Role
Select an option from the list. This field can be customized, so the values will vary.
Your organization might set up relationship roles, to indicate the role of your customers as they relate
to your business. This field is not required.
If there are no relationship roles in the list or the relationship role you want is not listed, contact your
system administrator and ask them to add the relationship role to the Relationship Roles area,
which is located in the Settings area.
Description
Use this field to provide additional information about the relationship.
5. Click Save or Save and Close.
Repeat this step to save the account or contact.
Notes
•
To remove a relationship, open the opportunity, and then under Common, click Relationships.
In the relationships list, click the relationship that you want to delete, and then, on the Actions
toolbar, click the Delete button .
•
You cannot set up duplicate relationships between a customer record and an opportunity. For
example, if you create a relationship between an account and the opportunity, and the
customer's relationship role is set to Distributor, you cannot create a new relationship for the
account that uses the same customer opportunity and relationship role.
Related Topics
Work with Opportunities ............................................................................................................ 310
Managing Opportunities ............................................................................................................ 310
321
2011 User's Guide: Competing for Customers
Competing for Customers
Using competitor information management, you can compile a repository of information, such as product
literature, pricing structures and product reviews, for each of your competitors. If you add products or sales
literature to a competitor record, your sales staff will be able to access the competitor data from within the
product or sales literature forms.
You can also create and maintain information about your competitors' strengths and weaknesses, and the
opportunities you are both working on. If you create a relationship between a competitor and an opportunity,
you can access information about both from either form.
The competitor information management in Microsoft Dynamics CRM also helps you associate opportunities
to competitors so you can assess opportunities lost to or won against each competitor.
Work with Competitor Records
Competitors represent people or organizations that your business unit competes with for sales opportunities.
The following sales reports are available:
This topic shows you how to use the different reports. To find more information, when you generate a report,
click Help, and then click Help on This Page.
•
Account Distribution Report (on page Error! Bookmark not defined.)
Use this report to identify patterns in your top revenue-generating accounts using two charts. The earned
revenue chart displays the earned revenue grouped by a market facet, such as product, territory, or
industry. The accounts count chart displays the amount of earned revenue using the same grouping as
the earned revenue chart.
•
Account Overview Report (on page 99)
Use this report to obtain a one-page overview of everything occurring with an account. The report
displays a profile of the account, contact information, and summaries of opportunities and case activities.
•
Account Summary Report (on page 100)
Use this report to determine historically what has occurred with an account. This report also displays
what is scheduled to occur in the future. The report displays a chronological summary for an account,
including sales and service activities, notes, and records.
•
Activities Report (on page 101)
Use this report to identify patterns in activities. Activities can be grouped by owner or activity type, or by
the record the activity is regarding.
•
Competitor Win Loss Report (on page 101)
Use this report to compare how your sales team performs against your competitors. The report displays
a list of competitors, with data on open, closed, won, and lost opportunities for each.
•
Invoices Report (on page 102)
Use this report to print invoices.
322
2011 User's Guide: Work with Competitor Records
•
Invoice Status Report
Use this report to view your accounts receivable. The chart displays the number of invoices grouped by
status with the total amount of invoices in each status.
•
Lead Source Effectiveness Report (on page 103)
Use this report to compare how effective your lead sources are at generating quality opportunities. The
report lists the percentage of qualified leads, and leads that generate revenue for each lead category.
•
Neglected Accounts Report (on page 107)
Use this report to identify accounts that have not been contacted recently. The report displays a chart
with accounts that have had no activities completed in a specified number of days.
•
Neglected Leads Report (on page 104)
Use this report to identify any leads that have not been contacted. The report displays a chart of leads
that have had no associated activities or notes during a specified time period.
•
Orders Report (on page 104)
Use this report to print orders.
•
Products by Account Report (on page 108)
Use this report to see which products are used by an account. For each account, the report lists the
associated products.
•
Products by Contact Report (on page 109)
Use this report to see which products are used by a contact. For each contact, the report lists the
associated products.
•
Progress Against Goals Report
•
Use this report to view the sales progress against the primary and subordinate goals. This report displays
a chart with the target values and the actual values of the goals.
•
Quotes Report (on page 105)
Use this report to print quotes.
•
Sales History Report (on page 106)
Use this report to view a history of sales performance by sales representative. The report displays a chart
of both lost and earned revenue. The report uses data only from the closed opportunities, and calculates
the earned revenue from Won opportunities and the lost revenue from the lost opportunities.
•
Sales Pipeline Report (on page 106)
Use this report to see anticipated potential sales. The report displays a chart of potential sales grouped
by user, sales territory, customer territory, date, products, rating, or sales stage.
If the default reports don't provide the information you need, try creating an Advanced Find search, and
exporting the results to Microsoft Office Excel.
Note
This topic documents the list of default reports as they were shipped. If this list differs from the
reports that are available to you, contact your report administrator or system administrator for
information about the customized reports.
323
2011 User's Guide: Work with Competitor Records
Related Topics
Work with Opportunities ............................................................................................................ 310
Work with Leads ........................................................................................................................ 299
Work with Contacts ................................................................................................................... 276
Work with Accounts ................................................................................................................... 271
Create or edit a competitor
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
Tracking competitors is a key aspect of a sales process. The more information that your team has about a
competitor's strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and the threats a competitor might have to your
organization's ability to make a sale, the more likely you are to win against that company.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Competitors.
2. In the Records group, click New, or open the record that you want to edit.
3. In the General section, enter or edit information or observe any noted restrictions or requirements as
needed:
Name
Type a name that is between 1 and 100 characters. The name should be meaningful and unique.You
can use accent marks when you enter data, for example, in a customer's name. Your ability to sort
and find information is not affected by these accent marks.
Ticker Symbol
If you enter a ticker symbol for a market outside the United States, you must prefix it with the country
code, for example US:MSFT (country code:ticker symbol). This information is available only for
markets that are currently listed on the MSN Money Web site. In addition to the United States (US),
MSN Money also provides information for markets in Australia (AU), Belgium (BE), Canada (CA),
France (FR), Germany (DE), Italy (IT), Japan (JP), Netherlands (NL), Spain (ES), Sweden (SE), and
the United Kingdom (UK). For more information, go to the MSN Money Web site (see MSN Money
Web site - http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=95957).
Key Product
Enter the competitor's product that you most frequently compete with for sales.
Web Site
Web site addresses must be valid. For example, http://www.adventure-works.com.
Reported Revenue
You must enter numbers between 0.00 and 1,000,000,000.00.
324
2011 User's Guide: Add or remove products for a competitor
You can use commas and a decimal point. You cannot use a currency symbol, such as the dollar ($),
euro (€), or yen (¥).
Address
Enter all the address information that you have for this competitor. Note this restriction:
ZIP/Postal Code
Enter a code of 20 characters or fewer.
4. In the Analysis section, enter everything that you know about the competitor.
5. In the Notes section, click Add a new note, and add the information that applies to your record.
6. Click Save or Save and Close.
Resolve potential duplicate records.
If the system detects that your record might be a potential duplicate, instead of saving the record, Microsoft
Dynamics CRM displays the Duplicates Detected dialog box.
1. To open a record to make sure it is a potential duplicate, in the Potential duplicate records list, doubleclick the record.
If the duplicate-detection rule identified potential duplicate records in other record types, review
records from each record type listed.
2. If your new or updated record is not a duplicate, to create the new record, click Save Record.
- OR If your new or updated record is a duplicate, to cancel your changes, click Cancel.
Notes
•
If you enter a duplicate record within a few minutes of entering the first record, Microsoft Dynamics CRM
will not detect the duplicate record. The matchcodes for new and updated records are created every five
minutes, rather than as a record is created.
•
Duplicate detection can take place only if duplicate detection is enabled in Duplicate Detection Settings
and if at least one duplicate-detection rule exists for the record type. More information: Avoiding Duplicate
Records (on page 69)
Related Topics
Work with Competitor Records ................................................................................................. 322
Managing Leads ....................................................................................................................... 289
Competing for Customers ......................................................................................................... 322
Add or remove products for a competitor
Can I do this task?
325
2011 User's Guide: Add or remove opportunities for a competitor
This task requires a manager, vice president, CEO-Business Manager, System Administrator, or System
Customizer security role or equivalent permissions. More information about specific permissions and
performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
Knowing the products that your competitors carry helps you to identify areas within your own inventory where
you can expect the greatest challenges to making a sale. If you list the products that your competitors offer,
then you can create a scorecard that helps your sales organization present data to potential customers about
how your products provide benefits that your competitors cannot meet.
Note
To be able to add the products of your competitors to competitor records, you must customize the
product catalog to also include products that are sold by your competitors.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Competitors.
2. In the list of competitors, open the competitor record that you want to add products to.
3. Under Common, click Products.
4. In the Records group, click Add Existing Product.
5. In the Look Up Records dialog box, search for and select the products that you want to add to the
competitor record, and then click OK.
6. Click the Competitor tab. Click Save or Save and Close.
Note
To remove products from a competitor record, follow steps 1, 2, and 3 to navigate to the appropriate
area. Select the products that you want to remove. In the Records group, Remove. In the
confirmation message, click OK. Close the record.
Related Topics
Work with Competitor Records ................................................................................................. 322
Find Things ................................................................................................................................... 9
Competing for Customers ......................................................................................................... 322
Add or remove opportunities for a competitor
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
Adding existing opportunities to a competitor record helps you track other companies who are competing
against you for a potential sale. If you determine that the competitor is no longer a threat to making the sale
with the associated opportunity, then you can remove that opportunity from the competitor without deleting
the opportunity from Microsoft Dynamics CRM.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Competitors.
326
2011 User's Guide: Add or remove sales literature for a competitor
2. In the list of competitors, open the competitor you want to add an opportunity to.
3. Under Sales, click Opportunities.
4. In the Records group, click Add Existing Opportunity.
5. In the Look Up Records dialog box, search for and select the opportunity you want to add to the
competitor, and then click OK.
6. Click the Competitor tab. Click Save or Save and Close.
Tip
If you cannot locate the opportunity you want to add, you might need to create it. To do this, in the
Look Up Records dialog box, click New and then complete the form.
Note
To remove an opportunity from a competitor, follow steps 1, 2, and 3 above to navigate to the
appropriate area. Select the opportunity you want to remove. In the Records group, click Remove. In
the confirmation message, click OK.
Related Topics
Work with Competitor Records ................................................................................................. 322
Find Things ....................................................................................................................................9
Work with Opportunities ........................................................................................................... 310
Managing Opportunities ........................................................................................................... 310
Competing for Customers ......................................................................................................... 322
Add or remove sales literature for a competitor
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
Adding existing sales literature to a competitor record helps you to track information, such as product or
service offerings, about the competitor. You can relate or link a competitor's sales literature that you collect to
the competitor record. If the sales literature becomes out-dated or the competitor no longer offers the
products, then you can remove the sales literature from the competitor record without deleting the sales
literature from Microsoft Dynamics CRM.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Competitors.
2. In the list of competitors, open the competitor record that you want to add sales literature to.
3. Under Sales, click Sales Literature.
4. In the Records group, click Add Existing Sales Literature.
327
2011 User's Guide: Add or edit sales literature
5. In the Look Up Records dialog box, search for and select the sales literature that you want to add to the
competitor, and then click OK.
6. Click the Competitor tab. Click Save or Save and Close.
Note
To remove sales literature from a competitor record, follow steps 1, 2, and 3 to navigate to the
appropriate area. Select the sales literature that you want to remove. In the Records group, click
Remove. In the confirmation message, click OK. Close the form.
Related Topics
Work with Competitor Records ................................................................................................. 322
Find Things ................................................................................................................................... 9
Competing for Customers ......................................................................................................... 322
Add or edit sales literature
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Sales Literature.
2. In the Records group, click New, or open the sales literature record that you want to edit.
3. In the Title box, type a title for the sales literature. This field is required.
4. In the Subject box, click the Lookup button
to search for the subject that you want. This field is
required. If the subject you want does not appear in the list, contact your system administrator to add it.
More information: Requesting User Interface Changes (on page 220)
5. In the Subject Lookup dialog box, select the subject that you want, and then click OK.
6. In the Employee Contact box, click the Lookup button
. In the Look Up Record dialog box, select
the user record for the employee that you want to associate with the sales literature record, and then click
OK. The person that you select is typically the person responsible for the creation or maintenance of the
sales literature.
7. In the Type list, click the sales literature type that most closely matches the description of the sales
literature.
8. In the Expiration Date box, select or enter a date. For example, if the sales literature is associated with a
sale, the date that the sale ends is the expiration date.
You must enter the date in the format your organization has set for dates. For example, 01/01/2006
or 31.12.2005.
328
2011 User's Guide: Add or remove products
If you omit leading zeros in a date, Microsoft Dynamics CRM will add them automatically. For
example, when you type 1/1/06, Microsoft Dynamics CRM will display it as 01/01/2006, if that is the
date format of your organization.
9. If the sales literature record is new, click Save to continue.
10. In the Actions group, click Add a Sales Attachment.
11. Enter a title (required field), author name, keywords, and an abstract for your sales attachment.
12. If you want to attach a file to the sales attachment record, click Browse to locate the file, and then click
Attach. Attaching a file might take a few minutes, depending on the size of the file.
13. On the sales attachment form, click Save and Close.
14. On the sales literature form, click Save or Save and Close.
Resolve potential duplicate records.
If the system detects that your record might be a potential duplicate, instead of saving the record, Microsoft
Dynamics CRM displays the Duplicates Detected dialog box.
1. To open a record to make sure it is a potential duplicate, in the Potential duplicate records list, doubleclick the record.
If the duplicate-detection rule identified potential duplicate records in other record types, review
records from each record type listed.
2. If your new or updated record is not a duplicate, to create the new record, click Save Record.
- OR If your new or updated record is a duplicate, to cancel your changes, click Cancel.
Notes
•
If you enter a duplicate record within a few minutes of entering the first record, Microsoft Dynamics CRM
will not detect the duplicate record. The matchcodes for new and updated records are created every five
minutes, rather than as a record is created.
•
Duplicate detection can take place only if duplicate detection is enabled in Duplicate Detection Settings
and if at least one duplicate-detection rule exists for the record type. More information: Avoiding Duplicate
Records (on page 69)
Tip
Although you cannot attach sales literature records directly to e-mail activities and send them to
customers, you can save the file that is attached to a sales attachment record to your desktop and
then attach it to the outgoing e-mail.
Related Topics
Competing for Customers ......................................................................................................... 322
Requesting User Interface Changes ........................................................................................ 220
329
2011 User's Guide: Add or remove products
Add or remove products
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
If you develop sales literature to support your products, you can link the two types of records. When you are
selling a particular product, you will know what information is available about the product.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Sales Literature.
2. In the list of sales literature, open the sales literature you want to add products to.
3. Under Common, click Products.
4. In the Records group, click Add Existing Product.
5. In the Look Up Records dialog box, search for and select the products you want to add to the sales
literature, and then click OK.
6. Click the Sales Literature tab. Click Save or Save and Close.
Notes
•
To remove products from sales literature, follow steps 1, 2, and 3 to navigate to the appropriate
area. Select the products you want to remove. In the Records group, click Remove. In the
confirmation message, click OK.
•
When you add or remove a product from a sales literature record, both records are updated to
reflect the association between them.
Related Topics
Find Things .................................................................................................................................... 9
Competing for Customers ......................................................................................................... 322
Add or remove competitors
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
You can add a known competitor to a sales literature record to help you track other companies who are
competing against you and your products or services. If you determine that the competitor you have
associated with the sales literature is no longer a threat to making the sale, you can disassociate that
competitor from the sales literature without deleting the competitor from Microsoft Dynamics CRM.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Sales Literature.
2. In the list of sales literature, open the sales literature to which you want to add competitors.
330
2011 User's Guide: Document Form
3. Under Sales, click Competitors.
4. In the Records group, click Add Existing Competitor.
5. In the Look Up Records dialog box, locate and select the competitors, and then click OK.
6. Click the Sales Literature tab. Click Save or Save and Close.
Notes
•
To remove competitors from sales literature, follow steps 1, 2, and 3 above to navigate to the
appropriate area. Select the competitors you want to remove. In the Records group, click
Remove. In the confirmation message, click OK.
•
When you add or remove a competitor from a sales literature record, both records are updated to
reflect the association between them.
Related Topics
Work with Competitor Records ................................................................................................. 322
Competing for Customers ......................................................................................................... 322
Document Form
Use this form to create a sales attachment for a sales literature record and to describe the sales attachment.
You can also use this form to attach a file to the sales attachment record.
Add or remove documents
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
You can add sales attachments to your sales literature records.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Sales Literature.
2. In the list of sales literature, open the sales literature record that you want.
3. In the Actions group, click Add a Sales Attachment.
4. Enter a title (required field), author name, keywords, and an abstract for your sales attachment.
Tip
The author name and keywords can help you find the attachment later.
5. If you want to attach a file to the sales attachment record, click Browse to locate the file, and then click
Attach. Attaching a file might take a few minutes, depending on the size of the file.
6. Click Save or Save and Close.
7. On the Sales Literature form, click Save and Close.
331
2011 User's Guide: Remove an attachment from a document
Tip
Although you cannot attach sales literature records directly to e-mail activities and send them to
customers, you can save the file that is attached to a sales attachment record to your desktop and
then attach it to the outgoing e-mail.
Note
To remove attachments from a sales literature record, follow steps 1 and 2 to navigate to the
appropriate area. Under Common, click Sales Attachments. Select the attachments that you want
to remove. On the Actions toolbar, click the Delete button
Close the form.
. In the confirmation message, click OK.
Related Topics
Document Form ........................................................................................................................ 331
Competing for Customers ......................................................................................................... 322
Remove an attachment from a document
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
If you want to attach a different file to a sales attachment form, you must first remove the existing attached
file. Then you can add (or attach) a new file. When you remove the attached file, the references on the sales
attachment form, such as the title, author, and keywords, remain.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Sales Literature.
2. In the list of sales literature, open the sales literature record that has the file attachment that you want to
remove.
3. Under Common, click Sales Attachments.
4. Open the sales attachment record that contains the file attachment that you want to remove, and then
click Remove.
5. In the confirmation message, click OK.
6. Click OK.
7. Click Save or Save and Close.
Related Topics
Document Form......................................................................................................................... 331
Competing for Customers ......................................................................................................... 322
332
2011 User's Guide: About goals
About goals
You set the goals for your organization. In Microsoft Dynamics CRM, you can track these goals using any
metric that measures the performance of your team. For example, you can track things like sales revenue for
a territory, the number of sales calls made, the number of leads created, or the number of product units sold.
Typically, a company sets its overall goals using a top-down forecast based on things such as market
research, budget planning, and historical performance. In Microsoft Dynamics CRM, you create the overall
goals as parent goals and assign them to the sales managers who have the responsibility for achieving them.
You then create child goals that you assign to individuals, teams, organizations, territories, and product lines.
These child goals roll up into the overall goals for a specified metric.
For example, you could set as a parent goal that your organization adds a certain number of sales leads
during the third quarter of the fiscal year. Then, you set child goals that you assign to territories, sales teams,
or individuals for their portion of the overall parent goal. Microsoft Dynamics CRM tracks these child goals
separately, with each child goal contributing to the parent goal.
In Microsoft Dynamics CRM, you can easily plan and set goals for every level of your organization. You can
view the actual and in-progress results in a scheduled rollup or whenever you want. To effectively plan and
set goals in Microsoft Dynamics CRM, use the following information:
•
Goal hierarchy
•
Setting goal metrics
•
Defining rollup queries
•
Setting targets
•
Time periods for goals
•
Monitoring goals
•
Goals and security roles
Work with Goals
Create or edit a goal
Can I do this task?
This task requires a manager, vice president, CEO-Business Manager, System Administrator, or System
Customizer security role or equivalent permissions. More information about specific permissions and
performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Goals.
2. In the Records group, click New.
- OR To edit a goal, select the goal that you want, and then click Edit.
3. Under General, enter information or observe any noted restrictions or requirements as needed:
333
2011 User's Guide: Create or edit a goal
Name
You must enter a name that is between 1 and 100 characters. The name should be meaningful and
unique.
Parent Goal
If you are creating a child goal, click the Lookup button
with this goal.
and select the parent goal associated
Goal Owner
You must click the Lookup button
and select the user or team who will own this goal.
Goal Metric
You must click the Lookup button
and select the metric for this goal. You can also click New in
the Look Up Record dialog box and create a new goal metric for this goal.
Manager
You must click the Lookup button
and select the manager for this goal.
4. Under Information, click Time Period, and then enter information or observe any noted restrictions or
requirements as needed:
Goal Period Type
Select whether this goal is for a Fiscal Period that is defined by your organization or for a Custom
Period that you can define specifically for this goal.
Fiscal Period
If you selected Fiscal Period as the Goal Period Type, you must select a fiscal quarter from the list.
Fiscal Year
If you selected Fiscal Period as the Goal Period Type, you must select a fiscal year from the list.
From
If you selected Custom Period as the Goal Period Type, you must enter or select a start date for the
custom period.
To
If you selected Custom Period as the Goal Period Type, you must enter or select an end date for
the custom period.
5. Under Information, click Targets, and then enter the value for this goal. The target type depends on the
Amount Data Type selected for the goal metric that you chose for this goal. You will see one of the
following fields:
Target (Decimal)
You must enter a decimal value for the goal target. This field is available if the goal Metric Type is
Amount and the Amount Data Type is Decimal.
Target (Money)
334
2011 User's Guide: Create or edit a goal
You must type a monetary value for the goal target. This field is available if the goal Metric Type is
Amount and the Amount Data Type is Money.
Target (Integer)
You must type a numeric value for the goal target. This field is available if the goal Metric Type is
Amount and the Amount Data Type is Integer or if the goal Metric Type is Count.
If the goal metric you are using has Track Stretch Target selected, you will also see one of the following
fields:
Stretched Target (Decimal)
You must enter a decimal value for the goal stretch target. This field is available if the goal Metric
Type is Amount and the Amount Data Type is Decimal.
Stretched Target (Money)
You must type a monetary value for the goal stretch target. This field is available if the goal Metric
Type is Amount and the Amount Data Type is Money.
Stretched Target (Integer)
You must type a numeric value for the goal stretch target. This field is available if the goal Metric
Type is Amount and the Amount Data Type is Integer or if the goal Metric Type is Count.
6. Under Information, click Child Goals, and then select one or more child goals for this goal.
7. Under Information, click Actuals, and then enter information or observe any noted restrictions or
requirements as needed:
Actual (Money)
If the goal metric for this goal uses Money as the Amount Data Type, this field shows the total
amount of money achieved towards the goal as of the last rolled up date.
In-progress (Money)
If the goal metric for this goal uses as Money the Amount Data Type, this field shows the amount of
money achieved towards the goal since the last time the actuals were calculated.
Percentage Achieved
If the goal metric is Decimal or Integer, this field shows the percentage of the goal that is complete
as of the last rolled up date.
Last Rolled Up Date
This field shows the last date and time that the actuals were recalculated.
8. Under Information, click Goal Criteria, and then enter the goal criteria you want to use for this goal:
Roll Up Only From Child Goals
If you want to limit the data used for the roll up to only child goals, click Yes. To allow other data to be
used for the roll ups, click No.
Record Set for Rollup
335
2011 User's Guide: Deactivate a goal
If you want to limit the records that can be included in the roll up to only those records owned by the
goal owner, select Owned by goal owner. To allow all records to be included in the roll up data,
select All.
The available rollup queries depend on the type of Goal Metric you selected. The rollup query is used to
create the actual and in-progress data for the goal.
Rollup Query - Actual (Money)
Shows the actual data for the goal. This option is available if your goal Metric Type is Amount and
the Amount Data Type is Money.
Rollup Query - In-progress (Money)
Shows the in-progress data for the goal. This option is available if your goal Metric Type is Amount
and the Amount Data Type is Money.
Rollup Query - Actual (Integer)
Shows the actual data for the goal. This option is available if your goal Metric Type is Amount and
the Amount Data Type is Integer, or if the goal Metric Type is Count.
Rollup Query - In-progress (Integer)
Shows the in-progress data for the goal. This option is available if your goal Metric Type is Amount
and the Amount Data Type is Integer.
9. Under Information, click Notes and Activities, and then enter any notes for this goal.
10. Click Save or Save and Close.
Deactivate a goal
A goal is automatically activated when you create it. However, you can close a goal whose time period has
completed or which you no longer want to use. You cannot edit a closed goal. However, you can still can still
share and assign closed goals.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Goals.
2. Select the goal you want to close.
3. In the Records group, click Close Goal.
4. In the Confirm Closing Goal dialog box, in the Status list, click the status to apply to the inactive goal.
5. Click OK.
You can delete a goal when you no longer need it. A goal does not have to be inactive to be deleted.
Can I do this task?
This task requires a manager, vice president, CEO-Business Manager, System Administrator, or System
Customizer security role or equivalent permissions. More information about specific permissions and
performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Goals.
2. Select the goal, or multiple goals, that you want to delete.
336
2011 User's Guide: Specify targets for a goal
3. In the Records group, click Delete.
4. When the confirmation message appears, click OK.
Notes
•
When you delete a goal, the deletion cannot be undone.
•
When you delete a goal, any child goals for that goal will remain. However, the Parent Goal field
in those goals will be empty.
•
Goal metrics that are used by a deleted goal will not be affected.
Specify targets for a goal
The target for a goal includes all the targets set for child goals that roll up into the parent goal.
Can I do this task?
This task requires a manager, vice president, CEO-Business Manager, System Administrator, or System
Customizer security role or equivalent permissions. More information about specific permissions and
performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Goals.
2. In the Records group, click New.
- OR To edit a goal, select the goal that you want, and then click Edit.
3. Under Information, click Targets, and then enter the value for this goal. The target type depends on the
Amount Data Type selected for the goal metric that you chose for this goal. You will see one of the
following fields:
Target (Decimal)
You must enter a decimal value for the goal target. This field is available if the goal Metric Type is
Amount and the Amount Data Type is Decimal.
Target (Money)
You must type a monetary value for the goal target. This field is available if the goal Metric Type is
Amount and the Amount Data Type is Money.
Target (Integer)
You must type a numeric value for the goal target. This field is available if the goal Metric Type is
Amount and the Amount Data Type is Integer or if the goal Metric Type is Count.
If the goal metric you are using has Track Stretch Target selected, you will also see one of the following
fields:
Stretched Target (Decimal)
You must enter a decimal value for the goal stretch target. This field is available if the goal Metric
Type is Amount and the Amount Data Type is Decimal.
Stretched Target (Money)
337
2011 User's Guide: Roll up data for goals
You must type a monetary value for the goal stretch target. This field is available if the goal Metric
Type is Amount and the Amount Data Type is Money.
Stretched Target (Integer)
You must type a numeric value for the goal stretch target. This field is available if the goal Metric
Type is Amount and the Amount Data Type is Integer or if the goal Metric Type is Count.
4. Click Save or Save and Close.
Roll up data for goals
The data that rolls up for your goals is based on the goal criteria and rollup queries that are associated with
the goal.
Can I do this task?
This task requires a manager, vice president, CEO-Business Manager, System Administrator, or System
Customizer security role or equivalent permissions. More information about specific permissions and
performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Goals.
2. Select the goal whose data you want to roll up.
3. In the Actions group, click Recalculate.
The values of the actuals are recalculated. In the grid, you can see the recalculated values in the
Percentage Achieved, Actual, and In-Progress columns. If you open the goal, under Actuals, you can
see the Last Rolled Up Date field, which shows the date when the actuals data was last recalculated.
Add a child goal to a goal
Can I do this task?
This task requires a manager, vice president, CEO-Business Manager, System Administrator, or System
Customizer security role or equivalent permissions. More information about specific permissions and
performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
Goals can have a parent-child relationship. A child goal contributes its data to its parent goal when you roll up
the data for the parent goal. The parent goal and child goal must have the same goal metric and time period.
You can add a child goal to a goal in different ways.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Goals.
2. In the Records group, click New.
- OR To edit a goal, select the goal that you want, and then click Edit.
3. In the Goal form, do one of the following:
Add a new goal as a child goal
338
2011 User's Guide: Add a child goal to a goal
You can only add a child goal to a goal that has been saved. If you are creating a new goal, you must save it
first before you can add child goals.
4. Click the field under Child Goals.
5. In the Records group, click Add New Goal.
6. In the Goal form, under General, enter information or observe any noted restrictions or requirements as
needed:
Name
You must enter a name that is between 1 and 100 characters. The name should be meaningful and
unique.
Parent Goal The parent goal is selected automatically to be the goal from which you created the child
goal.
and select the user or team who will own this
Goal Owner You must click the Lookup button
goal.
Goal Metric The goal metric is selected automatically and matches the goal metric set for the parent
goal. You cannot change this selection.
Manager You must click the Lookup button
and select the manager for this goal.
7. Under Information, click Goal Criteria, and edit the rollup criteria for the child goal.
8. Click Save, Save and Close, or, to create another child goal, Save and New.
Add an existing goal as a child goal
You can only add a child goal to a goal that has been saved. If you are creating a new goal, you must save it
first before you can add child goals.
9. Click the field under Child Goals.
10. In the Records group, click Add Existing Goal.
11. In the Look Up Records dialog box, select one or more goals you want to add as a child goal.
12. Click OK.
Associate a child goal to a parent goal
When you create a new goal, you can make it a child goal by selecting an existing goal to be its parent goal.
13. Under Information, click General.
14. In the Parent Goal list, click the Lookup button
.
15. In the Look Up Records dialog box, select a parent goal for this goal, and then click OK.
16. Set other properties for the goal as appropriate.
17. Click OK.
18. Click Save or Save and Close.
339
2011 User's Guide: Work with Goal Metrics
Note
The Metric Type field and the Time Period area automatically inherit their values from the parent
goal. If you change these values for the child goal you are creating, you will not be able to save the
goal.
Work with Goal Metrics
Work with Rollup Queries
Create or edit a rollup query
Deactivate a rollup query
Delete a rollup query
Completing Sales Transactions
The life of a successful sales transaction typically starts with a draft quote. When the quote is ready, it is
activated and sent to the customer. A quote frequently undergoes several revisions between the salesperson
and customer before it is accepted.
After the quote is accepted, an order is generated from the quote. The order is used to fulfill the agreement
of goods or services that were offered in the quote. Finally, after the order for the goods or services is
shipped, an invoice is generated.
In Microsoft Dynamics CRM, quotes, orders, and invoices are considered to be the same item, but in
different states of transition.
Your sales force can use the tools and templates in Microsoft Dynamics CRM to create and print quotes,
orders, and invoices when they are working either online or offline at a customer site. Additionally, these
tools are used to set expiration dates and convert quotes into orders or orders into invoices.
Work with Quotes
Most sales are preceded by a quote or a series of quotes. A quote might go through several revisions before
it becomes an order. When you revise a quote by changing products or discounts, those changes are also
reflected in your overall sales forecast.
When you first create a quote it has a status of Draft. A quote that is a draft can be changed. When the quote
is ready to send to the customer, you change the status of the quote to Active. When you open a quote that is
active, the quote information is displayed as read-only and cannot be changed.
340
2011 User's Guide: Create or edit a quote
Create or edit a quote
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Quotes.
2. In the Records group, click New, or open the record that you want to edit.
3. To edit an active quote, in the Actions group of the record, click Revise.
The status of a quote is listed in the Status column in the list of quotes.
4. In the General section, enter or edit information or observe any noted restrictions or requirements as
needed:
You can use accent marks when you enter data, for example, in a customer's name. Your ability to sort
and find information is not affected by these accent marks.
Quote ID
This information is automatically created.System administrators can set the auto-numbering format for
this ID from the Administration page, under Set Auto-Numbering.
Revision ID
This information is automatically created.The Revision ID tracks the number of times an active
quote has been revised.
Name
Type a name that is between 1 and 100 characters. The name should be meaningful and unique.By
default, these records are sorted by Name in the records list.
Potential Customer
Search for and select an account or contact.You can click the Lookup button
select records.
to search for and
Currency
Select the currency in which the quote will be calculated.
Price List
Search for and select the price list that you want. Price lists are created in the product catalog. At
least one price list must exist in the product catalog before you can select it.You can click the
Lookup button to search for records or to select records.
In the Totals area, enter all the information you have available. If you are adding a discount, you can
add a percentage discount, a monetary discount amount, or both.
Detail Amount
This box is read-only and automatically calculates the sum of all existing quote, order, or invoice line
items, which includes products and write-in products.
341
2011 User's Guide: Create or edit a quote
Quote Discount (%)
This number represents a percentage of the total amount (not including freight charges) that will be
discounted from the total amount. This must be a number between 0.00 and 100.00. You can use a
decimal point, but you cannot use a percent sign (%).
Quote Discount
This number represents a whole monetary amount that will be discounted from the total amount. This
must be a number between 0.00 and 100,000,000,000.00. You can use commas and a decimal
point, but you cannot use a currency symbol, such as dollar ($), euro (€), or yen (¥).
Pre-Freight Amount
This box is read-only and automatically calculates a subtotal based on the detail amount and any
discounts.
Freight Amount
This must be a number between 0.00 and 100,000,000,000.00. You can use commas and a decimal
point, but you cannot use a currency symbol, such as dollar ($) or euro (€).
Total Tax
The total tax is calculated when you click Recalculate or when you click Save.
Total Amount
The total amount is calculated when you click Recalculate or when you click Save.
5. Under Information, click Notes. In the Notes section, click Add a new note, and add the information that
applies to your record.
6. Click Save or Save and Close.
Resolve potential duplicate records.
If the system detects that your record might be a potential duplicate, instead of saving the record, Microsoft
Dynamics CRM displays the Duplicates Detected dialog box.
1. To open a record to make sure it is a potential duplicate, in the Potential duplicate records list, doubleclick the record.
If the duplicate-detection rule identified potential duplicate records in other record types, review
records from each record type listed.
2. If your new or updated record is not a duplicate, to create the new record, click Save Record.
- OR If your new or updated record is a duplicate, to cancel your changes, click Cancel.
Notes
•
342
If you enter a duplicate record within a few minutes of entering the first record, Microsoft Dynamics CRM
will not detect the duplicate record. The matchcodes for new and updated records are created every five
minutes, rather than as a record is created.
2011 User's Guide: Add or remove a contact
•
Duplicate detection can take place only if duplicate detection is enabled in Duplicate Detection Settings
and if at least one duplicate-detection rule exists for the record type. More information: Avoiding Duplicate
Records (on page 69)
Tips
•
To activate a quote, on the Quote form, in the Actions group, click Activate Quote.
•
You must manually enter the tax amount when you add a product to a quote, order, or invoice.
Microsoft Dynamics CRM does not automatically calculate tax for individual products. However,
the total tax is calculated automatically based on the sum of the tax amounts for all of the
individual products in a quote, order, or invoice.
•
When the Look Up Records dialog box is open, if the record you need doesn't exist, click New,
and create the record.
Related Topics
Work with Quotes ...................................................................................................................... 340
Completing Sales Transactions ................................................................................................ 340
Requesting User Interface Changes ......................................................................................... 220
Add or remove a contact
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Quotes.
- OR In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Orders.
- OR In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Invoices.
2. In the list of quotes, orders, or invoices, open the record that you want to add a contact to.
3. Under Common, click Other Contacts.
4. In the Records group, click Add Existing Contact.
5. In the Look Up Records dialog box, search for and select the contact records that you want to add to the
quote, order, or invoice, and then click OK.
6. Click the Quote, Order, or Invoice tab. Click Save or Save and Close.
Tip
If you cannot locate the contact you want to add, you might need to create it. To do this, in the Look
Up Records dialog box, click New and then complete the form.
343
2011 User's Guide: Activate a quote
Note
To remove a contact from a quote, order, or invoice, follow steps 1, 2, and 3 to navigate to the
appropriate area. Select the contact or contacts that you want to remove, and then in the Records
group, click Remove. In the confirmation message, click OK.
Related Topics
Work with Quotes ...................................................................................................................... 340
Work with Orders ...................................................................................................................... 352
Work with Invoices .................................................................................................................... 364
Managing Accounts and Contacts ............................................................................................ 265
Completing Sales Transactions ................................................................................................ 340
Activate a quote
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
Before you send your quote to a customer, you must activate it. When you activate a quote, the quote is
displayed as read-only.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Quotes.
2. Open the draft quote that you want to activate.
3. In the Actions group, click Activate Quote.
Related Topics
Work with Quotes ...................................................................................................................... 340
Completing Sales Transactions ................................................................................................ 340
Edit an active quote
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
When you revise an active quote, a new quote with a new quote ID is created. The original quote is
automatically closed and stored in the Microsoft Dynamics CRM database for tracking purposes.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Quotes.
344
2011 User's Guide: Edit an active quote
2. Open the record that you want.
3. In the Actions group, click Revise.
4. In the General section, make the changes that you want in the following boxes:
Quote ID
This information is automatically created.System administrators can set the auto-numbering format for
this ID from the Administration page, under Set Auto-Numbering.
Revision ID
This information is automatically created. The Revision ID tracks the number of times an active
quote has been revised.
Name
Type a name that is between 1 and 100 characters. The name should be meaningful and unique.By
default, these records are sorted by Name in the records list.
Potential Customer
Search for and select an account or contact.You can click the Lookup button
select records.
to search for and
Currency
Select the currency in which the quote will be calculated.
Price List
Search for and select the price list that you want. Price lists are created in the product catalog. At
least one price list must exist in the product catalog before you can select it.You can click the
Lookup button to search for records or to select records.
In the Totals area, enter all the information you have available. If you are adding a discount, you can
add a percentage discount, a monetary discount amount, or both.
Quote Discount (%)
This number represents a percentage of the total amount (not including freight charges) that will be
discounted from the total amount. This must be a number between 0.00 and 100.00. You can use a
decimal point, but you cannot use a percent sign (%).
Quote Discount
This number represents a whole monetary amount that will be discounted from the total amount. This
must be a number between 0.00 and 100,000,000,000.00. You can use commas and a decimal
point, but you cannot use a currency symbol, such as dollar ($), euro (€), or yen (¥).
Freight Amount
This must be a number between 0.00 and 100,000,000,000.00. You can use commas and a decimal
point, but you cannot use a currency symbol, such as dollar ($) or euro (€).
Total Tax
The total tax is calculated when you click Recalculate or when you click Save.
345
2011 User's Guide: Create an order from a quote
Total Amount
The total amount is calculated when you click Recalculate or when you click Save.
5. Under Information, click Notes. In the Notes section, click Add a new note, and add the information that
applies to your record.
6. Click Save or Save and Close.
Related Topics
Work with Quotes ...................................................................................................................... 340
Delete Things .............................................................................................................................. 19
Create an order from a quote
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
When your customer has agreed to the terms of your quote, you can convert it to an order. In Microsoft
Dynamics CRM, you can only convert an active quote to an order.
Note: After you create an order from a quote, you can no longer revise the quote.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Quotes.
2. Open the active quote that you want.
3. In the Actions group, click Create Order.
4. In the Create Order dialog box, make the changes that you want, and then click OK.
Status Reason and Date Won
The status and date are entered automatically.
Description
Add information about the new order.
Opportunity record
If the quote is not linked to an Opportunity record, the options in this section are not available.
If the quote is linked to an opportunity record, you can update the opportunity record and close it or
you can leave the opportunity record intact.
Close Opportunity is selected by default. To enter the revenue from the opportunity, click Actual
revenue is and enter the amount. Or, leave the Calculated from quotes option selected.
- OR Select Don't update opportunity.
346
2011 User's Guide: Create an order from a quote
The new order record opens automatically.
5. In the General section, make the changes that you want in the following boxes:
Order ID
This information is automatically created. System administrators can set the auto-numbering format
for this ID from the Administration page, under Set Auto-Numbering.
Name
Type a name that is between 1 and 100 characters. The name should be meaningful and unique.You
can use accent marks when you enter data, for example, in a customer's name. Your ability to sort
and find information is not affected by these accent marks.By default, these records are sorted by
Name in the records list.
Customer
You must search for and select an account or contact.You can click the Lookup button
search for and select records.
to
Price List
Search for and select the price list that you want. Price lists are created in the product catalog. At
least one price list must exist in the product catalog before you can select it.You can click the
Lookup button to search for records or to select records.
In the Totals area, enter all the information you have available. If you are adding a discount, you can
add a percentage discount, a monetary discount amount, or both.
Prices Locked
This check box is read-only. You set Prices Locked by clicking Lock Pricing in the Actions group.
Alternatively, you disable Prices Locked by clicking Use Current Pricing in the Actions group.
More information: Completing Sales Transactions (on page 340)
Order Discount (%)
This number represents a percentage of the total amount (not including freight charges) that will be
discounted from the total amount. This must be a number between 0.00 and 100.00. You can use a
decimal point, but you cannot use a percent sign (%).
Order Discount
This number represents a whole monetary amount that will be discounted from the total amount. This
must be a number between 0.00 and 100,000,000,000.00. You can use commas and a decimal
point, but you cannot use a currency symbol, such as dollar ($), euro (€), or yen (¥).
Freight Amount
This must be a number between 0.00 and 100,000,000,000.00. You can use commas and a decimal
point, but you cannot use a currency symbol, such as dollar ($) or euro (€).
Total Tax
The total tax is calculated when you click Recalculate or when you click Save.
Total Amount
347
2011 User's Guide: Create an order from a quote
The total amount is calculated when you click Recalculate or when you click Save.
6. In the Shipping section, enter all the information you have available and observe any noted restrictions
or requirements.
You must enter the date in the format your organization has set for dates. For example, 01/01/2006
or 31.12.2005.
If you omit leading zeros in a date, Microsoft Dynamics CRM will add them automatically. For example,
when you type 1/1/06, Microsoft Dynamics CRM will display it as 01/01/2006, if that is the date format of
your organization.
7. In the Addresses section, enter all the information that you have available in the following sections:
Bill To Address
Enter the address where the billing information will be sent.
Ship To Address
Enter the address information to ship the items to the customer. Select Will Call if the customer will
pick up the items.
To look up the Bill To Address or Ship To Address information, follow these steps:
1. In the Actions group, click Look Up Address.
2. In the Look Up Address dialog box, select the Bill To Address check box, the Ship To Address
check box, or both.
3. Click the Lookup button.
4. In the list of records, select the record you want, and then click OK.
8. In the Administration section, enter the information or observe any noted restrictions or requirements as
needed:
Owner
This box is filled automatically with the name of the user who is creating the record. You can click the
Lookup button
to search for other records.
Status Reason
Select the status of the item.
Source Campaign
The campaign record that appears in this field is automatically assigned when you convert a quote
associated with a campaign into an order.
Opportunity
Select an opportunity if you want to associate this item with an opportunity.
Quote
Select a quote if you want to associate this order with a quote.
9. Under Information, click Notes. In the Notes section, click Add a new note, and add the information that
applies to your record.
348
2011 User's Guide: Close an active quote
10. Click Save or Save and Close.
Resolve potential duplicate records.
If the system detects that your record might be a potential duplicate, instead of saving the record, Microsoft
Dynamics CRM displays the Duplicates Detected dialog box.
1. To open a record to make sure it is a potential duplicate, in the Potential duplicate records list, doubleclick the record.
If the duplicate-detection rule identified potential duplicate records in other record types, review
records from each record type listed.
2. If your new or updated record is not a duplicate, to create the new record, click Save Record.
- OR If your new or updated record is a duplicate, to cancel your changes, click Cancel.
Notes
•
If you enter a duplicate record within a few minutes of entering the first record, Microsoft Dynamics CRM
will not detect the duplicate record. The matchcodes for new and updated records are created every five
minutes, rather than as a record is created.
•
Duplicate detection can take place only if duplicate detection is enabled in Duplicate Detection Settings
and if at least one duplicate-detection rule exists for the record type. More information: Avoiding Duplicate
Records (on page 69)
Tip
When the Look Up Records dialog box is open, if the record you need doesn't exist, click New, and
create the record.
Related Topics
Work with Quotes ..................................................................................................................... 340
Completing Sales Transactions ................................................................................................ 340
Requesting User Interface Changes ........................................................................................ 220
Close an active quote
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
Important: You cannot edit a closed quote record.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Quotes.
2. Open the active quote that you want to close.
3. In the Actions group, click Close Quote.
349
2011 User's Guide: Quote Product Form
4. Enter the following information:
Status Reason
Select the status of the item. The choices available by default are Lost, Canceled, and Revised.
Close Date
Enter the date that the quote is closed.
Description
Enter additional details about why the quote is closed.
Create a revised quote
If you are closing the quote because you need to create a new, revised quote, select this option.
- OR Do not revise this quote
If you do not want to create a revised quote, select this option.
Close the associated opportunity
If this quote is associated with an opportunity, you can select Close the associated opportunity
to close the opportunity.
Related Topics
Work with Quotes ...................................................................................................................... 340
Completing Sales Transactions ................................................................................................ 340
Quote Product Form
Use this form to add a product to a quote.
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Quotes.
- OR In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Orders.
2. Open the quote or order that you want to add a product to.
3. In the Navigation Pane, under Common, click Products.
4. Under List Tools, on the Quote Products tab, in the Records group, click Add New Quote Product.
350
2011 User's Guide: Quote Product Form
Note
To add products to a quote, the status of the quote must be Draft.
- OR Under List Tools on the Order Products tab, in the Records group, click Add New Order Product.
5. In the form, you enter information in the following boxes or observe any noted restrictions or requirements
as needed:
Select Product
To use an existing product, leave the Existing option selected.
If you are using an existing product, click the Lookup button
to search for and add a product.
- OR To create a write-in product, click Write-In, and then type the name of the product.
Note
The available options and fields change depending upon whether you choose an existing or write-in
product.
Unit
Search for and select a unit.
Pricing
Select the pricing option. By default, Microsoft Dynamics CRM will use the price that is listed in the
product catalog. To override the price, click Override Price. If you choose to override the price, you
can specify a price that you want to charge for each unit of the product.
Quantity
You must enter the quantity of the product or service that will be included.
You can enter numbers between 0.00 and 1,000,000,000.00. You can use a comma and a decimal
point. You cannot use a currency symbol, such as the dollar ($), euro (€), or yen (¥).
Manual Discount
If you want, you can enter a discount to the product.
You can enter numbers between 0.00 and 1,000,000,000.00.
You can use a comma and a decimal point. You cannot use a currency symbol, such as the dollar ($),
euro (€), or yen (¥).
Tax
If required, enter the appropriate tax amount.
6. Click Save or Save and Close.
351
2011 User's Guide: Work with Orders
Related Topics
Requesting User Interface Changes ......................................................................................... 220
Work with Orders
When a customer is ready to purchase a product, you can create an order to record the potential sale.
Create or edit an order
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
Typically, you convert a quote that is won into an order. However, you can also use Microsoft Dynamics
CRM to create an order that does not originate from a quote.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Orders.
2. In the Records group, click New, or open the record that you want to edit.
3. In the General section, enter or edit information or observe any noted restrictions or requirements as
needed:
Order ID
This information is automatically created.System administrators can set the auto-numbering format for
this ID from the Administration page, under Set Auto-Numbering.
Name
Type a name that is between 1 and 100 characters. The name should be meaningful and unique.You
can use accent marks when you enter data, for example, in a customer's name. Your ability to sort
and find information is not affected by these accent marks.By default, these records are sorted by
Name in the records list.
Customer
You must search for and select an account or contact.You can click the Lookup button
search for and select records.
Currency
Select the currency in which the order will be calculated.
Price List
352
to
2011 User's Guide: Create or edit an order
Search for and select the price list that you want. Price lists are created in the product catalog. At
least one price list must exist in the product catalog before you can select it.You can click the
Lookup button to search for records or to select records.
In the Totals area, enter all the information you have available. If you are adding a discount, you can
add a percentage discount, a monetary discount amount, or both.
Detail Amount
This box is read-only and automatically calculates the sum of all existing quote, order, or invoice line
items, which includes products and write-in products.
Prices Locked
This check box is read-only. You set Prices Locked by clicking Lock Pricing in the Actions group.
Alternatively, you disable Prices Locked by clicking Use Current Pricing in the Actions group.
More information: Completing Sales Transactions (on page 340)
Order Discount (%)
This number represents a percentage of the total amount (not including freight charges) that will be
discounted from the total amount. This must be a number between 0.00 and 100.00. You can use a
decimal point, but you cannot use a percent sign (%).
Order Discount
This number represents a whole monetary amount that will be discounted from the total amount. This
must be a number between 0.00 and 100,000,000,000.00. You can use commas and a decimal
point, but you cannot use a currency symbol, such as dollar ($), euro (€), or yen (¥).
Freight Amount
This must be a number between 0.00 and 100,000,000,000.00. You can use commas and a decimal
point, but you cannot use a currency symbol, such as dollar ($) or euro (€).
Total Tax
The total tax is calculated when you click Recalculate or when you click Save.
Total Amount
The total amount is calculated when you click Recalculate or when you click Save.
4. In the Shipping section, enter all the information you have available and observe any noted restrictions
or requirements.
You must enter the date in the format your organization has set for dates. For example, 01/01/2006
or 31.12.2005.
If you omit leading zeros in a date, Microsoft Dynamics CRM will add them automatically. For example,
when you type 1/1/06, Microsoft Dynamics CRM will display it as 01/01/2006, if that is the date format of
your organization.
5. In the Addresses section, enter all the information that you have available in the following sections:
Bill To Address
Enter the address where the billing information will be sent.
353
2011 User's Guide: Create or edit an order
Ship To Address
Enter the address information to ship the items to the customer. Select Will Call if the customer will
pick up the items.
To look up the Bill To Address or Ship To Address information, follow these steps:
1. In the Actions group, click Look Up Address.
2. In the Look Up Address dialog box, select the Bill To Address check box, the Ship To Address
check box, or both.
3. Click the Lookup button.
4. In the list of records, select the record you want, and then click OK.
6. In the Administration section, enter the information or observe any noted restrictions or requirements as
needed:
Owner
This box is filled automatically with the name of the user who is creating the record. You can click the
Lookup button
to search for other records.
Status Reason
Select the status of the item.
Source Campaign
The campaign record that appears in this field is automatically assigned if the order is converted from
a quote associated with a campaign. You cannot assign a source campaign to completely new
orders.
Opportunity
Select an opportunity if you want to associate this item with an opportunity.
Quote
Select a quote if you want to associate this order with a quote.
7. Under Information, click Notes. In the Notes section, click Add a new note, and add the information that
applies to your record.
8. Click Save or Save and Close.
Resolve potential duplicate records.
If the system detects that your record might be a potential duplicate, instead of saving the record, Microsoft
Dynamics CRM displays the Duplicates Detected dialog box.
1. To open a record to make sure it is a potential duplicate, in the Potential duplicate records list, doubleclick the record.
If the duplicate-detection rule identified potential duplicate records in other record types, review
records from each record type listed.
2. If your new or updated record is not a duplicate, to create the new record, click Save Record.
354
2011 User's Guide: Add or remove a contact
- OR If your new or updated record is a duplicate, to cancel your changes, click Cancel.
Notes
•
If you enter a duplicate record within a few minutes of entering the first record, Microsoft Dynamics CRM
will not detect the duplicate record. The matchcodes for new and updated records are created every five
minutes, rather than as a record is created.
•
Duplicate detection can take place only if duplicate detection is enabled in Duplicate Detection Settings
and if at least one duplicate-detection rule exists for the record type. More information: Avoiding Duplicate
Records (on page 69)
Tip
When the Look Up Records dialog box is open, if the record you need doesn't exist, click New, and
create the record.
Note
You must manually enter the tax amount when you add a product to a quote, order, or invoice.
Microsoft Dynamics CRM does not automatically calculate tax for individual products. However, the
total tax is calculated automatically based on the sum of the tax amounts for all of the individual
products in a quote, order, or invoice.
Related Topics
Work with Orders ...................................................................................................................... 352
Completing Sales Transactions ................................................................................................ 340
Requesting User Interface Changes ........................................................................................ 220
Add or remove a contact
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Quotes.
- OR In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Orders.
- OR In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Invoices.
2. In the list of quotes, orders, or invoices, open the record that you want to add a contact to.
3. Under Common, click Other Contacts.
4. In the Records group, click Add Existing Contact.
355
2011 User's Guide: Lock or unlock the price for an order or invoice
5. In the Look Up Records dialog box, search for and select the contact records that you want to add to the
quote, order, or invoice, and then click OK.
6. Click the Quote, Order, or Invoice tab. Click Save or Save and Close.
Tip
If you cannot locate the contact you want to add, you might need to create it. To do this, in the Look
Up Records dialog box, click New and then complete the form.
Note
To remove a contact from a quote, order, or invoice, follow steps 1, 2, and 3 to navigate to the
appropriate area. Select the contact or contacts that you want to remove, and then in the Records
group, click Remove. In the confirmation message, click OK.
Related Topics
Work with Quotes ...................................................................................................................... 340
Work with Orders ...................................................................................................................... 352
Work with Invoices .................................................................................................................... 364
Managing Accounts and Contacts ............................................................................................ 265
Completing Sales Transactions ................................................................................................ 340
Lock or unlock the price for an order or invoice
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
To determine whether your order or invoice is using Prices Locked, view the Prices Locked check box in the
General section of the Invoice or Order form. If the Prices Locked check box is not selected, Use Current
Pricing is enabled.
Note that this check box is read-only. You cannot enable or disable Prices Locked by clicking the Prices
Locked check box in the General section.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Orders or Invoices.
2. Open the order or invoice that you want.
3. To enable Prices Locked, in the Actions group, click Lock Pricing.
- OR To enable Use Current Pricing, in the Actions group, click Use Current Pricing.
356
2011 User's Guide: Create an invoice from an order
Related Topics
Work with Orders ...................................................................................................................... 352
Work with Invoices .................................................................................................................... 364
Completing Sales Transactions ................................................................................................ 340
Create an invoice from an order
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
In Microsoft Dynamics CRM, you can quickly generate an invoice based on the information that is in an order.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Orders.
2. Open the record that you want.
3. In the Actions group, click Create Invoice.
4. In the General section, make the changes that you want in the following boxes:
Invoice ID
This information is automatically created.System administrators can set the auto-numbering format for
this ID from the Administration page, under Set Auto-Numbering.
Name
Type a name that is between 1 and 100 characters. The name should be meaningful and unique.You
can use accent marks when you enter data, for example, in a customer's name. Your ability to sort
and find information is not affected by these accent marks.By default, these records are sorted by
Name in the records list.
Customer
You must search for and select an account or contact.You can click the Lookup button
search for and select records.
to
Currency
Select the currency in which the invoice will be calculated.
Price List
Search for and select the price list that you want. Price lists are created in the product catalog. At
least one price list must exist in the product catalog before you can select it.You can click the
Lookup button to search for records or to select records.
In the Totals area, enter all the information you have available. If you are adding a discount, you can
add a percentage discount, a monetary discount amount, or both.
357
2011 User's Guide: Create an invoice from an order
Prices Locked
This check box is read-only. You set Prices Locked by clicking Lock Pricing in the Actions group.
Alternatively, you disable Prices Locked by clicking Use Current Pricing in the Actions group.
More information: Completing Sales Transactions (on page 340)
Invoice Discount (%)
This number represents a percentage of the total amount (not including freight charges) that will be
discounted from the total amount. This must be a number between 0.00 and 100.00. You can use a
decimal point, but you cannot use a percent sign (%).
Invoice Discount
This number represents a whole monetary amount that will be discounted from the total amount. This
must be a number between 0.00 and 100,000,000,000.00. You can use commas and a decimal
point, but you cannot use a currency symbol, such as dollar ($), euro (€), or yen (¥).
Pre-Freight Amount
This box is read-only and automatically calculates a subtotal based on the detail amount and any
discounts.
Freight Amount
This must be a number between 0.00 and 100,000,000,000.00. You can use commas and a decimal
point, but you cannot use a currency symbol, such as dollar ($) or euro (€).
Total Tax
The total tax is calculated when you click Recalculate or when you click Save.
Total Amount
The total amount is calculated when you click Recalculate or when you click Save.
5. In the Shipping section, enter all the information you have available and observe any noted restrictions
or requirements.
You must enter the date in the format your organization has set for dates. For example, 01/01/2006
or 31.12.2005.
If you omit leading zeros in a date, Microsoft Dynamics CRM will add them automatically. For example,
when you type 1/1/06, Microsoft Dynamics CRM will display it as 01/01/2006, if that is the date format of
your organization.
6. In the Addresses section, enter all the information that you have available in the following sections:
Bill To Address
Enter the address where the billing information will be sent.
Ship To Address
Enter the address information to ship the items to the customer. Select Will Call if the customer will
pick up the items.
To look up the Bill To Address or Ship To Address information, follow these steps:
1. In the Actions group, click Look Up Address.
358
2011 User's Guide: Create an invoice from an order
2. In the Look Up Address dialog box, select the Bill To Address check box, the Ship To Address
check box, or both.
3. Click the Lookup button.
4. In the list of records, select the record you want, and then click OK.
7. In the Administration section, enter the information or observe any noted restrictions or requirements as
needed:
Owner
This box is filled automatically with the name of the user who is creating the record. You can click the
Lookup button
to search for other records.
Status Reason
Select the status of the item.
Opportunity
Select an opportunity if you want to associate this item with an opportunity.
Order
Select an order if you want to associate this invoice with an order.
8. Under Information, click Notes. In the Notes section, click Add a new note, and add the information that
applies to your record.
9. Click Save or Save and Close.
Resolve potential duplicate records.
If the system detects that your record might be a potential duplicate, instead of saving the record, Microsoft
Dynamics CRM displays the Duplicates Detected dialog box.
1. To open a record to make sure it is a potential duplicate, in the Potential duplicate records list, doubleclick the record.
If the duplicate-detection rule identified potential duplicate records in other record types, review
records from each record type listed.
2. If your new or updated record is not a duplicate, to create the new record, click Save Record.
- OR If your new or updated record is a duplicate, to cancel your changes, click Cancel.
Notes
•
If you enter a duplicate record within a few minutes of entering the first record, Microsoft Dynamics CRM
will not detect the duplicate record. The matchcodes for new and updated records are created every five
minutes, rather than as a record is created.
•
Duplicate detection can take place only if duplicate detection is enabled in Duplicate Detection Settings
and if at least one duplicate-detection rule exists for the record type. More information: Avoiding Duplicate
Records (on page 69)
359
2011 User's Guide: Create an invoice from an order
Tip
When the Look Up Records dialog box is open, if the record you need doesn't exist, click New, and
create the record.
Related Topics
Work with Orders ...................................................................................................................... 352
Completing Sales Transactions ................................................................................................ 340
Requesting User Interface Changes ......................................................................................... 220
Close an order
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
You close an order by either fulfilling the order or canceling the order. Products or services that are shipped
are fulfilled. Conversely, products or services that are not shipped should be canceled.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Orders.
2. In the Orders list, open the order that you want.
3. If your organization fulfilled the order, in the Actions group, click Fulfill Order
- OR If the order is canceled, click Cancel Order.
4. In the dialog box, enter information in the following boxes, and then click OK:
Status Reason
Select the status of the item.
Date Fulfilled or Cancel Date
Select the date that the order was fulfilled or canceled.
Description
Enter a description of the order fulfillment or cancelation.
Important
You cannot update or change an order after it has been closed. Additionally, you cannot update or
change an order that has been partially or completely fulfilled.
Related Topics
Work with Orders ...................................................................................................................... 352
Completing Sales Transactions ................................................................................................ 340
360
2011 User's Guide: Order Product Form
Order Product Form
Use this form to add a product to an order.
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Quotes.
- OR In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Orders.
2. Open the quote or order that you want to add a product to.
3. In the Navigation Pane, under Common, click Products.
4. Under List Tools, on the Quote Products tab, in the Records group, click Add New Quote Product.
Note
To add products to a quote, the status of the quote must be Draft.
- OR Under List Tools on the Order Products tab, in the Records group, click Add New Order Product.
5. In the form, you enter information in the following boxes or observe any noted restrictions or requirements
as needed:
Select Product
To use an existing product, leave the Existing option selected.
If you are using an existing product, click the Lookup button
to search for and add a product.
- OR To create a write-in product, click Write-In, and then type the name of the product.
Note
The available options and fields change depending upon whether you choose an existing or write-in
product.
Unit
Search for and select a unit.
Pricing
Select the pricing option. By default, Microsoft Dynamics CRM will use the price that is listed in the
product catalog. To override the price, click Override Price. If you choose to override the price, you
can specify a price that you want to charge for each unit of the product.
Quantity
You must enter the quantity of the product or service that will be included.
361
2011 User's Guide: Order Product Form
You can enter numbers between 0.00 and 1,000,000,000.00. You can use a comma and a decimal
point. You cannot use a currency symbol, such as the dollar ($), euro (€), or yen (¥).
Manual Discount
If you want, you can enter a discount to the product.
You can enter numbers between 0.00 and 1,000,000,000.00.
You can use a comma and a decimal point. You cannot use a currency symbol, such as the dollar ($),
euro (€), or yen (¥).
Tax
If required, enter the appropriate tax amount.
6. Click Save or Save and Close.
Related Topics
Requesting User Interface Changes ......................................................................................... 220
Add a product to a queue or order
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Quotes.
- OR In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Orders.
2. Open the quote or order that you want to add a product to.
3. In the Navigation Pane, under Common, click Products.
4. Under List Tools, on the Quote Products tab, in the Records group, click Add New Quote Product.
Note
To add products to a quote, the status of the quote must be Draft.
- OR Under List Tools on the Order Products tab, in the Records group, click Add New Order Product.
5. In the form, you enter information in the following boxes or observe any noted restrictions or requirements
as needed:
Select Product
To use an existing product, leave the Existing option selected.
If you are using an existing product, click the Lookup button
- OR 362
to search for and add a product.
2011 User's Guide: Cancel Order Form
To create a write-in product, click Write-In, and then type the name of the product.
Note
The available options and fields change depending upon whether you choose an existing or write-in
product.
Unit
Search for and select a unit.
Pricing
Select the pricing option. By default, Microsoft Dynamics CRM will use the price that is listed in the
product catalog. To override the price, click Override Price. If you choose to override the price, you
can specify a price that you want to charge for each unit of the product.
Quantity
You must enter the quantity of the product or service that will be included.
You can enter numbers between 0.00 and 1,000,000,000.00. You can use a comma and a decimal
point. You cannot use a currency symbol, such as the dollar ($), euro (€), or yen (¥).
Manual Discount
If you want, you can enter a discount to the product.
You can enter numbers between 0.00 and 1,000,000,000.00.
You can use a comma and a decimal point. You cannot use a currency symbol, such as the dollar ($),
euro (€), or yen (¥).
Tax
If required, enter the appropriate tax amount.
6. Click Save or Save and Close.
Related Topics
Requesting User Interface Changes ........................................................................................ 220
Cancel Order Form
Use this form to cancel an order.
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
You close an order by either fulfilling the order or canceling the order. Products or services that are shipped
are fulfilled. Conversely, products or services that are not shipped should be canceled.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Orders.
363
2011 User's Guide: Work with Invoices
2. In the Orders list, open the order that you want.
3. If your organization fulfilled the order, in the Actions group, click Fulfill Order
- OR If the order is canceled, click Cancel Order.
4. In the dialog box, enter information in the following boxes, and then click OK:
Status Reason
Select the status of the item.
Date Fulfilled or Cancel Date
Select the date that the order was fulfilled or canceled.
Description
Enter a description of the order fulfillment or cancelation.
Important
You cannot update or change an order after it has been closed. Additionally, you cannot update or
change an order that has been partially or completely fulfilled.
Related Topics
Work with Orders ...................................................................................................................... 352
Completing Sales Transactions ................................................................................................ 340
Work with Invoices
When a customer has agreed to the terms of an order for one or more of your products, you can create an
invoice to record the upcoming sale.
Use the Closed Activity list
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
Many record types allow for activities to be associated with them. For example, an opportunity might have an
associated phone call activity. When you close any associated activity as completed, that activity shows up in
the record history of the associated record. To view the record history, in the record, under Common, click
Closed Activities.
You can do the following in the Closed Activities list:
364
2011 User's Guide: Create or edit an invoice
•
While the record is in draft form, you can create a new activity for this record by clicking the New Activity
button. You can no longer do this when the record is activated. Note that even though you create this
activity from the Closed Activities list, it will be displayed in the Activities list while it is active. It will be
displayed in the Closed Activities list after you set the status to completed.
•
You can also do standard tasks such as printing, exporting data, running a report, or assigning. For
information about doing those tasks, see the topic What else can I do? More tasks...
The Closed Activities list for opportunities, accounts, and contacts includes two lists that help you narrow
down the number of completed activities:
•
To narrow down the list to a certain time period, such as Last 30 days, click Filter on.
•
To see completed activities for one particular record, click Include, and then select This Record Only.
•
To create a list of activities that are related to any record associated with the account or contact, select
Related Regarding Records.
Related Topics
Manage Activities ........................................................................................................................ 23
Create or edit an invoice
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
Typically, you convert an order into an invoice. In Microsoft Dynamics CRM, you can create an invoice that
does not originate from an order.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Invoices.
2. In the Records group, click New, or open the record that you want to edit.
3. In the General section, enter or edit information or observe any noted restrictions or requirements as
needed:
Invoice ID
This information is automatically created.System administrators can set the auto-numbering format for
this ID from the Administration page, under Set Auto-Numbering.
Name
Type a name that is between 1 and 100 characters. The name should be meaningful and unique.You
can use accent marks when you enter data, for example, in a customer's name. Your ability to sort
and find information is not affected by these accent marks.By default, these records are sorted by
Name in the records list.
Customer
365
2011 User's Guide: Create or edit an invoice
You must search for and select an account or contact.You can click the Lookup button
search for and select records.
to
Currency
Select the currency in which the invoice will be calculated.
Price List
Search for and select the price list that you want. Price lists are created in the product catalog. At
least one price list must exist in the product catalog before you can select it.You can click the
Lookup button to search for records or to select records.
In the Totals area, enter all the information you have available. If you are adding a discount, you can
add a percentage discount, a monetary discount amount, or both.
Detail Amount
This box is read-only and automatically calculates the sum of all existing quote, order, or invoice line
items, which includes products and write-in products.
Prices Locked
This check box is read-only. You set Prices Locked by clicking Lock Pricing in the Actions group.
Alternatively, you disable Prices Locked by clicking Use Current Pricing in the Actions group.
More information: Completing Sales Transactions (on page 340)
Invoice Discount (%)
This number represents a percentage of the total amount (not including freight charges) that will be
discounted from the total amount. This must be a number between 0.00 and 100.00. You can use a
decimal point, but you cannot use a percent sign (%).
Invoice Discount
This number represents a whole monetary amount that will be discounted from the total amount. This
must be a number between 0.00 and 100,000,000,000.00. You can use commas and a decimal
point, but you cannot use a currency symbol, such as dollar ($), euro (€), or yen (¥).
Pre-Freight Amount
This box is read-only and automatically calculates a subtotal based on the detail amount and any
discounts.
Freight Amount
This must be a number between 0.00 and 100,000,000,000.00. You can use commas and a decimal
point, but you cannot use a currency symbol, such as dollar ($) or euro (€).
Total Tax
The total tax is calculated when you click Recalculate or when you click Save.
Total Amount
The total amount is calculated when you click Recalculate or when you click Save.
4. In the Shipping section, enter all the information you have available and observe any noted restrictions
or requirements.
366
2011 User's Guide: Create or edit an invoice
You must enter the date in the format your organization has set for dates. For example, 01/01/2006
or 31.12.2005.
If you omit leading zeros in a date, Microsoft Dynamics CRM will add them automatically. For example,
when you type 1/1/06, Microsoft Dynamics CRM will display it as 01/01/2006, if that is the date format of
your organization.
5. In the Addresses section, enter all the information that you have available in the following sections:
Bill To Address
Enter the address where the billing information will be sent.
Ship To Address
Enter the address information to ship the items to the customer. Select Will Call if the customer will
pick up the items.
To look up the Bill To Address or Ship To Address information, follow these steps:
1. In the Actions group, click Look Up Address.
2. In the Look Up Address dialog box, select the Bill To Address check box, the Ship To Address
check box, or both.
3. Click the Lookup button.
4. In the list of records, select the record you want, and then click OK.
6. In the Administration section, enter the information or observe any noted restrictions or requirements as
needed:
Owner
This box is filled automatically with the name of the user who is creating the record. You can click the
Lookup button
to search for other records.
Status Reason
Select the status of the item.
Opportunity
Select an opportunity if you want to associate this item with an opportunity.
Order
Select an order if you want to associate this invoice with an order.
7. Under Information, click Notes. In the Notes section, click Add a new note, and add the information that
applies to your record.
8. Click Save or Save and Close.
Resolve potential duplicate records.
If the system detects that your record might be a potential duplicate, instead of saving the record, Microsoft
Dynamics CRM displays the Duplicates Detected dialog box.
1. To open a record to make sure it is a potential duplicate, in the Potential duplicate records list, doubleclick the record.
367
2011 User's Guide: Add or remove a contact
If the duplicate-detection rule identified potential duplicate records in other record types, review
records from each record type listed.
2. If your new or updated record is not a duplicate, to create the new record, click Save Record.
- OR If your new or updated record is a duplicate, to cancel your changes, click Cancel.
Notes
•
If you enter a duplicate record within a few minutes of entering the first record, Microsoft Dynamics CRM
will not detect the duplicate record. The matchcodes for new and updated records are created every five
minutes, rather than as a record is created.
•
Duplicate detection can take place only if duplicate detection is enabled in Duplicate Detection Settings
and if at least one duplicate-detection rule exists for the record type. More information: Avoiding Duplicate
Records (on page 69)
Note
You must manually enter the tax amount when you add a product to a quote, order, or invoice.
Microsoft Dynamics CRM does not automatically calculate tax for individual products. However, the
total tax is calculated automatically based on the sum of the tax amounts for all of the individual
products in a quote, order, or invoice.
Tip
When the Look Up Records dialog box is open, if the record you need doesn't exist, click New, and
create the record.
Related Topics
Work with Invoices .................................................................................................................... 364
Completing Sales Transactions ................................................................................................ 340
Requesting User Interface Changes ........................................................................................ 220
Add or remove a contact
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Quotes.
- OR In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Orders.
- OR In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Invoices.
368
2011 User's Guide: Lock or unlock the price for an order or invoice
2. In the list of quotes, orders, or invoices, open the record that you want to add a contact to.
3. Under Common, click Other Contacts.
4. In the Records group, click Add Existing Contact.
5. In the Look Up Records dialog box, search for and select the contact records that you want to add to the
quote, order, or invoice, and then click OK.
6. Click the Quote, Order, or Invoice tab. Click Save or Save and Close.
Tip
If you cannot locate the contact you want to add, you might need to create it. To do this, in the Look
Up Records dialog box, click New and then complete the form.
Note
To remove a contact from a quote, order, or invoice, follow steps 1, 2, and 3 to navigate to the
appropriate area. Select the contact or contacts that you want to remove, and then in the Records
group, click Remove. In the confirmation message, click OK.
Related Topics
Work with Quotes ..................................................................................................................... 340
Work with Orders ...................................................................................................................... 352
Work with Invoices .................................................................................................................... 364
Managing Accounts and Contacts ............................................................................................ 265
Completing Sales Transactions ................................................................................................ 340
Lock or unlock the price for an order or invoice
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
To determine whether your order or invoice is using Prices Locked, view the Prices Locked check box in the
General section of the Invoice or Order form. If the Prices Locked check box is not selected, Use Current
Pricing is enabled.
Note that this check box is read-only. You cannot enable or disable Prices Locked by clicking the Prices
Locked check box in the General section.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Orders or Invoices.
2. Open the order or invoice that you want.
3. To enable Prices Locked, in the Actions group, click Lock Pricing.
- OR To enable Use Current Pricing, in the Actions group, click Use Current Pricing.
369
2011 User's Guide: Close an invoice as paid or canceled
Related Topics
Work with Orders ...................................................................................................................... 352
Work with Invoices .................................................................................................................... 364
Completing Sales Transactions ................................................................................................ 340
Close an invoice as paid or canceled
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
You close an invoice either by canceling the invoice or setting the invoice status as paid.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Invoices.
2. Open the record that you want.
3. If the invoice is paid, in the Actions group, click Invoice Paid.
- OR If the invoice is canceled, in the Actions group, click Cancel Invoice.
4. In the Paid Invoice or Cancel Invoice dialog box, in the Status Reason list, click the reason.
5. Click OK.
Related Topics
Work with Invoices .................................................................................................................... 364
Work with Quotes ...................................................................................................................... 340
Work with Orders ...................................................................................................................... 352
Completing Sales Transactions ................................................................................................ 340
Invoice Product Form
Use this form to add a product to an invoice.
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
To add a product to an invoice, you must select a price list on the invoice form.
370
2011 User's Guide: Invoice Product Form
After you have done this, you can add one or more products. The price list is required because Microsoft
Dynamics CRM uses the list to calculate the values in the following fields:
Price Per Unit
Volume Discount
Manual Discount
Extended Amount
Values for these fields will be displayed after you save the record.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Invoices.
2. To add a product, in the list of quotes, orders or invoices, open the record that you want.
3. Under Common, click Products
4. In the Records group, click Add New Invoice Product.
5. In the General section, enter or edit information or observe any noted restrictions or requirements as
needed:
Select Product
to search for and add a product. Or, click
In the Existing Products box, click the Lookup button
Write In, and then, in the Write-In Product box, type the name of the product that you want to add.
Unit
Click the Lookup button
to search for and add a unit.
Price Per Unit
This value is automatically calculated based on the price list associated with the product that you
selected. You cannot manually enter this value.
Volume Discount
This value is automatically calculated based on the price list associated with the product that you
selected. You cannot manually enter this value.
Quantity
Enter the number of product items.
You must enter numbers between 0.00 and 1,000,000,000.00.
You can use commas and a decimal point. You cannot use a currency symbol, such as the dollar ($),
euro (€), or yen (¥).
Amount
This field is calculated automatically based on the price per unit, volume discount, and quantity.
Manual Discount
If appropriate, enter a discount.
You must enter numbers between 0.00 and 1,000,000,000.00.
371
2011 User's Guide: Invoice Product Form
You can use commas and a decimal point. You cannot use a currency symbol, such as the dollar ($),
euro (€), or yen (¥).
Tax
If required, enter the appropriate tax amount.
Extended Amount
This field is calculated automatically based on the amount, manual discount, and tax.
6. Click Save or Save and Close.
Important
When you change the Quantity field on a product record, the amounts are not updated until the
record is saved.
You must click Recalculate in the quote, order, or invoice record to update the amount fields.
Notes
•
To add a product from the product catalog, you must create at least one unit group, price list,
and product. More information: Creating the Product Catalog
•
You must manually enter the tax amount when you add a product to a quote, order, or invoice.
Microsoft Dynamics CRM does not automatically calculate tax for individual products. However,
the total tax is calculated automatically based on the sum of the tax amounts for all of the
individual products in a quote, order, or invoice.
Related Topics
Completing Sales Transactions ................................................................................................ 340
Requesting User Interface Changes ......................................................................................... 220
Add a product to an invoice
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
To add a product to an invoice, you must select a price list on the invoice form.
After you have done this, you can add one or more products. The price list is required because Microsoft
Dynamics CRM uses the list to calculate the values in the following fields:
Price Per Unit
Volume Discount
Manual Discount
Extended Amount
Values for these fields will be displayed after you save the record.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Invoices.
372
2011 User's Guide: Invoice Product Form
2. To add a product, in the list of quotes, orders or invoices, open the record that you want.
3. Under Common, click Products
4. In the Records group, click Add New Invoice Product.
5. In the General section, enter or edit information or observe any noted restrictions or requirements as
needed:
Select Product
to search for and add a product. Or, click
In the Existing Products box, click the Lookup button
Write In, and then, in the Write-In Product box, type the name of the product that you want to add.
Unit
Click the Lookup button
to search for and add a unit.
Price Per Unit
This value is automatically calculated based on the price list associated with the product that you
selected. You cannot manually enter this value.
Volume Discount
This value is automatically calculated based on the price list associated with the product that you
selected. You cannot manually enter this value.
Quantity
Enter the number of product items.
You must enter numbers between 0.00 and 1,000,000,000.00.
You can use commas and a decimal point. You cannot use a currency symbol, such as the dollar ($),
euro (€), or yen (¥).
Amount
This field is calculated automatically based on the price per unit, volume discount, and quantity.
Manual Discount
If appropriate, enter a discount.
You must enter numbers between 0.00 and 1,000,000,000.00.
You can use commas and a decimal point. You cannot use a currency symbol, such as the dollar ($),
euro (€), or yen (¥).
Tax
If required, enter the appropriate tax amount.
Extended Amount
This field is calculated automatically based on the amount, manual discount, and tax.
6. Click Save or Save and Close.
373
2011 User's Guide: Invoice Product Form
Important
When you change the Quantity field on a product record, the amounts are not updated until the
record is saved.
You must click Recalculate in the quote, order, or invoice record to update the amount fields.
Notes
•
To add a product from the product catalog, you must create at least one unit group, price list,
and product. More information: Creating the Product Catalog
•
You must manually enter the tax amount when you add a product to a quote, order, or invoice.
Microsoft Dynamics CRM does not automatically calculate tax for individual products. However,
the total tax is calculated automatically based on the sum of the tax amounts for all of the
individual products in a quote, order, or invoice.
Related Topics
Completing Sales Transactions ................................................................................................ 340
Requesting User Interface Changes ......................................................................................... 220
374
Marketing
Planning Campaigns
Campaigns are containers for all of the information, planning tasks, and campaign activities you need to
manage for the marketing campaigns. Campaigns include extensive tracking features, including detailed
financial information, reports, and multiple marketing lists. Campaigns can also include multiple planning
tasks and campaign activities required to coordinate all the resources that are needed for a campaign.
Work with Campaigns and Campaign Templates
Use this list to work with campaigns and campaign templates.
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default marketing security roles. More information about
specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Marketing Permissions
The only difference between campaigns and campaign templates is in how you save the record. You can
add planning tasks, campaign activities, marketing lists, sales literature, and products to both campaigns and
campaign templates. Use a campaign to plan and track each of your marketing campaigns. Use campaign
templates to create reusable groups of planning tasks and campaign activities for similar or recurring
marketing campaigns.
Because campaigns serve as containers for the various items you can include in them, there is no need to
close a campaign once all of the planning tasks and campaign activities have been completed.
Create or edit a campaign
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Marketing, and then click Campaigns.
2. In the Records group, click New.
3. Under Information, click General, and then enter the information that you have for this campaign. You
must enter information in the following boxes:
Name
Currency
Tip
At a minimum, select a price list to help you determine the cost of your campaign
compared to the revenue generated by the campaign.
375
2011 User's Guide: Create or edit a campaign template
4. Under Information, click Financials, and then enter any information that you have available in the
following sections:
Budget Allocated
Estimated Revenue
Miscellaneous Costs
You must enter numbers between 0.00 and 1,000,000,000.00.
You can use commas and a decimal point. You cannot use a currency symbol, such as the dollar ($),
euro (€), or yen (¥).
Microsoft Dynamics CRM automatically calculates the Total Cost of Campaign Activities and Total
Cost of Campaign values.
5. Under Information, click Notes and Activities. In the Notes section, click Add a new note, and add the
information that applies to your record.
6. Click Save or Save and Close.
Notes
•
Microsoft Dynamics CRM automatically generates all information that is displayed in the
Administration section. The name of the user who creates the campaign appears in the Owner
and Modified By boxes.
•
Microsoft Dynamics CRM automatically generates a campaign code when you save the new
campaign. Because this code is automatically generated, it cannot be changed after you save the
campaign.
Create or edit a campaign template
You can create a campaign template by copying an existing campaign or by creating a completely new
campaign template.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Marketing, and then click Campaigns.
2. To create a completely new template, in the Records group, click New Template.
- OR To copy an existing campaign as a template, click the name of the campaign that you want to copy. In the
Actions group, click Copy as Template.
3. In the campaign template form, enter information as you would for a campaign, and add items such as
planning tasks, campaign activities, and marketing lists.
4. Click Save or Save and Close.
Note
If you need to back up your templates, or export them for use in a different implementation of
Microsoft Dynamics CRM, you can export them as part of exporting customizations. More
information: Export a solution
376
2011 User's Guide: Add a marketing list, sales literature, or product to a campaign
Related Topics
Work with Campaigns and Campaign Templates .................................................................... 375
Planning Campaigns ................................................................................................................ 375
Understanding Quick Campaigns ............................................................................................. 382
Add a marketing list, sales literature, or product to a
campaign
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default marketing security roles. More information about
specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Marketing Permissions
After you create a campaign, add items that are associated with this campaign. You can add a target
marketing list, products, sales literature, and related campaigns.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Marketing, and then click Campaigns.
2. Click the name of the campaign to which you want to add a list, product, or sales literature, and then do
one of the steps in the following table.
To add
Do this
A marketing list
Under Marketing, click Target Marketing Lists, and then in the Records
group, click Add Existing Marketing List.
A product
Under Sales, click Target Products, and then in the Records group, click
Add Existing Product.
Sales literature
Under Sales, click Sales Literature, and then in the Records group, click
Add Existing Sales Literature.
A related campaign
Under Marketing, click Related Campaigns, and then in the Records
group, click Add Existing Campaign.
3. In the Look Up Records dialog box, in the Look for list, select the type of record you want to find.
4. In the Search box, type the first few letters of the name of the record to narrow your search, and then
click the Find button
.
5. In the list of records, select the check boxes for the records that you want to add, click Add, and then
click OK.
6. Click Save or Save and Close.
377
2011 User's Guide: Add a planning task to a campaign
Note
To verify that the item you selected was added to the campaign, reopen the campaign, and then
under Marketing, click Target Marketing Lists, or under Sales click either Target Products or
Sales Literature. The information that you added appears in the list.
Related Topics
Work with Campaigns and Campaign Templates..................................................................... 375
Work with Marketing Lists ......................................................................................................... 389
Planning Campaigns ................................................................................................................. 375
Add a planning task to a campaign
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default marketing security roles. More information about
specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Marketing Permissions
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Marketing, and then click Campaigns.
2. Click the name of the campaign that you want to add a planning task to.
3. Under Related, click Planning Activities.
4. Under List Tools, on the Activities tab, in the Records group, click Add New Activity, and then click
Task.
5. In the Subject box, enter text that describes the task.
In the box below, you can add specific details about how to complete the task.
6. If needed, in the Owner box, enter a new owner for the record. This box is filled automatically with the
name of the user who is creating the record. You can click the Lookup button
records.
to search for other
7. Under Information, click Notes and Activities. In the Notes section, click Add a new note, and add the
information that applies to your record.
8. Click Save or Save and Close.
Related Topics
Work with Campaigns and Campaign Templates ..................................................................... 375
378
2011 User's Guide: Add a campaign activity to a campaign or campaign template
Add a campaign activity to a campaign or campaign template
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default marketing security roles. More information about
specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Marketing Permissions
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Marketing, and then click Campaigns.
2. Click the name of the campaign or campaign template that you want to add an activity to.
3. Under Related, click Campaign Activities.
4. Under List Tools, on the Campaign Activities tab, in the Records group, click Add New Campaign
Activity.
The Parent Campaign box is populated with the campaign or campaign template to which you are
adding the activity.
5. In the Channel list, click the channel for the activity that you are creating.
6. In the Type list, click the option that describes the activity.
7. In the Subject box, enter text that describes the activity.
In the box below, you can add specific details about how to complete the task.
8. If needed, specify a new owner for the record in the Owner box. Click the Lookup button
for another owner.
to search
9. To select a vendor that is involved in the activity, in the Outsource Vendors box, click the Lookup
button
.
10. In the Scheduled Start and Scheduled End boxes, click the start and end dates for the activity.
The end date that you select appears in the Due Date column in Activities in the Workplace.
11. In the Budget Allocated box, enter the amount designated for the campaign activity.
12. In the Priority list, click the appropriate priority level.
13. Under the Anti-Spam Setting, enter the number of days that you want to pass before a marketing list
member is contacted again.
14. Click Save.
Important
After you create a campaign activity, you must distribute the activity. To distribute your new campaign
activity, in the Actions group, click Distribute Campaign Activity.
Notes
•
You can only distribute mail merge campaign activities to marketing lists that all contain the same
type of record. For example, if one marketing list contains accounts and a second marketing list
contains leads, the mail merge campaign activity will fail. Create a separate mail merge
campaign activity for each group of marketing lists with the same record type.
•
If you have used the Anti-Spam Setting option to specify contact restrictions for accounts,
contacts, or leads, Microsoft Dynamics CRM applies a date and time stamp to these accounts,
379
2011 User's Guide: Create or edit a campaign response
contacts, or leads in the marketing list. You will not be able to distribute activities to these
accounts, contacts, or leads for the exact amount of time that you have specified.
Related Topics
Work with Campaigns and Campaign Templates ..................................................................... 375
Work with Marketing Lists ......................................................................................................... 389
Create or edit a campaign response
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default marketing security roles. More information about
specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Marketing Permissions
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Marketing, and then click Campaigns.
2. Click the campaign that you want to add a campaign response to.
3. Under Related, click Campaign Responses.
4. Under List Tools, on the Campaign Responses tab, in the Records group, click Add New Campaign
Response.
- OR In the list of campaign responses, click the name of the campaign response that you want to edit.
5. Under Information, click Campaign Response.
6. Enter information or observe any noted restrictions or requirements:
Parent Campaign
This information is automatically entered based on the name of the campaign you selected to add this
response to.
Response Code
Select an option from the list that reflects the type of response provided by the customer.
Customer
If an existing customer provided the response, then you can link that customer record to the
response. To locate and specify a customer, select a record from a filtered list in the Form
Assistant pane, or click Lookup to search for other records. If the customer record does not exist,
you can click New to create a new customer record.
Outsource Vendor
You can specify an account or contact as the vendor who provided the response information. To
locate and specify an outsource vendor, select a record from a filtered list in the Form Assistant
pane, or click Lookup to search for other records or to add a new record.
380
2011 User's Guide: Default marketing reports
Originating Activity
You can link the campaign response to an activity, such as a phone call that you or someone else in
your organization recorded. To locate and specify an activity, select a record from a filtered list in the
Form Assistant pane, or click Lookup to search for other records.
Subject
Type in the subject of the campaign response.
Owner
This box is filled automatically with the name of the user who is creating the record. You can click the
Lookup button
to search for other records.
7. Click Save or Save and Close.
Tip
You can also create a campaign response from the Activities area. To do this, in the Navigation
Pane, click Workplace, and then under My Work, click Activities. On the Actions toolbar, click
New and then in the New Activity dialog box, click Campaign Response. If you create a response
from this area, you must specify a value for the Parent Campaign.
Note
There are four ways to create new campaign responses in Microsoft Dynamics CRM. More
information: Understanding Campaign Responses (on page 383)
Related Topics
Work with Campaigns and Campaign Templates .................................................................... 375
Work with Campaign Responses ............................................................................................. 383
Planning Campaigns ................................................................................................................ 375
Importing Data ............................................................................................................................ 77
Default marketing reports
The following marketing reports are available:
This topic shows you how to use the different reports. To find more information, when you generate a report,
click Help, and then click Help on This Page.
•
Campaign Activity Status Report
Use this report to track a campaign. The report displays a summary for each campaign activity, including
planned and actual time parameters, parent campaign details, and definition status.
•
Campaign Comparison Report
Use this report to identify your most and least successful campaigns. The report compares two
campaigns based on parameters such as cost effectiveness and number of responses.
381
2011 User's Guide: Understanding Quick Campaigns
•
Campaign Performance Report
Use this report to track the progress and status of your campaigns. The report provides a detailed view,
including all the dates, targets, definitions, responses, and financial returns from each campaign.
If the default reports don't provide the information you need, try creating an Advanced Find search, and
exporting the results to Microsoft Office Excel.
Note
This topic documents the list of default reports as they were shipped. If this list differs from the
reports that are available to you, contact your report administrator or system administrator for
information about the customized reports.
Related Topics
Work with Campaign Responses .............................................................................................. 383
Work with Campaigns and Campaign Templates..................................................................... 375
Planning Campaigns ................................................................................................................. 375
Understanding Quick Campaigns
You can use a quick campaign to communicate with an ad-hoc list of customers (accounts, contacts, or
leads). More information: Work with Quick Campaigns (on page 382)
Work with Quick Campaigns
Use a quick campaign to create an activity to communicate with a group of accounts, contacts, leads, or even
to a marketing list.
Although you can print or export the quick campaign list and delete quick campaigns that you no longer need,
you must select records in other lists to create a new quick campaign.
Caution: Deleting a quick campaign record deletes all of the activities created by the quick campaign, even if
those activities were not yet complete.
Concepts:
•
Understanding Quick Campaigns (on page 382)
•
Create a quick campaign
•
What else can I do? More tasks...
Create Quick Campaign
A privilege required to create a new quick campaign. This privilege is on the Marketing tab in Security
Roles.
382
2011 User's Guide: Understanding Campaign Responses
Understanding Campaign Responses
In Microsoft Dynamics CRM, campaign responses are records of the communication you receive from
potential customers in response to a specific marketing campaign. There are four ways to create campaign
responses:
•
Record campaign responses manually.
•
Convert an existing activity to a campaign response.
•
Automatically generate campaign responses.
•
Import responses from a file, such as a Microsoft Office Excel workbook.
Capturing campaign responses in Microsoft Dynamics CRM helps to make sure that your team is aware that
a customer has responded. By running reports that contain the campaign response data that you have
captured in Microsoft Dynamics CRM, you can measure the success of specific activities based on their
response rates.
Note
Campaign responses are records of the responses you have received from potential customers, not
automated responses back to your potential customers. Understanding this difference is especially
important when you work with automatically generated campaign responses for e-mail activities.
Work with Campaign Responses
A campaign response is a record of the communication you receive from a potential customer in response to
a specific campaign.
Create or edit a campaign response
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default marketing security roles. More information about
specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Marketing Permissions
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Marketing, and then click Campaigns.
2. Click the campaign that you want to add a campaign response to.
3. Under Related, click Campaign Responses.
4. Under List Tools, on the Campaign Responses tab, in the Records group, click Add New Campaign
Response.
- OR In the list of campaign responses, click the name of the campaign response that you want to edit.
5. Under Information, click Campaign Response.
6. Enter information or observe any noted restrictions or requirements:
383
2011 User's Guide: Create or edit a campaign response
Parent Campaign
This information is automatically entered based on the name of the campaign you selected to add this
response to.
Response Code
Select an option from the list that reflects the type of response provided by the customer.
Customer
If an existing customer provided the response, then you can link that customer record to the
response. To locate and specify a customer, select a record from a filtered list in the Form
Assistant pane, or click Lookup to search for other records. If the customer record does not exist,
you can click New to create a new customer record.
Outsource Vendor
You can specify an account or contact as the vendor who provided the response information. To
locate and specify an outsource vendor, select a record from a filtered list in the Form Assistant
pane, or click Lookup to search for other records or to add a new record.
Originating Activity
You can link the campaign response to an activity, such as a phone call that you or someone else in
your organization recorded. To locate and specify an activity, select a record from a filtered list in the
Form Assistant pane, or click Lookup to search for other records.
Subject
Type in the subject of the campaign response.
Owner
This box is filled automatically with the name of the user who is creating the record. You can click the
Lookup button
to search for other records.
7. Click Save or Save and Close.
Tip
You can also create a campaign response from the Activities area. To do this, in the Navigation
Pane, click Workplace, and then under My Work, click Activities. On the Actions toolbar, click
New and then in the New Activity dialog box, click Campaign Response. If you create a response
from this area, you must specify a value for the Parent Campaign.
Note
There are four ways to create new campaign responses in Microsoft Dynamics CRM. More
information: Understanding Campaign Responses (on page 383)
384
2011 User's Guide: Reactivate a campaign response
Related Topics
Work with Campaigns and Campaign Templates .................................................................... 375
Work with Campaign Responses.............................................................................................. 383
Planning Campaigns ................................................................................................................. 375
Importing Data ............................................................................................................................ 77
Reactivate a campaign response
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default marketing security roles. More information about
specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Marketing Permissions
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Marketing, and then click Campaigns.
2. Open the campaign that contains the campaign response that you want to reactivate.
3. Open the closed campaign response that you want to reactivate.
4. In the Actions group, click Reactivate Campaign Response.
5. In the confirmation message, click OK.
6. Click Save or Save and Close.
Related Topics
Work with Campaign Responses.............................................................................................. 383
Planning Campaigns ................................................................................................................. 375
Copy a campaign response
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default marketing security roles. More information about
specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Marketing Permissions
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Marketing, and then click Campaigns.
2. Click the campaign that contains the campaign response that you want to copy.
3. Under Related, click Campaign Responses.
4. Click the campaign response that you want to copy.
5. In the Actions group, click Copy Campaign Response.
385
2011 User's Guide: Convert campaign responses to leads or opportunities
6. In the new campaign response form that opens with the same information as the original campaign
response, make any necessary changes, such as changing the subject.
7. Click Save or Save and Close.
Related Topics
Work with Campaign Responses .............................................................................................. 383
Planning Campaigns ................................................................................................................. 375
Convert campaign responses to leads or opportunities
You can convert a campaign response to another record, such as a lead, quote, order, or opportunity. You
can also use the campaign response to convert an existing lead to an account. Converting a campaign
response automatically closes it.
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default marketing security roles. More information about
specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Marketing Permissions
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Marketing, and then click Campaigns.
2. Click the name of the campaign that contains responses that you want to qualify.
3. Under Related, click Campaign Responses.
4. Click the individual campaign response that you want to qualify.
5. In the Actions group, click Convert Campaign Response.
6. In the Close and Convert the Response dialog box, click Close response and convert into a record,
and then do one of the following:
To create a new lead record, click Create New Lead.
To use the campaign response to convert an existing lead to an account or contact record, click
Convert an existing lead. You can click the Lookup button
to search for the existing lead.
To create an opportunity, quote, or order for an existing customer, click Create new record for a
customer, and then click the type of new record you want to create. In the Create new record for a
customer box, click the Lookup button
record.
to search for and select an existing account or contact
If you do not have a record for the existing customer, you can click New in the Look Up Records
dialog box to create the record now.
Note
By default, the currency for the new record will be selected. To select a different currency, in the
Currency box, click the Lookup button
386
to search for and select another currency.
2011 User's Guide: Close a campaign response
7. To open the new record, select the Open newly created records check box. After you click OK, forms
for any new leads, quotes, orders, or opportunities open, and you can fill out additional information about
each new record.
8. Click OK.
Tip
•
If you want to view the new records you have created, select the Open newly created records
check box. After you click OK, forms for any new leads, quotes, orders, or opportunities open,
and you can fill out additional information about each new record.
•
If you want to disqualify the campaign response, you can close it without converting it to another
record.
Related Topics
Work with Campaign Responses .............................................................................................. 383
Planning Campaigns ................................................................................................................. 375
Close a campaign response
You can close a campaign response without converting it to another record.
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default marketing security roles. More information about
specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Marketing Permissions
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Marketing, and then click Campaigns.
2. Click the campaign that contains responses that you want to close.
3. Under Related, click Campaign Responses.
4. Click the name of the campaign response that you want to close.
5. In the Actions group, click Close Campaign Response.
6. Select an appropriate status for the disqualified campaign response, and then click OK.
Related Topics
Work with Campaign Responses.............................................................................................. 383
Planning Campaigns ................................................................................................................. 375
Default marketing reports
The following marketing reports are available:
387
2011 User's Guide: Creating and Managing Marketing Lists
This topic shows you how to use the different reports. To find more information, when you generate a report,
click Help, and then click Help on This Page.
•
Campaign Activity Status Report (on page Error! Bookmark not defined.)
Use this report to track a campaign. The report displays a summary for each campaign activity, including
planned and actual time parameters, parent campaign details, and definition status.
•
Campaign Comparison Report (on page 110)
Use this report to identify your most and least successful campaigns. The report compares two
campaigns based on parameters such as cost effectiveness and number of responses.
•
Campaign Performance Report (on page 111)
Use this report to track the progress and status of your campaigns. The report provides a detailed view,
including all the dates, targets, definitions, responses, and financial returns from each campaign.
If the default reports don't provide the information you need, try creating an Advanced Find search, and
exporting the results to Microsoft Office Excel.
Note
This topic documents the list of default reports as they were shipped. If this list differs from the
reports that are available to you, contact your report administrator or system administrator for
information about the customized reports.
Related Topics
Work with Campaign Responses .............................................................................................. 383
Work with Campaigns and Campaign Templates ..................................................................... 375
Planning Campaigns ................................................................................................................. 375
Creating and Managing Marketing Lists
In Microsoft Dynamics CRM, marketing lists are groups of accounts, contacts, or leads filtered by criteria that
you specify. You can associate marketing lists with campaigns, create quick campaigns for the records in a
marketing list, and export the members in the marketing list to Microsoft Office Excel.
Depending upon your requirements, you can create two types of marketing lists: static and dynamic.
The members in a static marketing list are unchanging. A dynamic marketing list is based on a dynamic query
that retrieves the updated list of members each time you open the dynamic marketing list, create a quick
campaign from this marketing list, or distribute a campaign activity for a campaign associated with this
marketing list.
Note
Marketing lists can contain only one type of record, such as accounts, contacts, or leads.
388
2011 User's Guide: Work with Marketing Lists
Work with Marketing Lists
Marketing lists are lists of accounts, contacts, or leads that match a specific set of criteria.
Create or edit a marketing list - Proc
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Marketing or Sales, and then click Marketing Lists.
2. In the Records group, click New, or open the marketing list that you want to edit.
3. Under Information, click General, and specify the information in the following required boxes:
Name
Member Type
4. Enter any other information that you have for the list.
If you want to prevent members from being added or removed from the list, next to Locked, click
Yes.
To specify if you want the members in the marketing list to be static or dynamic, next to Type, click
Static or Dynamic, respectively.
If you click Dynamic, the members in the marketing list will change each time you open the marketing
list and navigate to the Marketing List Members area. If you click Static, the members in the
marketing list will change only when you manually add or remove members from the list.
5. To add any other information that applies to your marketing list, under Information, click Notes and
Activities, click Add a new note, and then enter the information.
6. Click Save or Save and Close.
Notes
•
After you create a marketing list, you cannot change the member type.
•
After you create an empty marketing list, you must add marketing list members before you can
use the list.
•
If you enter a value in the Cost box, you must enter a value with commas and decimal points
only. Do not enter a currency symbol.
Activate a marketing list
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default marketing security roles. More information about
specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Marketing Permissions
Before you can use a marketing list, you must activate it. After you activate it, you can add or remove
members, attach a file, create a follow-up activity, use the list in a quick campaign, or add the list to a
campaign.
389
2011 User's Guide: Activate a marketing list
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Marketing or Sales, and then click Marketing Lists.
2. Select the marketing list that you want to activate.
3. In the Records group, click Activate, and then click OK.
Related Topics
Work with Marketing Lists ......................................................................................................... 389
Creating and Managing Marketing Lists ................................................................................... 387
Work with Campaigns and Campaign Templates ..................................................................... 375
Planning Campaigns ................................................................................................................. 375
Work with Quick Campaigns ..................................................................................................... 382
Understanding Quick Campaigns ............................................................................................. 382
Add members to a marketing list
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default marketing security roles. More information about
specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Marketing Permissions
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Marketing or Sales, and then click Marketing Lists.
2. Open the marketing list to which you want to add members.
3. Under Related, click Marketing List Members.
4. Under List Tools, on the Marketing List Members tab, in the Actions group, click Manage Members.
5. For a static marketing list, in the Manage Members dialog box, click one of the following options, and
then click OK:
Use Lookup to add members
a. In the Search box, type the first few letters of the name of the record to narrow your search, and then
click the Find button
.
b. In the list of records, select the check boxes for the records that you want to add, click Add, and then
click OK.
Use Advanced Find to add members
a. Select options to search for list members, and then click Find. More information: Find Things (on
page 9)
b. To add all the records to the marketing list, click Add all the members returned by the search to
the marketing list, and then click Add to Marketing List.
c. To add only some records to the list, select the records that you want, click Add only the selected
members to the marketing list, and then click Add to Marketing List.
- OR 390
2011 User's Guide: Add or edit members of a static marketing list
For a dynamic marketing list, in the Manage Members dialog box, specify a search criteria to identify
the records to be added, and then click Use Query:
Specify the search criteria
d. In the Manage Members dialog box, click Select, and then click the field on which you want to search,
such as Account Name or City. You can select fields from the current record type, or from related
record types.
The Related section of the Select list shows the related record types. When you select a related
record type, a new line appears with another Select list for the related record type.
e. Click Equals, and then click a query relational operator.
f.
Click Enter Value, and then type the value that you want to locate (for example, "Seattle" or "E-mail").
For some values, you can click the Lookup button
select the value you want.
to open the Select Values dialog box and
6. Click Save or Save and Close.
Tip
You can also add members to a marketing list from the Sales area. To do this, in the Navigation
Pane, click Sales, and then click Accounts, Contacts, or Leads. Next, select the records you
want to add to a marketing list, and on the Actions toolbar, click Actions, and then click Add to
Marketing List. Locate and select the marketing list you want to add the records to and then click
OK. If necessary, you can create a new marketing list from the Look Up Records dialog box.
Note
Based on the member type of the list to which you are adding records, a member can be an account,
contact, or lead. For example, if you open a leads list, any you can add new leads to the member list,
but you cannot add accounts or contacts.
Related Topics
Work with Marketing Lists ......................................................................................................... 389
Find Things ....................................................................................................................................9
Creating and Managing Marketing Lists ................................................................................... 387
Working Offline ......................................................................................................................... 486
Add or edit members of a static marketing list
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default marketing security roles. More information about
specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Marketing Permissions
1. Open the marketing list to which you want to add new or evaluate and edit the existing members.
2. Under List Tools, on the Marketing List Members tab, in the Actions group, click Manage Members.
391
2011 User's Guide: Add or edit members of a dynamic marketing list
3. Click the way that you want to search for marketing list members, and then click OK.
Search records using Lookup.
a. In the Search box, type the first few letters of the name of the record to narrow your search, and
then click the Find button
.
g. In the list of records, select the check boxes for the records that you want to add, click Add, and then
click OK.
- OR Search records using Advanced Find.
If you selected one of the advanced find options, define a search criteria, and depending on the option that
you selected in the Manage Members dialog box, do one of the following:
Action
Do this
Add all the records returned to the list
Click Add all the members returned by the search to the
marketing list, and then click Add to Marketing List.
Add only the selected records to the list
Select the records you want added, click Add only the selected
members to the marketing list, and then click Add to
Marketing List.
Remove all the records returned to the
list
Click Remove all the members returned by the search from
the marketing list, and then click Remove from Marketing List.
Remove just the selected records from
the list
Select the records you want remove, click Remove only the
selected members from the marketing list, and then click
Remove from Marketing List.
Keep all the records returned to the list
Select Keep all the members returned by search in the
marketing list, and then click Update Marketing List.
Keep just the selected records from the
list
Select the records you want remove, select Keep only the
selected members in the marketing list, and then click Update
Marketing List.
Note
Based on the member type of the list to which you are adding records, a member can be an account,
contact, or lead. For example, if you open a leads list, any you can add new leads to the member list,
but you cannot add accounts or contacts.
Related Topics
Find Things ................................................................................................................................... 9
392
2011 User's Guide: Add or edit members of a dynamic marketing list
Add or edit members of a dynamic marketing list
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default marketing security roles. More information about
specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Marketing Permissions
1. Open the dynamic marketing list to which you want to add new members or edit the existing members.
2. Under List Tools, on the Marketing List Members tab, in the Actions group, click Manage Members.
3. Specify the search criteria.
a. In the Manage Members dialog box, click Select, and then click the field on which you want to search,
such as Account Name or City. You can select fields from the current record type, or from related
record types.
The Related section of the Select list shows the related record types. When you select a related
record type, a new line appears with another Select list for the related record type.
b. Click Equals, and then click a query relational operator.
c. Click Enter Value, and then type the value that you want to locate (for example, "Seattle" or "E-mail").
For some values, you can click the Lookup button
select the value you want.
to open the Select Values dialog box and
4. Specify the columns to include in the search results.
a. Click Edit Columns, and then click Add Columns.
b. Select the record type that includes the columns you want to add.
c. Select the check box next to the columns you want to add. If a column isn't listed, contact your
system administrator.
d. Click OK.
e. The following options are also available:
To adjust the width of a column, click the column, click Change Properties, select a width, and
then click OK.
To reorder columns, select a column, and use the arrow keys to move it to the left or right.
To remove a column, select it, and then click Remove.
f.
Click OK.
5. Click Use Query.
The records that match the query are added to the dynamic marketing list.
Note
Based on the member type of the list to which you are adding records, a member can be an account,
contact, or lead. For example, if you open a leads list, any you can add new leads to the member list,
but you cannot add accounts or contacts.
393
2011 User's Guide: Add members from one marketing list to another marketing list
Related Topics
Find Things ................................................................................................................................... 9
Add members from one marketing list to another marketing
list
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default marketing security roles. More information about
specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Marketing Permissions
You can add members from one marketing list only to another static marketing list.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Marketing or Sales, and then click Marketing Lists.
2. Open the marketing list from which you want to add members to another list.
3. Under Related, click Marketing List Members.
4. In the list of members, select the member that you want to add to another list.
5. Under List Tools, on the Marketing List Members tab, in the Actions group, click Add to Another
Marketing List.
6. In the Look Up Records dialog box, in the Look for box, type the information you are looking for, and
then click the Find button
.
7. Select the list that you want to add the member to, and then click OK.
8. When the confirmation message appears, click OK.
9. On the Marketing List tab, in the Save group, click Save or Save and Close.
Related Topics
Work with Marketing Lists ......................................................................................................... 389
Creating and Managing Marketing Lists ................................................................................... 387
Working Offline .......................................................................................................................... 486
Merge marketing lists
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default marketing security roles. More information about
specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Marketing Permissions
394
2011 User's Guide: Add members to a marketing list
Important
When you copy marketing list members, the marketing lists must both contain the same record type,
such as all accounts or all contacts.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Marketing or Sales, and then click Marketing Lists.
2. In the list, select the marketing list that contains the accounts, contacts, or leads that you want to merge
into another static marketing list.
3. In the Actions group, click Copy Marketing List.
4. In the Look Up Records dialog box, select the static marketing list that you want to merge members into,
and then click OK.
5. When the confirmation message appears, click OK.
Related Topics
Work with Marketing Lists ......................................................................................................... 389
Creating and Managing Marketing Lists ................................................................................... 387
Add members to a marketing list
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default marketing security roles. More information about
specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Marketing Permissions
If you want to change the query for a dynamic marketing list, but want to keep the current list of members
intact, you can copy a dynamic marketing list as a static list.
When you copy a dynamic marketing list as a static marketing list, Microsoft Dynamics CRM adds the latest
members that match the query criteria of the dynamic marketing list to the static marketing list and then locks
the static list. You cannot add or change members of a locked marketing list. If you want to add or modify the
members, you must unlock the marketing list.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Marketing or Sales, and then click Marketing Lists.
2. Click the name of the dynamic marketing list that you want to save as a static list.
3. In the Actions group, click Copy To Static.
4. When the confirmation message appears, click OK.
395
2011 User's Guide: Evaluate and remove members in a marketing list
Related Topics
Work with Marketing Lists ......................................................................................................... 389
Find Things.................................................................................................................................... 9
Creating and Managing Marketing Lists ................................................................................... 387
Working Offline .......................................................................................................................... 486
Evaluate and remove members in a marketing list
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default marketing security roles. More information about
specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Marketing Permissions
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Marketing or Sales, and then click Marketing Lists.
2. Open the marketing list from which you want to remove members.
3. Under Related, click Marketing List Members.
4. Under List Tools, on the Marketing List Members tab, in the Actions group, click Manage Members.
5. In the Manage Members dialog box, click one of the following options, and then click OK:
Use Advanced Find to remove members
a. Select options to search for list members that you want to remove from your list, and then click Find.
More information: Find Things (on page 9)
b. To remove all the records returned to the list, click Remove all the members returned by the
search from the marketing list, and then click Remove from Marketing List.
c. To remove just the selected records from the list, select the records you want to remove, click
Remove only the selected members from the marketing list, and then click Remove from
Marketing List.
Use Advanced Find to evaluate members
a. Select options to search for and locate list members that you want to keep on your list, and then click
Find. More information: Find Things (on page 9)
b. To keep all the records returned to the list, click Keep all the members returned by search in the
marketing list, and then click Update Marketing List.
c. To keep just the selected records from the list, select the records you want to keep, click Keep only
the selected members in the marketing list, and then click Update Marketing List.
6. Click Save or Save and Close.
396
2011 User's Guide: Qualify or convert multiple records at once
Related Topics
Work with Marketing Lists ......................................................................................................... 389
Find Things ................................................................................................................................... 9
Creating and Managing Marketing Lists ................................................................................... 387
Working Offline ......................................................................................................................... 486
Qualify or convert multiple records at once
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
If you need to disqualify a group of leads or if you decide a group of leads are all good, you do not have to
process them one by one. Instead, put the leads into a marketing list, and then disqualify the whole group or
qualify them by converting the whole group into accounts, contacts, or opportunities all in one step.
1. Create a new marketing list.
d. In the Navigation Pane, click Marketing or Sales, and then click Marketing Lists.
a. On the Actions toolbar, click New.
b. In the Name box, type a name for the list, and in the Member Type box, select Lead.
c. Click Save.
2. Under Related, click Marketing List Members.
3. Under List Tools, on the Marketing List Members tab, in the Actions group, click Manage Members.
4. In the Manage Members dialog box, click Use Advanced Find to add members, and then click OK.
5. Create a query to find the list of leads to disqualify or convert.
a. From the Use Saved View list, select My Open Leads.
b. Add any additional criteria you need to the query.
Tip
If this query is one that you will use again, click Save As, and specify a name for the query.
6. To see the records, click Find.
7. Select one of the option buttons at the bottom of the window either to add all the leads returned by the
search to the list or to add only selected leads to the list, and then click Add to Marketing List.
8. In the marketing list, select multiple lead records:
Select several records by pressing the CTRL key while you click each record.
397
2011 User's Guide: Change the columns displayed for marketing list members
Select a sequence of records by clicking the first record that you want, and then press the SHIFT key
while you select the last record that you want.
Select all records on the page by selecting the Select/clear all records on this page check box at
the top of the list.
Tip
By default, the Microsoft Dynamics CRM Web application displays 50 records per page. You can
increase this up to a maximum of 250 records per page to increase the number of records you can
select at one time. To increase the number of records displayed per page:
1. On the File menu, click Options.
2. On the General tab, in the Records Per Page list, select the number of records to display per
page.
3. Click OK. This changes the number of items that is displayed for all lists, which may slow
response time when you switch record types. Therefore, you might want to set it back to a
smaller number when you are done with this bulk action.
9. After you select the leads you want to convert, under List Tools, on the Marketing List Members tab,
click Qualify.
10. In the Convert Lead dialog box, disqualify the leads, or select the record types to convert the leads to,
and then click OK. The leads will still appear on your marketing list, but will no longer appear in your My
Open Leads view.
Related Topics
Work with Leads ........................................................................................................................ 299
Managing Leads ........................................................................................................................ 289
Work with Marketing Lists ......................................................................................................... 389
Change the columns displayed for marketing list members
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default marketing security roles. More information about
specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Marketing Permissions
Although you cannot change the default view for marketing list members, you can create your own views
with the columns you need, and export these views to Microsoft Office Excel if you need them for printing
mailing labels or creating call lists.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Marketing or Sales, and then click Marketing Lists.
2. Open a marketing list.
3. Under Related, click Marketing List Members.
4. Under List Tools, on the Marketing List Members tab, in the Actions group, click Manage Members.
398
2011 User's Guide: Managing Leads
5. In the Manage Members dialog box, click Use Advanced Find to evaluate members, and then click
OK.
6. On the Standard toolbar, click Edit Columns, and then in the Common Tasks area, click Add
Columns.
7. Select the columns to add, and then click OK twice.
8. In the lower right corner of the window, click Find.
9. Click Update Marketing List.
Tip
If you save the Advanced Find view to use later, to return to it from any marketing list, click Manage
Members. When you select to add, remove, or evaluate members, you can select the saved view
from the View list.
Related Topics
Work with Marketing Lists ......................................................................................................... 389
Creating and Managing Marketing Lists ................................................................................... 387
Working Offline ......................................................................................................................... 486
Export Data to Excel ................................................................................................................... 61
Find Things ....................................................................................................................................9
Managing Leads
In Microsoft Dynamics CRM, you can get lead information in the Sales area. All activities are logged and a
running history of every activity with the lead is kept, once it is completed.
You can enter leads individually. In addition, you can use Microsoft Dynamics CRM to import lead lists into
the database, perform the common qualifying activities, and convert leads to opportunities, if they qualify.
Each disqualified lead is retained in the database for business-reporting purposes.
You can track information about prospective customers, and then qualify and assign inquiries. Because
leads are tracked separately from customers throughout the sales cycle, you can focus on building your
customer base.
Understanding How Accounts, Contacts, Leads, and Opportunities Relate
Account and contact records represent established customers. Leads are potential or prospective
customers. Opportunities are not a specific customer, such as a lead, contact, or account, and therefore
require a customer record to be added to the opportunity.
399
2011 User's Guide: Work with Leads
Work with Leads
Leads represent potential customers who have not yet been qualified by your sales process. As you qualify
leads, you can convert them to other types of records.
Create or edit a lead
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
When you create a lead, you might be tempted to only enter the system-required fields (marked with
asterisks Business-required symbol
) or business-recommended fields (marked with plus signs
Business-recommended symbol ); however, the more data you collect and enter into this form, the more
likely you are to turn those leads into business opportunities. Remember that e-mail addresses, the source of
the lead, and specific product interests are key factors in helping your sales staff complete the necessary
follow-up.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Leads.
2. In the Records group, click New, or open the record that you want to edit.
3. In the General section, enter or edit information or observe any noted restrictions or requirements as
needed:
Topic
This information should reflect what the lead is interested in. For example, if a potential customer calls
and asks for details on a product, list the name of the product here.
First Name
Enter a first name between 1 and 50 characters. You can use accent marks when you enter data, for
example, in a customer's name. Your ability to sort and find information is not affected by these
accent marks.
Last Name
Enter a name between 1 and 50 characters.
Company Name
You must enter a name with a length of 100 characters or fewer.
Enter all the contact information you have available for this lead because this information will assist a
salesperson in making future contacts. E-mail addresses must be valid. For example,
[email protected].
Address
Enter the address of the lead.
ZIP/Postal Code
400
2011 User's Guide: Create or edit a lead
Enter a code of 20 characters or fewer.
4. In the Common section, enter all the information you have available in the following sections:
Lead Information
It is very important to provide the lead source information so that you can determine which marketing
method, such as advertisement or trade shows, generates the most leads for your organization. If you
specify lead information, you can filter on Lead Source to determine how many leads were generated
by a given method.
Company Information
Industry
If the lead specifies an industry that is not in the list, you can work with your system administrator
to get new industries added to the list because this field is customizable. This field is used in
various reports such as Lead Source Effectiveness; which, if used with filtering, can display the
lead source effectiveness by industry. Another form that includes the industry field is the Account
form. If your system administrator adds custom industries to the Leads form, they should also add
them to the Account form to keep the two lists in sync.
Annual Revenue
You must enter numbers between 0.00 and 1,000,000,000.00.
You can use commas and a decimal point. You cannot use a currency symbol, such as the dollar ($),
euro (€), or yen (¥).
SIC Code
Indicate the Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) code for this account. You can search on SIC
for organizations with a particular code to display all accounts of businesses in that category.Enter
a code of 20 characters or fewer.
No. of Employees
You must enter a whole number between 0 and 1,000,000.
5. Under Information, click Notes and Activities. In the Notes section, click Add a new note, and add the
information that applies to your record.
6. In the Preferences section, enter information or observe any noted restrictions or requirements as
needed:
Owner
This box is filled automatically with the name of the user who is creating the record. You can click the
Lookup button
to search for other records.
Status Reason
This value appears in the list of leads in the Leads area. You can sort by the Status Reason column
in that area to quickly view new leads or those already contacted.
Contact Methods
Preferred
401
2011 User's Guide: Create or edit a lead
Select the option that best describes the preferred method of contact.
E-mail
If you select Allow, Microsoft Dynamics CRM allows all e-mail, including e-mails related to
campaign activities, to be sent to the e-mail address associated with the record. However, if you
select Do Not Allow, Microsoft Dynamics CRM does not allow any e-mail to be sent to the email address associated with the record.
Bulk E-mail
If you select Allow, Microsoft Dynamics CRM allows any e-mail as part of a bulk e-mail process,
including bulk e-mails related to campaign activities, to be sent to the e-mail address associated
with the record. However, if you select Do Not Allow, Microsoft Dynamics CRM does not allow
any bulk e-mail to be sent to the e-mail address associated with the record.
Phone
The selected option simply provides information to anyone who views the record. This field is not
used by Microsoft Dynamics CRM to control initiating or receiving phone calls.
Fax
The selected option simply provides information to anyone who views the record.
Mail
The selected option simply provides information to anyone who views the record. This field is not
used by Microsoft Dynamics CRM to control initiating or receiving mail.
Marketing Information
Source Campaign
Search for and enter the campaign record if this lead was generated as a result of a campaign
that has been created in Microsoft Dynamics CRM.
Send Marketing Materials
If you select Send, marketing material corresponding to campaigns is sent to the respective
addresses (e-mail, physical address) for the record. This includes general marketing mailers that
might be sent on a regular basis that are not part of a targeted marketing campaign. If you select
Do Not Send, marketing materials are not sent, nor can activities related to sending marketing
materials be created for the record.
Last Date Included in Campaign
Microsoft Dynamics CRM automatically sets the date for this field when any marketing
communication is sent to the addresses for the record. You can also manually update this field
and enter a date. This field is used as filter criteria in Marketing Automation. For example, the
Anti-Spam Setting area of a Campaign form uses the date in this field to make sure that you do
not send frequent mailers to a customer.
7. Click Save or Save and Close.
402
2011 User's Guide: Qualify and convert a lead to an account, contact, and/or opportunity
Resolve potential duplicate records.
If the system detects that your record might be a potential duplicate, instead of saving the record, Microsoft
Dynamics CRM displays the Duplicates Detected dialog box.
1. To open a record to make sure it is a potential duplicate, in the Potential duplicate records list, doubleclick the record.
If the duplicate-detection rule identified potential duplicate records in other record types, review
records from each record type listed.
2. If your new or updated record is not a duplicate, to create the new record, click Save Record.
- OR If your new or updated record is a duplicate, to cancel your changes, click Cancel.
Notes
•
If you enter a duplicate record within a few minutes of entering the first record, Microsoft Dynamics CRM
will not detect the duplicate record. The matchcodes for new and updated records are created every five
minutes, rather than as a record is created.
•
Duplicate detection can take place only if duplicate detection is enabled in Duplicate Detection Settings
and if at least one duplicate-detection rule exists for the record type. More information: Avoiding Duplicate
Records (on page 69)
Tip
To qualify or disqualify a lead, you convert the lead. First, open the lead that you want to convert,
click Convert Lead, select options for how you want to convert the lead, and then click OK.
Related Topics
Work with Leads ....................................................................................................................... 299
Managing Leads ....................................................................................................................... 289
Work with Marketing Lists ......................................................................................................... 389
Requesting User Interface Changes ........................................................................................ 220
Qualify and convert a lead to an account, contact, and/or
opportunity
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
Turning leads into customers, or at least opportunities, is the goal of any organization. After you qualify a lead
based on the metrics used by your organization, use Microsoft Dynamics CRM to create up to three new
records quickly in which the lead is represented as an account, contact, or opportunity.
403
2011 User's Guide: Qualify and convert a lead to an account, contact, and/or opportunity
Only one lead at a time can be converted, unless you add the leads you want to convert to a marketing list.
More information: Work with Marketing Lists (on page 389)
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Leads.
2. In the list of leads, open the lead you want to qualify and convert.
3. On the Lead tab, in the Actions group, click Qualify.
4. In the Convert Lead dialog box, Qualify and convert into the following records is selected by default.
Select one or more of the following:
Account
Select this check box to create an account record. Do this if there is an actual company with which
you are doing business.
Contact
Select this check box to create a contact record. Do this if you are doing business with an specific
individual at a company or just an individual customer (consumer).
Opportunity
Select this check box to create an opportunity record. If this is the only option you select, then in the
Potential Customer box, you must associate an account or contact with the lead. Click the Lookup
button
to search for an account or contact.
Currency
If you select Opportunity, you must select the currency in which to calculate the opportunity.
Open newly created records
Select this check box to open each record in a new window.
5. Click OK.
6. If you did not select the Open newly created records check box, then you must click the Close button to
close the lead record.
Tip
To view the lead record after it has been converted to an opportunity, open the opportunity, and then
click Originating Lead on the Administration tab.
Notes
404
•
Based on the security privileges assigned to your user account, you might not be able to qualify
leads that you do not own. If you have to qualify them, you must have the necessary privileges.
Also, regardless of who qualifies the lead and performs the conversion, all the newly created
records are, by default, owned by the user who owned the original lead.
•
Any notes on a lead record do not transfer to the new account, contact, or opportunity record. The
notes remain with the originating lead record.
•
When you convert a lead, the new record that is created will not be checked to see if it is a
duplicate.
2011 User's Guide: Disqualify and close a lead
Related Topics
Work with Leads ....................................................................................................................... 299
Convert Lead Dialog Box .......................................................................................................... 310
Managing Leads ....................................................................................................................... 289
Work with Marketing Lists ......................................................................................................... 389
Disqualify and close a lead
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
When you decide that a lead will not turn into an opportunity or become a customer, you can disqualify it and
still have an audit trail for your sales process. You can reactivate the record, including any attachments and
notes, without having to re-enter all the data if the lead contacts you in the future. Deleting the record also
removes any attachments and notes.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Leads.
2. In the list of leads, open the lead that you want to disqualify.
3. In the Actions group, click Qualify.
4. In the Convert Lead dialog box, select Disqualify, and then in the Status list, click an option.
5. Click OK, and then close the record.
Note
Disqualified leads appear in the Closed Leads view.
Related Topics
Work with Leads ....................................................................................................................... 299
Convert Lead Dialog Box .......................................................................................................... 310
Managing Leads ....................................................................................................................... 289
Reactivate a closed lead
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
405
2011 User's Guide: Add or remove a customer record in a marketing list
You disqualify a lead by closing the lead record. Closed leads can be reactivated. Deleted leads are
permanently removed and cannot be reactivated. When you reactivate a lead, you save time by not having
to re-enter any data and you maintain the original history of the lead.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Leads.
2. In the View list, click Closed Leads.
3. In the list of closed leads, open the lead you want to reactivate.
4. In the Actions group, click Reactivate Lead.
5. In the Confirm Lead Activation dialog box, click OK.
6. Click Save or Save and Close.
Related Topics
Work with Leads ........................................................................................................................ 299
Managing Leads ........................................................................................................................ 289
Add or remove a customer record in a marketing list
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
You can add a customer record, such as a lead, account, or contact, to a marketing list. If a customer record
is added to a marketing list from another area within Microsoft Dynamics CRM, the customer record is
updated to reflect this association. Therefore, if you want to add a customer record, such as a lead, to a
marketing list, you might find that the lead is already associated with the list.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Leads, Accounts, or Contacts depending on
which type of record you want to add to a marketing list.
2. In the list, open the record that you want to add to a marketing list.
3. In the Collaborate group, click Add to Marketing List.
4. In the Look Up Record dialog box, locate and select the marketing list you want to add the record to,
and then click OK.
5. Click Save or Save and Close.
Note
To remove a record from a marketing list, open the customer record you want to remove from the
marketing list. In the Navigation Pane, under Marketing, click Marketing Lists. Select the marketing
list that you want to remove, and then, in the Records group, click Remove. In the confirmation
message, click OK.
406
2011 User's Guide: View associated campaigns from customer records
Tip
If you cannot locate the marketing list you want to add, you might need to create it. To do this, in the
Look Up Records dialog box, click New and then complete the form.
Related Topics
Work with Contacts ................................................................................................................... 276
Work with Accounts .................................................................................................................. 271
Managing Accounts and Contacts ............................................................................................ 265
Work with Leads ....................................................................................................................... 299
Managing Leads ....................................................................................................................... 289
Work with Marketing Lists ......................................................................................................... 389
View associated campaigns from customer records
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
You can view a list of campaigns for a customer from within the Customer Record form. When a customer
record is added to a marketing list and that marketing list is added to a campaign, the customer record is
updated to reflect this association.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Leads, Accounts, or Contacts, depending on
which type of record you want to view associated campaigns for.
2. In the list, open the record that you want to view.
3. Under Marketing, click Campaigns to see the list of campaigns the customer is included in.
Related Topics
Work with Contacts ................................................................................................................... 276
Work with Leads ....................................................................................................................... 299
Managing Leads ....................................................................................................................... 289
Work with Accounts .................................................................................................................. 271
Managing Accounts and Contacts ............................................................................................ 265
Work with Campaigns and Campaign Templates .................................................................... 375
Create Quick Campaign
407
2011 User's Guide: Use the Closed Activity list
A privilege required to create a new quick campaign. This privilege is on the Marketing tab in Security
Roles.
Use the Closed Activity list
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
Many record types allow for activities to be associated with them. For example, an opportunity might have an
associated phone call activity. When you close any associated activity as completed, that activity shows up in
the record history of the associated record. To view the record history, in the record, under Common, click
Closed Activities.
You can do the following in the Closed Activities list:
•
While the record is in draft form, you can create a new activity for this record by clicking the New Activity
button. You can no longer do this when the record is activated. Note that even though you create this
activity from the Closed Activities list, it will be displayed in the Activities list while it is active. It will be
displayed in the Closed Activities list after you set the status to completed.
•
You can also do standard tasks such as printing, exporting data, running a report, or assigning. For
information about doing those tasks, see the topic What else can I do? More tasks...
The Closed Activities list for opportunities, accounts, and contacts includes two lists that help you narrow
down the number of completed activities:
•
To narrow down the list to a certain time period, such as Last 30 days, click Filter on.
•
To see completed activities for one particular record, click Include, and then select This Record Only.
•
To create a list of activities that are related to any record associated with the account or contact, select
Related Regarding Records.
Related Topics
Manage Activities ........................................................................................................................ 23
Default sales reports
The following sales reports are available:
This topic shows you how to use the different reports. To find more information, when you generate a report,
click Help, and then click Help on This Page.
•
Account Distribution Report (on page Error! Bookmark not defined.)
Use this report to identify patterns in your top revenue-generating accounts using two charts. The earned
revenue chart displays the earned revenue grouped by a market facet, such as product, territory, or
industry. The accounts count chart displays the amount of earned revenue using the same grouping as
the earned revenue chart.
408
2011 User's Guide: Use the Closed Activity list
•
Account Overview Report (on page 99)
Use this report to obtain a one-page overview of everything occurring with an account. The report
displays a profile of the account, contact information, and summaries of opportunities and case activities.
•
Account Summary Report (on page 100)
Use this report to determine historically what has occurred with an account. This report also displays
what is scheduled to occur in the future. The report displays a chronological summary for an account,
including sales and service activities, notes, and records.
•
Activities Report (on page 101)
Use this report to identify patterns in activities. Activities can be grouped by owner or activity type, or by
the record the activity is regarding.
•
Competitor Win Loss Report (on page 101)
Use this report to compare how your sales team performs against your competitors. The report displays
a list of competitors, with data on open, closed, won, and lost opportunities for each.
•
Invoices Report (on page 102)
Use this report to print invoices.
•
Invoice Status Report
Use this report to view your accounts receivable. The chart displays the number of invoices grouped by
status with the total amount of invoices in each status.
•
Lead Source Effectiveness Report (on page 103)
Use this report to compare how effective your lead sources are at generating quality opportunities. The
report lists the percentage of qualified leads, and leads that generate revenue for each lead category.
•
Neglected Accounts Report (on page 107)
Use this report to identify accounts that have not been contacted recently. The report displays a chart
with accounts that have had no activities completed in a specified number of days.
•
Neglected Leads Report (on page 104)
Use this report to identify any leads that have not been contacted. The report displays a chart of leads
that have had no associated activities or notes during a specified time period.
•
Orders Report (on page 104)
Use this report to print orders.
•
Products by Account Report (on page 108)
Use this report to see which products are used by an account. For each account, the report lists the
associated products.
•
Products by Contact Report (on page 109)
Use this report to see which products are used by a contact. For each contact, the report lists the
associated products.
•
Progress Against Goals Report
409
2011 User's Guide: Convert Lead Dialog Box
•
Use this report to view the sales progress against the primary and subordinate goals. This report displays
a chart with the target values and the actual values of the goals.
•
Quotes Report (on page 105)
Use this report to print quotes.
•
Sales History Report (on page 106)
Use this report to view a history of sales performance by sales representative. The report displays a chart
of both lost and earned revenue. The report uses data only from the closed opportunities, and calculates
the earned revenue from Won opportunities and the lost revenue from the lost opportunities.
•
Sales Pipeline Report (on page 106)
Use this report to see anticipated potential sales. The report displays a chart of potential sales grouped
by user, sales territory, customer territory, date, products, rating, or sales stage.
If the default reports don't provide the information you need, try creating an Advanced Find search, and
exporting the results to Microsoft Office Excel.
Note
This topic documents the list of default reports as they were shipped. If this list differs from the
reports that are available to you, contact your report administrator or system administrator for
information about the customized reports.
Related Topics
Work with Opportunities ............................................................................................................ 310
Work with Leads ........................................................................................................................ 299
Work with Contacts ................................................................................................................... 276
Work with Accounts ................................................................................................................... 271
Convert Lead Dialog Box
Use this dialog box to qualify or disqualify a lead as a potential customer.
To qualify leads, you convert them into opportunities with associated accounts or contacts or into new
accounts or contacts. To disqualify leads, click the Disqualify option which closes the leads without
converting them.
Managing Accounts and Contacts
In Microsoft Dynamics CRM, you can manage, share, and collaborate on accounts and contacts within your
organization.
410
2011 User's Guide: Work with Accounts
You can enter accounts or contacts individually or you can use Microsoft Dynamics CRM to import lists of
these records into the database.
Work with Accounts
Accounts represent companies that your organization may do business with.
Concepts: Managing Accounts and Contacts (on page 265)
Create or edit an account
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Accounts.
2. In the Records group, click New or open the record that you want to edit.
3. In the General section, enter or edit information or observe any noted restrictions or requirements as
needed:
Account Name
You can use accent marks when you enter data, for example, in a customer's name. Your ability to
sort and find information is not affected by these accent marks.
Primary Contact
To locate and select a primary contact, click the Lookup button
.
Account Number
You must enter 20 characters or less.
Parent Account
If the account that you are creating is a sub-account, then you must set up a relationship to its parent
account. To locate and select a parent account, click the Lookup button
.
If the account that you are creating is a parent account, leave this field blank.
E-mail
E-mail addresses must be valid. For example, [email protected]. Although this field is
optional, including an e-mail address allows you to communicate with the account by using e-mail.
ZIP/Postal Code
Enter a code of 20 characters or fewer. Although this field is optional, including a ZIP Code or postal
code can provide basic geographical information about the account that you can use in other areas of
the application, such as reports and workflows.
411
2011 User's Guide: Create or edit an account
4. In the Details section, observe any noted restrictions or requirements and enter all the information you
have available in the following fields:
Industry
Select an option from the list. This field can be customized, so the values will vary.
If the account specifies an industry that is not in the list, you can ask your system administrator to add
new industries to the list. This field is used in various reports such as Account Overview.
The lead form also includes the industry field. If your system administrator adds custom industries to
the account form, he or she should also add them to the lead form to keep the two lists synchronized.
Annual Revenue
You must enter numbers between 0.00 and 1,000,000,000.00.
You can use commas and a decimal point. You cannot use a currency symbol, such as the dollar ($),
euro (€), or yen (¥).
No. of Employees
You must enter a whole number between 0 and 1,000,000.
SIC Code
Indicate the Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) code for this account. You can search on SIC for
organizations with a particular code to display all accounts of businesses in that category. Enter a
code of 20 characters or fewer.
Ownership
Select an option that indicates how shares of the company are held. For example, if the company is
held publicly, meaning its stock is traded on the open market, then its ownership is public.
Ticker Symbol
If you enter a ticker symbol for a market outside the United States, you must prefix it with the country
code, for example US:MSFT (country code:ticker symbol). This information is available only for
markets that are currently listed on the MSN Money Web site. In addition to the United States (US),
MSN Money also provides information for markets in Australia (AU), Belgium (BE), Canada (CA),
France (FR), Germany (DE), Italy (IT), Japan (JP), Netherlands (NL), Spain (ES), Sweden (SE), and
the United Kingdom (UK). For more information, go to the MSN Money Web site (see MSN Money
Web site - http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=95957).
Territory
To locate and select a record, click the Lookup button
.
The Territory field can be customized, so the values will vary. If there are no territories in the list or the
territory that you want is not listed, contact your system administrator and ask him or her to add the
territory to the Sales Territories area, which is located in the Settings area.
Category
Select an option from the list. This field can be customized, so the values will vary.
412
2011 User's Guide: Create or edit an account
The default values are Preferred Customer and Standard. Your organization might add other values
to manage territories.
These values help determine how to set up territories so that your organization has roughly an equal
number of highly rated accounts. The values might also reflect the priority of the account.
Relationship Type
Select an option from the list. This field can be customized, so the values will vary.
Your organization might set up relationship roles, to indicate the role of your customers as they relate
to your business. This field is not required.
If there are no relationship roles in the list or the relationship role you want is not listed, contact your
system administrator and ask them to add the relationship role to the Relationship Roles area,
which is located in the Settings area.
Credit Limit
This field is not used as part of the business logic in Microsoft Dynamics CRM; however, your
organization might use it as part of a workflow process.
Credit Hold
This field is not used as part of the business logic in Microsoft Dynamics CRM; however, your
organization might use it as part of a workflow process.
Payment Terms
This field is mapped to any orders that are created for the record.
Price List
If your organization has price lists set up, you can click the Lookup button
select the appropriate price list.
to search for and
This field is mapped to any orders that are created for the record.
5. Under Information, click Notes and Activities. In the Notes section, click Add a new note, and add the
information that applies to your record.
6. In the Preferences section, enter information or observe any noted restrictions or requirements as
needed:
Owner
This box is filled automatically with the name of the user who is creating the record. You can click the
Lookup button
to search for other records.
Contact Methods
Preferred
Select the option that best describes the preferred method of contact.
E-mail
If you select Allow, Microsoft Dynamics CRM allows all e-mail, including e-mails related to
campaign activities, to be sent to the e-mail address associated with the record. However, if you
413
2011 User's Guide: Create or edit an account
select Do Not Allow, Microsoft Dynamics CRM does not allow any e-mail to be sent to the email address associated with the record.
Bulk E-mail
If you select Allow, Microsoft Dynamics CRM allows any e-mail as part of a bulk e-mail process,
including bulk e-mails related to campaign activities, to be sent to the e-mail address associated
with the record. However, if you select Do Not Allow, Microsoft Dynamics CRM does not allow
any bulk e-mail to be sent to the e-mail address associated with the record.
Phone
The selected option simply provides information to anyone who views the record. This field is not
used by Microsoft Dynamics CRM to control initiating or receiving phone calls.
Fax
The selected option simply provides information to anyone who views the record.
Mail
The selected option simply provides information to anyone who views the record. This field is not
used by Microsoft Dynamics CRM to control initiating or receiving mail.
Marketing Information
Originating Lead
If this account was the result of converting a lead, then this field will automatically show the lead
record. You can also enter the originating lead.
To locate and select a lead, click the Lookup button
.
Send Marketing Materials
If you select Send, marketing material corresponding to campaigns is sent to the respective
addresses (e-mail, physical address) for the record. This includes general marketing mailers that
might be sent on a regular basis that are not part of a targeted marketing campaign. If you select
Do Not Send, marketing materials are not sent, nor can activities related to sending marketing
materials be created for the record.
Last Date Included in Campaign
Microsoft Dynamics CRM automatically sets the date for this field when any marketing
communication is sent to the addresses for the record. You can also manually update this field
and enter a date. This field is used as filter criteria in Marketing Automation. For example, the
Anti-Spam Setting area of a Campaign form uses the date in this field to make sure that you do
not send frequent mailers to a customer.
Service Preferences
Select the customer's preferred time and day for service activities.
Click the Lookup button
in the Preferred Service, Preferred Facility/Equipment, or Preferred
User box to search for the appropriate record.
Click the Preferred Service, Preferred Facility/Equipment, or Preferred User box to search for the
appropriate record.
414
2011 User's Guide: Work with Contacts
7. Click Save or Save and Close.
Resolve potential duplicate records.
If the system detects that your record might be a potential duplicate, instead of saving the record, Microsoft
Dynamics CRM displays the Duplicates Detected dialog box.
1. To open a record to make sure it is a potential duplicate, in the Potential duplicate records list, doubleclick the record.
If the duplicate-detection rule identified potential duplicate records in other record types, review
records from each record type listed.
2. If your new or updated record is not a duplicate, to create the new record, click Save Record.
- OR If your new or updated record is a duplicate, to cancel your changes, click Cancel.
Notes
•
If you enter a duplicate record within a few minutes of entering the first record, Microsoft Dynamics CRM
will not detect the duplicate record. The matchcodes for new and updated records are created every five
minutes, rather than as a record is created.
•
Duplicate detection can take place only if duplicate detection is enabled in Duplicate Detection Settings
and if at least one duplicate-detection rule exists for the record type. More information: Avoiding Duplicate
Records (on page 69)
Tips
•
You can add more addresses to handle various locations for a given account or contact. To do
this, under Common, click More Addresses, and then in the Records group, click Add New
Address.
•
When the Look Up Records dialog box is open, if the record you need doesn't exist, click New,
and create the record.
•
If you create both accounts and subaccounts, and create relationships between them, then you
can use the reporting features to get subtotals or total revenue reports for all the related
accounts.
Related Topics
Work with Accounts .................................................................................................................. 271
Manage Activities ........................................................................................................................ 23
Managing Accounts and Contacts ............................................................................................ 265
Requesting User Interface Changes ......................................................................................... 220
415
2011 User's Guide: Work with Contacts
Work with Contacts
Contacts are people who represent customers or potential customers, or someone related to an account. You
can bulk add Microsoft Office Outlook contacts into Microsoft Dynamics CRM with the Add Contacts Wizard.
More information: Resource Center (see Resource Center - http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=208670).
Create or edit a contact
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Contacts.
2. In the Records group, click New, or open the record that you want to edit.
3. In the General section, enter or edit information or observe any noted restrictions or requirements as
needed:
First Name
Enter a first name between 1 and 50 characters.You can use accent marks when you enter data, for
example, in a customer's name. Your ability to sort and find information is not affected by these
accent marks.
Last Name
Enter a name between 1 and 50 characters.
Parent Customer
If the contact record that you are creating is a subcontact, you can specify its parent contact or
customer record. To locate and select a parent customer, click the Lookup button
.
If the contact that you are creating is a parent customer, leave this field blank.
E-mail
E-mail addresses must be valid. For example, [email protected].
ZIP/Postal Code
Enter a code of 20 characters or fewer.
4. In the Details section, observe any noted restrictions or requirements and enter all the information you
have available in the following fields:
Birthday
You must enter the date in the format your organization has set for dates. For example, 01/01/2006
or 31.12.2005.
If you omit leading zeros in a date, Microsoft Dynamics CRM will add them automatically. For
example, when you type 1/1/06, Microsoft Dynamics CRM will display it as 01/01/2006, if that is the
date format of your organization.
416
2011 User's Guide: Create or edit a contact
Anniversary
You must enter the date in the format your organization has set for dates. For example, 01/01/2006
or 31.12.2005.
If you omit leading zeros in a date, Microsoft Dynamics CRM will add them automatically. For
example, when you type 1/1/06, Microsoft Dynamics CRM will display it as 01/01/2006, if that is the
date format of your organization.
5. Under Information, click Notes and Activities. In the Notes section, click Add a new note, and add the
information that applies to your record.
6. In the Preferences section, enter information or observe any noted restrictions or requirements as
needed:
Owner
This box is filled automatically with the name of the user who is creating the record. You can click the
Lookup button
to search for other records.
Credit Limit
This field is not used as part of the business logic in Microsoft Dynamics CRM; however, your
organization might use it as part of a workflow process.
Credit Hold
This field is not used as part of the business logic in Microsoft Dynamics CRM; however, your
organization might use it as part of a workflow process.
Payment Terms
This field is mapped to any orders that are created for the record.
Price List
If your organization has price lists set up, you can click the Lookup button
to search for and
select the appropriate price list. This field is mapped to any orders that are created for the record.
Contact Methods
Preferred
Select the option that best describes the preferred method of contact.
E-mail
If you select Allow, Microsoft Dynamics CRM allows all e-mail, including e-mails related to
campaign activities, to be sent to the e-mail address associated with the record. However, if you
select Do Not Allow, Microsoft Dynamics CRM does not allow any e-mail to be sent to the email address associated with the record.
Bulk E-mail
If you select Allow, Microsoft Dynamics CRM allows any e-mail as part of a bulk e-mail process,
including bulk e-mails related to campaign activities, to be sent to the e-mail address associated
with the record. However, if you select Do Not Allow, Microsoft Dynamics CRM does not allow
any bulk e-mail to be sent to the e-mail address associated with the record.
417
2011 User's Guide: Create or edit a contact
Phone
The selected option simply provides information to anyone who views the record. This field is not
used by Microsoft Dynamics CRM to control initiating or receiving phone calls.
Fax
The selected option simply provides information to anyone who views the record.
Mail
The selected option simply provides information to anyone who views the record. This field is not
used by Microsoft Dynamics CRM to control initiating or receiving mail.
Marketing Information
Originating Lead
If this contact was the result of converting a lead, then this field will automatically show the lead
record. You can also enter the originating lead. To locate and select a lead, click the Lookup
button
.
Send Marketing Materials
If you select Send, marketing material corresponding to campaigns is sent to the respective
addresses (e-mail, physical address) for the record. This includes general marketing mailers that
might be sent on a regular basis that are not part of a targeted marketing campaign. If you select
Do Not Send, marketing materials are not sent, nor can activities related to sending marketing
materials be created for the record.
Last Date Included in Campaign
Microsoft Dynamics CRM automatically sets the date for this field when any marketing
communication is sent to the addresses for the record. You can also manually update this field
and enter a date. This field is used as filter criteria in Marketing Automation. For example, the
Anti-Spam Setting area of a Campaign form uses the date in this field to make sure that you do
not send frequent mailers to a customer.
Service Preferences
Select the customer's preferred time and day for service activities.
Click the Lookup button
in the Preferred Service, Preferred Facility/Equipment, or Preferred
User box to search for the appropriate record.
7. Click Save or Save and Close.
Resolve potential duplicate records.
If the system detects that your record might be a potential duplicate, instead of saving the record, Microsoft
Dynamics CRM displays the Duplicates Detected dialog box.
1. To open a record to make sure it is a potential duplicate, in the Potential duplicate records list, doubleclick the record.
If the duplicate-detection rule identified potential duplicate records in other record types, review
records from each record type listed.
418
2011 User's Guide: Associate an opportunity with an account or contact
2. If your new or updated record is not a duplicate, to create the new record, click Save Record.
- OR If your new or updated record is a duplicate, to cancel your changes, click Cancel.
Notes
•
If you enter a duplicate record within a few minutes of entering the first record, Microsoft Dynamics CRM
will not detect the duplicate record. The matchcodes for new and updated records are created every five
minutes, rather than as a record is created.
•
Duplicate detection can take place only if duplicate detection is enabled in Duplicate Detection Settings
and if at least one duplicate-detection rule exists for the record type. More information: Avoiding Duplicate
Records (on page 69)
Note
You can associate multiple contacts with an account, but only one contact can be the primary contact
for an account. If you consolidate contacts and subcontacts, you can create relationships between
them and use the reporting features to generate revenue reports for all the related contacts.
-
Related Topics
Work with Contacts ................................................................................................................... 276
Manage Activities........................................................................................................................ 23
Create Customer-Ready Documents and Messages ............................................................... 164
Requesting User Interface Changes ........................................................................................ 220
Associate an opportunity with an account or contact
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
You associate opportunities with accounts or contacts by creating an opportunity relationship between them.
The relationship you set up is based on your selection on the Opportunity Relationship form.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click either Accounts or Contacts.
2. In the list of accounts or contacts, open the record to which you want to add an opportunity relationship.
3. Click the Add tab. In the Create Relationship group, click Relationship, and then click Opportunity.
4. On the Opportunity Relationship form, enter information in the following boxes:
Opportunity
You must select the opportunity that you want to associate with the record. Click the Lookup button
to search for an opportunity.
419
2011 User's Guide: Use the Closed Activity list
Customer
Microsoft Dynamics CRM enters the account or contact record automatically.
Customer Role
Select an option from the list. This field can be customized, so the values will vary.
Your organization might set up relationship roles, to indicate the role of your customers as they relate
to your business. This field is not required.
If there are no relationship roles in the list or the relationship role you want is not listed, contact your
system administrator and ask them to add the relationship role to the Relationship Roles area,
which is located in the Settings area.
Description
Use this field to provide additional information about the relationship.
5. Click Save or Save and Close.
6. Click the Account or Contact tab. Click Save or Save and Close.
Note
You cannot set up duplicate relationships between a customer record and an opportunity. For
example, if you create a relationship between an account and the opportunity, and the customer's
relationship role is set to Distributor, you cannot create a new relationship for the account that uses
the same customer opportunity and relationship role.
Related Topics
Work with Contacts ................................................................................................................... 276
Work with Accounts .................................................................................................................. 271
Work with Opportunities ............................................................................................................ 310
Managing Opportunities ............................................................................................................ 310
Requesting User Interface Changes ......................................................................................... 220
Use the Closed Activity list
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
Many record types allow for activities to be associated with them. For example, an opportunity might have an
associated phone call activity. When you close any associated activity as completed, that activity shows up in
the record history of the associated record. To view the record history, in the record, under Common, click
Closed Activities.
You can do the following in the Closed Activities list:
420
2011 User's Guide: Set customer preferences for a service activity
•
While the record is in draft form, you can create a new activity for this record by clicking the New Activity
button. You can no longer do this when the record is activated. Note that even though you create this
activity from the Closed Activities list, it will be displayed in the Activities list while it is active. It will be
displayed in the Closed Activities list after you set the status to completed.
•
You can also do standard tasks such as printing, exporting data, running a report, or assigning. For
information about doing those tasks, see the topic What else can I do? More tasks...
The Closed Activities list for opportunities, accounts, and contacts includes two lists that help you narrow
down the number of completed activities:
•
To narrow down the list to a certain time period, such as Last 30 days, click Filter on.
•
To see completed activities for one particular record, click Include, and then select This Record Only.
•
To create a list of activities that are related to any record associated with the account or contact, select
Related Regarding Records.
Related Topics
Manage Activities ........................................................................................................................ 23
Set customer preferences for a service activity
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default service scheduling security roles.More information
about specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Service Scheduling Permissions
You can provide personalized customer service for your customers by recording their preferences regarding
services and service times. These preferences become the default criteria the next time that a service activity
is scheduled for the customer and shown in the Form Assistant pane.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Workplace, and then under Customers, click either Accounts or
Contacts.
2. In the list, double-click a record.
3. Under Information, click Common.
4. Under Service Preferences, click the customer's preferred time and day for appointments from the lists.
5. Click the Preferred Service, Preferred Facility/Equipment, or Preferred User box to search for the this
information. You can click the Lookup button
to search for and select records.
6. Click Save or Save and Close.
421
2011 User's Guide: Add or remove a customer record in a marketing list
Related Topics
Work with Contacts ................................................................................................................... 276
Work with Accounts ................................................................................................................... 271
Navigating the Service Calendar............................................................................................... 427
Add or remove a customer record in a marketing list
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
You can add a customer record, such as a lead, account, or contact, to a marketing list. If a customer record
is added to a marketing list from another area within Microsoft Dynamics CRM, the customer record is
updated to reflect this association. Therefore, if you want to add a customer record, such as a lead, to a
marketing list, you might find that the lead is already associated with the list.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Leads, Accounts, or Contacts depending on
which type of record you want to add to a marketing list.
2. In the list, open the record that you want to add to a marketing list.
3. In the Collaborate group, click Add to Marketing List.
4. In the Look Up Record dialog box, locate and select the marketing list you want to add the record to,
and then click OK.
5. Click Save or Save and Close.
Note
To remove a record from a marketing list, open the customer record you want to remove from the
marketing list. In the Navigation Pane, under Marketing, click Marketing Lists. Select the marketing
list that you want to remove, and then, in the Records group, click Remove. In the confirmation
message, click OK.
Tip
If you cannot locate the marketing list you want to add, you might need to create it. To do this, in the
Look Up Records dialog box, click New and then complete the form.
422
2011 User's Guide: View associated campaigns from customer records
Related Topics
Work with Contacts ................................................................................................................... 276
Work with Accounts .................................................................................................................. 271
Managing Accounts and Contacts ............................................................................................ 265
Work with Leads ....................................................................................................................... 299
Managing Leads ....................................................................................................................... 289
Work with Marketing Lists ......................................................................................................... 389
View associated campaigns from customer records
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
You can view a list of campaigns for a customer from within the Customer Record form. When a customer
record is added to a marketing list and that marketing list is added to a campaign, the customer record is
updated to reflect this association.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click Leads, Accounts, or Contacts, depending on
which type of record you want to view associated campaigns for.
2. In the list, open the record that you want to view.
3. Under Marketing, click Campaigns to see the list of campaigns the customer is included in.
Related Topics
Work with Contacts ................................................................................................................... 276
Work with Leads ....................................................................................................................... 299
Managing Leads ....................................................................................................................... 289
Work with Accounts .................................................................................................................. 271
Managing Accounts and Contacts ............................................................................................ 265
Work with Campaigns and Campaign Templates .................................................................... 375
Deactivate or activate an account or contact
Can I do this task?
423
2011 User's Guide: Deactivate or activate an account or contact
This task requires permissions that are found in all default security roles. More information about specific
permissions and performing this task while offline: Sales Permissions
Instead of deleting an account or contact, you can deactivate it and still have an audit trail for your sales
process. When an account or contact is deactivated, it cannot be edited, and relationships between the
account or contact and other records cannot be created.
The only way to view a deactivated account or contact is to select Inactive Accounts or Inactive Contacts
in the View list. If the representative of the account or the individual contact for the record that you
deactivated contacts you in the future, you have the option of reactivating the account or contact without
reentering all the data.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Sales, and then click either Accounts or Contacts.
2. Select the accounts or contacts that you want to deactivate or activate.
3. In the Records group, click Deactivate.
- OR In the Records group, click Activate.
4. In the confirmation dialog box, click OK.
Note
When you deactivate a record, all relationships created while it was active continue to be available;
however, you cannot create new relationships with a deactivated record.
Related Topics
Work with Contacts ................................................................................................................... 276
Work with Accounts .................................................................................................................. 271
Managing Accounts and Contacts ............................................................................................ 265
Create Quick Campaign
A privilege required to create a new quick campaign. This privilege is on the Marketing tab in Security
Roles.
The following sales reports are available:
This topic shows you how to use the different reports. To find more information, when you generate a report,
click Help, and then click Help on This Page.
•
Account Distribution Report
Use this report to identify patterns in your top revenue-generating accounts using two charts. The earned
revenue chart displays the earned revenue grouped by a market facet, such as product, territory, or
industry. The accounts count chart displays the amount of earned revenue using the same grouping as
the earned revenue chart.
•
424
Account Overview Report
2011 User's Guide: Deactivate or activate an account or contact
Use this report to obtain a one-page overview of everything occurring with an account. The report
displays a profile of the account, contact information, and summaries of opportunities and case activities.
•
Account Summary Report
Use this report to determine historically what has occurred with an account. This report also displays
what is scheduled to occur in the future. The report displays a chronological summary for an account,
including sales and service activities, notes, and records.
•
Activities Report
Use this report to identify patterns in activities. Activities can be grouped by owner or activity type, or by
the record the activity is regarding.
•
Competitor Win Loss Report
Use this report to compare how your sales team performs against your competitors. The report displays
a list of competitors, with data on open, closed, won, and lost opportunities for each.
•
Invoices Report
Use this report to print invoices.
•
Invoice Status Report
Use this report to view your accounts receivable. The chart displays the number of invoices grouped by
status with the total amount of invoices in each status.
•
Lead Source Effectiveness Report
Use this report to compare how effective your lead sources are at generating quality opportunities. The
report lists the percentage of qualified leads, and leads that generate revenue for each lead category.
•
Neglected Accounts Report
Use this report to identify accounts that have not been contacted recently. The report displays a chart
with accounts that have had no activities completed in a specified number of days.
•
Neglected Leads Report
Use this report to identify any leads that have not been contacted. The report displays a chart of leads
that have had no associated activities or notes during a specified time period.
•
Orders Report
Use this report to print orders.
•
Products by Account Report
Use this report to see which products are used by an account. For each account, the report lists the
associated products.
•
Products by Contact Report
Use this report to see which products are used by a contact. For each contact, the report lists the
associated products.
•
Progress Against Goals Report
•
Use this report to view the sales progress against the primary and subordinate goals. This report displays
a chart with the target values and the actual values of the goals.
425
2011 User's Guide: Deactivate or activate an account or contact
•
Quotes Report
Use this report to print quotes.
•
Sales History Report
Use this report to view a history of sales performance by sales representative. The report displays a chart
of both lost and earned revenue. The report uses data only from the closed opportunities, and calculates
the earned revenue from Won opportunities and the lost revenue from the lost opportunities.
•
Sales Pipeline Report
Use this report to see anticipated potential sales. The report displays a chart of potential sales grouped
by user, sales territory, customer territory, date, products, rating, or sales stage.
If the default reports don't provide the information you need, try creating an Advanced Find search, and
exporting the results to Microsoft Office Excel.
Note
This topic documents the list of default reports as they were shipped. If this list differs from the
reports that are available to you, contact your report administrator or system administrator for
information about the customized reports.
Related Topics
Work with Opportunities ............................................................................................................ 310
Work with Leads........................................................................................................................ 299
Work with Contacts ................................................................................................................... 276
Work with Accounts .................................................................................................................. 271
426
Service
Scheduling Services for Your Customers
You can view a list of resources and manage service activities in the Service calendar area.
When you create a new service activity, you can search for an available time based on your criteria, including
by times or resources. At any time, you can check for conflicts in the schedule.
If your business uses workflow, you can create workflow rules and processes that include service activities.
More information: Schedule Service Activity (on page 428)
Navigating the Service Calendar
You can use the Service calendar that is available in the Service area to schedule service activities and
appointments for your organization. In the Service calendar, you can do all of the following tasks and
activities:
•
View your organization's daily, weekly, and monthly schedule of appointments and service activities.
•
View work schedules and service activity schedules for a variety of resources.
•
Create new appointments and schedule service activities.
•
Change the status of an existing service activity.
•
Search for conflicts in the schedule.
You cannot customize the Service calendar or change the default view with the application. However, you
can use ISV.Config to change the colors of the time blocks.
More information: Resource Center (see Resource Center - http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=208669)
Read more about:
•
Viewing Appointments and Service Activities
•
Viewing Details for Resources, Appointments, and Service Activities
•
Legend of Colors and Statuses
•
Using the Calendar Pane to Change the Date Display
Service Calendar
Use the calendar to create, view, and edit service activities and appointments.
427
2011 User's Guide: View the Service Calendar
View the Service Calendar
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default service scheduling security roles.More information
about specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Service Scheduling Permissions
The Service calendar displays the appointments and service activities for your organization. The Service
calendar is not available in Microsoft Dynamics CRM for Outlook.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Service, and then click Service Calendar.
2. On the Service calendar, you can change the view by doing any of the following:
Change the calendar view.
Under Calendar Views, click one of the views:
Today
The daily schedule.
Month
The monthly schedule.
Week
The schedule for the 7-day week.
Day
The daily schedule for an individual, selected day.
View a summary of an appointment or service activity.
On the Service calendar, place the cursor over the appointment or service activity.
View or edit the details of an appointment or service activity.
On the Service calendar, double-click the appointment. The Appointment form opens.
Change the dates displayed on theService calendar.
On the Calendar control, click the arrows or a specific date.
View today's appointments and service activities.
On the calendar control, click Today. The calendar displays the hourly list for today.
Refresh the calendar.
In the upper-right corner of the calendar, click the Refresh button
.
Related Topics
Service Calendar ....................................................................................................................... 427
Navigating the Service Calendar ............................................................................................... 427
428
2011 User's Guide: View the Service Calendar
Schedule a service activity
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default service scheduling security roles.More information
about specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Service Scheduling Permissions
Use this procedure to find the next available times for a service. This is the fastest way to schedule a service
activity.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Service, and then click Service Calendar.
2. In the Actions group, click Schedule.
Note
If you click New, and then Service Activity, you will create a service activity without checking for
available times.
3. On the Schedule Service Activity form, you must enter the following information:
Service
Locate and select the service you want to schedule. You can click the Lookup button
for and select records.
to search
Duration
Do not clear the Use Default Duration check box and change the duration unless you want to
schedule more time than the default duration of the service. The maximum duration of a service
activity is 10 days.
4. Click Find Available Times. The next available times are displayed. If there is more than one page of
records available to view in the list of records, use the Page arrows at the bottom of the list to view the
additional pages.
5. Under Available Times, click the start or end time of the time that you want to schedule, and then click
Schedule. If you click the service or resource links, the related form opens.
The Schedule Service Activity form closes, and Microsoft Dynamics CRM fills in the information from
the selected time into the Service Activity form.
6. On the Service Activity form, enter any additional information about the service activity.
Subject
You must enter a subject.The first 12 characters appear on the Service calendar and the calendar in
your Workplace.
You can save the service activity now or continue to add information.
Customers
If this service activity is for a customer, you can locate and select the account or contact. You can
click the Lookup button to search for records or to select records.
Resources
429
2011 User's Guide: View the Service Calendar
Locate and select the user or facility or equipment that you want to schedule. You can click the
Lookup button to search for records or to select records.
Location
Enter an address or room number where the service activity will occur.
Show Time As
If you want to change the initial status of the service activity, select a status from the list. If you select
any of the statuses under Scheduled, that block of time on the schedule is set so that another service
activity or appointment cannot conflict with it during automatic scheduling. Forced service activities
and appointments might conflict.
Site
Changing the Site after you have selected a time for the service activity is not recommended.
Resources are assigned to sites. If the selected resources are not available at the selected site, there
might be conflicts. To record the specific room or address of the service activity, enter that information
in the Location box on the Service Activity form.
Notes
You can add additional information about the customer and service activity in this area. For example,
you could enter the symptoms of a problem, special requests by the customer, or any messages to
pass on to the resources providing the service.
7. Under Information, click Common, and then select and locate a record in the Regarding box to link to
this service activity. You can also set a Priority for the service activity, and indicate a Category and SubCategory.
8. Click Save or Save and Close.
The service activity appears as a color block on the Service calendar, as well as on the calendar in the
Workplace and Activities areas.
Tip
You can record a customer's preferences for a specific time, day, service, facility, equipment, and
customer service representative in the customer record on the Administration tab. As you are
scheduling a service activity, the customer's preference is displayed in the Form Assistant pane.
Notes
•
Changing any information in the Scheduling Information area after you have selected a time for
the service activity is not recommended. Doing so might cause conflicts in the schedule.
•
In the list of possible service activity search results, you can click the Page Back arrow to initiate
a new search. Paging back does not display the previous page.
Related Topics
Work with Service Activities ......................................................................................................440
Schedule Service Activity ..........................................................................................................428
430
2011 User's Guide: View the Service Calendar
Find the next available time within a specific time period
Can I do this task?
This task requires permissions that are found in all default service scheduling security roles.More information
about specific permissions and performing this task while offline: Service Scheduling Permissions
Use this procedure to find the next available time based on a specific date, or range of dates, within the next
day, week, or month.
1. In the Navigation Pane, click Service, and then click Service Calendar.
2. In the Actions group, click Schedule.
Note
If you click New, and then Service Activity, you will create a service activity without checking for
available times.
3. On the Schedule Service Activity form, you must enter the following information:
Service
Locate and select the service you want to schedule. You can click the Lookup button
for and select records.
to search
4. Under Scheduling Information, select criteria for the times you want.
Start Date
To search for a time on a specific date, select Specific Date, and then enter the date you want.
To search within a range of dates, select Range of Dates, and then enter the On or After and On
or Before dates. You can also select specific days of the week.
To search for times today, select Today.
You can also search for times based on dates relative to today, such as Tomorrow, This Week, or
Next Week.
Start Time
To search for a specific time, select Specific Time, and then enter the specific time.
To search within a specific range of time, select Range of Times, and then enter the earliest and
latest times you want the service activity to start.
You can also search for times based on the time of day, such as Morning or Evening.
Duration
Do not clear the Use Default Duration check box and change the duration unless you want to
schedule more time than the default duration of the service. The maximum duration of a service
activity is 10 days.
5. Click Find Available Times. The next available times are displayed.
6. Under Available Times, click the start or end time of the time that you want to schedule, and then click
Schedule. If you click the service or resource links, the related form opens.
431
2011 User's Guide: View the Service Calendar
The Schedule Service Activity form closes, and Microsoft Dynamics CRM fills in the information from
the selected time into the Service Activity form.
7. On the Service Activity form, enter any additional information about the service activity.
Subject
You must enter a subject.The first 12 characters appear on the Service calendar and the calendar in
your Workplace.
You can save the service activity now or continue to add information.
Customers
If this service activity is for a customer, you can locate and select the account or contact. You can
click the Lookup button to search for records or to select records.
Resources
Locate and select the user or facility or equipment that you want to schedule. You can click the
Lookup button to search for records or to select records.
Location
Enter an address or room number where the service activity will occur.
Show Time As
If you want to change the initial status of the service activity, select a status from the list. If you select
any of the statuses under Scheduled, that block of time on the schedule is set so that another service
activity or appointment cannot conflict with it during automatic scheduling. Forced service activities
and appointments might conflict.
Site
Changing the Site after you have selected a time for the service activity is not recommended.
Resources are assigned to sites. If the selected resources are not available at the selected site, there
might be conflicts. To record the specific room or address of the service activity, enter that information
in the Location box on the Service Activity form.
Notes
You can add additional information about the customer and service activity in this area. For example,
you could enter the symptoms of a problem, special requests by the customer, or any messages to
pass on to the resources providing the service.
8. Under Information, click Common, and then select and locate a record in the Regarding box to link to
this service activity. You can also set a Priority for the service activity, and indicate a Category and SubCategory.
9. Click Save or Save and Close.
The service activity appears as a color block on the Service calendar, as well as on the calendar in the
Workplace and Activities areas.
432
2011 User's Guide: View the Service Calendar
Tip
You can record a customer's preferences for a specific time, day, service, facility, equipment, and
customer service representative in the customer record on the Administration tab. As you are
scheduling a service activity, the customer's preference is displayed in the Form Assistant pane.
Important
•
Changing any information in the Scheduling Information area after you have selected a time for
the service activity is not recommended. Doing so might cause conflicts in the schedule.
•
In the list of possible service activity search results, you can click the Page Back arrow to initiate
a new search. Paging back does not display the previous page.
Related Topics
Work with Service Activities ...................................................................................................... 440
Navigating the Service Calendar .............................................................................................. 427
">